aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/admin
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'admin')
-rw-r--r--admin/index.ftl113
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_ca.properties466
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_de.properties1523
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_en.properties1623
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_es.properties467
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_fr.properties142
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_it.properties0
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_ja.properties1547
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_lt.properties1207
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_nl.properties0
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_no.properties1115
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_pl.properties1
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_pt_BR.properties1085
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_ru.properties1265
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/admin-messages_zh_CN.properties1216
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_ca.properties8
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_de.properties28
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_en.properties29
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_es.properties8
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_fr.properties8
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_it.properties0
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_ja.properties30
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_lt.properties25
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_nl.properties27
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_no.properties14
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_pl.properties1
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_pt_BR.properties18
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_ru.properties26
-rw-r--r--admin/messages/messages_zh_CN.properties26
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/app.js3391
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/authz/authz-app.js527
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/authz/authz-controller.js2914
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/authz/authz-services.js218
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/controllers/clients.js3456
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/controllers/groups.js616
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/controllers/realm.js3028
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/controllers/roles.js48
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/controllers/users.js1866
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/loaders.js552
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/js/services.js2146
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authentication-flow-bindings.html83
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authentication-flows.html69
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authenticator-config.html52
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/mgmt/broker-permissions.html40
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/mgmt/client-permissions.html39
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/mgmt/client-role-permissions.html40
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/mgmt/group-permissions.html39
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/mgmt/realm-role-permissions.html39
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/mgmt/users-permissions.html35
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/permission/provider/resource-server-policy-resource-detail.html131
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/permission/provider/resource-server-policy-scope-detail.html134
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/permission/resource-server-permission-list.html118
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/provider/resource-server-policy-aggregate-detail.html123
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/provider/resource-server-policy-client-detail.html93
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/provider/resource-server-policy-group-detail.html126
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/provider/resource-server-policy-js-detail.html69
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/provider/resource-server-policy-role-detail.html169
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/provider/resource-server-policy-time-detail.html119
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/provider/resource-server-policy-user-detail.html93
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/resource-server-policy-evaluate-result.html72
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/resource-server-policy-evaluate.html267
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/policy/resource-server-policy-list.html117
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/resource-server-detail.html77
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/resource-server-export-settings.html35
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/resource-server-list.html49
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/resource-server-resource-detail.html126
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/resource-server-resource-list.html169
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/resource-server-scope-detail.html50
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/authz/resource-server-scope-list.html102
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/brute-force.html114
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/claims.html62
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-clustering-node.html37
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-clustering.html76
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials-generic.html14
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials-jwt-key-export.html57
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials-jwt-key-import.html62
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials-jwt.html74
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials-secret-jwt.html17
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials-secret.html17
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials-x509.html21
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-credentials.html38
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-detail.html640
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-import.html46
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-initial-access-create.html63
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-initial-access.html55
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-installation.html36
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-keys.html146
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-list.html68
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-mappers-add.html53
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-mappers.html55
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-offline-sessions.html59
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-protocol-mapper-detail.html13
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-reg-policies.html106
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-reg-policy-detail.html68
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-reg-trusted-host-create.html55
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-reg-trusted-host-detail.html64
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-registration-access-token.html18
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-revocation.html30
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-role-attributes.html45
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-role-detail.html140
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-role-list.html64
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-role-users.html52
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-saml-key-export.html63
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-saml-key-import.html62
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-saml-keys.html66
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scope-detail.html84
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scope-list.html60
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scope-mappers-add.html53
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scope-mappers.html55
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scope-mappings.html127
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scope-protocol-mapper-detail.html13
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scope-scope-mappings.html116
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scopes-evaluate.html260
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scopes-realm-default.html99
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-scopes-setup.html123
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-service-account-roles.html127
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-sessions.html57
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-storage-generic.html207
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/client-storage-list.html67
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/create-client.html72
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/create-execution.html31
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/create-flow-execution.html55
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/create-flow.html43
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/create-group.html25
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/default-groups.html91
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/defense-headers.html71
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/forbidden.html7
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/group-attributes.html41
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/group-detail.html28
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/group-list.html50
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/group-members.html48
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/group-role-mappings.html111
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/home.html4
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/identity-provider-mapper-detail.html84
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/identity-provider-mappers.html49
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/menu.html26
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/modal/realm-events-admin-auth.html8
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/modal/realm-events-admin-representation.html3
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/modal/role-selector.html39
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/modal/unregistered-required-action-selector.html21
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/modal/view-key.html18
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/modal/view-object.html3
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/notfound.html7
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/otp-policy.html88
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/pagenotfound.html7
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/partial-export.html34
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/partial-import.html130
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/password-policy.html51
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/protocol-mapper-detail.html64
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-cache-settings.html30
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-create.html45
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-default-roles.html88
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-detail.html82
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-events-admin.html134
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-events-config.html106
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-events.html124
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-bitbucket.html142
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-export.html23
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-facebook-ext.html0
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-facebook.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-github-ext.html0
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-github.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-gitlab.html142
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-google-ext.html21
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-google.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-instagram-ext.html0
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-instagram.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-keycloak-oidc.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-linkedin-ext.html0
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-linkedin.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-microsoft-ext.html0
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-microsoft.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-oidc.html355
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-openshift-v3-ext.html7
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-openshift-v3.html164
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-openshift-v4-ext.html7
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-openshift-v4.html164
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-paypal-ext.html7
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-paypal.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-saml.html315
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-social.html157
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-stackoverflow-ext.html7
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-stackoverflow.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-twitter-ext.html0
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider-twitter.html1
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-identity-provider.html81
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-keys-disabled.html70
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-keys-generic.html69
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-keys-passive.html70
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-keys-providers.html75
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-keys.html71
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-list.html20
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-login-settings.html87
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-role-users.html50
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-smtp.html96
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-theme-settings.html97
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/realm-tokens.html328
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/required-actions.html38
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/role-attributes.html41
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/role-detail.html135
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/role-list.html63
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/role-mappings.html119
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/server-info-providers.html55
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/server-info.html135
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/session-realm.html34
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/session-revocation.html30
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-attributes.html41
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-consents.html41
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-credentials.html179
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-detail.html150
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-federated-identity-detail.html53
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-federated-identity-list.html41
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-federation.html69
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-group-membership.html114
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-list.html69
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-offline-sessions.html35
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-sessions.html43
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-storage-generic.html246
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-storage-kerberos.html264
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-storage-ldap-mapper-detail.html64
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-storage-ldap-mappers.html46
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-storage-ldap.html549
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/user-storage.html45
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/webauthn-policy-passwordless.html177
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/partials/webauthn-policy.html159
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/authz/kc-authz-modal.html11
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/authz/kc-tabs-resource-server.html14
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-component-config.html67
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-copy.html18
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-dropdown.html12
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-menu.html63
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-modal-message.html10
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-modal.html11
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-paging.html25
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-provider-config.html91
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-switch.html12
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-authentication.html15
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-client-role.html17
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-client-scope.html20
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-client.html63
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-clients.html16
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-group-list.html11
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-group.html17
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-identity-provider.html17
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-ldap.html12
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-realm.html19
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-role.html16
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-user-storage.html11
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-user.html18
-rw-r--r--admin/resources/templates/kc-tabs-users.html11
-rw-r--r--admin/theme.properties1
251 files changed, 45745 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/admin/index.ftl b/admin/index.ftl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b54cebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/index.ftl
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+ <title></title>
+
+ <meta charset="utf-8">
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" />
+ <meta name="robots" content="noindex, nofollow">
+ <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0">
+
+ <link rel="shortcut icon" href="${resourceUrl}/img/favicon.ico">
+ <#if properties.styles?has_content>
+ <#list properties.styles?split(' ') as style>
+ <link href="${resourceUrl}/${style}" rel="stylesheet" />
+ </#list>
+ </#if>
+
+ <script type="text/javascript">
+ var authServerUrl = '${authServerUrl}';
+ var authUrl = '${authUrl}';
+ var consoleBaseUrl = '${consoleBaseUrl}';
+ var resourceUrl = '${resourceUrl}';
+ var masterRealm = '${masterRealm}';
+ var resourceVersion = '${resourceVersion}';
+ </script>
+
+ <!-- Minimized versions (for those that have one) -->
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/jquery/dist/jquery.min.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/select2/select2.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular/angular.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-resource/angular-resource.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-route/angular-route.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-cookies/angular-cookies.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-sanitize/angular-sanitize.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-translate/dist/angular-translate.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-translate-loader-url/angular-translate-loader-url.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-ui-select2/src/select2.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/autofill-event/autofill-event.js"></script>
+
+
+ <!-- Unminimized versions
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/jquery/dist/jquery.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/select2/select2.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular/angular.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-resource/angular-resource.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-route/angular-route.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-cookies/angular-cookies.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-sanitize/angular-sanitize.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-translate/dist/angular-translate.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-translate-loader-url/angular-translate-loader-url.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/angular-ui-select2/src/select2.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/node_modules/autofill-event/autofill-event.js"></script>
+ -->
+
+ <!-- Libraries not managed by yarn -->
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/lib/angular/ui-bootstrap-tpls-0.11.0.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/lib/angular/treeview/angular.treeview.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/lib/fileupload/angular-file-upload.min.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/lib/filesaver/FileSaver.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/lib/ui-ace/min/ace.js"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/lib/ui-ace/ui-ace.min.js"></script>
+
+ <script src="${authUrl}/js/keycloak.js?version=${resourceVersion}" type="text/javascript"></script>
+
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/app.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/controllers/realm.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/controllers/clients.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/controllers/users.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/controllers/groups.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/controllers/roles.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/loaders.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/services.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+
+ <!-- Authorization -->
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/authz/authz-app.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/authz/authz-controller.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+ <script src="${resourceUrl}/js/authz/authz-services.js" type="text/javascript"></script>
+
+ <#if properties.scripts?has_content>
+ <#list properties.scripts?split(' ') as script>
+ <script type="text/javascript" src="${resourceUrl}/${script}"></script>
+ </#list>
+ </#if>
+</head>
+<body data-ng-controller="GlobalCtrl" data-ng-cloak data-ng-show="auth.user">
+
+<nav class="navbar navbar-default navbar-pf" role="navigation" data-ng-include data-src="resourceUrl + '/partials/menu.html'">
+</nav>
+
+<div class="container-fluid">
+<div class="row">
+ <div data-ng-view id="view"></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="feedback-aligner" data-ng-show="notification.display">
+ <div class="alert alert-{{notification.type}} alert-dismissable">
+ <button type="button" class="close" data-ng-click="notification.remove()" id="notification-close">
+ <span class="pficon pficon-close"/>
+ </button>
+
+ <span class="pficon pficon-ok" ng-show="notification.type == 'success'"></span>
+ <span class="pficon pficon-info" ng-show="notification.type == 'info'"></span>
+ <span class="pficon pficon-warning-triangle-o" ng-show="notification.type == 'warning'"></span>
+ <span class="pficon pficon-error-circle-o" ng-show="notification.type == 'danger'"></span>
+ <strong>{{notification.header}}</strong> {{notification.message}}
+ </div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="loading" class="loading">Loading...</div>
+
+</body>
+</html> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_ca.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_ca.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edb0575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_ca.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+# Common messages
+enabled=Habilitat
+name=Nom
+save=Desar
+cancel=Cancel\u00B7la
+onText=SI
+offText=NO
+client=Client
+clients=Clients
+clear=Neteja
+selectOne=Selecciona un...
+
+true=S\u00ED
+false=No
+
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Els usuaris i clients nom\u00E9s poden accedir a un domini si est\u00E0 habilitat
+registrationAllowed=Registre d''usuari
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la p\u00E0gina de registre. Un enlla\u00E7 per al registre es mostrar\u00E0 tamb\u00E9 a la p\u00E0gina d''inici de sessi\u00F3.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=Email com a nom d''usuari
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=Si est\u00E0 habilitat el nom d''usuari queda ocult del formulari de registre i l''email es fa servir com a nom d''usuari per als nous usuaris.
+editUsernameAllowed=Edita el nom d''usuari
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=Si est\u00E0 habilitat, el nom d''usuari \u00E9s editable, altrament \u00E9s de nom\u00E9s lectura.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Oblit contrasenya
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Mostra un enlla\u00E7 a la p\u00E0gina d''inici de sessi\u00F3 perqu\u00E8 l''usuari faci clic quan ha oblidat les seves credencials.
+rememberMe=Mantenir connectat
+rememberMe.tooltip=Mostra la casella de selecci\u00F3 en la p\u00E0gina d''inici de sessi\u00F3 per a permetre a l''usuari estar connectat entre reinicis del navegador fins que la sessi\u00F3 expiri.
+verifyEmail=Verificar email
+verifyEmail.tooltip=For\u00E7ar l''usuari a verificar la seva adre\u00E7a de correu electr\u00F2nic la primera vegada que inici\u00EF sessi\u00F3.
+sslRequired=Sol\u00B7licitar SSL
+sslRequired.option.all=totes les peticions
+sslRequired.option.external=peticions externes
+sslRequired.option.none=cap
+sslRequired.tooltip=\u00C9s HTTP obligatori? ''cap'' significa que HTTPS no \u00E9s obligatori per cap direcic\u00F3n IP de client, ''peticions externes'' indica que localhost i les adreces IP privades poden accedir sense HTTPS, ''totes les peticions'' vol dir que HTTPS \u00E9s obligatori per a totes les adreces IP.
+publicKey=Clau p\u00FAblica
+gen-new-keys=Generar noves claus
+certificate=Certificat
+host=Host
+smtp-host=Host SMTP
+port=Port
+smtp-port=Port SMTP (per defecte 25)
+from=Des de
+sender-email-addr=Email del emissor
+enable-ssl=Habilitar SSL
+enable-start-tls=Habilitar StartTLS
+enable-auth=Habilitar autenticaci\u00F3
+username=Usuari
+login-username=Usuari
+password=Contrasenya
+login-password=Contrasenya
+login-theme=Tema d''inici de sessi\u00F3
+select-one=Selecciona un...
+login-theme.tooltip=Selecciona el tema per a les p\u00E0gines d''inici de sessi\u00F3, OTP, permisos, registre i recordatori de contrasenya.
+account-theme=Tema de compte
+account-theme.tooltip=Selecciona el tema per a les p\u00E0gines de gesti\u00F3 del compte d''usuari.
+admin-console-theme=Tema de consola d''administraci\u00F3
+select-theme-admin-console=Selecciona el tema per a la consola d''administraci\u00F3.
+email-theme=Tema d''email
+select-theme-email=Selecciona el tema per als correus electr\u00F2nics que s\u00F3n enviats pel servidor.
+i18n-enabled=Internacionalitzaci\u00F3 activa
+supported-locales=Idiomes suportats
+supported-locales.placeholder=Indica l''idioma i prem Intro
+default-locale=Idioma per defecte
+realm-cache-enabled=Cach\u00E9 de domini habilitada
+realm-cache-enabled.tooltip=Activar/desactivar la cach\u00E9 per al domini, client i dades de rols.
+user-cache-enabled=Cach\u00E9 d''usuari habilitada
+user-cache-enabled.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la cach\u00E9 d''usuaris i d''assignacions d''usuaris a rols.
+revoke-refresh-token=Revocar el token d''actualitzaci\u00F3
+revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=Si est\u00E0 activat els tokens d''actualitzaci\u00F3 nom\u00E9s poden usar-se una vegada. En un altre cas els tokens d''actualitzaci\u00F3 no es revoquen quan s''utilitzen i poden ser usat m\u00FAltiples vegades.
+sso-session-idle=Sessions SSO inactives
+seconds=Segons
+minutes=Minuts
+hours=Hores
+days=Dies
+sso-session-max=Temps m\u00E0xim sessi\u00F3 SSO
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim que una sessi\u00F3 pot estar inactiva abans que expiri. Els tokens i sessions de navegador s\u00F3n invalidades quan la sessi\u00F3 expira.
+sso-session-max.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim abans que una sessi\u00F3 expiri. Els tokens i sessions de navegador s\u00F3n invalidats quan una sessi\u00F3 expira.
+offline-session-idle=Inactivitat de sessi\u00F3 sense connexi\u00F3
+offline-session-idle.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim inactiu d''una sessi\u00F3 sense connexi\u00F3 abans que expiri. Necessites fer servi un token sense connexi\u00F3 per refrescar almenys una vegada dins d'aquest per\u00EDode, en un altre cas la sessi\u00F3 sense connexi\u00F3 expirar\u00E0.
+access-token-lifespan=Durada del token d''acc\u00E9s
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim abans que un token d''acc\u00E9s expiri. Es recomana que aquest valor sigui curt en relaci\u00F3 al temps m\u00E0xim de SSO
+client-login-timeout=Temps m\u00E0xim d''autenticaci\u00F3
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim que un client t\u00E9 per finalitzar el protocol d''obtenci\u00F3 del token d''acc\u00E9s. Hauria de ser normalment de l''ordre d''1 minut.
+login-timeout=Temps m\u00E0xim de desconnexi\u00F3
+login-timeout.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim que un usuari t\u00E9 per completar l''inici de sessi\u00F3. Es recomana que sigui relativament alt. 30 minuts o m\u00E9s.
+login-action-timeout=Temps m\u00E0xim d''acci\u00F3 en l''inici de sessi\u00F3
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim que un usuari t\u00E9 per completar accions relacionades amb l''inici de sessi\u00F3, com l''actualitzaci\u00F3 de contrasenya o configuraci\u00F3 de OTP. \u00C9s recomanat que sigui relativament alt. 5 minuts o m\u00E9s.
+headers=Cap\u00E7aleres
+brute-force-detection=Detecci\u00F3 d''atacs per for\u00E7a bruta
+x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+click-label-for-info=Fes clic a l''enlla\u00E7 de l''etiqueta per obtenir m\u00E9s informaci\u00F3. El valor per defecte evita que les p\u00E0gines siguin incloses des d'iframes externs.
+content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+max-login-failures=Nombre m\u00E0xim d''errors d''inici de sessi\u00F3
+max-login-failures.tooltip=Indica quants errors es permeten abans que es dispari una espera.
+wait-increment=Increment d''espera
+wait-increment.tooltip=Quan s''ha arribat al llindar d''error, quant de temps ha d''estar un usuari bloquejat?
+quick-login-check-millis=Temps en mil\u00B7lisegons entre inicis de sessi\u00F3 r\u00E0pids
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=Si ocorren errors de forma concurrent i molt r\u00E0pida, bloquejar a l''usuari.
+min-quick-login-wait=Temps m\u00EDnim entre errors de connexi\u00F3 r\u00E0pids
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=Quant de temps s''ha d''esperar despr\u00E9s d''un error en un intent r\u00E0pid d''identificaci\u00F3
+max-wait=Espera m\u00E0xima
+max-wait.tooltip=Temps m\u00E0xim que un usuari queda bloquejat.
+failure-reset-time=Reinici del comptador d''errors
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=Quan s''ha de reiniciar el comptador d''errors?
+realm-tab-login=Inici de sessi\u00F3
+realm-tab-keys=Claus
+realm-tab-email=Email
+realm-tab-themes=Temes
+realm-tab-cache=Cach\u00E9
+realm-tab-tokens=Tokens
+realm-tab-security-defenses=Defenses de seguretat
+realm-tab-general=General
+add-realm=Afegir domini
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Sessions de domini
+revocation=Revocaci\u00F3
+logout-all=Desconnectar tot
+active-sessions=Sessions actives
+sessions=Sessions
+not-before=No abans de
+not-before.tooltip=Revocar qualsevol token em\u00E8s abans d''aquesta data.
+set-to-now=Fixar a ara
+push=Push
+push.tooltip=Per a cada client que t\u00E9 un URL d''administraci\u00F3, notificar les noves pol\u00EDtiques de revocaci\u00F3.
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+usermodel.prop.label=Propietat
+usermodel.prop.tooltip=Nom del m\u00E8tode de propietat en la interf\u00EDcie UserModel. Per exemple, un valor de ''email'' faria refer\u00E8ncia al m\u00E8tode UserModel.getEmail().
+usermodel.attr.label=Atribut d''usuari
+usermodel.attr.tooltip=Nom de l''atribut d''usuari emmagatzemat que \u00E9s el nom de l''atribut dins el map UserModel.attribute.
+userSession.modelNote.label=Nota sessi\u00F3 usuari
+userSession.modelNote.tooltip=Nom de la nota emmagatzemada en la sessi\u00F3 d''usuari dins del mapa UserSessionModel.note
+multivalued.label=Valors m\u00FAltiples
+multivalued.tooltip=Indica si l''atribut suporta m\u00FAltiples valors. Si est\u00E0 habilitat, la llista de tots els valors d''aquest atribut es fixar\u00E0 com a reclamaci\u00F3. Si est\u00E0 deshabilitat, nom\u00E9s el primer valor ser\u00E0 fixat com a reclamaci\u00F3.
+selectRole.label=Selecciona rol
+selectRole.tooltip=Introdueix el rol a la caixa de text de l''esquerra, o fes clic a aquest bot\u00F3 per navegar i buscar el rol que vols.
+tokenClaimName.label=Nom de reclam del token
+tokenClaimName.tooltip=Nom del reclam a inserir en el testimoni. Pot ser un nom complet com ''address.street''. En aquest cas, es crear\u00E0 un objecte JSON niat.
+jsonType.label=Tipus JSON de reclamaci\u00F3
+jsonType.tooltip=El tipus de JSON que hauria de fer-se servir per omplir la petici\u00F3 de JSON en el token. long, int, boolean i String s\u00F3n valors v\u00E0lids
+includeInIdToken.label=Afegir al token d''ID
+includeInAccessToken.label=Afegir al token d''acc\u00E9s
+includeInAccessToken.tooltip=S''hauria d'afegir la identitat reclamada al token d''acc\u00E9s?
+
+
+# client details
+clients.tooltip=Els clients s\u00F3n aplicacions de navegador de confian\u00E7a i serveis web d''un domini. Aquests clients poden sol\u00B7licitar un inici de sessi\u00F3. Tamb\u00E9 pots definir rols espec\u00EDfics de client.
+search.placeholder=Cercar...
+create=Crea
+import=Importar
+client-id=ID Client
+base-url=URL Base
+actions=Accions
+not-defined=No definit
+edit=Edita
+delete=Esborra
+no-results=Sense resultats
+no-clients-available=No hi ha clients disponibles
+add-client=Afegir Client
+select-file=Selecciona arxiu
+view-details=Veure detalls
+clear-import=Neteja importaci\u00F3
+client-id.tooltip=Indica l''identificador (ID) referenciat en URIs i tokens. Per exemple ''my-client''
+client.name.tooltip=Indica el nom visible del client. Per exemple ''My Client''. Tamb\u00E9 suporta claus per valors localitzats. Per exemple: ${my_client}
+client.enabled.tooltip=Els clients deshabilitats no poden iniciar una identificaci\u00F3 o obtenir codis d''acc\u00E9s.
+consent-required=Consentiment necessari
+consent-required.tooltip=Si est\u00E0 habilitat, els usuaris han de consentir l''acc\u00E9s del client.
+direct-grants-only=Nom\u00E9s permisos directes
+direct-grants-only.tooltip=Quan est\u00E0 habilitat, el client nom\u00E9s pot obtenir permisos de l''API REST.
+client-protocol=Protocol del Client
+client-protocol.tooltip=''OpenID connect'' permet als clients verificar la identitat de l''usuari final basat en l''autenticaci\u00F3 realitzada per un servidor d''autoritzaci\u00F3. ''SAML'' habilita l''autenticaci\u00F3 i autoritzaci\u00F3 d''escenaris basats en web incloent cross-domain i single sign-on (SSO) i utilitza tokens de seguretat que contenen afirmacions per passar informaci\u00F3.
+access-type=Tipus d''acc\u00E9s
+access-type.tooltip=Els clients ''Confidential'' necessiten un secret per iniciar el protocol d''identificaci\u00F3. Els clients ''Public'' no requereixen un secret. Els clients 'Bearer-only' s\u00F3n serveis web que mai inicien un login.
+service-accounts-enabled=Comptes de servei habilitades
+service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Permetre autenticar aquest client contra Keycloak i rebre un token d''acc\u00E9s dedicat per a aquest client.
+include-authnstatement=Incloure AuthnStatement
+include-authnstatement.tooltip=Hauria d''incloure''s una declaraci\u00F3 especificant el m\u00E8tode i la marca de temps en la resposta d''inici de sessi\u00F3?
+sign-documents=Signar documents
+sign-documents.tooltip=Hauria el domini de signar els documents SAML?
+sign-assertions=Signar assercions
+sign-assertions.tooltip=Haurien de signar-se les assercions en documents SAML? Aquest ajust no \u00E9s necessari si el document ja s''est\u00E0 signant.
+signature-algorithm=Algorisme de signatura
+signature-algorithm.tooltip=L''algorisme de signatura usat per signar els documents.
+canonicalization-method=M\u00E8tode de canonicalitzaci\u00F3
+canonicalization-method.tooltip=M\u00E8tode de canonicalitzaci\u00F3 per a les signatures XML
+encrypt-assertions=Xifrar afirmacions
+encrypt-assertions.tooltip=Haurien de xifrar-se les afirmacions SAML amb la clau p\u00FAblica del client fent servir AES?
+client-signature-required=Signatura de Client requerida
+client-signature-required.tooltip=Signar\u00E0 el client les seves peticions i respostes SAML? I haurien de ser validades?
+force-post-binding=For\u00E7ar enlla\u00E7os POST
+force-post-binding.tooltip=Fer servir sempre POST per a les respostes
+front-channel-logout=Desconnexi\u00F3 en primer pla (Front Channel)
+front-channel-logout.tooltip=Quan est\u00E0 activat, la desconnexi\u00F3 requereix una redirecci\u00F3 del navegador cap al client. Quan no est\u00E0 activat, el servidor realitza una invovaci\u00F3n de desconnexi\u00F3 en segon pla.
+force-name-id-format=For\u00E7ar format NameID
+force-name-id-format.tooltip=Ignorar la petici\u00F3 de subjecte NameID i fer servir la configurada a la consola d''administraci\u00F3.
+name-id-format=Format de NameID
+name-id-format.tooltip=El format de NameID que es far\u00E0 servir per al t\u00EDtol
+root-url=URL arrel
+root-url.tooltip=URL arrel afegida a les URL relatives
+valid-redirect-uris=URIs de redirecci\u00F3 v\u00E0lides
+valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=Patr\u00F3 d''URI v\u00E0lida per a la qual un navegador pot sol\u00B7licitar la redirecci\u00F3 despr\u00E9s d''un inici o tancament de sessi\u00F3 completat. Es permeten comodins simples p.ex. ''http://example.com/*''. Tamb\u00E9 es poden indicar rutes relatives p.ex. ''/my/relative/path/*''. Les rutes relatives generaran un URI de redirecci\u00F3 fent servir el host i port de la petici\u00F3. Per SAML, s''han de fixar patrons d''URI v\u00E0lids si vols confiar en l''URL del servei del consumidor indicada en la petici\u00F3 d''inici de sessi\u00F3.
+base-url.tooltip=URL per defecte per utilitzar quan el servidor d''autoritzaci\u00F3 necessita redirigir o enviar de tornada al client.
+admin-url=URL d''administraci\u00F3
+admin-url.tooltip=URL a la interf\u00EDcie d''administraci\u00F3 del client. Fixa aquest valor si el client suporta l''adaptador de REST. Aquesta API REST permet al servidor d''autenticaci\u00F3 enviar al client pol\u00EDtiques de revocaci\u00F3 i altres tasques administratives. Normalment es fixa a l''URL base del client.
+master-saml-processing-url=URL principal de processament SAML
+master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=Si est\u00E0 configurada, aquesta URL es fara servir per a cada enlla\u00E7 al prove\u00EFdor del servei del consumidor d''assercions i serveis de desconnexi\u00F3 \u00FAnics. Pot ser sobreescrit de forma individual per a cada enlla\u00E7 i servei en el punt final de configuraci\u00F3 fina de SAML.
+idp-sso-url-ref=Nom de la URL d''un SSO iniciat per l''IDP
+idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=Nom del fragment de l''URL per referenciar al client quan vols un SSO iniciat per l''IDP. Deixant aix\u00F2 buit desactiva els SSO iniciats per l''IDP. L''URL referenciada des del navegador ser\u00E0: {server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}
+idp-sso-relay-state=Estat de retransmissi\u00F3 d''un SSO iniciat per l''IDP
+idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=Estat de retransmissi\u00F3 que vols enviar amb una petici\u00F3 SAML quan s''inicia un SSO iniciat per l''IDP
+web-origins=Or\u00EDgens web
+web-origins.tooltip=Or\u00EDgens CORS permesos. Per permetre tots els or\u00EDgens d''URIs de redirecci\u00F3 v\u00E0lides afegeix ''+''. Per permetre tots els or\u00EDgens afegeix ''*''.
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf=Fine Grain SAML Endpoint Configuration
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Expandeix aquesta secci\u00F3 per configurar les URL exactes per Assertion Consumer i Single Logout Service.
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service POST Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=SAML POST Binding URL for the client''s assertion consumer service (login responses). You can leave this blank if you do not have a URL for this binding.
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service Redirect Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=Assertion Consumer Service Redirect Binding URL
+logout-service-post-binding-url=URL d''enlla\u00E7 SAML POST per a la desconnexi\u00F3
+logout-service-post-binding-url.tooltip=URL d''enlla\u00E7 SAML POST per a la desconnexi\u00F3 \u00FAnica del client. Pots deixar-ho en blanc si est\u00E0s fent servir un enlla\u00E7 diferent.
+logout-service-redir-binding-url=URL d''enlla\u00E7 SAML de redirecci\u00F3 per a la desconnexi\u00F3
+logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=URL d''enlla\u00E7 SAML de redirecci\u00F3 per a la desconnexi\u00F3 \u00FAnica del client. Pots deixar-ho en blanc si est\u00E0s fent servir un enlla\u00E7 diferent.
+
+# client import
+import-client=Importar Client
+format-option=Format
+select-format=Selecciona un format
+import-file=Arxiu d''Importaci\u00F3
+
+# client tabs
+settings=Ajustos
+credentials=Credencials
+saml-keys=Claus SAML
+roles=Rols
+mappers=Assignadors
+mappers.tooltip=Els assignadors de protocols realitzen transformacions en tokens i documents. Poden fer coses com assignar dades d''usuari en peticions de protocol, o simplement transformar qualsevol petici\u00F3 entre el client i el servidor d''autenticaci\u00F3.
+scope=\u00C0mbit
+scope.tooltip=Les assignacions d''\u00E0mbit et permeten restringir que assignacions de rols d''usuari s''inclouen en el testimoni d''acc\u00E9s sol\u00B7licitat pel client.
+sessions.tooltip=Veure sessions actives per a aquest client. Permet veure quins usuaris estan actius i quan es van identificar.
+offline-access=Acc\u00E9s sense connexi\u00F3
+offline-access.tooltip=Veure sessions sense connexi\u00F3 per aquest client. Et permet veure que usuaris han sol\u00B7licitat tokens sense connexi\u00F3 i quan els van sol\u00B7licitar. Per revocar tots els tokens del client, accedeix a la pestanya de Revocaci\u00F3 i fixa el valor \"No abans de\" a \"now\".
+clustering=Clustering
+installation=Instal\u00B7laci\u00F3
+installation.tooltip=Eina d''ajuda per generar la configuraci\u00F3 de diversos formats d''adaptadors de client que pots descarregar o copiar i enganxar per configurar teus clients.
+service-account-roles=Rols de compte de servei
+service-account-roles.tooltip=Permetre autenticar assignacions de rol per el compte de servei dedicat a aquest client.
+
+# client credentials
+client-authenticator=Client autenticador
+client-authenticator.tooltip=Client autenticador usat per autenticar aquest client contra el servidor Keycloak
+certificate.tooltip=Certificat de client per validar els JWT emesos per aquest client i signats amb la clau privada del client del teu magatzem de claus.
+no-client-certificate-configured=No s''ha configurat el certificat de client
+gen-new-keys-and-cert=Generar noves claus i certificat
+import-certificate=Importar Certificat
+gen-client-private-key=Generar clau privada de client
+generate-private-key=Generar clau privada
+archive-format=Format d''Arxiu
+archive-format.tooltip=Format d''arxiu Java keystore o PKCS12
+key-alias=\u00C0lies de clau
+key-alias.tooltip=\u00C0lies de l''arxiu de la teva clau privada i certificat.
+key-password=Contrasenya de la clau
+key-password.tooltip=Contrasenya per accedir a la clau privada continguda en l''arxiu
+store-password=Contrasenya del magatzem
+store-password.tooltip=Contrasenya per accedir a l''arxiu
+generate-and-download=Generar i descarregar
+client-certificate-import=Importaci\u00F3 de certificat de client
+import-client-certificate=Importar Certificat de Client
+jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=\u00C0lies de l''arxiu del teu certificat.
+secret=Secret
+regenerate-secret=Regenerar secret
+add-role=Afegir rol
+role-name=Nom de rol
+composite=Compost
+description=Descripci\u00F3
+no-client-roles-available=No hi ha rols de client disponibles
+scope-param-required=Par\u00E0metre d''\u00E0mbit obligatori
+scope-param-required.tooltip=Aquest rol nom\u00E9s ser\u00E0 concedit si el par\u00E0metre d''\u00E0mbit amb el nom del rol \u00E9s usat durant la petici\u00F3 d''autoritzaci\u00F3/obtenci\u00F3 de token.
+composite-roles=Rols compostos
+composite-roles.tooltip=Quan aquest paper \u00E9s assignat/desassignat a un usuari qualsevol rol associat amb ell ser\u00E0 assignat/desassignat de forma impl\u00EDcita.
+realm-roles=Rols de domini
+available-roles=Rols Disponibles
+add-selected=Afegeix seleccionat
+associated-roles=Rols Associats
+composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=Rols a nivell de domini associats amb aquest rol compost.
+composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=Rols a nivell de domini disponibles en aquest paper compost.
+remove-selected=Esborrar seleccionats
+client-roles=Rols de Client
+select-client-to-view-roles=Selecciona el client per veure els seus rols
+available-roles.tooltip=Rols d''aquest client que pots associar a aquest rol compost.
+client.associated-roles.tooltip=Rols de client associats amb aquest rol compost.
+add-builtin=Afegeix Builtin
+category=Categoria
+type=Tipus
+no-mappers-available=No hi ha assignadors disponibles
+add-builtin-protocol-mappers=Afegeix Builtin Protocol Mappers
+add-builtin-protocol-mapper=Afegeix Builtin Protocol Mapper
+scope-mappings=Assignacions d''\u00E0mbit
+full-scope-allowed=Permet tots els \u00E0mbits
+full-scope-allowed.tooltip=Permet deshabilitar totes les restriccions.
+scope.available-roles.tooltip=Rols de domini que poden ser assignats a l''\u00E0mbit
+assigned-roles=Rols Assignats
+assigned-roles.tooltip=Rols a nivell de domini assignats a aquest \u00E0mbit.
+effective-roles=Rols efectius
+realm.effective-roles.tooltip=Rols de domini assignats que poden haver estat heretats d''un rol compost.
+select-client-roles.tooltip=Selecciona el client per veure els seus rols
+assign.available-roles.tooltip=Rols de clients disponibles per ser assignats.
+client.assigned-roles.tooltip=Rols de client assignats
+client.effective-roles.tooltip=Rols de client assignats que poden haver estat heretats des d''un rol compost.
+basic-configuration=Configuraci\u00F3 b\u00E0sica
+node-reregistration-timeout=Temps d''espera de re-registre de node
+node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=Indica el m\u00E0xim interval de temps perqu\u00E8 els nodes del cl\u00FAster registrats es tornin a registrar. Si el node del cl\u00FAster no envia una petici\u00F3 de re-registre a Keycloak dins d''aquest interval, ser\u00E0 desregistrat de Keycloak
+registered-cluster-nodes=Registrar nodes de cl\u00FAster
+register-node-manually=Registrar node manualment
+test-cluster-availability=Provar disponibilitat del cl\u00FAster
+last-registration=\u00DAltim registre
+node-host=Host del node
+no-registered-cluster-nodes=No hi ha nodes de cl\u00FAster registrats disponibles
+cluster-nodes=Nodes de cl\u00FAster
+add-node=Afegir Node
+active-sessions.tooltip=Nombre total de sessions actives per a aquest client.
+show-sessions=Mostrar sessions
+show-sessions.tooltip=Advert\u00E8ncia, aquesta \u00E9s una operaci\u00F3 potencialment costosa depenent del nombre de sessions actives.
+user=Usuari
+from-ip=Des de IP
+session-start=Inici de sessi\u00F3
+first-page=Primera p\u00E0gina
+previous-page=P\u00E0gina Anterior
+next-page=P\u00E0gina seg\u00FCent
+client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=Revocar tots els tokens emesos abans d''aquesta data per a aquest client.
+client-revoke.push.tooltip=Si l''URL d''administraci\u00F3 est\u00E0 configurada per a aquest client, envia aquesta pol\u00EDtica a aquest client.
+select-a-format=Selecciona un format
+download=Descarrega
+offline-tokens=Tokens sense connexi\u00F3
+offline-tokens.tooltip=Nombre total de tokens sense connexi\u00F3 d''aquest client.
+show-offline-tokens=Mostrar tokens sense connexi\u00F3
+show-offline-tokens.tooltip=Advert\u00E8ncia, aquesta \u00E9s una operaci\u00F3 potencialment costosa depenent del nombre de tokens sense connexi\u00F3.
+token-issued=Token expedit
+last-access=\u00DAltim Acc\u00E9s
+last-refresh=\u00DAltima actualitzaci\u00F3
+key-export=Exportar clau
+key-import=Importar clau
+export-saml-key=Exporta clau SAML
+import-saml-key=Importar clau SAML
+realm-certificate-alias=\u00C0lies del certificat del domini
+realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=El certificat del domini \u00E9s emmagatzemat en arxiu. Aquest \u00E9s l''\u00E0lies a aquest.
+signing-key=Clau de firma
+saml-signing-key=Clau de firma SAML.
+private-key=Clau Privada
+generate-new-keys=Generar noves claus
+export=Exporta
+encryption-key=Clau de xifrat
+saml-encryption-key.tooltip=Clau de xifrat de SAML
+service-accounts=Comptes de servei
+service-account.available-roles.tooltip=Rols de domini que poden ser assignats al compte del servei.
+service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=Rols de domini assignats al compte del servei.
+service-account-is-not-enabled-for=El compte del servei no est\u00E0 habilitada per {{client}}
+create-protocol-mappers=Crea assignadors de protocol
+create-protocol-mapper=Crea assignador de protocol
+protocol=Protocol
+protocol.tooltip=Protocol.
+id=ID
+mapper.name.tooltip=Nom de l''assignador.
+mapper.consent-required.tooltip=Quan es concedeix acc\u00E9s temporal, \u00E9s necessari el consentiment de l''usuari per a proporcinar aquestes dades al client?
+consent-text=Text del consentiment
+consent-text.tooltip=Text per mostrar a la p\u00E0gina de consentiment.
+mapper-type=Tipus d''assignador
+
+# realm identity providers
+identity-providers=Prove\u00EFdors d''identitat
+table-of-identity-providers=Taula de prove\u00EFdors d''identitat
+add-provider.placeholder=Afegir prove\u00EFdor...
+provider=Prove\u00EFdor
+gui-order=Ordre en la interf\u00EDcie gr\u00E0fica (GUI)
+redirect-uri=URI de redirecci\u00F3
+redirect-uri.tooltip=L''URI de redirecci\u00F3 usada per configurar el prove\u00EFdor d''identitat.
+alias=\u00C0lies
+identity-provider.alias.tooltip=L''\u00E0lies que identifica de forma \u00FAnica un prove\u00EFdor d''identitat, es far servir tamb\u00E9 per construir la URI de redirecci\u00F3.
+identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=Habilita/deshabilita aquest prove\u00EFdor d''identitat.
+authenticate-by-default=Autenticar per defecte
+identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=Indica si aquest prove\u00EFdor hauria de ser provat per defecte per autenticacaci\u00F3n fins i tot abans de mostrar la p\u00E0gina d''inici de sessi\u00F3.
+store-tokens=Emmagatzemar tokens
+identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar si els tokens han de ser emmagatzemats despr\u00E9s d''autenticar als usuaris.
+stored-tokens-readable=Tokens emmagatzemats llegibles
+identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar si els nous usuaris poden llegir els tokens emmagatzemats. Aix\u00F2 assigna el rol ''broker.read-token''.
+update-profile-on-first-login=Actualitzar perfil al primer inici de sessi\u00F3
+on=Activat
+on-missing-info=Si falta informaci\u00F3
+off=Desactivat
+update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=Defineix condicions sota les quals un usuari ha de actualitzar el seu perfil durant el primer inici de sessi\u00F3.
+trust-email=Confiar en l''email
+trust-email.tooltip=Si est\u00E0 habilitat, l''email rebut d''aquest prove\u00EFdor no es verificar\u00E0 encara que la verificaci\u00F3 estigui habilitada per al domini.
+gui-order.tooltip=N\u00FAmero que defineix l''ordre del prove\u00EFdor en la interf\u00EDcie gr\u00E0fica (GUI) (ex. a la p\u00E0gina d''inici de sessi\u00F3)
+openid-connect-config=Configuraci\u00F3 d''OpenID Connect
+openid-connect-config.tooltip=Configuraci\u00F3 d''OIDC SP i IDP externs
+authorization-url=URL d''autoritzaci\u00F3
+authorization-url.tooltip=La URL d''autoritzaci\u00F3.
+token-url=Token URL
+token-url.tooltip=L''URL del token.
+logout-url=URL de desconnexi\u00F3
+identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip=Punt de tancament de sessi\u00F3 per utilitzar en la desconnexi\u00F3 d''usuaris des d''un prove\u00EFdor d''identitat (IDP) extern.
+backchannel-logout=Backchannel Logout
+backchannel-logout.tooltip=Does the external IDP support backchannel logout?
+user-info-url=URL d''informaci\u00F3 d''usuari
+user-info-url.tooltip=L''URL d''informaci\u00F3 d''usuari. Opcional.
+identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=El client o identificador de client registrat en el prove\u00EFdor d''identitat.
+client-secret=Secret de Client
+show-secret=Mostrar secret
+hide-secret=Amaga secret
+client-secret.tooltip=El client o el secret de client registrat en el prove\u00EFdor d''identitat.
+issuer=Emissor
+issuer.tooltip=L''identificador de l''emissor per a l''emissor de la resposta. Si no s''indica, no es realitzar\u00E0 cap validaci\u00F3.
+default-scopes=\u00C0mbits per defecte
+identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=Els \u00E0mbits que s''enviaran quan es sol\u00B7liciti autoritzaci\u00F3. Pot ser una llista d''\u00E0mbits separats per espais. El valor per defecte \u00E9s ''openid''.
+prompt=Prompt
+unspecified.option=no especificat
+none.option=cap
+consent.option=consentiment
+login.option=login
+select-account.option=select_account
+prompt.tooltip=Indica si el servidor d''autoritzaci\u00F3 sol\u00B7licita a l''usuari final per reautenticaci\u00F3n i consentiment.
+validate-signatures=Validar signatures
+identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la validaci\u00F3 de signatures de prove\u00EFdors d''identitat (IDP) externs
+validating-public-key=Validant clau p\u00FAblica
+identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=La clau p\u00FAblica en format PEM que ha de fer-se servir per verificar les signatures de prove\u00EFdors d''identitat (IDP) externs.
+import-external-idp-config=Importar configuraci\u00F3 externa d''IDP
+import-external-idp-config.tooltip=Et permet carregar metadades d''un prove\u00EFdor d''identitat (IDP) extern d''un arxiu de coniguraci\u00F3n o descarregar des d''una URL.
+import-from-url=Importar des d''URL
+identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=Importa metadades des d''un descriptor d''un prove\u00EFdor d''identitat (IDP) remot.
+import-from-file=Importa des d''arxiu
+identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=Importa metadades des d''un descriptor d''un prove\u00EFdor d''identitat (IDP) descarregat.
+saml-config=Configuraci\u00F3 SAML
+identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=Configuraci\u00F3 de prove\u00EFdor SAML i IDP extern
+single-signon-service-url=URL de servei de connexi\u00F3 \u00FAnic (SSO)
+saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=L''URL que s''ha de fer servir per enviar peticions d''autenticaci\u00F3 (SAML AuthnRequest).
+single-logout-service-url=URL de servei de desconnexi\u00F3 \u00FAnic
+saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=L''URL que ha de fer-se servir per enviar peticions de desconnexi\u00F3.
+nameid-policy-format=Format de pol\u00EDtica NameID
+nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Indica la refer\u00E8ncia a la URI corresponent a un format de NameID. El valor per defecte \u00E9s urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent.
+http-post-binding-response=HTTP-POST enlla\u00E7 de resposta
+http-post-binding-response.tooltip=Indica si es respon a les peticions fent servir HTTP-POST. Si no est\u00E0 activat, es far servir HTTP-REDIRECT.
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request=HTTP-POST per AuthnRequest
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=Indica si AuthnRequest ha de ser enviat usant HTTP-POST. Si no est\u00E0 activat es fa HTTP-REDIRECT.
+want-authn-requests-signed=Signar AuthnRequests
+want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=Indica si el prove\u00EFdor d''identitat espera rebre signades les AuthnRequest.
+force-authentication=For\u00E7ar autenticaci\u00F3
+identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=Indica si el prove\u00EFdor d''identitat ha d'autenticar en presentar directament les credencials en lloc de dependre d''un context de seguretat previ.
+validate-signature=Validar signatura
+saml.validate-signature.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la validaci\u00F3 de signatura en respostes SAML.
+validating-x509-certificate=Validant certificat X509
+validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=El certificat en format PEM que ha de fer-se servir per comprovar les signatures.
+saml.import-from-url.tooltip=Importar metadades des d''un descriptor d'entitat remot d''un IDP de SAML
+social.client-id.tooltip=L''identificador del client registrat amb el prove\u00EFdor d''identitat.
+social.client-secret.tooltip=El secret del client registrat amb el prove\u00EFdor d''identitat.
+social.default-scopes.tooltip=\u00C0mbits que s''enviaran quan es sol\u00B7liciti autoritzaci\u00F3. Veure la documentaci\u00F3 per als possibles valors, separador i valor per defecte.
+key=Clau
+stackoverflow.key.tooltip=La clau obtinguda en el registre del client de Stack Overflow.
+
+realms=Dominis
+realm=Domini
+
+identity-provider-mappers=Assignadors de prove\u00EFdors d''identitat (IDP)
+create-identity-provider-mapper=Crea assignador de prove\u00EFdor d''identitat (IDP)
+add-identity-provider-mapper=Afegeix assignador de prove\u00EFdor d''identitat
+client.description.tooltip=Indica la descripci\u00F3 del client. Per exemple ''My Client for TimeSheets''. Tamb\u00E9 suporta claus per a valors localitzats. Per exemple: ${my_client_description}
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_de.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_de.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ed733c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_de.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,1523 @@
+consoleTitle=Keycloak Admin Konsole
+
+# Common messages
+enabled=Aktiv
+hidden=Versteckt
+link-only-column=Nur Link
+name=Name
+displayName=Anzeigename
+displayNameHtml=HTML-Anzeigename
+save=Speichern
+cancel=Abbrechen
+onText=EIN
+offText=AUS
+client=Client
+clients=Clients
+clear=Zur\u00FCcksetzen
+selectOne=Bitte w\u00E4hlen...
+
+true=Ja
+false=Nein
+
+endpoints=Endpoints
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Benutzer und Clients k\u00F6nnen das Realm nur verwenden, wenn es aktiviert ist
+#realm-detail.oidc-endpoints.tooltip=Shows the configuration of the OpenID Connect endpoints
+#realm-detail.userManagedAccess.tooltip=If enabled, users are allowed to manage their resources and permissions using the Account Management Console.
+#userManagedAccess=User-Managed Access
+registrationAllowed=Benutzerregistrierung
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Aktiviere/deaktiviere die Seite zur Benutzerregistrierung. Auf der Loginseite wird ein entsprechender Link angezeigt.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=E-Mail-Adresse als Benutzername
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=Wenn aktiviert, wird das Feld "Benutzername" auf der Registrierungsformular nicht angezeigt und als Benutzername wird stattdessen die E-Mail verwendet.
+editUsernameAllowed=Benutzername editierbar
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=Wenn aktiv, kann der Benutzername editiert werden.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Passwort-Vergessen
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Zeigt einen Link auf der Loginseite, auf den die Benutzer klicken k\u00F6nnen, wenn sie ihr Passwort vergessen haben.
+rememberMe=Angemeldet bleiben
+rememberMe.tooltip=Zeigt eine Auswahlbox auf der Loginseite, die es dem Benutzer erlaubt, zwischen Browser-Neustarts eingeloggt zu bleiben, bis die Session abl\u00E4uft.
+#loginWithEmailAllowed=Login with email
+#loginWithEmailAllowed.tooltip=Allow users to log in with their email address.
+#duplicateEmailsAllowed=Duplicate emails
+#duplicateEmailsAllowed.tooltip=Allow multiple users to have the same email address. Changing this setting will also clear the users cache. It is recommended to manually update email constraints of existing users in the database after switching off support for duplicate email addresses.
+verifyEmail=E-Mail verifizieren
+#verifyEmail.tooltip=Require users to verify their email address after initial login or after address changes are submitted.
+#sslRequired=Require SSL
+#sslRequired.option.all=all requests
+#sslRequired.option.external=external requests
+#sslRequired.option.none=none
+#sslRequired.tooltip=Is HTTPS required? 'None' means HTTPS is not required for any client IP address. 'External requests' means localhost and private IP addresses can access without HTTPS. 'All requests' means HTTPS is required for all IP addresses.
+#publicKeys=Public keys
+#publicKey=Public key
+#privateKey=Private key
+#gen-new-keys=Generate new keys
+certificate=Zertifikat
+host=Host
+smtp-host=SMTP Host
+port=Port
+smtp-port=SMTP Port (Standardwert ist 25)
+from=Von
+#fromDisplayName=From Display Name
+#fromDisplayName.tooltip=A user-friendly name for the 'From' address (optional).
+#replyTo=Reply To
+#replyToDisplayName=Reply To Display Name
+#replyToDisplayName.tooltip=A user-friendly name for the 'Reply-To' address (optional).
+#envelopeFrom=Envelope From
+#envelopeFrom.tooltip=An email address used for bounces (optional).
+sender-email-addr=E-Mail-Adresse des Absenders
+#sender-email-addr-display=Display Name for Sender Email Address
+#reply-to-email-addr=Reply To Email Address
+#reply-to-email-addr-display=Display Name for Reply To Email Address
+#sender-envelope-email-addr=Sender Envelope Email Address
+enable-ssl=SSL aktivieren
+#enable-start-tls=Enable StartTLS
+#enable-auth=Enable Authentication
+username=Benutzername
+login-username=Login Benutzername
+password=Passwort
+login-password=Login Passwort
+#login-theme=Login Theme
+#login-theme.tooltip=Select theme for login, OTP, grant, registration, and forgot password pages.
+#account-theme=Account Theme
+#account-theme.tooltip=Select theme for user account management pages.
+#admin-console-theme=Admin Console Theme
+#select-theme-admin-console=Select theme for admin console.
+#email-theme=Email Theme
+#select-theme-email=Select theme for emails that are sent by the server.
+i18n-enabled=Internationalisierung aktiv
+supported-locales=Unterst\u00FCtzte Sprachen
+#supported-locales.placeholder=Type a locale and enter
+#default-locale=Default Locale
+#realm-cache-clear=Realm Cache
+#realm-cache-clear.tooltip=Clears all entries from the realm cache (this will clear entries for all realms)
+#user-cache-clear=User Cache
+#user-cache-clear.tooltip=Clears all entries from the user cache (this will clear entries for all realms)
+#keys-cache-clear=Keys Cache
+#keys-cache-clear.tooltip=Clears all entries from the cache of external public keys. These are keys of external clients or identity providers. (this will clear entries for all realms)
+#revoke-refresh-token=Revoke Refresh Token
+#revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=If enabled a refresh token can only be used up to 'Refresh Token Max Reuse' and is revoked when a different token is used. Otherwise refresh tokens are not revoked when used and can be used multiple times.
+#refresh-token-max-reuse=Refresh Token Max Reuse
+#refresh-token-max-reuse.tooltip=Maximum number of times a refresh token can be reused. When a different token is used, revocation is immediate.
+#sso-session-idle=SSO Session Idle
+seconds=Sekunden
+minutes=Minuten
+hours=Stunden
+days=Tage
+#sso-session-max=SSO Session Max
+#sso-session-idle.tooltip=Time a session is allowed to be idle before it expires. Tokens and browser sessions are invalidated when a session is expired.
+#sso-session-max.tooltip=Max time before a session is expired. Tokens and browser sessions are invalidated when a session is expired.
+#offline-session-idle=Offline Session Idle
+#offline-session-idle.tooltip=Time an offline session is allowed to be idle before it expires. You need to use offline token to refresh at least once within this period, otherwise offline session will expire.
+#realm-detail.hostname=Hostname
+#realm-detail.hostname.tooltip=Set the hostname for the realm. Use in combination with the fixed hostname provider to override the server hostname for a specific realm.
+
+## KEYCLOAK-7688 Offline Session Max for Offline Token
+#offline-session-max-limited=Offline Session Max Limited
+#offline-session-max-limited.tooltip=Enable Offline Session Max.
+#offline-session-max=Offline Session Max
+#offline-session-max.tooltip=Max time before an offline session is expired regardless of activity.
+
+#access-token-lifespan=Access Token Lifespan
+#access-token-lifespan.tooltip=Max time before an access token is expired. This value is recommended to be short relative to the SSO timeout.
+#access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow=Access Token Lifespan For Implicit Flow
+#access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow.tooltip=Max time before an access token issued during OpenID Connect Implicit Flow is expired. This value is recommended to be shorter than SSO timeout. There is no possibility to refresh token during implicit flow, that's why there is separate timeout different to 'Access Token Lifespan'.
+#action-token-generated-by-admin-lifespan=Default Admin-Initiated Action Lifespan
+#action-token-generated-by-admin-lifespan.tooltip=Maximum time before an action permit sent to a user by admin is expired. This value is recommended to be long to allow admins send e-mails for users that are currently offline. The default timeout can be overridden right before issuing the token.
+#action-token-generated-by-user-lifespan=User-Initiated Action Lifespan
+#action-token-generated-by-user-lifespan.tooltip=Maximum time before an action permit sent by a user (e.g. forgot password e-mail) is expired. This value is recommended to be short because it is expected that the user would react to self-created action quickly.
+
+#action-token-generated-by-user.execute-actions=Execute Actions
+#action-token-generated-by-user.idp-verify-account-via-email=IdP Account E-mail Verification
+#action-token-generated-by-user.reset-credentials=Forgot Password
+#action-token-generated-by-user.verify-email=E-mail Verification
+#action-token-generated-by-user.tooltip=Override default settings of maximum time before an action permit sent by a user (e.g. forgot password e-mail) is expired for specific action. This value is recommended to be short because it is expected that the user would react to self-created action quickly.
+#action-token-generated-by-user.reset=Reset
+#action-token-generated-by-user.operation=Override User-Initiated Action Lifespan
+
+#client-login-timeout=Client login timeout
+#client-login-timeout.tooltip=Max time a client has to finish the access token protocol. This should normally be 1 minute.
+#login-timeout=Login timeout
+#login-timeout.tooltip=Max time a user has to complete a login. This is recommended to be relatively long. 30 minutes or more.
+#login-action-timeout=Login action timeout
+#login-action-timeout.tooltip=Max time a user has to complete login related actions like update password or configure totp. This is recommended to be relatively long. 5 minutes or more.
+#headers=Headers
+#brute-force-detection=Brute Force Detection
+#x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+#x-frame-options-tooltip=Default value prevents pages from being included via non-origin iframes (click label for more information)
+#content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+#content-sec-policy-tooltip=Default value prevents pages from being included via non-origin iframes (click label for more information)
+#content-type-options=X-Content-Type-Options
+#content-type-options-tooltip=Default value prevents Internet Explorer and Google Chrome from MIME-sniffing a response away from the declared content-type (click label for more information)
+#robots-tag=X-Robots-Tag
+#robots-tag-tooltip=Prevent pages from appearing in search engines (click label for more information)
+#x-xss-protection=X-XSS-Protection
+#x-xss-protection-tooltip=This header configures the Cross-site scripting (XSS) filter in your browser. Using the default behavior, the browser will prevent rendering of the page when a XSS attack is detected (click label for more information)
+#strict-transport-security=HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS)
+#strict-transport-security-tooltip=The Strict-Transport-Security HTTP header tells browsers to always use HTTPS. Once a browser sees this header, it will only visit the site over HTTPS for the time specified (1 year) at max-age, including the subdomains.
+#permanent-lockout=Permanent Lockout
+#permanent-lockout.tooltip=Lock the user permanently when the user exceeds the maximum login failures.
+#max-login-failures=Max Login Failures
+#max-login-failures.tooltip=How many failures before wait is triggered.
+#wait-increment=Wait Increment
+#wait-increment.tooltip=When failure threshold has been met, how much time should the user be locked out?
+#quick-login-check-millis=Quick Login Check Milli Seconds
+#quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=If a failure happens concurrently too quickly, lock out the user.
+#min-quick-login-wait=Minimum Quick Login Wait
+#min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=How long to wait after a quick login failure.
+#max-wait=Max Wait
+#max-wait.tooltip=Max time a user will be locked out.
+#failure-reset-time=Failure Reset Time
+#failure-reset-time.tooltip=When will failure count be reset?
+#realm-tab-login=Login
+#realm-tab-keys=Keys
+#realm-tab-email=Email
+#realm-tab-themes=Themes
+#realm-tab-cache=Cache
+#realm-tab-tokens=Tokens
+#realm-tab-client-registration=Client Registration
+#realm-tab-security-defenses=Security Defenses
+#realm-tab-general=General
+#add-realm=Add realm
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Realm-Sessions
+#revocation=Revocation
+logout-all=Alle ausloggen
+active-sessions=Aktive Sessions
+offline-sessions=Offline-Sessions
+sessions=Sessions
+#not-before=Not Before
+#not-before.tooltip=Revoke any tokens issued before this date.
+#set-to-now=Set to now
+#push=Push
+#push.tooltip=For every client that has an admin URL, notify them of the new revocation policy.
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+#usermodel.prop.label=Property
+#usermodel.prop.tooltip=Name of the property method in the UserModel interface. For example, a value of 'email' would reference the UserModel.getEmail() method.
+#usermodel.attr.label=User Attribute
+#usermodel.attr.tooltip=Name of stored user attribute which is the name of an attribute within the UserModel.attribute map.
+#userSession.modelNote.label=User Session Note
+#userSession.modelNote.tooltip=Name of stored user session note within the UserSessionModel.note map.
+#multivalued.label=Multivalued
+#multivalued.tooltip=Indicates if attribute supports multiple values. If true, then the list of all values of this attribute will be set as claim. If false, then just first value will be set as claim
+#selectRole.label=Select Role
+#selectRole.tooltip=Enter role in the textbox to the left, or click this button to browse and select the role you want.
+#tokenClaimName.label=Token Claim Name
+#tokenClaimName.tooltip=Name of the claim to insert into the token. This can be a fully qualified name like 'address.street'. In this case, a nested json object will be created. To prevent nesting and use dot literally, escape the dot with backslash (\\.).
+#jsonType.label=Claim JSON Type
+#jsonType.tooltip=JSON type that should be used to populate the json claim in the token. long, int, boolean, and String are valid values.
+#includeInIdToken.label=Add to ID token
+#includeInIdToken.tooltip=Should the claim be added to the ID token?
+#includeInAccessToken.label=Add to access token
+#includeInAccessToken.tooltip=Should the claim be added to the access token?
+#includeInUserInfo.label=Add to userinfo
+#includeInUserInfo.tooltip=Should the claim be added to the userinfo?
+#usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.label=Client ID
+#usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.tooltip=Client ID for role mappings
+#usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Client Role prefix
+#usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=A prefix for each client role (optional).
+#usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Realm Role prefix
+#usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=A prefix for each Realm Role (optional).
+#sectorIdentifierUri.label=Sector Identifier URI
+#sectorIdentifierUri.tooltip=Providers that use pairwise sub values and support Dynamic Client Registration SHOULD use the sector_identifier_uri parameter. It provides a way for a group of websites under common administrative control to have consistent pairwise sub values independent of the individual domain names. It also provides a way for Clients to change redirect_uri domains without having to reregister all of their users.
+#pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.label=Salt
+#pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.tooltip=Salt used when calculating the pairwise subject identifier. If left blank, a salt will be generated.
+#addressClaim.street.label=User Attribute Name for Street
+#addressClaim.street.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'street_address' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'street' .
+#addressClaim.locality.label=User Attribute Name for Locality
+#addressClaim.locality.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'locality' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'locality' .
+#addressClaim.region.label=User Attribute Name for Region
+#addressClaim.region.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'region' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'region' .
+#addressClaim.postal_code.label=User Attribute Name for Postal Code
+#addressClaim.postal_code.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'postal_code' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'postal_code' .
+#addressClaim.country.label=User Attribute Name for Country
+#addressClaim.country.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'country' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'country' .
+#addressClaim.formatted.label=User Attribute Name for Formatted Address
+#addressClaim.formatted.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'formatted' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'formatted' .
+
+# client details
+#clients.tooltip=Clients are trusted browser apps and web services in a realm. These clients can request a login. You can also define client specific roles.
+search.placeholder=Suchen...
+create=Erstellen
+import=Importieren
+client-id=Client-ID
+base-url=Basis-URL
+actions=Aktionen
+not-defined=Nicht definiert
+edit=Bearbeiten
+delete=L\u00F6schen
+no-results=Keine Resultate
+no-clients-available=Keine Clients verf\u00FCgbar
+add-client=Client hinzuf\u00FCgen
+#select-file=Select file
+#view-details=View details
+#clear-import=Clear import
+#client-id.tooltip=Specifies ID referenced in URI and tokens. For example 'my-client'. For SAML this is also the expected issuer value from authn requests
+#client.name.tooltip=Specifies display name of the client. For example 'My Client'. Supports keys for localized values as well. For example\: ${my_client}
+#client.enabled.tooltip=Disabled clients cannot initiate a login or have obtain access tokens.
+#consent-required=Consent Required
+#consent-required.tooltip=If enabled users have to consent to client access.
+#client.display-on-consent-screen=Display Client On Consent Screen
+#client.display-on-consent-screen.tooltip=Applicable just if Consent Required is on. If this switch is off, then consent screen will contain just the consents corresponding to configured client scopes. If on, then there will be also one item on consent screen about this client itself
+#client.consent-screen-text=Client Consent Screen Text
+#client.consent-screen-text.tooltip=Applicable just if 'Display Client On Consent Screen' is on for this client. Contains the text, which will be on consent screen about permissions specific just for this client
+#client-protocol=Client Protocol
+#client-protocol.tooltip='OpenID connect' allows Clients to verify the identity of the End-User based on the authentication performed by an Authorization Server.'SAML' enables web-based authentication and authorization scenarios including cross-domain single sign-on (SSO) and uses security tokens containing assertions to pass information.
+#access-type=Access Type
+#access-type.tooltip='Confidential' clients require a secret to initiate login protocol. 'Public' clients do not require a secret. 'Bearer-only' clients are web services that never initiate a login.
+#standard-flow-enabled=Standard Flow Enabled
+#standard-flow-enabled.tooltip=This enables standard OpenID Connect redirect based authentication with authorization code. In terms of OpenID Connect or OAuth2 specifications, this enables support of 'Authorization Code Flow' for this client.
+#implicit-flow-enabled=Implicit Flow Enabled
+#implicit-flow-enabled.tooltip=This enables support for OpenID Connect redirect based authentication without authorization code. In terms of OpenID Connect or OAuth2 specifications, this enables support of 'Implicit Flow' for this client.
+#direct-access-grants-enabled=Direct Access Grants Enabled
+#direct-access-grants-enabled.tooltip=This enables support for Direct Access Grants, which means that client has access to username/password of user and exchange it directly with Keycloak server for access token. In terms of OAuth2 specification, this enables support of 'Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant' for this client.
+#service-accounts-enabled=Service Accounts Enabled
+#service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Allows you to authenticate this client to Keycloak and retrieve access token dedicated to this client. In terms of OAuth2 specification, this enables support of 'Client Credentials Grant' for this client.
+#include-authnstatement=Include AuthnStatement
+#include-authnstatement.tooltip=Should a statement specifying the method and timestamp be included in login responses?
+#include-onetimeuse-condition=Include OneTimeUse Condition
+#include-onetimeuse-condition.tooltip=Should a OneTimeUse Condition be included in login responses?
+#sign-documents=Sign Documents
+#sign-documents.tooltip=Should SAML documents be signed by the realm?
+#sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext=Optimize REDIRECT signing key lookup
+#sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext.tooltip=When signing SAML documents in REDIRECT binding for SP that is secured by Keycloak adapter, should the ID of the signing key be included in SAML protocol message in <Extensions> element? This optimizes validation of the signature as the validating party uses a single key instead of trying every known key for validation.
+#sign-assertions=Sign Assertions
+#sign-assertions.tooltip=Should assertions inside SAML documents be signed? This setting isn't needed if document is already being signed.
+#signature-algorithm=Signature Algorithm
+#signature-algorithm.tooltip=The signature algorithm to use to sign documents.
+#canonicalization-method=Canonicalization Method
+#canonicalization-method.tooltip=Canonicalization Method for XML signatures.
+#encrypt-assertions=Encrypt Assertions
+#encrypt-assertions.tooltip=Should SAML assertions be encrypted with client's public key using AES?
+#client-signature-required=Client Signature Required
+#client-signature-required.tooltip=Will the client sign their saml requests and responses? And should they be validated?
+#force-post-binding=Force POST Binding
+#force-post-binding.tooltip=Always use POST binding for responses.
+#front-channel-logout=Front Channel Logout
+#front-channel-logout.tooltip=When true, logout requires a browser redirect to client. When false, server performs a background invocation for logout.
+#force-name-id-format=Force Name ID Format
+#force-name-id-format.tooltip=Ignore requested NameID subject format and use admin console configured one.
+#name-id-format=Name ID Format
+#name-id-format.tooltip=The name ID format to use for the subject.
+#root-url=Root URL
+#root-url.tooltip=Root URL appended to relative URLs
+#valid-redirect-uris=Valid Redirect URIs
+#valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=Valid URI pattern a browser can redirect to after a successful login or logout. Simple wildcards are allowed i.e. 'http://example.com/*'. Relative path can be specified too i.e. /my/relative/path/*. Relative paths are relative to the client root URL, or if none is specified the auth server root URL is used. For SAML, you must set valid URI patterns if you are relying on the consumer service URL embedded with the login request.
+#base-url.tooltip=Default URL to use when the auth server needs to redirect or link back to the client.
+#admin-url=Admin URL
+#admin-url.tooltip=URL to the admin interface of the client. Set this if the client supports the adapter REST API. This REST API allows the auth server to push revocation policies and other administrative tasks. Usually this is set to the base URL of the client.
+#master-saml-processing-url=Master SAML Processing URL
+#master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=If configured, this URL will be used for every binding to both the SP's Assertion Consumer and Single Logout Services. This can be individually overiden for each binding and service in the Fine Grain SAML Endpoint Configuration.
+#idp-sso-url-ref=IDP Initiated SSO URL Name
+#idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=URL fragment name to reference client when you want to do IDP Initiated SSO. Leaving this empty will disable IDP Initiated SSO. The URL you will reference from your browser will be: {server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}
+#idp-sso-url-ref.urlhint=Target IDP initiated SSO URL:
+#idp-sso-relay-state=IDP Initiated SSO Relay State
+#idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=Relay state you want to send with SAML request when you want to do IDP Initiated SSO.
+web-origins=Web Origins
+web-origins.tooltip=Erlaubte CORS Origins. Um alle Origins der Valid Redirect URIs zu erlauben, fügen Sie ein '+' hinzu. Dabei wird der '*' Platzhalter nicht mit übernommen. Um alle Origins zu erlauben, geben Sie explizit einen Eintrag mit '*' an.
+#fine-oidc-endpoint-conf=Fine Grain OpenID Connect Configuration
+#fine-oidc-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Expand this section to configure advanced settings of this client related to OpenID Connect protocol
+#user-info-signed-response-alg=User Info Signed Response Algorithm
+#user-info-signed-response-alg.tooltip=JWA algorithm used for signed User Info Endpoint response. If set to 'unsigned', then User Info Response won't be signed and will be returned in application/json format.
+#request-object-signature-alg=Request Object Signature Algorithm
+#request-object-signature-alg.tooltip=JWA algorithm, which client needs to use when sending OIDC request object specified by 'request' or 'request_uri' parameters. If set to 'any', then Request object can be signed by any algorithm (including 'none' ).
+#request-object-required=Request Object Required
+#request-object-required-alg.tooltip=Specifies if the client needs to provide a request object with their authorization requests, and what method they can use for this. If set to "not required", providing a request object is optional. In all other cases providing a request object is mandatory. If set to "request", the request object must be provided by value. If set to "request_uri", the request object must be provided by reference. If set to "request or request_uri", either method can be used.
+#fine-saml-endpoint-conf=Fine Grain SAML Endpoint Configuration
+#fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Expand this section to configure exact URLs for Assertion Consumer and Single Logout Service.
+#assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service POST Binding URL
+#assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=SAML POST Binding URL for the client's assertion consumer service (login responses). You can leave this blank if you do not have a URL for this binding.
+#assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service Redirect Binding URL
+#assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=SAML Redirect Binding URL for the client's assertion consumer service (login responses). You can leave this blank if you do not have a URL for this binding.
+#logout-service-post-binding-url=Logout Service POST Binding URL
+#logout-service-post-binding-url.tooltip=SAML POST Binding URL for the client's single logout service. You can leave this blank if you are using a different binding
+#logout-service-redir-binding-url=Logout Service Redirect Binding URL
+#logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=SAML Redirect Binding URL for the client's single logout service. You can leave this blank if you are using a different binding.
+#saml-signature-keyName-transformer=SAML Signature Key Name
+#saml-signature-keyName-transformer.tooltip=Signed SAML documents contain identification of signing key in KeyName element. For Keycloak / RH-SSO counterparty, use KEY_ID, for MS AD FS use CERT_SUBJECT, for others check and use NONE if no other option works.
+#oidc-compatibility-modes=OpenID Connect Compatibility Modes
+#oidc-compatibility-modes.tooltip=Expand this section to configure settings for backwards compatibility with older OpenID Connect / OAuth2 adapters. It is useful especially if your client uses older version of Keycloak / RH-SSO adapter.
+#exclude-session-state-from-auth-response=Exclude Session State From Authentication Response
+#exclude-session-state-from-auth-response.tooltip=If this is on, the parameter 'session_state' will not be included in OpenID Connect Authentication Response. It is useful if your client uses older OIDC / OAuth2 adapter, which does not support 'session_state' parameter.
+
+# client import
+#import-client=Import Client
+#format-option=Format Option
+#select-format=Select a Format
+#import-file=Import File
+
+# client tabs
+settings=Einstellungen
+credentials=Passw\u00F6rter
+#saml-keys=SAML Keys
+roles=Rollen
+#mappers=Mappers
+#mappers.tooltip=Protocol mappers perform transformation on tokens and documents. They can do things like map user data into protocol claims, or just transform any requests going between the client and auth server.
+#scope=Scope
+#scope.tooltip=Scope mappings allow you to restrict which user role mappings are included within the access token requested by the client.
+#sessions.tooltip=View active sessions for this client. Allows you to see which users are active and when they logged in.
+#offline-access=Offline Access
+#offline-access.tooltip=View offline sessions for this client. Allows you to see which users retrieve offline token and when they retrieve it. To revoke all tokens for the client, go to Revocation tab and set not before value to now.
+#clustering=Clustering
+#installation=Installation
+#installation.tooltip=Helper utility for generating various client adapter configuration formats which you can download or cut and paste to configure your clients.
+#service-account-roles=Service Account Roles
+#service-account-roles.tooltip=Allows you to authenticate role mappings for the service account dedicated to this client.
+
+# client credentials
+#client-authenticator=Client Authenticator
+#client-authenticator.tooltip=Client Authenticator used for authentication this client against Keycloak server
+#certificate.tooltip=Client Certificate for validate JWT issued by client and signed by Client private key from your keystore.
+#publicKey.tooltip=Public Key for validate JWT issued by client and signed by Client private key.
+#no-client-certificate-configured=No client certificate configured
+#gen-new-keys-and-cert=Generate new keys and certificate
+#import-certificate=Import Certificate
+#gen-client-private-key=Generate Client Private Key
+#generate-private-key=Generate Private Key
+#kid=Kid
+#kid.tooltip=KID (Key ID) of the client public key from imported JWKS.
+#use-jwks-url=Use JWKS URL
+#use-jwks-url.tooltip=If the switch is on, then client public keys will be downloaded from given JWKS URL. This allows great flexibility because new keys will be always re-downloaded again when client generates new keypair. If the switch is off, then public key (or certificate) from the Keycloak DB is used, so when client keypair changes, you always need to import new key (or certificate) to the Keycloak DB as well.
+#jwks-url=JWKS URL
+#jwks-url.tooltip=URL where client keys in JWK format are stored. See JWK specification for more details. If you use Keycloak client adapter with "jwt" credential, then you can use URL of your app with '/k_jwks' suffix. For example 'http://www.myhost.com/myapp/k_jwks' .
+#archive-format=Archive Format
+#archive-format.tooltip=Java keystore or PKCS12 archive format.
+#key-alias=Key Alias
+#key-alias.tooltip=Archive alias for your private key and certificate.
+#key-password=Key Password
+#key-password.tooltip=Password to access the private key in the archive
+#store-password=Store Password
+#store-password.tooltip=Password to access the archive itself
+#generate-and-download=Generate and Download
+#client-certificate-import=Client Certificate Import
+#import-client-certificate=Import Client Certificate
+#jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=Archive alias for your certificate.
+#secret=Secret
+#regenerate-secret=Regenerate Secret
+#registrationAccessToken=Registration access token
+#registrationAccessToken.regenerate=Regenerate registration access token
+#registrationAccessToken.tooltip=The registration access token provides access for clients to the client registration service.
+add-role=Rolle hinzuf\u00FCgen
+role-name=Rollenname
+#composite=Composite
+description=Beschreibung
+no-client-roles-available=Keine Client-Rollen verf\u00FCgbar
+#composite-roles=Composite Roles
+#composite-roles.tooltip=When this role is (un)assigned to a user any role associated with it will be (un)assigned implicitly.
+realm-roles=Realm-Rollen
+available-roles=Verf\u00FCgbare Rollen
+add-selected=Ausgew\u00E4hlte hinzuf\u00FCgen
+#associated-roles=Associated Roles
+#composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles associated with this composite role.
+#composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that you can associate to this composite role.
+remove-selected=Ausgew\u00E4hlte entfernen
+client-roles=Client-Rollen
+select-client-to-view-roles=W\u00E4hlen Sie einen Client um die Rollen daf\u00FCr zu sehen
+#available-roles.tooltip=Roles from this client that you can associate to this composite role.
+#client.associated-roles.tooltip=Client roles associated with this composite role.
+#add-builtin=Add Builtin
+category=Kategorie
+type=Typ
+#no-mappers-available=No mappers available
+#add-builtin-protocol-mappers=Add Builtin Protocol Mappers
+#add-builtin-protocol-mapper=Add Builtin Protocol Mapper
+#scope-mappings=Scope Mappings
+#full-scope-allowed=Full Scope Allowed
+#full-scope-allowed.tooltip=Allows you to disable all restrictions.
+#scope.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that can be assigned to scope.
+assigned-roles=Zugewiesene Rollen
+#assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles assigned to scope.
+effective-roles=Effektive Rollen
+#realm.effective-roles.tooltip=Assigned realm level roles that may have been inherited from a composite role.
+#select-client-roles.tooltip=Select client to view roles for client
+#assign.available-roles.tooltip=Client roles available to be assigned.
+#client.assigned-roles.tooltip=Assigned client roles.
+#client.effective-roles.tooltip=Assigned client roles that may have been inherited from a composite role.
+#basic-configuration=Basic configuration
+#node-reregistration-timeout=Node Re-registration Timeout
+#node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=Interval to specify max time for registered clients cluster nodes to re-register. If cluster node won't send re-registration request to Keycloak within this time, it will be unregistered from Keycloak
+#registered-cluster-nodes=Registered cluster nodes
+#register-node-manually=Register node manually
+#test-cluster-availability=Test cluster availability
+#last-registration=Last registration
+#node-host=Node host
+#no-registered-cluster-nodes=No registered cluster nodes available
+#cluster-nodes=Cluster Nodes
+#add-node=Add Node
+#active-sessions.tooltip=Total number of active user sessions for this client.
+#show-sessions=Show Sessions
+#show-sessions.tooltip=Warning, this is a potentially expensive operation depending on number of active sessions.
+user=Benutzer
+#from-ip=From IP
+#session-start=Session Start
+first-page=Erste Seite
+previous-page=Vorherige Seite
+next-page=N\u00E4chste Seite
+#client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=Revoke any tokens issued before this date for this client.
+#client-revoke.push.tooltip=If admin URL is configured for this client, push this policy to that client.
+#select-a-format=Select a Format
+#download=Download
+#offline-tokens=Offline Tokens
+#offline-tokens.tooltip=Total number of offline tokens for this client.
+#show-offline-tokens=Show Offline Tokens
+#show-offline-tokens.tooltip=Warning, this is a potentially expensive operation depending on number of offline tokens.
+#token-issued=Token Issued
+last-access=Letzter Zugriff
+last-refresh=Letzte Aktualisierung
+#key-export=Key Export
+#key-import=Key Import
+#export-saml-key=Export SAML Key
+#import-saml-key=Import SAML Key
+#realm-certificate-alias=Realm Certificate Alias
+#realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=Realm certificate is stored in archive too. This is the alias to it.
+#signing-key=Signing Key
+#saml-signing-key=SAML Signing Key.
+#private-key=Private Key
+#generate-new-keys=Generate new keys
+#export=Export
+#encryption-key=Encryption Key
+#saml-encryption-key.tooltip=SAML Encryption Key.
+#service-accounts=Service Accounts
+#service-account.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that can be assigned to service account.
+#service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles assigned to service account.
+#service-account-is-not-enabled-for=Service account is not enabled for {{client}}
+#create-protocol-mappers=Create Protocol Mappers
+#create-protocol-mapper=Create Protocol Mapper
+#protocol=Protocol
+#protocol.tooltip=Protocol...
+#id=ID
+#mapper.name.tooltip=Name of the mapper.
+#mapper.consent-required.tooltip=When granting temporary access, must the user consent to providing this data to the client?
+#consent-text=Consent Text
+#consent-text.tooltip=Text to display on consent page.
+#mapper-type=Mapper Type
+#mapper-type.tooltip=Type of the mapper
+# realm identity providers
+#identity-providers=Identity Providers
+#table-of-identity-providers=Table of identity providers
+#add-provider.placeholder=Add provider...
+#provider=Provider
+#gui-order=GUI order
+#first-broker-login-flow=First Login Flow
+#post-broker-login-flow=Post Login Flow
+sync-mode=Synchronisationsmodus
+sync-mode.tooltip=Standardsyncmodus für alle Mapper. Mögliche Werte sind: 'Legacy' um das alte Verhalten beizubehalten, 'Importieren' um den Nutzer einmalig zu importieren, 'Erzwingen' um den Nutzer immer zu importieren.
+sync-mode.inherit=Standard erben
+sync-mode.legacy=Legacy
+sync-mode.import=Importieren
+sync-mode.force=Erzwingen
+sync-mode-override=Überschriebene Synchronisation
+sync-mode-override.tooltip=Überschreibt den normalen Synchronisationsmodus des IDP für diesen Mapper. Were sind 'Legacy' um das alte Verhalten beizubehalten, 'Importieren' um den Nutzer einmalig zu importieren, 'Erzwingen' um den Nutzer immer zu updaten.
+#redirect-uri=Redirect URI
+#redirect-uri.tooltip=The redirect uri to use when configuring the identity provider.
+#alias=Alias
+#display-name=Display Name
+#identity-provider.alias.tooltip=The alias uniquely identifies an identity provider and it is also used to build the redirect uri.
+#identity-provider.display-name.tooltip=Friendly name for Identity Providers.
+#identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=Enable/disable this identity provider.
+#authenticate-by-default=Authenticate by Default
+#identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=Indicates if this provider should be tried by default for authentication even before displaying login screen.
+#store-tokens=Store Tokens
+#identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=Enable/disable if tokens must be stored after authenticating users.
+#stored-tokens-readable=Stored Tokens Readable
+#identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=Enable/disable if new users can read any stored tokens. This assigns the broker.read-token role.
+#disableUserInfo=Disable User Info
+#identity-provider.disableUserInfo.tooltip=Disable usage of User Info service to obtain additional user information? Default is to use this OIDC service.
+#userIp=Use userIp Param
+#identity-provider.google-userIp.tooltip=Set 'userIp' query parameter when invoking on Google's User Info service. This will use the user's ip address. Useful if Google is throttling access to the User Info service.
+#hostedDomain=Hosted Domain
+#identity-provider.google-hostedDomain.tooltip=Set 'hd' query parameter when logging in with Google. Google will only list accounts for this domain. Keycloak validates that the returned identity token has a claim for this domain. When '*' is entered any hosted account can be used.
+#sandbox=Target Sandbox
+#identity-provider.paypal-sandbox.tooltip=Target PayPal's sandbox environment
+#update-profile-on-first-login=Update Profile on First Login
+#on=On
+#on-missing-info=On missing info
+#off=Off
+#update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=Define conditions under which a user has to update their profile during first-time login.
+#trust-email=Trust Email
+#trust-email.tooltip=If enabled then email provided by this provider is not verified even if verification is enabled for the realm.
+#link-only=Account Linking Only
+#link-only.tooltip=If true, users cannot log in through this provider. They can only link to this provider. This is useful if you don't want to allow login from the provider, but want to integrate with a provider
+#hide-on-login-page=Hide on Login Page
+#hide-on-login-page.tooltip=If hidden, then login with this provider is possible only if requested explicitly, e.g. using the 'kc_idp_hint' parameter.
+#gui-order.tooltip=Number defining order of the provider in GUI (eg. on Login page).
+#first-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias of authentication flow, which is triggered after first login with this identity provider. Term 'First Login' means that there is not yet existing Keycloak account linked with the authenticated identity provider account.
+#post-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias of authentication flow, which is triggered after each login with this identity provider. Useful if you want additional verification of each user authenticated with this identity provider (for example OTP). Leave this empty if you don't want any additional authenticators to be triggered after login with this identity provider. Also note, that authenticator implementations must assume that user is already set in ClientSession as identity provider already set it.
+#openid-connect-config=OpenID Connect Config
+#openid-connect-config.tooltip=OIDC SP and external IDP configuration.
+#authorization-url=Authorization URL
+#authorization-url.tooltip=The Authorization Url.
+#token-url=Token URL
+#token-url.tooltip=The Token URL.
+#loginHint=Pass login_hint
+#loginHint.tooltip=Pass login_hint to identity provider.
+logout-url=Logout-URL
+#identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip=End session endpoint to use to logout user from external IDP.
+#backchannel-logout=Backchannel Logout
+#backchannel-logout.tooltip=Does the external IDP support backchannel logout?
+#user-info-url=User Info URL
+#user-info-url.tooltip=The User Info Url. This is optional.
+#identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=The client or client identifier registered within the identity provider.
+#client-secret=Client Secret
+#show-secret=Show secret
+#hide-secret=Hide secret
+#client-secret.tooltip=The client or client secret registered within the identity provider.
+#issuer=Issuer
+#issuer.tooltip=The issuer identifier for the issuer of the response. If not provided, no validation will be performed.
+#default-scopes=Default Scopes
+#identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=The scopes to be sent when asking for authorization. It can be a space-separated list of scopes. Defaults to 'openid'.
+#prompt=Prompt
+#unspecified.option=unspecified
+#none.option=none
+#consent.option=consent
+#login.option=login
+#select-account.option=select_account
+#prompt.tooltip=Specifies whether the Authorization Server prompts the End-User for reauthentication and consent.
+#validate-signatures=Validate Signatures
+#identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=Enable/disable signature validation of external IDP signatures.
+#identity-provider.use-jwks-url.tooltip=If the switch is on, then identity provider public keys will be downloaded from given JWKS URL. This allows great flexibility because new keys will be always re-downloaded again when identity provider generates new keypair. If the switch is off, then public key (or certificate) from the Keycloak DB is used, so when identity provider keypair changes, you always need to import new key to the Keycloak DB as well.
+#identity-provider.jwks-url.tooltip=URL where identity provider keys in JWK format are stored. See JWK specification for more details. If you use external Keycloak identity provider, then you can use URL like 'http://broker-keycloak:8180/auth/realms/test/protocol/openid-connect/certs' assuming your brokered Keycloak is running on 'http://broker-keycloak:8180' and its realm is 'test' .
+#validating-public-key=Validating Public Key
+#identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=The public key in PEM format that must be used to verify external IDP signatures.
+#validating-public-key-id=Validating Public Key Id
+#identity-provider.validating-public-key-id.tooltip=Explicit ID of the validating public key given above if the key ID. Leave blank if the key above should be used always, regardless of key ID specified by external IDP; set it if the key should only be used for verifying if key ID from external IDP matches.
+#allowed-clock-skew=Allowed clock skew
+#identity-provider.allowed-clock-skew.tooltip=Clock skew in seconds that is tolerated when validating identity provider tokens. Default value is zero.
+#forwarded-query-parameters=Forwarded Query Parameters
+#identity-provider.forwarded-query-parameters.tooltip=Non OpenID Connect/OAuth standard query parameters to be forwarded to external IDP from the initial application request to Authorization Endpoint. Multiple parameters can be entered, separated by comma (,).
+#import-external-idp-config=Import External IDP Config
+#import-external-idp-config.tooltip=Allows you to load external IDP metadata from a config file or to download it from a URL.
+#import-from-url=Import from URL
+#identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=Import metadata from a remote IDP discovery descriptor.
+#import-from-file=Import from file
+#identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=Import metadata from a downloaded IDP discovery descriptor.
+#saml-config=SAML Config
+#identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=SAML SP and external IDP configuration.
+#single-signon-service-url=Single Sign-On Service URL
+#saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=The Url that must be used to send authentication requests (SAML AuthnRequest).
+#single-logout-service-url=Single Logout Service URL
+#saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=The Url that must be used to send logout requests.
+#nameid-policy-format=NameID Policy Format
+#nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Specifies the URI reference corresponding to a name identifier format. Defaults to urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent.
+#http-post-binding-response=HTTP-POST Binding Response
+#http-post-binding-response.tooltip=Indicates whether to respond to requests using HTTP-POST binding. If false, HTTP-REDIRECT binding will be used.
+#http-post-binding-for-authn-request=HTTP-POST Binding for AuthnRequest
+#http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=Indicates whether the AuthnRequest must be sent using HTTP-POST binding. If false, HTTP-REDIRECT binding will be used.
+#http-post-binding-logout=HTTP-POST Binding Logout
+#http-post-binding-logout.tooltip=Indicates whether to respond to requests using HTTP-POST binding. If false, HTTP-REDIRECT binding will be used.
+#want-authn-requests-signed=Want AuthnRequests Signed
+#want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=Indicates whether the identity provider expects a signed AuthnRequest.
+#want-assertions-signed=Want Assertions Signed
+#want-assertions-signed.tooltip=Indicates whether this service provider expects a signed Assertion.
+#want-assertions-encrypted=Want Assertions Encrypted
+#want-assertions-encrypted.tooltip=Indicates whether this service provider expects an encrypted Assertion.
+#force-authentication=Force Authentication
+#identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=Indicates whether the identity provider must authenticate the presenter directly rather than rely on a previous security context.
+#validate-signature=Validate Signature
+#saml.validate-signature.tooltip=Enable/disable signature validation of SAML responses.
+#validating-x509-certificate=Validating X509 Certificates
+#validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=The certificate in PEM format that must be used to check for signatures. Multiple certificates can be entered, separated by comma (,).
+#saml.import-from-url.tooltip=Import metadata from a remote IDP SAML entity descriptor.
+#social.client-id.tooltip=The client identifier registered with the identity provider.
+#social.client-secret.tooltip=The client secret registered with the identity provider.
+#social.default-scopes.tooltip=The scopes to be sent when asking for authorization. See documentation for possible values, separator and default value'.
+key=Key
+#stackoverflow.key.tooltip=The Key obtained from Stack Overflow client registration.
+#openshift.base-url=Base Url
+#openshift.base-url.tooltip=Base Url to OpenShift Online API
+#openshift4.base-url=Base Url
+#openshift4.base-url.tooltip=Base Url to OpenShift Online API
+#gitlab-application-id=Application Id
+#gitlab-application-secret=Application Secret
+#gitlab.application-id.tooltip=Application Id for the application you created in your GitLab Applications account menu
+#gitlab.application-secret.tooltip=Secret for the application that you created in your GitLab Applications account menu
+#gitlab.default-scopes.tooltip=Scopes to ask for on login. Will always ask for openid. Additionally adds api if you do not specify anything.
+#bitbucket-consumer-key=Consumer Key
+#bitbucket-consumer-secret=Consumer Secret
+#bitbucket.key.tooltip=Bitbucket OAuth Consumer Key
+#bitbucket.secret.tooltip=Bitbucket OAuth Consumer Secret
+#bitbucket.default-scopes.tooltip=Scopes to ask for on login. If you do not specify anything, scope defaults to 'email'.
+# User federation
+#sync-ldap-roles-to-keycloak=Sync LDAP Roles To Keycloak
+#sync-keycloak-roles-to-ldap=Sync Keycloak Roles To LDAP
+#sync-ldap-groups-to-keycloak=Sync LDAP Groups To Keycloak
+#sync-keycloak-groups-to-ldap=Sync Keycloak Groups To LDAP
+realms=Realms
+#realm=Realm
+#identity-provider-mappers=Identity Provider Mappers
+#create-identity-provider-mapper=Create Identity Provider Mapper
+#add-identity-provider-mapper=Add Identity Provider Mapper
+#client.description.tooltip=Specifies description of the client. For example 'My Client for TimeSheets'. Supports keys for localized values as well. For example\: ${my_client_description}
+#expires=Expires
+#expiration=Expiration
+#expiration.tooltip=Specifies how long the token should be valid
+#count=Count
+#count.tooltip=Specifies how many clients can be created using the token
+#remainingCount=Remaining Count
+#created=Created
+#back=Back
+#initial-access-tokens=Initial Access Tokens
+#add-initial-access-tokens=Add Initial Access Token
+#initial-access-token=Initial Access Token
+#initial-access.copyPaste.tooltip=Copy/paste the initial access token before navigating away from this page as it's not possible to retrieve later
+#continue=Continue
+#initial-access-token.confirm.title=Copy Initial Access Token
+#initial-access-token.confirm.text=Please copy and paste the initial access token before confirming as it can't be retrieved later
+#no-initial-access-available=No Initial Access Tokens available
+#client-reg-policies=Client Registration Policies
+#client-reg-policy.name.tooltip=Display Name of the policy
+#anonymous-policies=Anonymous Access Policies
+#anonymous-policies.tooltip=Those Policies are used when Client Registration Service is invoked by unauthenticated request. This means request doesn't contain Initial Access Token nor Bearer Token.
+#auth-policies=Authenticated Access Policies
+#auth-policies.tooltip=Those Policies are used when Client Registration Service is invoked by authenticated request. This means request contains Initial Access Token or Bearer Token.
+#policy-name=Policy Name
+#no-client-reg-policies-configured=No Client Registration Policies
+#trusted-hosts.label=Trusted Hosts
+#trusted-hosts.tooltip=List of Hosts, which are trusted and are allowed to invoke Client Registration Service and/or be used as values of Client URIs. You can use hostnames or IP addresses. If you use star at the beginning (for example '*.example.com' ) then whole domain example.com will be trusted.
+#host-sending-registration-request-must-match.label=Host Sending Client Registration Request Must Match
+#host-sending-registration-request-must-match.tooltip=If on, then any request to Client Registration Service is allowed just if it was sent from some trusted host or domain.
+#client-uris-must-match.label=Client URIs Must Match
+#client-uris-must-match.tooltip=If on, then all Client URIs (Redirect URIs and others) are allowed just if they match some trusted host or domain.
+#allowed-protocol-mappers.label=Allowed Protocol Mappers
+#allowed-protocol-mappers.tooltip=Whitelist of allowed protocol mapper providers. If there is an attempt to register client, which contains some protocol mappers, which were not whitelisted, then registration request will be rejected.
+#consent-required-for-all-mappers.label=Consent Required For Mappers
+#consent-required-for-all-mappers.tooltip=If on, then all newly registered protocol mappers will automatically have consentRequired switch on. This means that user will need to approve consent screen. NOTE: Consent screen is shown just if client has consentRequired switch on. So it's usually good to use this switch together with consent-required policy.
+#allowed-client-scopes.label=Allowed Client Scopes
+#allowed-client-scopes.tooltip=Whitelist of the client scopes, which can be used on newly registered client. Attempt to register client with some client scope, which is not whitelisted, will be rejected. By default, the whitelist is either empty or contains just realm default client scopes (based on 'Allow Default Scopes' configuration property)
+#allow-default-scopes.label=Allow Default Scopes
+#allow-default-scopes.tooltip=If on, then newly registered clients will be allowed to have client scopes mentioned in realm default client scopes or realm optional client scopes
+#max-clients.label=Max Clients Per Realm
+#max-clients.tooltip=It won't be allowed to register new client if count of existing clients in realm is same or bigger than configured limit.
+
+#client-scopes=Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.tooltip=Client scopes allow you to define common set of protocol mappers and roles, that are shared between multiple clients
+
+groups=Gruppen
+
+group.add-selected.tooltip=Realm-Rollen die zu der Gruppen hinzugef\u00FCgt werden k\u00F6nnen.
+group.assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm-Rollen die zur Gruppe zugeordnet sind
+#group.effective-roles.tooltip=All realm role mappings. Some roles here might be inherited from a mapped composite role.
+#group.available-roles.tooltip=Assignable roles from this client.
+#group.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client.
+#group.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client. Some roles here might be inherited from a mapped composite role.
+
+default-roles=Standardrollen
+no-realm-roles-available=Keine Realm-Rollen verf\u00FCgbar
+
+users=Benutzer
+user.add-selected.tooltip=Realm-Rollen, die dem Benutzer zugewiesen werden k\u00F6nnen.
+user.assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm-Rollen, die dem Benutzer zugewiesen sind.
+user.effective-roles.tooltip=Alle Realm-Rollen-Zuweisungen. Einige Rollen hier k\u00F6nnen von zusammengesetzten Rollen geerbt sein.
+#user.available-roles.tooltip=Assignable roles from this client.
+#user.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client.
+#user.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client. Some roles here might be inherited from a mapped composite role.
+#default.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that can be assigned.
+#realm-default-roles=Realm Default Roles
+#realm-default-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles assigned to new users.
+#default.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roles from this client that are assignable as a default.
+#client-default-roles=Client Default Roles
+#client-default-roles.tooltip=Roles from this client assigned as a default role.
+#composite.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that you can associate to this composite role.
+#composite.associated-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles associated with this composite role.
+#composite.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roles from this client that you can associate to this composite role.
+#composite.associated-roles-client.tooltip=Client roles associated with this composite role.
+#partial-import=Partial Import
+#partial-import.tooltip=Partial import allows you to import users, clients, and other resources from a previously exported json file.
+
+#file=File
+#exported-json-file=Exported json file
+#import-from-realm=Import from realm
+#import-users=Import users
+#import-groups=Import groups
+#import-clients=Import clients
+#import-identity-providers=Import identity providers
+#import-realm-roles=Import realm roles
+#import-client-roles=Import client roles
+#if-resource-exists=If a resource exists
+#fail=Fail
+#skip=Skip
+#overwrite=Overwrite
+#if-resource-exists.tooltip=Specify what should be done if you try to import a resource that already exists.
+
+#partial-export=Partial Export
+#partial-export.tooltip=Partial export allows you to export realm configuration, and other associated resources into a json file.
+#export-groups-and-roles=Export groups and roles
+#export-clients=Export clients
+
+action=Aktion
+#role-selector=Role Selector
+#realm-roles.tooltip=Realm roles that can be selected.
+
+#select-a-role=Select a role
+#select-realm-role=Select realm role
+#client-roles.tooltip=Client roles that can be selected.
+#select-client-role=Select client role
+
+#client-saml-endpoint=Client SAML Endpoint
+#add-client-scope=Add client scope
+
+#default-client-scopes=Default Client Scopes
+#default-client-scopes.tooltip=Client Scopes, which will be added automatically to each created client
+#default-client-scopes.default=Default Client Scopes
+#default-client-scopes.default.tooltip=Allow to define client scopes, which will be added as default scopes to each created client
+#default-client-scopes.default.available=Available Client Scopes
+#default-client-scopes.default.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as realm default scopes or realm optional scopes
+#default-client-scopes.default.assigned=Assigned Default Client Scopes
+#default-client-scopes.default.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which will be added as default scopes to each created client
+#default-client-scopes.optional=Optional Client Scopes
+#default-client-scopes.optional.tooltip=Allow to define client scopes, which will be added as optional scopes to each created client
+#default-client-scopes.optional.available=Available Client Scopes
+#default-client-scopes.optional.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as realm default scopes or realm optional scopes
+#default-client-scopes.optional.assigned=Assigned Optional Client Scopes
+#default-client-scopes.optional.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which will be added as optional scopes to each created client
+
+#client-scopes.setup=Setup
+#client-scopes.setup.tooltip=Allow to setup client scopes linked to this client
+#client-scopes.default=Default Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.default.tooltip=Default client scopes are always applied when issuing tokens for this client. Protocol mappers and role scope mappings are always applied regardless of value of used scope parameter in OIDC Authorization request
+#client-scopes.default.available=Available Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.default.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as default scopes or optional scopes
+#client-scopes.default.assigned=Assigned Default Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.default.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which will be used as default scopes when generating tokens for this client
+#client-scopes.optional=Optional Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.optional.tooltip=Optional client scopes are applied when issuing tokens for this client, however just in case when they are requested by scope parameter in OIDC Authorization request
+#client-scopes.optional.available=Available Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.optional.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as default scopes or optional scopes
+#client-scopes.optional.assigned=Assigned Optional Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.optional.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which may be used as optional scopes when generating tokens for this client
+
+#client-scopes.evaluate=Evaluate
+#client-scopes.evaluate.tooltip=Allow to see all protocol mappers and role scope mappings, which will be used in the tokens issued to this client. Also allow to generate example access token based on provided scope parameter
+#scope-parameter=Scope Parameter
+#scope-parameter.tooltip=You can copy/paste this value of scope parameter and use it in initial OpenID Connect Authentication Request sent from this client adapter. Default client scopes and selected optional client scopes will be used when generating token issued for this client
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes=Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.tooltip=Allow to select optional client scopes, which may be used when generating token issued for this client
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.available=Available Optional Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.available.tooltip=This contains Optional Client Scopes, which can be optionally used when issuing access token for this client
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.assigned=Selected Optional Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.assigned.tooltip=Selected Optional Client Scopes, which will be used when issuing access token for this client. You can see above what value of OAuth Scope Parameter need to be used when you want to have these optional client scopes applied when the initial OpenID Connect Authentication request will be sent from your client adapter
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.effective=Effective Client Scopes
+#client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.effective.tooltip=Contains all default client scopes and selected optional scopes. All protocol mappers and role scope mappings of all those client scopes will be used when generating access token issued for your client
+#client-scopes.evaluate.user.tooltip=Optionally select user, for whom the example access token will be generated. If you don't select any user, then example access token won't be generated during evaluation
+#send-evaluation-request=Evaluate
+#send-evaluation-request.tooltip=Click this to see all protocol mappers and role scope mappings, which will be used when issuing access token for this client. It will also optionally generate example access token in case that some user was selected
+
+#evaluated-protocol-mappers=Effective Protocol Mappers
+#evaluated-protocol-mappers.tooltip=Allow you to see all effective protocol mappers, which will be used when issuing token for this client. Contains also protocol mappers of selected optional client scopes. For each protocol mapper, you can see from which client scope it is inherited from
+#evaluated-roles=Effective Role Scope Mappings
+#evaluated-roles.tooltip=Allow you to see all effective roles scope mappings, which will be used when issuing token for this client. Contains also role scope mappings of selected optional client scopes
+#parent-client-scope=Parent Client Scope
+#client-scopes.evaluate.not-granted-roles=Not Granted Roles
+#client-scopes.evaluate.not-granted-roles.tooltip=Client doesn't have scope mappings for these roles. Those roles won't be in the access token issued to this client even if authenticated user is member of them
+#client-scopes.evaluate.granted-realm-effective-roles=Granted Effective Realm Roles
+#client-scopes.evaluate.granted-realm-effective-roles.tooltip=Client has scope mappings for these roles. Those roles will be in the access token issued to this client if authenticated user is member of them
+#client-scopes.evaluate.granted-client-effective-roles=Granted Effective Client Roles
+#generated-access-token=Generated Access Token
+#generated-access-token.tooltip=See the example token, which will be generated and sent to the client when selected user is authenticated. You can see claims and roles, which the token will contain based on the effective protocol mappers and role scope mappings and also based on the claims/roles assigned to user himself
+
+manage=Verwalten
+authentication=Authentifizierung
+#user-federation=User Federation
+#user-storage=User Storage
+events=Ereignisse
+realm-settings=Realm-Einstellungen
+configure=Konfigurieren
+select-realm=Realm ausw\u00E4hlen
+add=Hinzuf\u00FCgen
+
+#client-storage=Client Storage
+#no-client-storage-providers-configured=No client storage providers configured
+#client-stores.tooltip=Keycloak can retrieve clients and their details from external stores.
+
+#client-scope.name.tooltip=Name of the client scope. Must be unique in the realm. Name shouldn't contain space characters as it's used as value of scope parameter
+#client-scope.description.tooltip=Description of the client scope
+#client-scope.protocol.tooltip=Which SSO protocol configuration is being supplied by this client scope
+#client-scope.display-on-consent-screen=Display On Consent Screen
+#client-scope.display-on-consent-screen.tooltip=If on, and this client scope is added to some client with consent required, then the text specified by 'Consent Screen Text' will be displayed on consent screen. If off, then this client scope won't be displayed on consent screen
+#client-scope.consent-screen-text=Consent Screen Text
+#client-scope.consent-screen-text.tooltip=Text, which will be shown on consent screen when this client scope is added to some client with consent required. Defaults to name of client scope if it's not filled
+
+#add-user-federation-provider=Add user federation provider
+#add-user-storage-provider=Add user storage provider
+#required-settings=Required Settings
+#provider-id=Provider ID
+#console-display-name=Console Display Name
+#console-display-name.tooltip=Display name of provider when linked in admin console.
+#priority=Priority
+#priority.tooltip=Priority of provider when doing a user lookup. Lowest first.
+#user-storage.enabled.tooltip=If provider is disabled it will not be considered for queries and imported users will be disabled and read-only until the provider is enabled again.
+#sync-settings=Sync Settings
+#periodic-full-sync=Periodic Full Sync
+#periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Does periodic full synchronization of provider users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+#full-sync-period=Full Sync Period
+#full-sync-period.tooltip=Period for full synchronization in seconds
+#periodic-changed-users-sync=Periodic Changed Users Sync
+#periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Does periodic synchronization of changed or newly created provider users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+#changed-users-sync-period=Changed Users Sync Period
+#changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Period for synchronization of changed or newly created provider users in seconds
+#synchronize-changed-users=Synchronize changed users
+#synchronize-all-users=Synchronize all users
+#remove-imported-users=Remove imported
+unlink-users=Benutzer entsperren
+#kerberos-realm=Kerberos Realm
+#kerberos-realm.tooltip=Name of kerberos realm. For example FOO.ORG
+#server-principal=Server Principal
+#server-principal.tooltip=Full name of server principal for HTTP service including server and domain name. For example HTTP/host.foo.org@FOO.ORG
+#keytab=KeyTab
+#keytab.tooltip=Location of Kerberos KeyTab file containing the credentials of server principal. For example /etc/krb5.keytab
+#debug=Debug
+#debug.tooltip=Enable/disable debug logging to standard output for Krb5LoginModule.
+#allow-password-authentication=Allow Password Authentication
+#allow-password-authentication.tooltip=Enable/disable possibility of username/password authentication against Kerberos database
+#edit-mode=Edit Mode
+#edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY means that password updates are not allowed and user always authenticates with Kerberos password. UNSYNCED means user can change his password in Keycloak database and this one will be used instead of Kerberos password then
+#ldap.edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY is a read-only LDAP store. WRITABLE means data will be synced back to LDAP on demand. UNSYNCED means user data will be imported, but not synced back to LDAP.
+#update-profile-first-login=Update Profile First Login
+#update-profile-first-login.tooltip=Update profile on first login
+#sync-registrations=Sync Registrations
+#ldap.sync-registrations.tooltip=Should newly created users be created within LDAP store? Priority effects which provider is chose to sync the new user.
+#import-enabled=Import Users
+#ldap.import-enabled.tooltip=If true, LDAP users will be imported into Keycloak DB and synced via the configured sync policies.
+#vendor=Vendor
+#ldap.vendor.tooltip=LDAP vendor (provider)
+#username-ldap-attribute=Username LDAP attribute
+#ldap-attribute-name-for-username=LDAP attribute name for username
+#username-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Name of LDAP attribute, which is mapped as Keycloak username. For many LDAP server vendors it can be 'uid'. For Active directory it can be 'sAMAccountName' or 'cn'. The attribute should be filled for all LDAP user records you want to import from LDAP to Keycloak.
+#rdn-ldap-attribute=RDN LDAP attribute
+#ldap-attribute-name-for-user-rdn=LDAP attribute name for user RDN
+#rdn-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Name of LDAP attribute, which is used as RDN (top attribute) of typical user DN. Usually it's the same as Username LDAP attribute, however it's not required. For example for Active directory it's common to use 'cn' as RDN attribute when username attribute might be 'sAMAccountName'.
+#uuid-ldap-attribute=UUID LDAP attribute
+#ldap-attribute-name-for-uuid=LDAP attribute name for UUID
+#uuid-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Name of LDAP attribute, which is used as unique object identifier (UUID) for objects in LDAP. For many LDAP server vendors it's 'entryUUID' however some are different. For example for Active directory it should be 'objectGUID'. If your LDAP server really doesn't support the notion of UUID, you can use any other attribute, which is supposed to be unique among LDAP users in tree. For example 'uid' or 'entryDN'.
+#user-object-classes=User Object Classes
+#ldap-user-object-classes.placeholder=LDAP User Object Classes (div. by comma)
+#ldap-connection-url=LDAP connection URL
+#ldap-users-dn=LDAP Users DN
+#ldap-bind-dn=LDAP Bind DN
+#ldap-bind-credentials=LDAP Bind Credentials
+#ldap-filter=LDAP Filter
+#ldap.user-object-classes.tooltip=All values of LDAP objectClass attribute for users in LDAP divided by comma. For example: 'inetOrgPerson, organizationalPerson' . Newly created Keycloak users will be written to LDAP with all those object classes and existing LDAP user records are found just if they contain all those object classes.
+#connection-url=Connection URL
+#ldap.connection-url.tooltip=Connection URL to your LDAP server
+#test-connection=Test connection
+#users-dn=Users DN
+#ldap.users-dn.tooltip=Full DN of LDAP tree where your users are. This DN is parent of LDAP users. It could be for example 'ou=users,dc=example,dc=com' assuming that your typical user will have DN like 'uid=john,ou=users,dc=example,dc=com'
+#authentication-type=Authentication Type
+#ldap.authentication-type.tooltip=LDAP Authentication type. Right now just 'none' (anonymous LDAP authentication) or 'simple' (Bind credential + Bind password authentication) mechanisms are available
+#bind-dn=Bind DN
+#ldap.bind-dn.tooltip=DN of LDAP admin, which will be used by Keycloak to access LDAP server
+#bind-credential=Bind Credential
+#ldap.bind-credential.tooltip=Password of LDAP admin
+#test-authentication=Test authentication
+#custom-user-ldap-filter=Custom User LDAP Filter
+#ldap.custom-user-ldap-filter.tooltip=Additional LDAP Filter for filtering searched users. Leave this empty if you don't need additional filter. Make sure that it starts with '(' and ends with ')'
+#search-scope=Search Scope
+#ldap.search-scope.tooltip=For one level, we search for users just in DNs specified by User DNs. For subtree, we search in whole of their subtree. See LDAP documentation for more details
+#use-truststore-spi=Use Truststore SPI
+#ldap.use-truststore-spi.tooltip=Specifies whether LDAP connection will use the truststore SPI with the truststore configured in standalone.xml/domain.xml. 'Always' means that it will always use it. 'Never' means that it won't use it. 'Only for ldaps' means that it will use if your connection URL use ldaps. Note even if standalone.xml/domain.xml is not configured, the default Java cacerts or certificate specified by 'javax.net.ssl.trustStore' property will be used.
+#validate-password-policy=Validate Password Policy
+#connection-pooling=Connection Pooling
+#connection-pooling-settings=Connection Pooling Settings
+#connection-pooling-authentication=Connection Pooling Authentication
+#connection-pooling-authentication-default=none simple
+#connection-pooling-debug=Connection Pool Debug Level
+#connection-pooling-debug-default=off
+#connection-pooling-initsize=Connection Pool Initial Size
+#connection-pooling-initsize-default=1
+#connection-pooling-maxsize=Connection Pool Maximum Size
+#connection-pooling-maxsize-default=1000
+#connection-pooling-prefsize=Connection Pool Preferred Size
+#connection-pooling-prefsize-default=5
+#connection-pooling-protocol=Connection Pool Protocol
+#connection-pooling-protocol-default=plain
+#connection-pooling-timeout=Connection Pool Timeout
+#connection-pooling-timeout-default=300000
+#ldap-connection-timeout=Connection Timeout
+#ldap.connection-timeout.tooltip=LDAP Connection Timeout in milliseconds
+#ldap-read-timeout=Read Timeout
+#ldap.read-timeout.tooltip=LDAP Read Timeout in milliseconds. This timeout applies for LDAP read operations
+#ldap.validate-password-policy.tooltip=Does Keycloak should validate the password with the realm password policy before updating it
+#ldap.connection-pooling.tooltip=Does Keycloak should use connection pooling for accessing LDAP server
+#ldap.connection-pooling.authentication.tooltip=A list of space-separated authentication types of connections that may be pooled. Valid types are "none", "simple", and "DIGEST-MD5".
+#ldap.connection-pooling.debug.tooltip=A string that indicates the level of debug output to produce. Valid values are "fine" (trace connection creation and removal) and "all" (all debugging information).
+#ldap.connection-pooling.initsize.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the number of connections per connection identity to create when initially creating a connection for the identity.
+#ldap.connection-pooling.maxsize.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the maximum number of connections per connection identity that can be maintained concurrently.
+#ldap.connection-pooling.prefsize.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the preferred number of connections per connection identity that should be maintained concurrently.
+#ldap.connection-pooling.protocol.tooltip=A list of space-separated protocol types of connections that may be pooled. Valid types are "plain" and "ssl".
+#ldap.connection-pooling.timeout.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the number of milliseconds that an idle connection may remain in the pool without being closed and removed from the pool.
+#ldap.pagination.tooltip=Does the LDAP server support pagination.
+#kerberos-integration=Kerberos Integration
+#allow-kerberos-authentication=Allow Kerberos authentication
+#ldap.allow-kerberos-authentication.tooltip=Enable/disable HTTP authentication of users with SPNEGO/Kerberos tokens. The data about authenticated users will be provisioned from this LDAP server
+#use-kerberos-for-password-authentication=Use Kerberos For Password Authentication
+#ldap.use-kerberos-for-password-authentication.tooltip=Use Kerberos login module for authenticate username/password against Kerberos server instead of authenticating against LDAP server with Directory Service API
+#batch-size=Batch Size
+#ldap.batch-size.tooltip=Count of LDAP users to be imported from LDAP to Keycloak within single transaction.
+#ldap.periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Does periodic full synchronization of LDAP users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+#ldap.periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Does periodic synchronization of changed or newly created LDAP users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+#ldap.changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Period for synchronization of changed or newly created LDAP users in seconds
+#user-federation-mappers=User Federation Mappers
+#create-user-federation-mapper=Create user federation mapper
+#add-user-federation-mapper=Add user federation mapper
+#provider-name=Provider Name
+#no-user-federation-providers-configured=No user federation providers configured
+#no-user-storage-providers-configured=No user storage providers configured
+#add-identity-provider=Add identity provider
+#add-identity-provider-link=Add identity provider link
+#identity-provider=Identity Provider
+#identity-provider-user-id=Identity Provider User ID
+#identity-provider-user-id.tooltip=Unique ID of the user on the Identity Provider side
+#identity-provider-username=Identity Provider Username
+#identity-provider-username.tooltip=Username on the Identity Provider side
+#pagination=Pagination
+#browser-flow=Browser Flow
+#browser-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for browser authentication.
+#registration-flow=Registration Flow
+#registration-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for registration.
+#direct-grant-flow=Direct Grant Flow
+#direct-grant-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for direct grant authentication.
+#reset-credentials=Reset Credentials
+#reset-credentials.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use when the user has forgotten their credentials.
+#client-authentication=Client Authentication
+#client-authentication.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for authentication of clients.
+#docker-auth=Docker Authentication
+#docker-auth.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for authentication against a docker client.
+new=Neu
+copy=Kopieren
+#add-execution=Add execution
+#add-flow=Add flow
+#auth-type=Auth Type
+#requirement=Requirement
+#config=Config
+#no-executions-available=No executions available
+#authentication-flows=Authentication Flows
+#create-authenticator-config=Create authenticator config
+#authenticator.alias.tooltip=Name of the configuration
+#otp-type=OTP Type
+#time-based=Time Based
+#counter-based=Counter Based
+#otp-type.tooltip=totp is Time-Based One Time Password. 'hotp' is a counter base one time password in which the server keeps a counter to hash against.
+#otp-hash-algorithm=OTP Hash Algorithm
+#otp-hash-algorithm.tooltip=What hashing algorithm should be used to generate the OTP.
+#number-of-digits=Number of Digits
+#otp.number-of-digits.tooltip=How many digits should the OTP have?
+#look-ahead-window=Look Ahead Window
+#otp.look-ahead-window.tooltip=How far ahead should the server look just in case the token generator and server are out of time sync or counter sync?
+#initial-counter=Initial Counter
+#otp.initial-counter.tooltip=What should the initial counter value be?
+#otp-token-period=OTP Token Period
+#otp-token-period.tooltip=How many seconds should an OTP token be valid? Defaults to 30 seconds.
+#otp-supported-applications=Supported Applications
+#otp-supported-applications.tooltip=Applications that are known to work with the current OTP policy
+#table-of-password-policies=Table of Password Policies
+#add-policy.placeholder=Add policy...
+#policy-type=Policy Type
+#policy-value=Policy Value
+#admin-events=Admin Events
+#admin-events.tooltip=Displays saved admin events for the realm. Events are related to admin account, for example a realm creation. To enable persisted events go to config.
+#login-events=Login Events
+#filter=Filter
+#update=Update
+#reset=Reset
+#operation-types=Operation Types
+#resource-types=Resource Types
+#select-operations.placeholder=Select operations...
+#select-resource-types.placeholder=Select resource types...
+#resource-path=Resource Path
+#resource-path.tooltip=Filter by resource path. Supports wildcard '*' (for example 'users/*').
+#date-(from)=Date (From)
+#date-(to)=Date (To)
+#authentication-details=Authentication Details
+ip-address=IP-Adresse
+time=Zeit
+#operation-type=Operation Type
+#resource-type=Resource Type
+#auth=Auth
+#representation=Representation
+register=Registrieren
+#required-action=Required Action
+#default-action=Default Action
+#auth.default-action.tooltip=If enabled, any new user will have this required action assigned to it.
+#no-required-actions-configured=No required actions configured
+#defaults-to-id=Defaults to id
+#flows=Flows
+#bindings=Bindings
+#client-flow-bindings=Authentication Flow Overrides
+#client-flow-bindings.tooltip=Override realm authentication flow bindings.
+#required-actions=Required Actions
+#password-policy=Password Policy
+#otp-policy=OTP Policy
+user-groups=Benutzergruppen
+default-groups=Standardgruppen
+#groups.default-groups.tooltip=Set of groups that new users will automatically join.
+cut=Ausschneiden
+paste=Einf\u00FCgen
+create-group=Gruppe erstellen
+#create-authenticator-execution=Create Authenticator Execution
+#create-form-action-execution=Create Form Action Execution
+#create-top-level-form=Create Top Level Form
+#flow.alias.tooltip=Specifies display name for the flow.
+#top-level-flow-type=Top Level Flow Type
+#flow.generic=generic
+#flow.client=client
+#top-level-flow-type.tooltip=What kind of top level flow is it? Type 'client' is used for authentication of clients (applications) when generic is for users and everything else
+#create-execution-flow=Create Execution Flow
+#flow-type=Flow Type
+#flow.form.type=form
+#flow.generic.type=generic
+#flow-type.tooltip=What kind of form is it
+#form-provider=Form Provider
+#default-groups.tooltip=Newly created or registered users will automatically be added to these groups
+select-a-type.placeholder=Typ ausw\u00E4hlen
+available-groups=Verf\u00FCgbare Gruppen
+#available-groups.tooltip=Select a group you want to add as a default.
+value=Wert
+#table-of-group-members=Table of group members
+#table-of-role-members=Table of role members
+last-name=Nachname
+first-name=Vorname
+email=Email
+toggle-navigation=Navigation ein-/ausschalten
+manage-account=Konto verwalten
+sign-out=Abmelden
+server-info=Server-Info
+#resource-not-found=Resource <strong>not found</strong>...
+#resource-not-found.instruction=We could not find the resource you are looking for. Please make sure the URL you entered is correct.
+#go-to-the-home-page=Go to the home page &raquo;
+#page-not-found=Page <strong>not found</strong>...
+#page-not-found.instruction=We could not find the page you are looking for. Please make sure the URL you entered is correct.
+#events.tooltip=Displays saved events for the realm. Events are related to user accounts, for example a user login. To enable persisted events go to config.
+#select-event-types.placeholder=Select event types...
+#events-config.tooltip=Displays configuration options to enable persistence of user and admin events.
+select-an-action.placeholder=Aktion w\u00E4hlen...
+#event-listeners.tooltip=Configure what listeners receive events for the realm.
+#login.save-events.tooltip=If enabled login events are saved to the database which makes events available to the admin and account management consoles.
+#clear-events.tooltip=Deletes all events in the database.
+#events.expiration.tooltip=Sets the expiration for events. Expired events are periodically deleted from the database.
+#admin-events-settings=Admin Events Settings
+#save-events=Save Events
+#admin.save-events.tooltip=If enabled admin events are saved to the database which makes events available to the admin console.
+#saved-types.tooltip=Configure what event types are saved.
+#include-representation=Include Representation
+#include-representation.tooltip=Include JSON representation for create and update requests.
+#clear-admin-events.tooltip=Deletes all admin events in the database.
+#server-version=Server Version
+#server-profile=Server Profile
+#server-disabled=Server Disabled Features
+#info=Info
+#providers=Providers
+#server-time=Server Time
+#server-uptime=Server Uptime
+#memory=Memory
+#total-memory=Total Memory
+#free-memory=Free Memory
+#used-memory=Used Memory
+#system=System
+#current-working-directory=Current Working Directory
+#java-version=Java Version
+#java-vendor=Java Vendor
+#java-runtime=Java Runtime
+#java-vm=Java VM
+#java-vm-version=Java VM Version
+#java-home=Java Home
+#user-name=User Name
+#user-timezone=User Timezone
+#user-locale=User Locale
+#system-encoding=System Encoding
+#operating-system=Operating System
+#os-architecture=OS Architecture
+#spi=SPI
+granted-client-scopes=Gew\u00E4hrte Client-Scopes
+additional-grants=Zus\u00E4tzliche Befugnisse
+consent-created-date=Erstellt
+consent-last-updated-date=Zuletzt aktualisiert
+revoke=Widerrufen
+new-password=Neues Passwort
+password-confirmation=Passwort best\u00E4tigen
+reset-password=Passwort zur\u00FCcksetzen
+credentials.temporary.tooltip=Wenn eingeschaltet, ist der Benutzer beim n\u00E4chsten Login aufgefordert, dass Passwort zu \u00E4ndern.
+#remove-totp=Remove OTP
+#credentials.remove-totp.tooltip=Remove one time password generator for user.
+reset-actions=Zur\u00FCcksetz-Aktionen
+credentials.reset-actions.tooltip=Liste von Aktionen, die der Benutzer ausf\u00FChren soll, wenn er eine E-Mail zum Zur\u00FCcksetzen des Passworts erh\u00E4lt. 'Verify email' sendet bem Benutzer eine E-Mail um seine E-Mail-Adresse zu verifizieren. 'Update profile' verlangt vom Benutzer, dass er seine Profil-Informationen eingibt. 'Update password' verlangt vom Benutzer, dass er ein neues Passwort definiert. 'Configure OTP' verlangt vom Benutzer, dass er einen mobilen Passwort-Generator aufsetzt.
+reset-actions-email=E-Mail zum Zur\u00FCcksetzen des Passworts senden
+send-email=E-Mail senden
+credentials.reset-actions-email.tooltip=Sendet eine E-Mail an den Benutzer mit einem eingebetteten Link. Wenn der Benutzer auf den Link klickt, kann er die Zur\u00FCcksetz-Aktion auszuf\u00FChren. Vorher muss sich der Benutzer nicht einloggen. Z.B. kann die Aktion 'update password' ausgew\u00E4hlt werden und dieser Button geklickt werden. Der Benutzer kann dann sein Passwort \u00E4ndern, ohne sich einzuloggen.
+add-user=Benutzer hinzuf\u00FCgen
+created-at=Erstellt am
+user-enabled=Benutzer aktiv
+user-enabled.tooltip=Ein deaktivierter Benutzer kann sich nicht einloggen
+user-temporarily-locked=Benutzer tempor\u00E4r gesperrt
+user-temporarily-locked.tooltip=Der Benutzer wurde vor\u00FCbergehend wegen zuvieler ung\u00FCltiger Loginversuche gesperrt.
+unlock-user=Benutzer entsperren
+#federation-link=Federation Link
+email-verified=E-Mail verifiziert
+email-verified.tooltip=Wurde die E-Mail des Benutzers verifiziert?
+required-user-actions=Verlangte Benutzeraktionen
+required-user-actions.tooltip=Verlangt eine Aktion wenn sich der Benutzer einloggt. 'E-Mail Verifizieren' sendet eine E-Mail an den Benutzer, um die G\u00FCltigkeit seiner E-Mailadresse zu pr\u00FCfen. 'Profil aktualisieren' verlangt, dass Benutzer ihre pers\u00F6nlichen Angaben eingeben. 'Passwort aktualisieren' zwingt Benutzer ein neues Passwort zu setzen. 'OTP konfigurieren' zwingt Benutzer einen mobilen Passwort-Generator einzurichten (i.e. Google Authenticator)
+locale=Locale
+#select-one.placeholder=Select one...
+#impersonate=Impersonate
+#impersonate-user=Impersonate user
+#impersonate-user.tooltip=Login as this user. If user is in same realm as you, your current login session will be logged out before you are logged in as this user.
+#identity-provider-alias=Identity Provider Alias
+#provider-user-id=Provider User ID
+#provider-username=Provider Username
+#no-identity-provider-links-available=No identity provider links available
+group-membership=Gruppen-Mitglied
+leave=Verlassen
+#group-membership.tooltip=Groups user is a member of. Select a listed group and click the Leave button to leave the group.
+#membership.available-groups.tooltip=Groups a user can join. Select a group and click the join button.
+#table-of-realm-users=Table of Realm Users
+view-all-users=Zeige alle Benutzer
+view-all-groups=Zeige alle Rollen
+unlock-users=Benutzer entsperren
+no-users-available=Keine Benutzer verf\u00FCgbar
+#users.instruction=Please enter a search, or click on view all users
+consents=Einwilligungen
+started=Gestartet
+logout-all-sessions=Alle Sessions ausloggen
+logout=Ausloggen
+new-name=Neuer Name
+ok=Ok
+attributes=Attribute
+role-mappings=Rollenzuweisungen
+members=Mitglieder
+details=Details
+#identity-provider-links=Identity Provider Links
+#register-required-action=Register required action
+gender=Geschlecht
+address=Adresse
+phone=Telefon
+#profile-url=Profile URL
+#picture-url=Picture URL
+#website=Website
+#import-keys-and-cert=Import keys and cert
+#import-keys-and-cert.tooltip=Upload the client's key pair and cert.
+#upload-keys=Upload Keys
+#download-keys-and-cert=Download keys and cert
+#no-value-assigned.placeholder=No value assigned
+remove=Entfernen
+#no-group-members=No group members
+#no-role-members=No role members
+temporary=Tempor\u00E4r
+join=Beitreten
+#event-type=Event Type
+#events-config=Events Config
+#event-listeners=Event Listeners
+#login-events-settings=Login Events Settings
+#clear-events=Clear events
+#saved-types=Saved Types
+#clear-admin-events=Clear admin events
+#clear-changes=Clear changes
+#error=Error
+# Authz
+# Authz Common
+#authz-authorization=Authorization
+#authz-owner=Owner
+#authz-uri=URI
+#authz-uris=URIS
+#authz-scopes=Scopes
+#authz-resource=Resource
+#authz-resource-type=Resource Type
+#authz-resources=Resources
+#authz-scope=Scope
+#authz-authz-scopes=Authorization Scopes
+#authz-policies=Policies
+#authz-policy=Policy
+#authz-permissions=Permissions
+#authz-users=Users in Role
+#authz-evaluate=Evaluate
+#authz-icon-uri=Icon URI
+#authz-icon-uri.tooltip=An URI pointing to an icon.
+#authz-select-scope=Select a scope
+#authz-select-resource=Select a resource
+#authz-associated-policies=Associated Policies
+#authz-any-resource=Any resource
+#authz-any-scope=Any scope
+#authz-any-role=Any role
+#authz-policy-evaluation=Policy Evaluation
+#authz-select-client=Select a client
+#authz-select-user=Select a user
+#authz-entitlements=Entitlements
+#authz-no-resources=No resources
+#authz-result=Result
+#authz-authorization-services-enabled=Authorization Enabled
+#authz-authorization-services-enabled.tooltip=Enable/Disable fine-grained authorization support for a client
+#authz-required=Required
+#authz-show-details=Show Details
+#authz-hide-details=Hide Details
+#authz-associated-permissions=Associated Permissions
+#authz-no-permission-associated=No permissions associated
+# Authz Settings
+#authz-import-config.tooltip=Import a JSON file containing authorization settings for this resource server.
+#authz-policy-enforcement-mode=Policy Enforcement Mode
+#authz-policy-enforcement-mode.tooltip=The policy enforcement mode dictates how policies are enforced when evaluating authorization requests. 'Enforcing' means requests are denied by default even when there is no policy associated with a given resource. 'Permissive' means requests are allowed even when there is no policy associated with a given resource. 'Disabled' completely disables the evaluation of policies and allows access to any resource.
+#authz-policy-enforcement-mode-enforcing=Enforcing
+#authz-policy-enforcement-mode-permissive=Permissive
+#authz-policy-enforcement-mode-disabled=Disabled
+#authz-remote-resource-management=Remote Resource Management
+#authz-remote-resource-management.tooltip=Should resources be managed remotely by the resource server? If false, resources can be managed only from this admin console.
+#authz-export-settings=Export Settings
+#authz-export-settings.tooltip=Export and download all authorization settings for this resource server.
+# Authz Resource List
+#authz-no-resources-available=No resources available.
+#authz-no-scopes-assigned=No scopes assigned.
+#authz-no-type-defined=No type defined.
+#authz-no-uri-defined=No URI defined.
+#authz-no-permission-assigned=No permission assigned.
+#authz-no-policy-assigned=No policy assigned.
+#authz-create-permission=Create Permission
+# Authz Resource Detail
+#authz-add-resource=Add Resource
+#authz-resource-name.tooltip=A unique name for this resource. The name can be used to uniquely identify a resource, useful when querying for a specific resource.
+#authz-resource-owner.tooltip=The owner of this resource.
+#authz-resource-type.tooltip=The type of this resource. It can be used to group different resource instances with the same type.
+#authz-resource-uri.tooltip=Set of URIs which are protected by resource.
+#authz-resource-scopes.tooltip=The scopes associated with this resource.
+#authz-resource-attributes=Resource Attributes
+#authz-resource-attributes.tooltip=The attributes associated wth the resource.
+#authz-resource-user-managed-access-enabled=User-Managed Access Enabled
+#authz-resource-user-managed-access-enabled.tooltip=If enabled this access to this resource can be managed by the resource owner.
+
+# Authz Scope List
+#authz-add-scope=Add Scope
+#authz-no-scopes-available=No scopes available.
+# Authz Scope Detail
+#authz-scope-name.tooltip=A unique name for this scope. The name can be used to uniquely identify a scope, useful when querying for a specific scope.
+# Authz Policy List
+#authz-all-types=All types
+#authz-create-policy=Create Policy
+#authz-no-policies-available=No policies available.
+# Authz Policy Detail
+#authz-policy-name.tooltip=The name of this policy.
+#authz-policy-description.tooltip=A description for this policy.
+#authz-policy-logic=Logic
+#authz-policy-logic-positive=Positive
+#authz-policy-logic-negative=Negative
+#authz-policy-logic.tooltip=The logic dictates how the policy decision should be made. If 'Positive', the resulting effect (permit or deny) obtained during the evaluation of this policy will be used to perform a decision. If 'Negative', the resulting effect will be negated, in other words, a permit becomes a deny and vice-versa.
+#authz-policy-apply-policy=Apply Policy
+#authz-policy-apply-policy.tooltip=Specifies all the policies that must be applied to the scopes defined by this policy or permission.
+#authz-policy-decision-strategy=Decision Strategy
+#authz-policy-decision-strategy.tooltip=The decision strategy dictates how the policies associated with a given permission are evaluated and how a final decision is obtained. 'Affirmative' means that at least one policy must evaluate to a positive decision in order for the final decision to be also positive. 'Unanimous' means that all policies must evaluate to a positive decision in order for the final decision to be also positive. 'Consensus' means that the number of positive decisions must be greater than the number of negative decisions. If the number of positive and negative is the same, the final decision will be negative.
+#authz-policy-decision-strategy-affirmative=Affirmative
+#authz-policy-decision-strategy-unanimous=Unanimous
+#authz-policy-decision-strategy-consensus=Consensus
+#authz-select-a-policy=Select existing policy
+#authz-no-policies-assigned=No policies assigned.
+# Authz Role Policy Detail
+#authz-add-role-policy=Add Role Policy
+#authz-no-roles-assigned=No roles assigned.
+#authz-policy-role-realm-roles.tooltip=Specifies the *realm* roles allowed by this policy.
+#authz-policy-role-clients.tooltip=Selects a client in order to filter the client roles that can be applied to this policy.
+#authz-policy-role-client-roles.tooltip=Specifies the client roles allowed by this policy.
+# Authz User Policy Detail
+#authz-add-user-policy=Add User Policy
+#authz-no-users-assigned=No users assigned.
+#authz-policy-user-users.tooltip=Specifies which user(s) are allowed by this policy.
+# Authz Client Policy Detail
+#authz-add-client-policy=Add Client Policy
+#authz-no-clients-assigned=No clients assigned.
+#authz-policy-client-clients.tooltip=Specifies which client(s) are allowed by this policy.
+# Authz Time Policy Detail
+#authz-add-time-policy=Add Time Policy
+#authz-policy-time-not-before.tooltip=Defines the time before which the policy MUST NOT be granted. Only granted if current date/time is after or equal to this value.
+#authz-policy-time-not-on-after=Not On or After
+#authz-policy-time-not-on-after.tooltip=Defines the time after which the policy MUST NOT be granted. Only granted if current date/time is before or equal to this value.
+#authz-policy-time-day-month=Day of Month
+#authz-policy-time-day-month.tooltip=Defines the day of month which the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current day of month is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+#authz-policy-time-month=Month
+#authz-policy-time-month.tooltip=Defines the month which the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current month is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+#authz-policy-time-year=Year
+#authz-policy-time-year.tooltip=Defines the year which the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current year is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+#authz-policy-time-hour=Hour
+#authz-policy-time-hour.tooltip=Defines the hour which the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current hour is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+#authz-policy-time-minute=Minute
+#authz-policy-time-minute.tooltip=Defines the minute which the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current minute is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+# Authz Drools Policy Detail
+#authz-add-drools-policy=Add Rules Policy
+#authz-policy-drools-maven-artifact-resolve=Resolve
+#authz-policy-drools-maven-artifact=Policy Maven Artifact
+#authz-policy-drools-maven-artifact.tooltip=A Maven GAV pointing to an artifact from where the rules would be loaded from. Once you have provided the GAV, you can click *Resolve* to load both *Module* and *Session* fields.
+#authz-policy-drools-module=Module
+#authz-policy-drools-module.tooltip=The module used by this policy. You must provide a module in order to select a specific session from where rules will be loaded from.
+#authz-policy-drools-session=Session
+#authz-policy-drools-session.tooltip=The session used by this policy. The session provides all the rules to evaluate when processing the policy.
+#authz-policy-drools-update-period=Update Period
+#authz-policy-drools-update-period.tooltip=Specifies an interval for scanning for artifact updates.
+# Authz JS Policy Detail
+#authz-add-js-policy=Add JavaScript Policy
+#authz-policy-js-code=Code
+#authz-policy-js-code.tooltip=The JavaScript code providing the conditions for this policy.
+# Authz Aggregated Policy Detail
+#authz-aggregated=Aggregated
+#authz-add-aggregated-policy=Add Aggregated Policy
+# Authz Group Policy Detail
+#authz-add-group-policy=Add Group Policy
+#authz-no-groups-assigned=No groups assigned.
+#authz-policy-group-claim=Groups Claim
+#authz-policy-group-claim.tooltip=If defined, the policy will fetch user's groups from the given claim within an access token or ID token representing the identity asking permissions. If not defined, user's groups are obtained from your realm configuration.
+#authz-policy-group-groups.tooltip=Specifies the groups allowed by this policy.
+
+# Authz Permission List
+#authz-no-permissions-available=No permissions available.
+
+# Authz Permission Detail
+#authz-permission-name.tooltip=The name of this permission.
+#authz-permission-description.tooltip=A description for this permission.
+
+# Authz Resource Permission Detail
+#authz-add-resource-permission=Add Resource Permission
+#authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type=Apply to Resource Type
+#authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type.tooltip=Specifies if this permission would be applied to all resources with a given type. In this case, this permission will be evaluated for all instances of a given resource type.
+#authz-permission-resource-resource.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to a specific resource instance.
+#authz-permission-resource-type.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to all resources instances of a given type.
+
+# Authz Scope Permission Detail
+#authz-add-scope-permission=Add Scope Permission
+#authz-permission-scope-resource.tooltip=Restrict the scopes to those associated with the selected resource. If not selected all scopes would be available.
+#authz-permission-scope-scope.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to one or more scopes.
+
+# Authz Evaluation
+#authz-evaluation-identity-information=Identity Information
+#authz-evaluation-identity-information.tooltip=The available options to configure the identity information that will be used when evaluating policies.
+#authz-evaluation-client.tooltip=Select the client making this authorization request. If not provided, authorization requests would be done based on the client you are in.
+#authz-evaluation-user.tooltip=Select a user whose identity is going to be used to query permissions from the server.
+#authz-evaluation-role.tooltip=Select the roles you want to associate with the selected user.
+#authz-evaluation-new=New Evaluation
+#authz-evaluation-re-evaluate=Re-Evaluate
+#authz-evaluation-previous=Previous Evaluation
+#authz-evaluation-contextual-info=Contextual Information
+#authz-evaluation-contextual-info.tooltip=The available options to configure any contextual information that will be used when evaluating policies.
+#authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes=Contextual Attributes
+#authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes.tooltip=Any attribute provided by a running environment or execution context.
+#authz-evaluation-permissions.tooltip=The available options to configure the permissions to which policies will be applied.
+#authz-evaluation-evaluate=Evaluate
+#authz-evaluation-any-resource-with-scopes=Any resource with scope(s)
+#authz-evaluation-no-result=Could not obtain any result for the given authorization request. Check if the provided resource(s) or scope(s) are associated with any policy.
+#authz-evaluation-no-policies-resource=No policies were found for this resource.
+#authz-evaluation-result.tooltip=The overall result for this permission request.
+#authz-evaluation-scopes.tooltip=The list of allowed scopes.
+#authz-evaluation-policies.tooltip=Details about which policies were evaluated and their decisions.
+#authz-evaluation-authorization-data=Response
+#authz-evaluation-authorization-data.tooltip=Represents a token carrying authorization data as a result of the processing of an authorization request. This representation is basically what Keycloak issues to clients asking for permissions. Check the 'authorization' claim for the permissions that were granted based on the current authorization request.
+#authz-show-authorization-data=Show Authorization Data
+
+keys=Keys
+status=Status
+#keystore=Keystore
+#keystores=Keystores
+#add-keystore=Add Keystore
+#add-keystore.placeholder=Add keystore...
+#view=View
+active=Aktiv
+#passive=Passive
+#disabled=Disabled
+#algorithms=Algorithms
+#providerHelpText=Provider description
+
+Sunday=Sonntag
+Monday=Montag
+Tuesday=Dienstag
+Wednesday=Mittwoch
+Thursday=Donnerstag
+Friday=Freitag
+Saturday=Samstag
+
+#user-storage-cache-policy=Cache Settings
+#userStorage.cachePolicy=Cache Policy
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.option.DEFAULT=DEFAULT
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_WEEKLY=EVICT_WEEKLY
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_DAILY=EVICT_DAILY
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.option.MAX_LIFESPAN=MAX_LIFESPAN
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.option.NO_CACHE=NO_CACHE
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.tooltip=Cache Policy for this storage provider. 'DEFAULT' is whatever the default settings are for the global cache. 'EVICT_DAILY' is a time of day every day that the cache will be invalidated. 'EVICT_WEEKLY' is a day of the week and time the cache will be invalidated. 'MAX-LIFESPAN' is the time in milliseconds that will be the lifespan of a cache entry.
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay=Eviction Day
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay.tooltip=Day of the week the entry will become invalid on
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour=Eviction Hour
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour.tooltip=Hour of day the entry will become invalid on.
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute=Eviction Minute
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute.tooltip=Minute of day the entry will become invalid on.
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan=Max Lifespan
+#userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan.tooltip=Max lifespan of cache entry in milliseconds.
+#user-origin-link=Storage Origin
+#user-origin.tooltip=UserStorageProvider the user was loaded from
+#user-link.tooltip=UserStorageProvider this locally stored user was imported from.
+#client-origin-link=Storage Origin
+#client-origin.tooltip=Provider the client was loaded from
+
+#client-storage-cache-policy=Cache Settings
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy=Cache Policy
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.DEFAULT=DEFAULT
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_WEEKLY=EVICT_WEEKLY
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_DAILY=EVICT_DAILY
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.MAX_LIFESPAN=MAX_LIFESPAN
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.NO_CACHE=NO_CACHE
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.tooltip=Cache Policy for this storage provider. 'DEFAULT' is whatever the default settings are for the global cache. 'EVICT_DAILY' is a time of day every day that the cache will be invalidated. 'EVICT_WEEKLY' is a day of the week and time the cache will be invalidated. 'MAX-LIFESPAN' is the time in milliseconds that will be the lifespan of a cache entry.
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay=Eviction Day
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay.tooltip=Day of the week the entry will become invalid on
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour=Eviction Hour
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour.tooltip=Hour of day the entry will become invalid on.
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute=Eviction Minute
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute.tooltip=Minute of day the entry will become invalid on.
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan=Max Lifespan
+#clientStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan.tooltip=Max lifespan of cache entry in milliseconds.
+
+#client-storage-list-no-entries=Keycloak can federate external client databases. Out of the box we have support for Openshift OAuth clients and service accounts. To get started select a provider from the dropdown below:
+
+
+disable=Deaktivieren
+disableable-credential-types=Deaktivierbare Typen
+credentials.disableable.tooltip=Liste von Zugangstypen, die deaktiviert werden k\u00F6nnen.
+disable-credential-types=Zugangstypen deaktivieren
+credentials.disable.tooltip=Dr\u00FCcken Sie den Button, um die ausgew\u00E4hlten Zugangstypen zu sperren.
+credential-types=Zugangstypen
+manage-user-password=Zugang verwalten
+disable-credentials=Zugang deaktivieren
+credential-reset-actions=Zugang zur\u00FCcksetzen
+credential-reset-actions-timeout=L\u00E4uft ab in
+credential-reset-actions-timeout.tooltip=Maximale Zeit in der die Aktion zugelassen ist.
+#ldap-mappers=LDAP Mappers
+#create-ldap-mapper=Create LDAP mapper
+#map-role-mgmt-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can map this role to a user or group
+#manage-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can manage all users in the realm
+#view-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can view all users in realm
+permissions-enabled-role=Berechtigungen aktiv
+permissions-enabled-role.tooltip=Legt fest, ob feingranulare Berechtigungen f\u00FCr diese Rolle aktiv sein sollen. Wird diese Option deaktiviert, werden alle aktuell aufgesetzten Berechtigungen gel\u00F6scht.
+manage-permissions-role.tooltip=Feingranulare Berechtigungen f\u00FCr Rollen. Zum Beispiel k\u00F6nnen Berechtigungen eingerichtet werden, die festlegen, wer berechtigt, ist eine Rolle zuzuweisen.
+lookup=Suche
+manage-permissions-users.tooltip=Feingranulare Berechtigungen f\u00FCr alle Benutzer in diesem Realm. Es k\u00F6nnen verschiedene Einstellungen definiert werden, wer in diesem Realm berechtigt ist, Benutzer zu verwalten.
+permissions-enabled-users=Berechtigungen aktiv
+permissions-enabled-users.tooltip=Legt fest, ob feingranulare Berechtigungen f\u00FCr Benutzer aktiv sein sollen. Wird diese Option deaktiviert, werden alle aktuell aufgesetzten Berechtigungen gel\u00F6scht.
+#manage-permissions-client.tooltip=Fine grain permissions for admins that want to manage this client or apply roles defined by this client.
+#manage-permissions-group.tooltip=Fine grain permissions for admins that want to manage this group or the members of this group.
+#manage-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can manage this group
+#view-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can view this group
+#view-members-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can manage the members of this group
+#token-exchange-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide which clients are allowed exchange tokens for a token that is targeted to this client.
+#token-exchange-authz-idp-scope-description=Policies that decide which clients are allowed exchange tokens for an external token minted by this identity provider.
+#manage-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can manage this client
+#configure-authz-client-scope-description=Reduced management permissions for admin. Cannot set scope, template, or protocol mappers.
+#view-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can view this client
+#map-roles-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can map roles defined by this client
+#map-roles-client-scope-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can apply roles defined by this client to the client scope of another client
+#map-roles-composite-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can apply roles defined by this client as a composite to another role
+#map-role-authz-role-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can map this role to a user or group
+#map-role-client-scope-authz-role-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can apply this role to the client scope of a client
+#map-role-composite-authz-role-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can apply this role as a composite to another role
+#manage-group-membership-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can manage group membership for all users in the realm. This is used in conjunction with specific group policy
+#impersonate-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if admin can impersonate other users
+#map-roles-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if admin can map roles for all users
+#user-impersonated-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide which users can be impersonated. These policies are applied to the user being impersonated.
+#manage-membership-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if admin can add or remove users from this group
+#manage-members-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an admin can manage the members of this group
+
+# KEYCLOAK-6771 Certificate Bound Token
+# https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-mtls-08#section-3
+#advanced-client-settings=Advanced Settings
+#advanced-client-settings.tooltip=Expand this section to configure advanced settings of this client
+#tls-client-certificate-bound-access-tokens=OAuth 2.0 Mutual TLS Certificate Bound Access Tokens Enabled
+#tls-client-certificate-bound-access-tokens.tooltip=This enables support for OAuth 2.0 Mutual TLS Certificate Bound Access Tokens, which means that keycloak bind an access token and a refresh token with a X.509 certificate of a token requesting client exchanged in mutual TLS between keycloak's Token Endpoint and this client. These tokens can be treated as Holder-of-Key tokens instead of bearer tokens.
+#subjectdn=Subject DN
+#subjectdn-tooltip=A regular expression for validating Subject DN in the Client Certificate. Use "(.*?)(?:$)" to match all kind of expressions.
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_en.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_en.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b5c42f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_en.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,1623 @@
+consoleTitle=Keycloak Admin Console
+
+# Common messages
+enabled=Enabled
+hidden=Hidden
+link-only-column=Link only
+name=Name
+displayName=Display name
+displayNameHtml=HTML Display name
+save=Save
+cancel=Cancel
+next=Next
+onText=ON
+offText=OFF
+client=Client
+clients=Clients
+clear=Clear
+selectOne=Select One...
+
+true=True
+false=False
+
+endpoints=Endpoints
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Users and clients can only access a realm if it's enabled
+realm-detail.protocol-endpoints.tooltip=Shows the configuration of the protocol endpoints
+realm-detail.protocol-endpoints.oidc=OpenID Endpoint Configuration
+realm-detail.protocol-endpoints.saml=SAML 2.0 Identity Provider Metadata
+realm-detail.userManagedAccess.tooltip=If enabled, users are allowed to manage their resources and permissions using the Account Management Console.
+userManagedAccess=User-Managed Access
+registrationAllowed=User registration
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Enable/disable the registration page. A link for registration will show on login page too.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=Email as username
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=If enabled then username field is hidden from registration form and email is used as username for new user.
+editUsernameAllowed=Edit username
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=If enabled, the username field is editable, readonly otherwise.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Forgot password
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Show a link on login page for user to click on when they have forgotten their credentials.
+rememberMe=Remember Me
+rememberMe.tooltip=Show checkbox on login page to allow user to remain logged in between browser restarts until session expires.
+loginWithEmailAllowed=Login with email
+loginWithEmailAllowed.tooltip=Allow users to log in with their email address.
+duplicateEmailsAllowed=Duplicate emails
+duplicateEmailsAllowed.tooltip=Allow multiple users to have the same email address. Changing this setting will also clear the user's cache. It is recommended to manually update email constraints of existing users in the database after switching off support for duplicate email addresses.
+verifyEmail=Verify email
+verifyEmail.tooltip=Require users to verify their email address after initial login or after address changes are submitted.
+sslRequired=Require SSL
+sslRequired.option.all=all requests
+sslRequired.option.external=external requests
+sslRequired.option.none=none
+sslRequired.tooltip=Is HTTPS required? 'None' means HTTPS is not required for any client IP address. 'External requests' means localhost and private IP addresses can access without HTTPS. 'All requests' means HTTPS is required for all IP addresses.
+publicKeys=Public keys
+publicKey=Public key
+privateKey=Private key
+gen-new-keys=Generate new keys
+certificate=Certificate
+host=Host
+smtp-host=SMTP Host
+port=Port
+smtp-port=SMTP Port (defaults to 25)
+smtp-password.tooltip=SMTP password. This field is able to obtain its value from vault, use ${vault.ID} format.
+from=From
+fromDisplayName=From Display Name
+fromDisplayName.tooltip=A user-friendly name for the 'From' address (optional).
+replyTo=Reply To
+replyToDisplayName=Reply To Display Name
+replyToDisplayName.tooltip=A user-friendly name for the 'Reply-To' address (optional).
+envelopeFrom=Envelope From
+envelopeFrom.tooltip=An email address used for bounces (optional).
+sender-email-addr=Sender Email Address
+sender-email-addr-display=Display Name for Sender Email Address
+reply-to-email-addr=Reply To Email Address
+reply-to-email-addr-display=Display Name for Reply To Email Address
+sender-envelope-email-addr=Sender Envelope Email Address
+enable-ssl=Enable SSL
+enable-start-tls=Enable StartTLS
+enable-auth=Enable Authentication
+username=Username
+login-username=Login Username
+password=Password
+login-password=Login Password
+login-theme=Login Theme
+login-theme.tooltip=Select theme for login, OTP, grant, registration, and forgot password pages.
+account-theme=Account Theme
+account-theme.tooltip=Select theme for user account management pages.
+admin-console-theme=Admin Console Theme
+select-theme-admin-console=Select theme for admin console.
+email-theme=Email Theme
+select-theme-email=Select theme for emails that are sent by the server.
+i18n-enabled=Internationalization Enabled
+supported-locales=Supported Locales
+supported-locales.placeholder=Type a locale and enter
+default-locale=Default Locale
+realm-cache-clear=Realm Cache
+realm-cache-clear.tooltip=Clears all entries from the realm cache (this will clear entries for all realms)
+user-cache-clear=User Cache
+user-cache-clear.tooltip=Clears all entries from the user cache (this will clear entries for all realms)
+keys-cache-clear=Keys Cache
+keys-cache-clear.tooltip=Clears all entries from the cache of external public keys. These are keys of external clients or identity providers. (this will clear entries for all realms)
+default-signature-algorithm=Default Signature Algorithm
+default-signature-algorithm.tooltip=Default algorithm used to sign tokens for the realm
+revoke-refresh-token=Revoke Refresh Token
+revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=If enabled a refresh token can only be used up to 'Refresh Token Max Reuse' and is revoked when a different token is used. Otherwise refresh tokens are not revoked when used and can be used multiple times.
+refresh-token-max-reuse=Refresh Token Max Reuse
+refresh-token-max-reuse.tooltip=Maximum number of times a refresh token can be reused. When a different token is used, revocation is immediate.
+sso-session-idle=SSO Session Idle
+seconds=Seconds
+minutes=Minutes
+hours=Hours
+days=Days
+sso-session-max=SSO Session Max
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=Time a session is allowed to be idle before it expires. Tokens and browser sessions are invalidated when a session is expired.
+sso-session-max.tooltip=Max time before a session is expired. Tokens and browser sessions are invalidated when a session is expired.
+sso-session-idle-remember-me=SSO Session Idle Remember Me
+sso-session-idle-remember-me.tooltip=Time a remember me session is allowed to be idle before it expires. Tokens and browser sessions are invalidated when a session is expired. If not set it uses the standard SSO Session Idle value.
+sso-session-max-remember-me=SSO Session Max Remember Me
+sso-session-max-remember-me.tooltip=Max time before a session is expired when the user has set the remember me option. Tokens and browser sessions are invalidated when a session is expired. If not set, it uses the standard SSO Session Max value.
+offline-session-idle=Offline Session Idle
+offline-session-idle.tooltip=Time an offline session is allowed to be idle before it expires. You need to use offline token to refresh at least once within this period; otherwise offline session will expire.
+realm-detail.hostname=Hostname
+realm-detail.hostname.tooltip=Set the hostname for the realm. Use in combination with the fixed hostname provider to override the server hostname for a specific realm.
+realm-detail.frontendUrl=Frontend URL
+realm-detail.frontendUrl.tooltip=Set the frontend URL for the realm. Use in combination with the default hostname provider to override the base URL for frontend requests for a specific realm.
+
+## KEYCLOAK-7688 Offline Session Max for Offline Token
+offline-session-max-limited=Offline Session Max Limited
+offline-session-max-limited.tooltip=Enable Offline Session Max.
+offline-session-max=Offline Session Max
+offline-session-max.tooltip=Max time before an offline session is expired regardless of activity.
+client-session-idle=Client Session Idle
+client-session-idle.tooltip=Time a client session is allowed to be idle before it expires. Tokens are invalidated when a client session is expired. If not set it uses the standard SSO Session Idle value.
+client-session-max=Client Session Max
+client-session-max.tooltip=Max time before a client session is expired. Tokens are invalidated when a client session is expired. If not set, it uses the standard SSO Session Max value.
+access-token-lifespan=Access Token Lifespan
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip=Max time before an access token is expired. This value is recommended to be short relative to the SSO timeout.
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow=Access Token Lifespan For Implicit Flow
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow.tooltip=Max time before an access token issued during OpenID Connect Implicit Flow is expired. This value is recommended to be shorter than SSO timeout. There is no possibility to refresh token during implicit flow, that's why there is a separate timeout different to 'Access Token Lifespan'.
+action-token-generated-by-admin-lifespan=Default Admin-Initiated Action Lifespan
+action-token-generated-by-admin-lifespan.tooltip=Maximum time before an action permit sent to a user by administrator is expired. This value is recommended to be long to allow administrators send e-mails for users that are currently offline. The default timeout can be overridden immediately before issuing the token.
+action-token-generated-by-user-lifespan=User-Initiated Action Lifespan
+action-token-generated-by-user-lifespan.tooltip=Maximum time before an action permit sent by a user (such as a forgot password e-mail) is expired. This value is recommended to be short because it is expected that the user would react to self-created action quickly.
+saml-assertion-lifespan=Assertion Lifespan
+saml-assertion-lifespan.tooltip=Lifespan set in the SAML assertion conditions. After that time the assertion will be invalid. The "SessionNotOnOrAfter" attribute is not modified and continue using the "SSO Session Max" time defined at realm level.
+
+action-token-generated-by-user.execute-actions=Execute Actions
+action-token-generated-by-user.idp-verify-account-via-email=IdP Account E-mail Verification
+action-token-generated-by-user.reset-credentials=Forgot Password
+action-token-generated-by-user.verify-email=E-mail Verification
+action-token-generated-by-user.tooltip=Override default settings of maximum time before an action permit sent by a user (such as a forgot password e-mail) is expired for specific action. This value is recommended to be short because it is expected that the user would react to self-created action quickly.
+action-token-generated-by-user.reset=Reset
+action-token-generated-by-user.operation=Override User-Initiated Action Lifespan
+
+client-login-timeout=Client login timeout
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=Max time a client has to finish the access token protocol. This should normally be 1 minute.
+login-timeout=Login timeout
+login-timeout.tooltip=Max time a user has to complete a login. This is recommended to be relatively long, such as 30 minutes or more.
+login-action-timeout=Login action timeout
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=Max time a user has to complete login related actions like update password or configure totp. This is recommended to be relatively long, such as 5 minutes or more.
+headers=Headers
+brute-force-detection=Brute Force Detection
+x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+x-frame-options-tooltip=Default value prevents pages from being included by non-origin iframes (click label for more information)
+content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+content-sec-policy-tooltip=Default value prevents pages from being included by non-origin iframes (click label for more information)
+content-sec-policy-report-only=Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only
+content-sec-policy-report-only-tooltip=For testing Content Security Policies
+content-type-options=X-Content-Type-Options
+content-type-options-tooltip=Default value prevents Internet Explorer and Google Chrome from MIME-sniffing a response away from the declared content-type (click label for more information)
+robots-tag=X-Robots-Tag
+robots-tag-tooltip=Prevent pages from appearing in search engines (click label for more information)
+x-xss-protection=X-XSS-Protection
+x-xss-protection-tooltip=This header configures the Cross-site scripting (XSS) filter in your browser. Using the default behavior, the browser will prevent rendering of the page when a XSS attack is detected (click label for more information)
+strict-transport-security=HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS)
+strict-transport-security-tooltip=The Strict-Transport-Security HTTP header tells browsers to always use HTTPS. Once a browser sees this header, it will only visit the site over HTTPS for the time specified (1 year) at max-age, including the subdomains.
+permanent-lockout=Permanent Lockout
+permanent-lockout.tooltip=Lock the user permanently when the user exceeds the maximum login failures.
+max-login-failures=Max Login Failures
+max-login-failures.tooltip=How many failures before wait is triggered.
+wait-increment=Wait Increment
+wait-increment.tooltip=When failure threshold has been met, how much time should the user be locked out?
+quick-login-check-millis=Quick Login Check Milli Seconds
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=If a failure happens concurrently too quickly, lock out the user.
+min-quick-login-wait=Minimum Quick Login Wait
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=How long to wait after a quick login failure.
+max-wait=Max Wait
+max-wait.tooltip=Max time a user will be locked out.
+failure-reset-time=Failure Reset Time
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=When will failure count be reset?
+realm-tab-login=Login
+realm-tab-keys=Keys
+realm-tab-email=Email
+realm-tab-themes=Themes
+realm-tab-cache=Cache
+realm-tab-tokens=Tokens
+realm-tab-client-registration=Client Registration
+realm-tab-security-defenses=Security Defenses
+realm-tab-general=General
+add-realm=Add realm
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Realm Sessions
+revocation=Revocation
+logout-all=Logout all
+active-sessions=Active Sessions
+offline-sessions=Offline Sessions
+sessions=Sessions
+not-before=Not Before
+not-before.tooltip=Revoke any tokens issued before this date.
+set-to-now=Set to now
+push=Push
+push.tooltip=For every client that has an admin URL, notify them of the new revocation policy.
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+usermodel.prop.label=Property
+usermodel.prop.tooltip=Name of the property method in the UserModel interface. For example, a value of 'email' would reference the UserModel.getEmail() method.
+usermodel.attr.label=User Attribute
+usermodel.attr.tooltip=Name of stored user attribute which is the name of an attribute within the UserModel.attribute map.
+userSession.modelNote.label=User Session Note
+userSession.modelNote.tooltip=Name of stored user session note within the UserSessionModel.note map.
+multivalued.label=Multivalued
+multivalued.tooltip=Indicates if attribute supports multiple values. If true, the list of all values of this attribute will be set as claim. If false, just first value will be set as claim
+aggregate.attrs.label=Aggregate attribute values
+aggregate.attrs.tooltip=Indicates if attribute values should be aggregated with the group attributes. If using OpenID Connect mapper the multivalued option needs to be enabled too in order to get all the values. Duplicated values are discarded and the order of values is not guaranteed with this option.
+selectRole.label=Select Role
+selectRole.tooltip=Enter role in the textbox to the left, or click this button to browse and select the role you want.
+tokenClaimName.label=Token Claim Name
+tokenClaimName.tooltip=Name of the claim to insert into the token. This can be a fully qualified name like 'address.street'. In this case, a nested json object will be created. To prevent nesting and use dot literally, escape the dot with backslash (\\.).
+jsonType.label=Claim JSON Type
+jsonType.tooltip=JSON type that should be used to populate the json claim in the token. long, int, boolean, String and JSON are valid values.
+includeInIdToken.label=Add to ID token
+includeInIdToken.tooltip=Should the claim be added to the ID token?
+includeInAccessToken.label=Add to access token
+includeInAccessToken.tooltip=Should the claim be added to the access token?
+includeInUserInfo.label=Add to userinfo
+includeInUserInfo.tooltip=Should the claim be added to the userinfo?
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.label=Client ID
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.tooltip=Client ID for role mappings. Just client roles of this client will be added to the token. If this is unset, client roles of all clients will be added to the token.
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Client Role prefix
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=A prefix for each client role (optional).
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.tokenClaimName.tooltip=Name of the claim to insert into the token. This can be a fully qualified name like 'address.street'. In this case, a nested json object will be created. To prevent nesting and use dot literally, escape the dot with backslash (\\.). The special token ${client_id} can be used and this will be replaced by the actual client ID. Example usage is 'resource_access.${client_id}.roles'. This is useful especially when you are adding roles from all the clients (Hence 'Client ID' switch is unset) and you want client roles of each client stored separately.
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Realm Role prefix
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=A prefix for each Realm Role (optional).
+sectorIdentifierUri.label=Sector Identifier URI
+sectorIdentifierUri.tooltip=Providers that use pairwise sub values and support Dynamic Client Registration SHOULD use the sector_identifier_uri parameter. It provides a way for a group of websites under common administrative control to have consistent pairwise sub values independent of the individual domain names. It also provides a way for Clients to change redirect_uri domains without having to reregister all their users.
+pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.label=Salt
+pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.tooltip=Salt used when calculating the pairwise subject identifier. If left blank, a salt will be generated.
+addressClaim.street.label=User Attribute Name for Street
+addressClaim.street.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'street_address' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'street' .
+addressClaim.locality.label=User Attribute Name for Locality
+addressClaim.locality.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'locality' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'locality' .
+addressClaim.region.label=User Attribute Name for Region
+addressClaim.region.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'region' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'region' .
+addressClaim.postal_code.label=User Attribute Name for Postal Code
+addressClaim.postal_code.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'postal_code' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'postal_code' .
+addressClaim.country.label=User Attribute Name for Country
+addressClaim.country.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'country' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'country' .
+addressClaim.formatted.label=User Attribute Name for Formatted Address
+addressClaim.formatted.tooltip=Name of User Attribute, which will be used to map to 'formatted' subclaim inside 'address' token claim. Defaults to 'formatted' .
+included.client.audience.label=Included Client Audience
+included.client.audience.tooltip=The Client ID of the specified audience client will be included in audience (aud) field of the token. If there are existing audiences in the token, the specified value is just added to them. It won't override existing audiences.
+included.custom.audience.label=Included Custom Audience
+included.custom.audience.tooltip=This is used just if 'Included Client Audience' is not filled. The specified value will be included in audience (aud) field of the token. If there are existing audiences in the token, the specified value is just added to them. It won't override existing audiences.
+
+# client details
+clients.tooltip=Clients are trusted browser apps and web services in a realm. These clients can request a login. You can also define client specific roles.
+search.placeholder=Search...
+search.loading=Searching...
+create=Create
+import=Import
+client-id=Client ID
+base-url=Base URL
+actions=Actions
+not-defined=Not defined
+edit=Edit
+delete=Delete
+no-results=No results
+no-clients-available=No clients available
+add-client=Add Client
+select-file=Select file
+view-details=View details
+clear-import=Clear import
+client-id.tooltip=Specifies ID referenced in URI and tokens. For example 'my-client'. For SAML this is also the expected issuer value from authn requests
+client.name.tooltip=Specifies display name of the client. For example 'My Client'. Supports keys for localized values as well. For example\: ${my_client}
+client.enabled.tooltip=Disabled clients cannot initiate a login or have obtain access tokens.
+alwaysDisplayInConsole=Always Display in Console
+alwaysDisplayInConsole.tooltip=Always list this client in the Account Console, even if the user does not have an active session.
+consent-required=Consent Required
+consent-required.tooltip=If enabled, users have to consent to client access.
+client.display-on-consent-screen=Display Client On Consent Screen
+client.display-on-consent-screen.tooltip=Applicable just if Consent Required is on. If this switch is off, consent screen will contain just the consents corresponding to configured client scopes. If on, there will be also one item on consent screen about this client itself
+client.consent-screen-text=Client Consent Screen Text
+client.consent-screen-text.tooltip=Applicable just if 'Display Client On Consent Screen' is on for this client. Contains the text, which will be on consent screen about permissions specific just for this client
+client-protocol=Client Protocol
+client-protocol.tooltip='OpenID connect' allows Clients to verify the identity of the End-User based on the authentication performed by an Authorization Server.'SAML' enables web-based authentication and authorization scenarios including cross-domain single sign-on (SSO) and uses security tokens containing assertions to pass information.
+access-type=Access Type
+access-type.tooltip='Confidential' clients require a secret to initiate login protocol. 'Public' clients do not require a secret. 'Bearer-only' clients are web services that never initiate a login.
+standard-flow-enabled=Standard Flow Enabled
+standard-flow-enabled.tooltip=This enables standard OpenID Connect redirect based authentication with authorization code. In terms of OpenID Connect or OAuth2 specifications, this enables support of 'Authorization Code Flow' for this client.
+implicit-flow-enabled=Implicit Flow Enabled
+implicit-flow-enabled.tooltip=This enables support for OpenID Connect redirect based authentication without authorization code. In terms of OpenID Connect or OAuth2 specifications, this enables support of 'Implicit Flow' for this client.
+direct-access-grants-enabled=Direct Access Grants Enabled
+direct-access-grants-enabled.tooltip=This enables support for Direct Access Grants, which means that client has access to username/password of user and exchange it directly with Keycloak server for access token. In terms of OAuth2 specification, this enables support of 'Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant' for this client.
+service-accounts-enabled=Service Accounts Enabled
+service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Allows you to authenticate this client to Keycloak and retrieve access token dedicated to this client. In terms of OAuth2 specification, this enables support of 'Client Credentials Grant' for this client.
+include-authnstatement=Include AuthnStatement
+include-authnstatement.tooltip=Should a statement specifying the method and timestamp be included in login responses?
+include-onetimeuse-condition=Include OneTimeUse Condition
+include-onetimeuse-condition.tooltip=Should a OneTimeUse Condition be included in login responses?
+sign-documents=Sign Documents
+sign-documents.tooltip=Should SAML documents be signed by the realm?
+sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext=Optimize REDIRECT signing key lookup
+sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext.tooltip=When signing SAML documents in REDIRECT binding for SP that is secured by Keycloak adapter, should the ID of the signing key be included in SAML protocol message in <Extensions> element? This optimizes validation of the signature as the validating party uses a single key instead of trying every known key for validation.
+sign-assertions=Sign Assertions
+sign-assertions.tooltip=Should assertions inside SAML documents be signed? This setting is not needed if document is already being signed.
+signature-algorithm=Signature Algorithm
+signature-algorithm.tooltip=The signature algorithm to use to sign documents.
+canonicalization-method=Canonicalization Method
+canonicalization-method.tooltip=Canonicalization Method for XML signatures.
+encrypt-assertions=Encrypt Assertions
+encrypt-assertions.tooltip=Should SAML assertions be encrypted with client's public key using AES?
+client-signature-required=Client Signature Required
+client-signature-required.tooltip=Will the client sign their saml requests and responses? And should they be validated?
+force-post-binding=Force POST Binding
+force-post-binding.tooltip=Always use POST binding for responses.
+front-channel-logout=Front Channel Logout
+front-channel-logout.tooltip=When true, logout requires a browser redirect to client. When false, server performs a background invocation for logout.
+force-name-id-format=Force Name ID Format
+force-name-id-format.tooltip=Ignore requested NameID subject format and use admin console configured one.
+name-id-format=Name ID Format
+name-id-format.tooltip=The name ID format to use for the subject.
+root-url=Root URL
+root-url.tooltip=Root URL appended to relative URLs
+valid-redirect-uris=Valid Redirect URIs
+valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=Valid URI pattern a browser can redirect to after a successful login or logout. Simple wildcards are allowed such as 'http://example.com/*'. Relative path can be specified too such as /my/relative/path/*. Relative paths are relative to the client root URL, or if none is specified the auth server root URL is used. For SAML, you must set valid URI patterns if you are relying on the consumer service URL embedded with the login request.
+base-url.tooltip=Default URL to use when the auth server needs to redirect or link back to the client.
+admin-url=Admin URL
+admin-url.tooltip=URL to the admin interface of the client. Set this if the client supports the adapter REST API. This REST API allows the auth server to push revocation policies and other administrative tasks. Usually this is set to the base URL of the client.
+master-saml-processing-url=Master SAML Processing URL
+master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=If configured, this URL will be used for every binding to both the SP's Assertion Consumer and Single Logout Services. This can be individually overriden for each binding and service in the Fine Grain SAML Endpoint Configuration.
+idp-sso-url-ref=IDP Initiated SSO URL Name
+idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=URL fragment name to reference client when you want to do IDP Initiated SSO. Leaving this empty will disable IDP Initiated SSO. The URL you will reference from your browser will be: {server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}
+idp-sso-url-ref.urlhint=Target IDP initiated SSO URL:
+idp-sso-relay-state=IDP Initiated SSO Relay State
+idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=Relay state you want to send with SAML request when you want to do IDP Initiated SSO.
+web-origins=Web Origins
+web-origins.tooltip=Allowed CORS origins. To permit all origins of Valid Redirect URIs, add '+'. This does not include the '*' wildcard though. To permit all origins, explicitly add '*'.
+fine-oidc-endpoint-conf=Fine Grain OpenID Connect Configuration
+fine-oidc-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Expand this section to configure advanced settings of this client related to OpenID Connect protocol
+access-token-signed-response-alg=Access Token Signature Algorithm
+access-token-signed-response-alg.tooltip=JWA algorithm used for signing access tokens.
+id-token-signed-response-alg=ID Token Signature Algorithm
+id-token-signed-response-alg.tooltip=JWA algorithm used for signing ID tokens.
+id-token-encrypted-response-alg=ID Token Encryption Key Management Algorithm
+id-token-encrypted-response-alg.tooltip=JWA Algorithm used for key management in encrypting ID tokens. This option is needed if you want encrypted ID tokens. If left empty, ID Tokens are just signed, but not encrypted.
+id-token-encrypted-response-enc=ID Token Encryption Content Encryption Algorithm
+id-token-encrypted-response-enc.tooltip=JWA Algorithm used for content encryption in encrypting ID tokens. This option is needed just if you want encrypted ID tokens. If left empty, ID Tokens are just signed, but not encrypted.
+user-info-signed-response-alg=User Info Signed Response Algorithm
+user-info-signed-response-alg.tooltip=JWA algorithm used for signed User Info Endpoint response. If set to 'unsigned', User Info Response won't be signed and will be returned in application/json format.
+request-object-signature-alg=Request Object Signature Algorithm
+request-object-signature-alg.tooltip=JWA algorithm, which client needs to use when sending OIDC request object specified by 'request' or 'request_uri' parameters. If set to 'any', Request object can be signed by any algorithm (including 'none' ).
+request-object-required=Request Object Required
+request-object-required.tooltip=Specifies if the client needs to provide a request object with their authorization requests, and what method they can use for this. If set to "not required", providing a request object is optional. In all other cases, providing a request object is mandatory. If set to "request", the request object must be provided by value. If set to "request_uri", the request object must be provided by reference. If set to "request or request_uri", either method can be used.
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf=Fine Grain SAML Endpoint Configuration
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Expand this section to configure exact URLs for Assertion Consumer and Single Logout Service.
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service POST Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=SAML POST Binding URL for the client's assertion consumer service (login responses). You can leave this blank if you do not have a URL for this binding.
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service Redirect Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=SAML Redirect Binding URL for the client's assertion consumer service (login responses). You can leave this blank if you do not have a URL for this binding.
+logout-service-post-binding-url=Logout Service POST Binding URL
+logout-service-post-binding-url.tooltip=SAML POST Binding URL for the client's single logout service. You can leave this blank if you are using a different binding
+logout-service-redir-binding-url=Logout Service Redirect Binding URL
+logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=SAML Redirect Binding URL for the client's single logout service. You can leave this blank if you are using a different binding.
+saml-signature-keyName-transformer=SAML Signature Key Name
+saml-signature-keyName-transformer.tooltip=Signed SAML documents contain identification of signing key in KeyName element. For Keycloak / RH-SSO counterparty, use KEY_ID, for MS AD FS use CERT_SUBJECT, for others check and use NONE if no other option works.
+oidc-compatibility-modes=OpenID Connect Compatibility Modes
+oidc-compatibility-modes.tooltip=Expand this section to configure settings for backwards compatibility with older OpenID Connect / OAuth2 adapters. It is useful especially if your client uses older version of Keycloak / RH-SSO adapter.
+exclude-session-state-from-auth-response=Exclude Session State From Authentication Response
+exclude-session-state-from-auth-response.tooltip=If this is on, the parameter 'session_state' will not be included in OpenID Connect Authentication Response. It is useful if your client uses older OIDC / OAuth2 adapter, which does not support 'session_state' parameter.
+
+# client import
+import-client=Import Client
+format-option=Format Option
+select-format=Select a Format
+import-file=Import File
+
+# client tabs
+settings=Settings
+credentials=Credentials
+saml-keys=SAML Keys
+roles=Roles
+mappers=Mappers
+mappers.tooltip=Protocol mappers perform transformation on tokens and documents. They can do things like map user data into protocol claims, or just transform any requests going between the client and auth server.
+scope=Scope
+scope.tooltip=Scope mappings allow you to restrict which user role mappings are included within the access token requested by the client.
+sessions.tooltip=View active sessions for this client. Allows you to see which users are active and when they logged in.
+offline-access=Offline Access
+offline-access.tooltip=View offline sessions for this client. Allows you to see which users retrieve offline token and when they retrieve it. To revoke all tokens for the client, go to the Revocation tab and set Not Before to Now.
+clustering=Clustering
+installation=Installation
+installation.tooltip=Helper utility for generating various client adapter configuration formats which you can download or cut and paste to configure your clients.
+service-account-roles=Service Account Roles
+service-account-roles.tooltip=Allows you to authenticate role mappings for the service account dedicated to this client.
+
+# client credentials
+client-authenticator=Client Authenticator
+client-authenticator.tooltip=Client Authenticator used for authentication of this client against Keycloak server
+certificate.tooltip=Client Certificate for validate JWT issued by client and signed by Client private key from your keystore.
+publicKey.tooltip=Public Key for validate JWT issued by client and signed by Client private key.
+no-client-certificate-configured=No client certificate configured
+gen-new-keys-and-cert=Generate new keys and certificate
+import-certificate=Import Certificate
+gen-client-private-key=Generate Client Private Key
+generate-private-key=Generate Private Key
+kid=Kid
+kid.tooltip=KID (Key ID) of the client public key from imported JWKS.
+use-jwks-url=Use JWKS URL
+use-jwks-url.tooltip=If the switch is on, client public keys will be downloaded from given JWKS URL. This allows great flexibility because new keys will be always re-downloaded again when client generates new keypair. If the switch is off, public key (or certificate) from the Keycloak DB is used, so when client keypair changes, you always need to import new key (or certificate) to the Keycloak DB as well.
+jwks-url=JWKS URL
+jwks-url.tooltip=URL where client keys in JWK format are stored. See JWK specification for more details. If you use Keycloak client adapter with "jwt" credential, you can use URL of your app with '/k_jwks' suffix. For example 'http://www.myhost.com/myapp/k_jwks' .
+archive-format=Archive Format
+archive-format.tooltip=Java keystore or PKCS12 archive format.
+key-alias=Key Alias
+key-alias.tooltip=Archive alias for your private key and certificate.
+key-password=Key Password
+key-password.tooltip=Password to access the private key in the archive
+store-password=Store Password
+store-password.tooltip=Password to access the archive itself
+generate-and-download=Generate and Download
+client-certificate-import=Client Certificate Import
+import-client-certificate=Import Client Certificate
+jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=Archive alias for your certificate.
+secret=Secret
+regenerate-secret=Regenerate Secret
+registrationAccessToken=Registration access token
+registrationAccessToken.regenerate=Regenerate registration access token
+registrationAccessToken.tooltip=The registration access token provides access for clients to the client registration service.
+add-role=Add Role
+role-name=Role Name
+composite=Composite
+description=Description
+no-client-roles-available=No client roles available
+composite-roles=Composite Roles
+composite-roles.tooltip=When this role is (un)assigned to a user any role associated with it will be (un)assigned implicitly.
+realm-roles=Realm Roles
+available-roles=Available Roles
+add-selected=Add selected
+associated-roles=Associated Roles
+composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles associated with this composite role.
+composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that you can associate to this composite role.
+remove-selected=Remove selected
+client-roles=Client Roles
+select-client-to-view-roles=Select client to view roles for client
+available-roles.tooltip=Roles from this client that you can associate to this composite role.
+client.associated-roles.tooltip=Client roles associated with this composite role.
+add-builtin=Add Builtin
+category=Category
+type=Type
+priority-order=Priority Order
+no-mappers-available=No mappers available
+add-builtin-protocol-mappers=Add Builtin Protocol Mappers
+add-builtin-protocol-mapper=Add Builtin Protocol Mapper
+scope-mappings=Scope Mappings
+full-scope-allowed=Full Scope Allowed
+full-scope-allowed.tooltip=Allows you to disable all restrictions.
+scope.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that can be assigned to scope.
+assigned-roles=Assigned Roles
+assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles assigned to scope.
+effective-roles=Effective Roles
+realm.effective-roles.tooltip=Assigned realm level roles that may have been inherited from a composite role.
+select-client-roles.tooltip=Select client to view roles for client
+assign.available-roles.tooltip=Client roles available to be assigned.
+client.assigned-roles.tooltip=Assigned client roles.
+client.effective-roles.tooltip=Assigned client roles that may have been inherited from a composite role.
+basic-configuration=Basic configuration
+node-reregistration-timeout=Node Re-registration Timeout
+node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=Interval to specify max time for registered clients cluster nodes to re-register. If cluster node will not send re-registration request to Keycloak within this time, it will be unregistered from Keycloak
+registered-cluster-nodes=Registered cluster nodes
+register-node-manually=Register node manually
+test-cluster-availability=Test cluster availability
+last-registration=Last registration
+node-host=Node host
+no-registered-cluster-nodes=No registered cluster nodes available
+cluster-nodes=Cluster Nodes
+add-node=Add Node
+active-sessions.tooltip=Total number of active user sessions for this client.
+show-sessions=Show Sessions
+show-sessions.tooltip=Warning, this is a potentially expensive operation depending on the number of active sessions.
+user=User
+from-ip=From IP
+session-start=Session Start
+first-page=First Page
+previous-page=Previous Page
+next-page=Next Page
+client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=Revoke any tokens issued before this date for this client.
+client-revoke.push.tooltip=If the admin URL is configured for this client, push this policy to that client.
+select-a-format=Select a Format
+download=Download
+offline-tokens=Offline Tokens
+offline-tokens.tooltip=Total number of offline tokens for this client.
+show-offline-tokens=Show Offline Tokens
+show-offline-tokens.tooltip=Warning, this is a potentially expensive operation depending on the number of offline tokens.
+token-issued=Token Issued
+last-access=Last Access
+last-refresh=Last Refresh
+key-export=Key Export
+key-import=Key Import
+export-saml-key=Export SAML Key
+import-saml-key=Import SAML Key
+realm-certificate-alias=Realm Certificate Alias
+realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=Realm certificate is stored in archive too. This is the alias to it.
+signing-key=Signing Key
+saml-signing-key=SAML Signing Key.
+private-key=Private Key
+generate-new-keys=Generate new keys
+export=Export
+encryption-key=Encryption Key
+saml-encryption-key.tooltip=SAML Encryption Key.
+service-accounts=Service Accounts
+service-account.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that can be assigned to service account.
+service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles assigned to service account.
+service-account-is-not-enabled-for=Service account is not enabled for {{client}}
+create-protocol-mappers=Create Protocol Mappers
+create-protocol-mapper=Create Protocol Mapper
+protocol=Protocol
+protocol.tooltip=Protocol...
+id=ID
+mapper.name.tooltip=Name of the mapper.
+mapper.consent-required.tooltip=When granting temporary access, must the user consent to providing this data to the client?
+consent-text=Consent Text
+consent-text.tooltip=Text to display on consent page.
+mapper-type=Mapper Type
+mapper-type.tooltip=Type of the mapper
+user-label=User Label
+data=Data
+show-data=Show data...
+position=Position
+# realm identity providers
+identity-providers=Identity Providers
+table-of-identity-providers=Table of identity providers
+add-provider.placeholder=Add provider...
+provider=Provider
+gui-order=GUI order
+first-broker-login-flow=First Login Flow
+post-broker-login-flow=Post Login Flow
+sync-mode=Sync Mode
+sync-mode.tooltip=Default sync mode for all mappers. The sync mode determines when user data will be synced using the mappers. Possible values are: 'legacy' to keep the behaviour before this option was introduced, 'import' to only import the user once during first login of the user with this identity provider, 'force' to always update the user during every login with this identity provider".
+sync-mode.inherit=inherit
+sync-mode.legacy=legacy
+sync-mode.import=import
+sync-mode.force=force
+sync-mode-override=Sync Mode Override
+sync-mode-override.tooltip=Overrides the default sync mode of the IDP for this mapper. Values are: 'legacy' to keep the behaviour before this option was introduced, 'import' to only import the user once during first login of the user with this identity provider, 'force' to always update the user during every login with this identity provider" and 'inherit' to use the sync mode defined in the identity provider for this mapper.
+redirect-uri=Redirect URI
+redirect-uri.tooltip=The redirect uri to use when configuring the identity provider.
+alias=Alias
+display-name=Display Name
+identity-provider.alias.tooltip=The alias uniquely identifies an identity provider and it is also used to build the redirect uri.
+identity-provider.display-name.tooltip=Friendly name for Identity Providers.
+identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=Enable/disable this identity provider.
+authenticate-by-default=Authenticate by Default
+identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=Indicates if this provider should be tried by default for authentication even before displaying login screen.
+store-tokens=Store Tokens
+identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=Enable/disable if tokens must be stored after authenticating users.
+stored-tokens-readable=Stored Tokens Readable
+identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=Enable/disable if new users can read any stored tokens. This assigns the broker.read-token role.
+disableUserInfo=Disable User Info
+identity-provider.disableUserInfo.tooltip=Disable usage of User Info service to obtain additional user information? Default is to use this OIDC service.
+userIp=Use userIp Param
+identity-provider.google-userIp.tooltip=Set 'userIp' query parameter when invoking on Google's User Info service. This will use the user's ip address. Useful if Google is throttling access to the User Info service.
+offlineAccess=Request refresh token
+identity-provider.google-offlineAccess.tooltip=Set 'access_type' query parameter to 'offline' when redirecting to google authorization endpoint, to get a refresh token back. Useful if planning to use Token Exchange to retrieve Google token to access Google APIs when the user is not at the browser.
+hostedDomain=Hosted Domain
+identity-provider.google-hostedDomain.tooltip=Set 'hd' query parameter when logging in with Google. Google will list accounts only for this domain. Keycloak validates that the returned identity token has a claim for this domain. When '*' is entered, any hosted account can be used.
+sandbox=Target Sandbox
+identity-provider.paypal-sandbox.tooltip=Target PayPal's sandbox environment
+update-profile-on-first-login=Update Profile on First Login
+on=On
+on-missing-info=On missing info
+off=Off
+update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=Define conditions under which a user has to update their profile during first-time login.
+trust-email=Trust Email
+trust-email.tooltip=If enabled, email provided by this provider is not verified even if verification is enabled for the realm.
+link-only=Account Linking Only
+link-only.tooltip=If true, users cannot log in through this provider. They can only link to this provider. This is useful if you don't want to allow login from the provider, but want to integrate with a provider
+hide-on-login-page=Hide on Login Page
+hide-on-login-page.tooltip=If hidden, login with this provider is possible only if requested explicitly, for example using the 'kc_idp_hint' parameter.
+gui-order.tooltip=Number defining order of the provider in GUI (for example, on Login page).
+first-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias of authentication flow, which is triggered after first login with this identity provider. Term 'First Login' means that no Keycloak account is currently linked to the authenticated identity provider account.
+post-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias of authentication flow, which is triggered after each login with this identity provider. Useful if you want additional verification of each user authenticated with this identity provider (for example OTP). Leave this empty if you need no any additional authenticators to be triggered after login with this identity provider. Also note that authenticator implementations must assume that user is already set in ClientSession as identity provider already set it.
+openid-connect-config=OpenID Connect Config
+openid-connect-config.tooltip=OIDC SP and external IDP configuration.
+authorization-url=Authorization URL
+authorization-url.tooltip=The Authorization Url.
+token-url=Token URL
+token-url.tooltip=The Token URL.
+loginHint=Pass login_hint
+loginHint.tooltip=Pass login_hint to identity provider.
+uiLocales=Pass current locale
+uiLocales.tooltip=Pass the current locale to the identity provider as a ui_locales parameter.
+logout-url=Logout URL
+identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip=End session endpoint to use to logout user from external IDP.
+backchannel-logout=Backchannel Logout
+backchannel-logout.tooltip=Does the external IDP support backchannel logout?
+user-info-url=User Info URL
+user-info-url.tooltip=The User Info Url. This is optional.
+client-auth=Client Authentication
+client-auth.tooltip=The client authentication method (cfr. https://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#ClientAuthentication). In case of JWT signed with private key, the realm private key is used.
+client-auth.client_secret_post=Client secret sent as post
+client-auth.client_secret_basic=Client secret sent as basic auth
+client-auth.client_secret_jwt=Client secret as jwt
+client-auth.private_key_jwt=JWT signed with private key
+identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=The client or client identifier registered within the identity provider.
+client-secret=Client Secret
+show-secret=Show secret
+hide-secret=Hide secret
+client-secret.tooltip=The client or client secret registered within the identity provider. This field is able to obtain its value from vault, use ${vault.ID} format.
+issuer=Issuer
+issuer.tooltip=The issuer identifier for the issuer of the response. If not provided, no validation will be performed.
+default-scopes=Default Scopes
+identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=The scopes to be sent when asking for authorization. It can be a space-separated list of scopes. Defaults to 'openid'.
+prompt=Prompt
+unspecified.option=unspecified
+none.option=none
+consent.option=consent
+login.option=login
+select-account.option=select_account
+prompt.tooltip=Specifies whether the Authorization Server prompts the End-User for reauthentication and consent.
+accepts-prompt-none-forward-from-client=Accepts prompt=none forward from client
+accepts-prompt-none-forward-from-client.tooltip=This is just used together with Identity Provider Authenticator or when kc_idp_hint points to this identity provider. In case that client sends a request with prompt=none and user is not yet authenticated, the error will not be directly returned to client, but the request with prompt=none will be forwarded to this identity provider.
+validate-signatures=Validate Signatures
+identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=Enable/disable signature validation of external IDP signatures.
+identity-provider.use-jwks-url.tooltip=If the switch is on, identity provider public keys will be downloaded from given JWKS URL. This allows great flexibility because new keys will be always re-downloaded again when identity provider generates new keypair. If the switch is off, public key (or certificate) from the Keycloak DB is used, so when the identity provider keypair changes, you always need to import the new key to the Keycloak DB as well.
+identity-provider.jwks-url.tooltip=URL where identity provider keys in JWK format are stored. See JWK specification for more details. If you use external Keycloak identity provider, you can use URL like 'http://broker-keycloak:8180/auth/realms/test/protocol/openid-connect/certs' assuming your brokered Keycloak is running on 'http://broker-keycloak:8180' and its realm is 'test' .
+validating-public-key=Validating Public Key
+identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=The public key in PEM format that must be used to verify external IDP signatures.
+validating-public-key-id=Validating Public Key Id
+identity-provider.validating-public-key-id.tooltip=Explicit ID of the validating public key given above if the key ID. Leave blank if the key above should be used always, regardless of key ID specified by external IDP; set it if the key should only be used for verifying if the key ID from external IDP matches.
+allowed-clock-skew=Allowed clock skew
+identity-provider.allowed-clock-skew.tooltip=Clock skew in seconds that is tolerated when validating identity provider tokens. Default value is zero.
+forwarded-query-parameters=Forwarded Query Parameters
+identity-provider.forwarded-query-parameters.tooltip=Non OpenID Connect/OAuth standard query parameters to be forwarded to external IDP from the initial application request to Authorization Endpoint. Multiple parameters can be entered, separated by comma (,).
+import-external-idp-config=Import External IDP Config
+import-external-idp-config.tooltip=Allows you to load external IDP metadata from a config file or to download it from a URL.
+import-from-url=Import from URL
+identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=Import metadata from a remote IDP discovery descriptor.
+import-from-file=Import from file
+identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=Import metadata from a downloaded IDP discovery descriptor.
+saml-config=SAML Config
+identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=SAML SP and external IDP configuration.
+single-signon-service-url=Single Sign-On Service URL
+saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=The Url that must be used to send authentication requests (SAML AuthnRequest).
+single-logout-service-url=Single Logout Service URL
+saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=The Url that must be used to send logout requests.
+nameid-policy-format=NameID Policy Format
+nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Specifies the URI reference corresponding to a name identifier format. Defaults to urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent.
+saml.principal-type=Principal Type
+saml.principal-type.tooltip=Way to identify and track external users from the assertion. Default is using Subject NameID, alternatively you can set up identifying attribute.
+saml.principal-attribute=Principal Attribute
+saml.principal-attribute.tooltip=Name or Friendly Name of the attribute used to identify external users.
+http-post-binding-response=HTTP-POST Binding Response
+http-post-binding-response.tooltip=Indicates whether to respond to requests using HTTP-POST binding. If false, HTTP-REDIRECT binding will be used.
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request=HTTP-POST Binding for AuthnRequest
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=Indicates whether the AuthnRequest must be sent using HTTP-POST binding. If false, HTTP-REDIRECT binding will be used.
+http-post-binding-logout=HTTP-POST Binding Logout
+http-post-binding-logout.tooltip=Indicates whether to respond to requests using HTTP-POST binding. If false, HTTP-REDIRECT binding will be used.
+want-authn-requests-signed=Want AuthnRequests Signed
+want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=Indicates whether the identity provider expects a signed AuthnRequest.
+want-assertions-signed=Want Assertions Signed
+want-assertions-signed.tooltip=Indicates whether this service provider expects a signed Assertion.
+want-assertions-encrypted=Want Assertions Encrypted
+want-assertions-encrypted.tooltip=Indicates whether this service provider expects an encrypted Assertion.
+force-authentication=Force Authentication
+identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=Indicates whether the identity provider must authenticate the presenter directly rather than rely on a previous security context.
+validate-signature=Validate Signature
+saml.validate-signature.tooltip=Enable/disable signature validation of SAML responses.
+validating-x509-certificate=Validating X509 Certificates
+validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=The certificate in PEM format that must be used to check for signatures. Multiple certificates can be entered, separated by comma (,).
+saml.import-from-url.tooltip=Import metadata from a remote IDP SAML entity descriptor.
+social.client-id.tooltip=The client identifier registered with the identity provider.
+social.client-secret.tooltip=The client secret registered with the identity provider. This field is able to obtain its value from vault, use ${vault.ID} format.
+social.default-scopes.tooltip=The scopes to be sent when asking for authorization. See the documentation for possible values, separator and default value'.
+key=Key
+stackoverflow.key.tooltip=The Key obtained from Stack Overflow client registration.
+openshift.base-url=Base Url
+openshift.base-url.tooltip=Base Url to OpenShift Online API
+openshift4.base-url=Base Url
+openshift4.base-url.tooltip=Base Url to OpenShift Online API
+gitlab-application-id=Application Id
+gitlab-application-secret=Application Secret
+gitlab.application-id.tooltip=Application Id for the application you created in your GitLab Applications account menu
+gitlab.application-secret.tooltip=Secret for the application that you created in your GitLab Applications account menu
+gitlab.default-scopes.tooltip=Scopes to ask for on login. Will always ask for openid. Additionally adds api if you do not specify anything.
+bitbucket-consumer-key=Consumer Key
+bitbucket-consumer-secret=Consumer Secret
+bitbucket.key.tooltip=Bitbucket OAuth Consumer Key
+bitbucket.secret.tooltip=Bitbucket OAuth Consumer Secret
+bitbucket.default-scopes.tooltip=Scopes to ask for on login. If you do not specify anything, scope defaults to 'email'.
+# User federation
+sync-ldap-roles-to-keycloak=Sync LDAP Roles To Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-roles-to-ldap=Sync Keycloak Roles To LDAP
+sync-ldap-groups-to-keycloak=Sync LDAP Groups To Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-groups-to-ldap=Sync Keycloak Groups To LDAP
+realms=Realms
+realm=Realm
+identity-provider-mappers=Identity Provider Mappers
+create-identity-provider-mapper=Create Identity Provider Mapper
+add-identity-provider-mapper=Add Identity Provider Mapper
+client.description.tooltip=Specifies description of the client. For example 'My Client for TimeSheets'. Supports keys for localized values as well. For example\: ${my_client_description}
+expires=Expires
+expiration=Expiration
+expiration.tooltip=Specifies how long the token should be valid
+count=Count
+count.tooltip=Specifies how many clients can be created using the token
+remainingCount=Remaining Count
+created=Created
+back=Back
+initial-access-tokens=Initial Access Tokens
+add-initial-access-tokens=Add Initial Access Token
+initial-access-token=Initial Access Token
+initial-access.copyPaste.tooltip=Copy/paste the initial access token before navigating away from this page as it is not possible to retrieve later
+continue=Continue
+initial-access-token.confirm.title=Copy Initial Access Token
+initial-access-token.confirm.text=Please copy and paste the initial access token before confirming as it cannot be retrieved later
+no-initial-access-available=No Initial Access Tokens available
+client-reg-policies=Client Registration Policies
+client-reg-policy.name.tooltip=Display Name of the policy
+anonymous-policies=Anonymous Access Policies
+anonymous-policies.tooltip=Those Policies are used when the Client Registration Service is invoked by unauthenticated request. This means that the request does not contain Initial Access Token nor Bearer Token.
+auth-policies=Authenticated Access Policies
+auth-policies.tooltip=Those Policies are used when Client Registration Service is invoked by authenticated request. This means that the request contains Initial Access Token or Bearer Token.
+policy-name=Policy Name
+no-client-reg-policies-configured=No Client Registration Policies
+trusted-hosts.label=Trusted Hosts
+trusted-hosts.tooltip=List of Hosts, which are trusted and are allowed to invoke Client Registration Service and/or be used as values of Client URIs. You can use hostnames or IP addresses. If you use star at the beginning (for example '*.example.com' ) then whole domain example.com will be trusted.
+host-sending-registration-request-must-match.label=Host Sending Client Registration Request Must Match
+host-sending-registration-request-must-match.tooltip=If on, any request to Client Registration Service is allowed just if it was sent from some trusted host or domain.
+client-uris-must-match.label=Client URIs Must Match
+client-uris-must-match.tooltip=If on, all Client URIs (Redirect URIs and others) are allowed just if they match some trusted host or domain.
+allowed-protocol-mappers.label=Allowed Protocol Mappers
+allowed-protocol-mappers.tooltip=Whitelist of allowed protocol mapper providers. If there is an attempt to register client, which contains some protocol mappers, which were not whitelisted, registration request will be rejected.
+consent-required-for-all-mappers.label=Consent Required For Mappers
+consent-required-for-all-mappers.tooltip=If on, all newly registered protocol mappers will automatically have consentRequired switch on. This means that user will need to approve consent screen. NOTE: Consent screen is shown just if client has consentRequired switch on. So it is usually good to use this switch together with consent-required policy.
+allowed-client-scopes.label=Allowed Client Scopes
+allowed-client-scopes.tooltip=Whitelist of the client scopes, which can be used on a newly registered client. Attempt to register client with some client scope, which is not whitelisted, will be rejected. By default, the whitelist is either empty or contains just realm default client scopes (based on 'Allow Default Scopes' configuration property)
+allow-default-scopes.label=Allow Default Scopes
+allow-default-scopes.tooltip=If on, newly registered clients will be allowed to have client scopes mentioned in realm default client scopes or realm optional client scopes
+max-clients.label=Max Clients Per Realm
+max-clients.tooltip=It will not be allowed to register a new client if count of existing clients in realm is same or bigger than the configured limit.
+
+client-scopes=Client Scopes
+client-scopes.tooltip=Client scopes allow you to define a common set of protocol mappers and roles, which are shared between multiple clients
+
+groups=Groups
+
+group.add-selected.tooltip=Realm roles that can be assigned to the group.
+group.assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm roles mapped to the group
+group.effective-roles.tooltip=All realm role mappings. Some roles here might be inherited from a mapped composite role.
+group.available-roles.tooltip=Assignable roles from this client.
+group.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client.
+group.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client. Some roles here might be inherited from a mapped composite role.
+
+default-roles=Default Roles
+no-realm-roles-available=No realm roles available
+
+users=Users
+user.add-selected.tooltip=Realm roles that can be assigned to the user.
+user.assigned-roles.tooltip=Realm roles mapped to the user
+user.effective-roles.tooltip=All realm role mappings. Some roles here might be inherited from a mapped composite role.
+user.available-roles.tooltip=Assignable roles from this client.
+user.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client.
+user.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Role mappings for this client. Some roles here might be inherited from a mapped composite role.
+default.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that can be assigned.
+realm-default-roles=Realm Default Roles
+realm-default-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles assigned to new users.
+default.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roles from this client that are assignable as a default.
+client-default-roles=Client Default Roles
+client-default-roles.tooltip=Roles from this client assigned as a default role.
+composite.available-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles that you can associate to this composite role.
+composite.associated-roles.tooltip=Realm level roles associated with this composite role.
+composite.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roles from this client that you can associate to this composite role.
+composite.associated-roles-client.tooltip=Client roles associated with this composite role.
+partial-import=Partial Import
+partial-import.tooltip=Partial import allows you to import users, clients, and other resources from a previously exported json file.
+
+file=File
+exported-json-file=Exported json file
+import-from-realm=Import from realm
+import-users=Import users
+import-groups=Import groups
+import-clients=Import clients
+import-identity-providers=Import identity providers
+import-realm-roles=Import realm roles
+import-client-roles=Import client roles
+if-resource-exists=If a resource exists
+fail=Fail
+skip=Skip
+overwrite=Overwrite
+if-resource-exists.tooltip=Specify what should be done if you try to import a resource that already exists.
+
+partial-export=Partial Export
+partial-export.tooltip=Partial export allows you to export realm configuration, and other associated resources into a json file.
+export-groups-and-roles=Export groups and roles
+export-clients=Export clients
+
+action=Action
+role-selector=Role Selector
+realm-roles.tooltip=Realm roles that can be selected.
+
+select-a-role=Select a role
+select-realm-role=Select realm role
+client-roles.tooltip=Client roles that can be selected.
+select-client-role=Select client role
+
+client-saml-endpoint=Client SAML Endpoint
+add-client-scope=Add client scope
+
+default-client-scopes=Default Client Scopes
+default-client-scopes.tooltip=Client Scopes, which will be added automatically to each created client
+default-client-scopes.default=Default Client Scopes
+default-client-scopes.default.tooltip=Allow to define client scopes, which will be added as default scopes to each created client
+default-client-scopes.default.available=Available Client Scopes
+default-client-scopes.default.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as realm default scopes or realm optional scopes
+default-client-scopes.default.assigned=Assigned Default Client Scopes
+default-client-scopes.default.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which will be added as default scopes to each created client
+default-client-scopes.optional=Optional Client Scopes
+default-client-scopes.optional.tooltip=Allow to define client scopes, which will be added as optional scopes to each created client
+default-client-scopes.optional.available=Available Client Scopes
+default-client-scopes.optional.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as realm default scopes or realm optional scopes
+default-client-scopes.optional.assigned=Assigned Optional Client Scopes
+default-client-scopes.optional.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which will be added as optional scopes to each created client
+
+client-scopes.setup=Setup
+client-scopes.setup.tooltip=Allow to setup client scopes linked to this client
+client-scopes.default=Default Client Scopes
+client-scopes.default.tooltip=Default client scopes are always applied when issuing tokens for this client. Protocol mappers and role scope mappings are always applied regardless of value of used scope parameter in OIDC Authorization request
+client-scopes.default.available=Available Client Scopes
+client-scopes.default.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as default scopes or optional scopes
+client-scopes.default.assigned=Assigned Default Client Scopes
+client-scopes.default.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which will be used as default scopes when generating tokens for this client
+client-scopes.optional=Optional Client Scopes
+client-scopes.optional.tooltip=Optional client scopes are applied when issuing tokens for this client, however just in case when they are requested by scope parameter in OIDC Authorization request
+client-scopes.optional.available=Available Client Scopes
+client-scopes.optional.available.tooltip=Client scopes, which are not yet assigned as default scopes or optional scopes
+client-scopes.optional.assigned=Assigned Optional Client Scopes
+client-scopes.optional.assigned.tooltip=Client scopes, which may be used as optional scopes when generating tokens for this client
+
+client-scopes.evaluate=Evaluate
+client-scopes.evaluate.tooltip=Allow to see all protocol mappers and role scope mapping that will be used in the tokens issued to this client. Also allow to generate example access token based on provided scope parameter
+scope-parameter=Scope Parameter
+scope-parameter.tooltip=You can copy/paste this value of scope parameter and use it in initial OpenID Connect Authentication Request sent from this client adapter. Default client scopes and selected optional client scopes will be used when generating token issued for this client
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes=Client Scopes
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.tooltip=Allow to select optional client scopes, which may be used when generating token issued for this client
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.available=Available Optional Client Scopes
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.available.tooltip=This contains Optional Client Scopes, which can be optionally used when issuing access token for this client
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.assigned=Selected Optional Client Scopes
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.assigned.tooltip=Selected Optional Client Scopes, which will be used when issuing access token for this client. You can see above what value of OAuth Scope Parameter needs to be used when you want to have these optional client scopes applied when the initial OpenID Connect Authentication request will be sent from your client adapter
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.effective=Effective Client Scopes
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.effective.tooltip=Contains all default client scopes and selected optional scopes. All protocol mappers and role scope mappings of all those client scopes will be used when generating access token issued for your client
+client-scopes.evaluate.user.tooltip=Optionally select user, for whom the example access token will be generated. If you do not select a user, example access token will not be generated during evaluation
+send-evaluation-request=Evaluate
+send-evaluation-request.tooltip=Click this to see all protocol mappers and role scope mappings that will be used when issuing an access token for this client. It will also optionally generate example access token in case that some user was selected
+
+evaluated-protocol-mappers=Effective Protocol Mappers
+evaluated-protocol-mappers.tooltip=Shows all effective protocol mappers that will be used when issuing token for this client. Also contains protocol mappers of selected optional client scopes. For each protocol mapper, you can see from which client scope it is inherited from
+evaluated-roles=Effective Role Scope Mappings
+evaluated-roles.tooltip=Shows all effective roles scope mappings that will be used when issuing token for this client. Also contains role scope mappings of selected optional client scopes
+parent-client-scope=Parent Client Scope
+client-scopes.evaluate.not-granted-roles=Not Granted Roles
+client-scopes.evaluate.not-granted-roles.tooltip=Client does not have scope mappings for these roles. Those roles will not be in the access token issued to this client even if the authenticated user is a member of them
+client-scopes.evaluate.granted-realm-effective-roles=Granted Effective Realm Roles
+client-scopes.evaluate.granted-realm-effective-roles.tooltip=Client has scope mappings for these roles. Those roles will be in the access token issued to this client if the authenticated user is a member of them
+client-scopes.evaluate.granted-client-effective-roles=Granted Effective Client Roles
+generated-access-token=Generated Access Token
+generated-access-token.tooltip=See the example token, which will be generated and sent to the client when selected user is authenticated. You can see claims and roles that the token will contain based on the effective protocol mappers and role scope mappings and also based on the claims/roles assigned to user himself
+
+manage=Manage
+authentication=Authentication
+user-federation=User Federation
+user-storage=User Storage
+events=Events
+realm-settings=Realm Settings
+configure=Configure
+select-realm=Select realm
+add=Add
+
+client-storage=Client Storage
+no-client-storage-providers-configured=No client storage providers configured
+client-stores.tooltip=Keycloak can retrieve clients and their details from external stores.
+
+client-scope.name.tooltip=Name of the client scope. Must be unique in the realm. Name should not contain space characters as it is used as value of scope parameter
+client-scope.description.tooltip=Description of the client scope
+client-scope.protocol.tooltip=Which SSO protocol configuration is being supplied by this client scope
+client-scope.display-on-consent-screen=Display On Consent Screen
+client-scope.display-on-consent-screen.tooltip=If on, and this client scope is added to some client with consent required, the text specified by 'Consent Screen Text' will be displayed on consent screen. If off, this client scope will not be displayed on the consent screen
+client-scope.consent-screen-text=Consent Screen Text
+client-scope.consent-screen-text.tooltip=Text that will be shown on the consent screen when this client scope is added to some client with consent required. Defaults to name of client scope if it is not filled
+client-scope.gui-order=GUI order
+client-scope.gui-order.tooltip=Specify order of the provider in GUI (such as in Consent page) as integer
+client-scope.include-in-token-scope=Include In Token Scope
+client-scope.include-in-token-scope.tooltip=If on, the name of this client scope will be added to the access token property 'scope' as well as to the Token Introspection Endpoint response. If off, this client scope will be omitted from the token and from the Token Introspection Endpoint response.
+
+add-user-federation-provider=Add user federation provider
+add-user-storage-provider=Add user storage provider
+required-settings=Required Settings
+provider-id=Provider ID
+console-display-name=Console Display Name
+console-display-name.tooltip=Display name of provider when linked in admin console.
+priority=Priority
+priority.tooltip=Priority of provider when doing a user lookup. Lowest first.
+user-storage.enabled.tooltip=If provider is disabled, it will not be considered for queries and imported users will be disabled and read-only until the provider is enabled again.
+sync-settings=Sync Settings
+periodic-full-sync=Periodic Full Sync
+periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Does periodic full synchronization of provider users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+full-sync-period=Full Sync Period
+full-sync-period.tooltip=Period for full synchronization in seconds
+periodic-changed-users-sync=Periodic Changed Users Sync
+periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Does periodic synchronization of changed or newly created provider users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+changed-users-sync-period=Changed Users Sync Period
+changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Period for synchronization of changed or newly created provider users in seconds
+synchronize-changed-users=Synchronize changed users
+synchronize-all-users=Synchronize all users
+remove-imported-users=Remove imported
+unlink-users=Unlink users
+kerberos-realm=Kerberos Realm
+kerberos-realm.tooltip=Name of kerberos realm. For example FOO.ORG
+server-principal=Server Principal
+server-principal.tooltip=Full name of server principal for HTTP service including server and domain name. For example HTTP/host.foo.org@FOO.ORG
+keytab=KeyTab
+keytab.tooltip=Location of Kerberos KeyTab file containing the credentials of server principal. For example /etc/krb5.keytab
+debug=Debug
+debug.tooltip=Enable/disable debug logging to standard output for Krb5LoginModule.
+allow-password-authentication=Allow Password Authentication
+allow-password-authentication.tooltip=Enable/disable possibility of username/password authentication against Kerberos database
+edit-mode=Edit Mode
+edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY means that password updates are not allowed and user always authenticates with Kerberos password. UNSYNCED means that the user can change the password in the Keycloak database and this one will be used instead of the Kerberos password
+ldap.edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY is a read-only LDAP store. WRITABLE means data will be synced back to LDAP on demand. UNSYNCED means user data will be imported, but not synced back to LDAP.
+update-profile-first-login=Update Profile First Login
+update-profile-first-login.tooltip=Update profile on first login
+sync-registrations=Sync Registrations
+ldap.sync-registrations.tooltip=Should newly created users be created within LDAP store? Priority effects which provider is chosen to sync the new user.
+import-enabled=Import Users
+ldap.import-enabled.tooltip=If true, LDAP users will be imported into Keycloak DB and synced by the configured sync policies.
+vendor=Vendor
+ldap.vendor.tooltip=LDAP vendor (provider)
+username-ldap-attribute=Username LDAP attribute
+ldap-attribute-name-for-username=LDAP attribute name for username
+username-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Name of LDAP attribute, which is mapped as Keycloak username. For many LDAP server vendors it can be 'uid'. For Active directory it can be 'sAMAccountName' or 'cn'. The attribute should be filled for all LDAP user records you want to import from LDAP to Keycloak.
+rdn-ldap-attribute=RDN LDAP attribute
+ldap-attribute-name-for-user-rdn=LDAP attribute name for user RDN
+rdn-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Name of LDAP attribute, which is used as RDN (top attribute) of typical user DN. Usually it's the same as Username LDAP attribute, however it is not required. For example for Active directory, it is common to use 'cn' as RDN attribute when username attribute might be 'sAMAccountName'.
+uuid-ldap-attribute=UUID LDAP attribute
+ldap-attribute-name-for-uuid=LDAP attribute name for UUID
+uuid-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Name of LDAP attribute, which is used as unique object identifier (UUID) for objects in LDAP. For many LDAP server vendors, it is 'entryUUID'; however some are different. For example for Active directory it should be 'objectGUID'. If your LDAP server does not support the notion of UUID, you can use any other attribute that is supposed to be unique among LDAP users in tree. For example 'uid' or 'entryDN'.
+user-object-classes=User Object Classes
+ldap-user-object-classes.placeholder=LDAP User Object Classes (div. by comma)
+ldap-connection-url=LDAP connection URL
+ldap-users-dn=LDAP Users DN
+ldap-bind-dn=LDAP Bind DN
+ldap-bind-credentials=LDAP Bind Credentials
+ldap-filter=LDAP Filter
+ldap.user-object-classes.tooltip=All values of LDAP objectClass attribute for users in LDAP divided by comma. For example: 'inetOrgPerson, organizationalPerson' . Newly created Keycloak users will be written to LDAP with all those object classes and existing LDAP user records are found just if they contain all those object classes.
+connection-url=Connection URL
+ldap.connection-url.tooltip=Connection URL to your LDAP server
+test-connection=Test connection
+users-dn=Users DN
+ldap.users-dn.tooltip=Full DN of LDAP tree where your users are. This DN is the parent of LDAP users. It could be for example 'ou=users,dc=example,dc=com' assuming that your typical user will have DN like 'uid=john,ou=users,dc=example,dc=com'
+authentication-type=Bind Type
+ldap.authentication-type.tooltip=Type of the Authentication method used during LDAP Bind operation. It is used in most of the requests sent to the LDAP server. Currently only 'none' (anonymous LDAP authentication) or 'simple' (Bind credential + Bind password authentication) mechanisms are available
+bind-dn=Bind DN
+ldap.bind-dn.tooltip=DN of LDAP admin, which will be used by Keycloak to access LDAP server
+bind-credential=Bind Credential
+ldap.bind-credential.tooltip=Password of LDAP admin. This field is able to obtain its value from vault, use ${vault.ID} format.
+test-authentication=Test authentication
+custom-user-ldap-filter=Custom User LDAP Filter
+ldap.custom-user-ldap-filter.tooltip=Additional LDAP Filter for filtering searched users. Leave this empty if you don't need additional filter. Make sure that it starts with '(' and ends with ')'
+search-scope=Search Scope
+ldap.search-scope.tooltip=For one level, the search applies only for users in the DNs specified by User DNs. For subtree, the search applies to the whole subtree. See LDAP documentation for more details
+use-truststore-spi=Use Truststore SPI
+ldap.use-truststore-spi.tooltip=Specifies whether LDAP connection will use the truststore SPI with the truststore configured in standalone.xml/domain.xml. 'Always' means that it will always use it. 'Never' means that it will not use it. 'Only for ldaps' means that it will use if your connection URL use ldaps. Note even if standalone.xml/domain.xml is not configured, the default Java cacerts or certificate specified by 'javax.net.ssl.trustStore' property will be used.
+validate-password-policy=Validate Password Policy
+connection-pooling=Connection Pooling
+connection-pooling-settings=Connection Pooling Settings
+connection-pooling-authentication=Connection Pooling Authentication
+connection-pooling-authentication-default=none simple
+connection-pooling-debug=Connection Pool Debug Level
+connection-pooling-debug-default=off
+connection-pooling-initsize=Connection Pool Initial Size
+connection-pooling-initsize-default=1
+connection-pooling-maxsize=Connection Pool Maximum Size
+connection-pooling-maxsize-default=1000
+connection-pooling-prefsize=Connection Pool Preferred Size
+connection-pooling-prefsize-default=5
+connection-pooling-protocol=Connection Pool Protocol
+connection-pooling-protocol-default=plain
+connection-pooling-timeout=Connection Pool Timeout
+connection-pooling-timeout-default=300000
+ldap-connection-timeout=Connection Timeout
+ldap.connection-timeout.tooltip=LDAP Connection Timeout in milliseconds
+ldap-read-timeout=Read Timeout
+ldap.read-timeout.tooltip=LDAP Read Timeout in milliseconds. This timeout applies for LDAP read operations
+ldap.validate-password-policy.tooltip=Determines if Keycloak should validate the password with the realm password policy before updating it
+ldap.connection-pooling.tooltip=Determines if Keycloak should use connection pooling for accessing LDAP server
+ldap.connection-pooling.authentication.tooltip=A list of space-separated authentication types of connections that may be pooled. Valid types are "none", "simple", and "DIGEST-MD5".
+ldap.connection-pooling.debug.tooltip=A string that indicates the level of debug output to produce. Valid values are "fine" (trace connection creation and removal) and "all" (all debugging information).
+ldap.connection-pooling.initsize.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the number of connections per connection identity to create when initially creating a connection for the identity.
+ldap.connection-pooling.maxsize.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the maximum number of connections per connection identity that can be maintained concurrently.
+ldap.connection-pooling.prefsize.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the preferred number of connections per connection identity that should be maintained concurrently.
+ldap.connection-pooling.protocol.tooltip=A list of space-separated protocol types of connections that may be pooled. Valid types are "plain" and "ssl".
+ldap.connection-pooling.timeout.tooltip=The string representation of an integer that represents the number of milliseconds that an idle connection may remain in the pool without being closed and removed from the pool.
+ldap.pagination.tooltip=Does the LDAP server support pagination.
+ldap.startTls.tooltip=Encrypts the connection to LDAP using STARTTLS, which will disable connection pooling.
+kerberos-integration=Kerberos Integration
+allow-kerberos-authentication=Allow Kerberos authentication
+ldap.allow-kerberos-authentication.tooltip=Enable/disable HTTP authentication of users with SPNEGO/Kerberos tokens. The data about authenticated users will be provisioned from this LDAP server
+use-kerberos-for-password-authentication=Use Kerberos For Password Authentication
+ldap.use-kerberos-for-password-authentication.tooltip=Use Kerberos login module for authenticate username/password against Kerberos server instead of authenticating against LDAP server with Directory Service API
+batch-size=Batch Size
+ldap.batch-size.tooltip=Count of LDAP users to be imported from LDAP to Keycloak within a single transaction.
+ldap.periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Does periodic full synchronization of LDAP users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+ldap.periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Does periodic synchronization of changed or newly created LDAP users to Keycloak should be enabled or not
+ldap.changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Period for synchronization of changed or newly created LDAP users in seconds
+user-federation-mappers=User Federation Mappers
+create-user-federation-mapper=Create user federation mapper
+add-user-federation-mapper=Add user federation mapper
+provider-name=Provider Name
+no-user-federation-providers-configured=No user federation providers configured
+no-user-storage-providers-configured=No user storage providers configured
+add-identity-provider=Add identity provider
+add-identity-provider-link=Add identity provider link
+identity-provider=Identity Provider
+identity-provider-user-id=Identity Provider User ID
+identity-provider-user-id.tooltip=Unique ID of the user on the Identity Provider side
+identity-provider-username=Identity Provider Username
+identity-provider-username.tooltip=Username on the Identity Provider side
+pagination=Pagination
+browser-flow=Browser Flow
+browser-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for browser authentication.
+registration-flow=Registration Flow
+registration-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for registration.
+direct-grant-flow=Direct Grant Flow
+direct-grant-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for direct grant authentication.
+reset-credentials=Reset Credentials
+reset-credentials.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use when the user has forgotten their credentials.
+client-authentication=Client Authentication
+client-authentication.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for authentication of clients.
+docker-auth=Docker Authentication
+docker-auth.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for authentication against a docker client.
+new=New
+copy=Copy
+add-execution=Add execution
+add-flow=Add flow
+auth-type=Auth Type
+requirement=Requirement
+config=Config
+no-executions-available=No executions available
+authentication-flows=Authentication Flows
+create-authenticator-config=Create authenticator config
+authenticator.alias.tooltip=Name of the configuration
+otp-type=OTP Type
+time-based=Time Based
+counter-based=Counter Based
+otp-type.tooltip=totp is Time-Based One Time Password. 'hotp' is a counter base one time password in which the server keeps a counter to hash against.
+otp-hash-algorithm=OTP Hash Algorithm
+otp-hash-algorithm.tooltip=What hashing algorithm should be used to generate the OTP.
+number-of-digits=Number of Digits
+otp.number-of-digits.tooltip=How many digits should the OTP have?
+look-ahead-window=Look Ahead Window
+otp.look-ahead-window.tooltip=How far ahead should the server look just in case the token generator and server are out of time sync or counter sync?
+initial-counter=Initial Counter
+otp.initial-counter.tooltip=What should the initial counter value be?
+otp-token-period=OTP Token Period
+otp-token-period.tooltip=How many seconds should an OTP token be valid? Defaults to 30 seconds.
+otp-supported-applications=Supported Applications
+otp-supported-applications.tooltip=Applications that are known to work with the current OTP policy
+table-of-password-policies=Table of Password Policies
+add-policy.placeholder=Add policy...
+policy-type=Policy Type
+policy-value=Policy Value
+webauthn-policy=WebAuthn Policy
+webauthn-policy.tooltip=Policy for WebAuthn authentication. This one will be used by 'WebAuthn Register' required action and 'WebAuthn Authenticator' authenticator. Typical usage is, when WebAuthn will be used for the two-factor authentication.
+webauthn-policy-passwordless=WebAuthn Passwordless Policy
+webauthn-policy-passwordless.tooltip=Policy for passwordless WebAuthn authentication. This one will be used by 'Webauthn Register Passwordless' required action and 'WebAuthn Passwordless Authenticator' authenticator. Typical usage is, when WebAuthn will be used as first-factor authentication. Having both 'WebAuthn Policy' and 'WebAuthn Passwordless Policy' allows to use WebAuthn as both first factor and second factor authenticator in the same realm.
+webauthn-rp-entity-name=Relying Party Entity Name
+webauthn-rp-entity-name.tooltip=Human-readable server name as WebAuthn Relying Party
+webauthn-signature-algorithms=Signature Algorithms
+webauthn-signature-algorithms.tooltip=What signature algorithms should be used for Authentication Assertion.
+webauthn-rp-id=Relying Party ID
+webauthn-rp-id.tooltip=This is ID as WebAuthn Relying Party. It must be origin's effective domain.
+webauthn-attestation-conveyance-preference=Attestation Conveyance Preference
+webauthn-attestation-conveyance-preference.tooltip=Communicates to an authenticator the preference of how to generate an attestation statement.
+webauthn-authenticator-attachment=Authenticator Attachment
+webauthn-authenticator-attachment.tooltip=Communicates to an authenticator an acceptable attachment pattern.
+webauthn-require-resident-key=Require Resident Key
+webauthn-require-resident-key.tooltip=It tells an authenticator create a public key credential as Resident Key or not.
+webauthn-user-verification-requirement=User Verification Requirement
+webauthn-user-verification-requirement.tooltip=Communicates to an authenticator to confirm actually verifying a user.
+webauthn-create-timeout=Timeout
+webauthn-create-timeout.tooltip=Timeout value for creating user's public key credential in seconds. if set to 0, this timeout option is not adapted.
+webauthn-avoid-same-authenticator-register=Avoid Same Authenticator Registration
+webauthn-avoid-same-authenticator-register.tooltip=avoid registering the authenticator that has already been registered.
+webauthn-acceptable-aaguids=Acceptable AAGUIDs
+webauthn-acceptable-aaguids.tooltip=The list of AAGUID of which an authenticator can be registered.
+manage-webauthn-authenticator=Manage WebAuthn Authenticator
+public-key-credential-id=Public Key Credential ID
+public-key-credential-aaguid=Public Key Credential AAGUID
+public-key-credential-label=Public Key Credential Label
+admin-events=Admin Events
+admin-events.tooltip=Displays saved admin events for the realm. Events are related to admin account, for example a realm creation. To enable persisted events go to config.
+login-events=Login Events
+filter=Filter
+update=Update
+reset=Reset
+operation-types=Operation Types
+resource-types=Resource Types
+select-operations.placeholder=Select operations...
+select-resource-types.placeholder=Select resource types...
+resource-path=Resource Path
+resource-path.tooltip=Filter by resource path. Supports wildcard '*' (for example 'users/*').
+date-(from)=Date (From)
+date-(to)=Date (To)
+authentication-details=Authentication Details
+ip-address=IP Address
+time=Time
+operation-type=Operation Type
+resource-type=Resource Type
+auth=Auth
+representation=Representation
+register=Register
+required-action=Required Action
+default-action=Default Action
+auth.default-action.tooltip=If enabled, any new user will have this required action assigned to it.
+no-required-actions-configured=No required actions configured
+defaults-to-id=Defaults to id
+flows=Flows
+bindings=Bindings
+client-flow-bindings=Authentication Flow Overrides
+client-flow-bindings.tooltip=Override realm authentication flow bindings.
+required-actions=Required Actions
+password-policy=Password Policy
+otp-policy=OTP Policy
+user-groups=User Groups
+default-groups=Default Groups
+groups.default-groups.tooltip=Set of groups that new users will automatically join.
+cut=Cut
+paste=Paste
+create-group=Create group
+create-authenticator-execution=Create Authenticator Execution
+create-form-action-execution=Create Form Action Execution
+create-top-level-form=Create Top Level Form
+flow.alias.tooltip=Specifies display name for the flow.
+top-level-flow-type=Top Level Flow Type
+flow.generic=generic
+flow.client=client
+top-level-flow-type.tooltip=What kind of top level flow is it? Type 'client' is used for authentication of clients (applications) when generic is for users and everything else
+create-execution-flow=Create Execution Flow
+flow-type=Flow Type
+flow.form.type=form
+flow.generic.type=generic
+flow-type.tooltip=What kind of form is it
+form-provider=Form Provider
+default-groups.tooltip=Newly created or registered users will automatically be added to these groups
+select-a-type.placeholder=select a type
+available-groups=Available Groups
+available-groups.tooltip=Select a group you want to add as a default.
+value=Value
+table-of-group-members=Table of group members
+table-of-role-members=Table of role members
+last-name=Last Name
+first-name=First Name
+email=Email
+toggle-navigation=Toggle navigation
+manage-account=Manage account
+sign-out=Sign Out
+server-info=Server Info
+resource-not-found=Resource <strong>not found</strong>...
+resource-not-found.instruction=We could not find the resource you are looking for. Please make sure the URL you entered is correct.
+go-to-the-home-page=Go to the home page &raquo;
+page-not-found=Page <strong>not found</strong>...
+page-not-found.instruction=We could not find the page you are looking for. Please make sure the URL you entered is correct.
+events.tooltip=Displays saved events for the realm. Events are related to user accounts, for example a user login. To enable persisted events go to config.
+select-event-types.placeholder=Select event types...
+events-config.tooltip=Displays configuration options to enable persistence of user and admin events.
+select-an-action.placeholder=Select an action...
+event-listeners.tooltip=Configure what listeners receive events for the realm.
+login.save-events.tooltip=If enabled, login events are saved to the database, which makes events available to the admin and account management consoles.
+clear-events.tooltip=Deletes all events in the database.
+events.expiration.tooltip=Sets the expiration for events. Expired events are periodically deleted from the database.
+admin-events-settings=Admin Events Settings
+save-events=Save Events
+admin.save-events.tooltip=If enabled, admin events are saved to the database, which makes events available to the admin console.
+saved-types.tooltip=Configure what event types are saved.
+include-representation=Include Representation
+include-representation.tooltip=Include JSON representation for create and update requests.
+clear-admin-events.tooltip=Deletes all admin events in the database.
+server-version=Server Version
+server-profile=Server Profile
+server-disabled=Disabled Features
+server-disabled.tooltip=Features that are not currently enabled. Some features are not enabled by default. This applies to all preview and experimental features.
+server-preview=Preview Features
+server-preview.tooltip=Preview features are not supported in production use and may be significantly changed or removed in the future.
+server-experimental=Experimental Features
+server-experimental.tooltip=Experimental features, which may not be fully functional. Never use experimental features in production.
+info=Info
+providers=Providers
+server-time=Server Time
+server-uptime=Server Uptime
+profile=Profile
+memory=Memory
+total-memory=Total Memory
+free-memory=Free Memory
+used-memory=Used Memory
+system=System
+current-working-directory=Current Working Directory
+java-version=Java Version
+java-vendor=Java Vendor
+java-runtime=Java Runtime
+java-vm=Java VM
+java-vm-version=Java VM Version
+java-home=Java Home
+user-name=User Name
+user-timezone=User Timezone
+user-locale=User Locale
+system-encoding=System Encoding
+operating-system=Operating System
+os-architecture=OS Architecture
+spi=SPI
+granted-client-scopes=Granted Client Scopes
+additional-grants=Additional Grants
+consent-created-date=Created
+consent-last-updated-date=Last updated
+revoke=Revoke
+new-password=New Password
+password-confirmation=Password Confirmation
+reset-password=Reset Password
+set-password=Set Password
+credentials.temporary.tooltip=If enabled, the user must change the password on next login
+remove-totp=Remove OTP
+credentials.remove-totp.tooltip=Remove one time password generator for user.
+reset-actions=Reset Actions
+credentials.reset-actions.tooltip=Set of actions to execute when sending the user a Reset Actions Email. 'Verify email' sends an email to the user to verify their email address. 'Update profile' requires user to enter in new personal information. 'Update password' requires user to enter in a new password. 'Configure OTP' requires setup of a mobile password generator.
+reset-actions-email=Reset Actions Email
+send-email=Send email
+credentials.reset-actions-email.tooltip=Sends an email to user with an embedded link. Clicking the link enables the user to execute the reset actions without first logging in. For example, set the action to update password, click this button, and the user can change the password without logging in.
+add-user=Add user
+created-at=Created At
+user-enabled=User Enabled
+user-enabled.tooltip=A disabled user cannot login.
+user-temporarily-locked=User Temporarily Locked
+user-temporarily-locked.tooltip=The user may be locked due to multiple failed attempts to log in.
+unlock-user=Unlock user
+federation-link=Federation Link
+email-verified=Email Verified
+email-verified.tooltip=Has the user's email been verified?
+required-user-actions=Required User Actions
+required-user-actions.tooltip=Require an action when the user logs in. 'Verify email' sends an email to the user to verify their email address. 'Update profile' requires user to enter in new personal information. 'Update password' requires user to enter in a new password. 'Configure OTP' requires setup of a mobile password generator.
+locale=Locale
+select-one.placeholder=Select one...
+impersonate=Impersonate
+impersonate-user=Impersonate user
+impersonate-user.tooltip=Login as this user. If user is in same realm as you, your current login session will be logged out before you are logged in as this user.
+identity-provider-alias=Identity Provider Alias
+provider-user-id=Provider User ID
+provider-username=Provider Username
+no-identity-provider-links-available=No identity provider links available
+group-membership=Group Membership
+leave=Leave
+group-membership.tooltip=Groups where the user has membership. To leave a group, select it and click Leave.
+membership.available-groups.tooltip=Groups a user can join. Select a group and click Join.
+table-of-realm-users=Table of Realm Users
+view-all-users=View all users
+view-all-groups=View all groups
+view-all-roles=View all roles
+unlock-users=Unlock users
+no-users-available=No users available
+users.instruction=Please enter a search, or click on view all users
+clients.instruction=Please enter a search
+consents=Consents
+started=Started
+logout-all-sessions=Log out all sessions
+logout=Logout
+new-name=New Name
+ok=Ok
+attributes=Attributes
+role-mappings=Role Mappings
+members=Members
+details=Details
+identity-provider-links=Identity Provider Links
+register-required-action=Register required action
+gender=Gender
+address=Address
+phone=Phone
+profile-url=Profile URL
+picture-url=Picture URL
+website=Website
+import-keys-and-cert=Import keys and cert
+import-keys-and-cert.tooltip=Upload the client's key pair and cert.
+upload-keys=Upload Keys
+download-keys-and-cert=Download keys and cert
+no-value-assigned.placeholder=No value assigned
+remove=Remove
+no-group-members=No group members
+no-role-members=No role members
+temporary=Temporary
+join=Join
+event-type=Event Type
+events-config=Events Config
+event-listeners=Event Listeners
+login-events-settings=Login Events Settings
+clear-events=Clear events
+saved-types=Saved Types
+clear-admin-events=Clear admin events
+clear-changes=Clear changes
+error=Error
+# Authz
+# Authz Common
+authz-authorization=Authorization
+authz-owner=Owner
+authz-uri=URI
+authz-uris=URIS
+authz-scopes=Scopes
+authz-resource=Resource
+authz-resource-type=Resource Type
+authz-resources=Resources
+authz-scope=Scope
+authz-authz-scopes=Authorization Scopes
+authz-policies=Policies
+authz-policy=Policy
+authz-permissions=Permissions
+authz-users=Users in Role
+authz-evaluate=Evaluate
+authz-icon-uri=Icon URI
+authz-icon-uri.tooltip=An URI pointing to an icon.
+authz-select-scope=Select a scope
+authz-select-resource=Select a resource
+authz-associated-policies=Associated Policies
+authz-any-resource=Any resource
+authz-any-scope=Any scope
+authz-any-role=Any role
+authz-policy-evaluation=Policy Evaluation
+authz-select-user=Select a user
+authz-select-client=Select a client
+authz-entitlements=Entitlements
+authz-no-resources=No resources
+authz-result=Result
+authz-authorization-services-enabled=Authorization Enabled
+authz-authorization-services-enabled.tooltip=Enable/Disable fine-grained authorization support for a client
+authz-required=Required
+authz-show-details=Show Details
+authz-hide-details=Hide Details
+authz-associated-permissions=Associated Permissions
+authz-no-permission-associated=No permissions associated
+# Authz Settings
+authz-import-config.tooltip=Import a JSON file containing authorization settings for this resource server.
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode=Policy Enforcement Mode
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode.tooltip=The policy enforcement mode dictates how policies are enforced when evaluating authorization requests. 'Enforcing' means requests are denied by default even when there is no policy associated with a given resource. 'Permissive' means requests are allowed even when there is no policy associated with a given resource. 'Disabled' completely disables the evaluation of policies and allows access to any resource.
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-enforcing=Enforcing
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-permissive=Permissive
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-disabled=Disabled
+authz-remote-resource-management=Remote Resource Management
+authz-remote-resource-management.tooltip=Should resources be managed remotely by the resource server? If false, resources can be managed only from this admin console.
+authz-export-settings=Export Settings
+authz-export-settings.tooltip=Export and download all authorization settings for this resource server.
+authz-server-decision-strategy.tooltip=The decision strategy dictates how permissions are evaluated and how a final decision is obtained. 'Affirmative' means that at least one permission must evaluate to a positive decision in order to grant access to a resource and its scopes. 'Unanimous' means that all permissions must evaluate to a positive decision in order for the final decision to be also positive.
+# Authz Resource List
+authz-no-resources-available=No resources available.
+authz-no-scopes-assigned=No scopes assigned.
+authz-no-type-defined=No type defined.
+authz-no-uri-defined=No URI defined.
+authz-no-permission-assigned=No permission assigned.
+authz-no-policy-assigned=No policy assigned.
+authz-create-permission=Create Permission
+# Authz Resource Detail
+authz-add-resource=Add Resource
+authz-resource-name.tooltip=A unique name for this resource. The name can be used to uniquely identify a resource, useful when querying for a specific resource.
+authz-resource-owner.tooltip=The owner of this resource.
+authz-resource-type.tooltip=The type of this resource. It can be used to group different resource instances with the same type.
+authz-resource-uri.tooltip=Set of URIs which are protected by resource.
+authz-resource-scopes.tooltip=The scopes associated with this resource.
+authz-resource-attributes=Resource Attributes
+authz-resource-attributes.tooltip=The attributes associated wth the resource.
+authz-resource-user-managed-access-enabled=User-Managed Access Enabled
+authz-resource-user-managed-access-enabled.tooltip=If enabled, the access to this resource can be managed by the resource owner.
+
+# Authz Scope List
+authz-add-scope=Add Scope
+authz-no-scopes-available=No scopes available.
+# Authz Scope Detail
+authz-scope-name.tooltip=A unique name for this scope. The name can be used to uniquely identify a scope, useful when querying for a specific scope.
+# Authz Policy List
+authz-all-types=All types
+authz-create-policy=Create Policy
+authz-no-policies-available=No policies available.
+# Authz Policy Detail
+authz-policy-name.tooltip=The name of this policy.
+authz-policy-description.tooltip=A description for this policy.
+authz-policy-logic=Logic
+authz-policy-logic-positive=Positive
+authz-policy-logic-negative=Negative
+authz-policy-logic.tooltip=The logic dictates how the policy decision should be made. If 'Positive', the resulting effect (permit or deny) obtained during the evaluation of this policy will be used to perform a decision. If 'Negative', the resulting effect will be negated, in other words, a permit becomes a deny and vice-versa.
+authz-policy-apply-policy=Apply Policy
+authz-policy-apply-policy.tooltip=Specifies all the policies that must be applied to the scopes defined by this policy or permission.
+authz-policy-decision-strategy=Decision Strategy
+authz-policy-decision-strategy.tooltip=The decision strategy dictates how the policies associated with a given permission are evaluated and how a final decision is obtained. 'Affirmative' means that at least one policy must evaluate to a positive decision in order for the final decision to be also positive. 'Unanimous' means that all policies must evaluate to a positive decision in order for the final decision to be also positive. 'Consensus' means that the number of positive decisions must be greater than the number of negative decisions. If the number of positive and negative is the same, the final decision will be negative.
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-affirmative=Affirmative
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-unanimous=Unanimous
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-consensus=Consensus
+authz-select-a-policy=Select existing policy
+authz-no-policies-assigned=No policies assigned.
+# Authz Role Policy Detail
+authz-add-role-policy=Add Role Policy
+authz-no-roles-assigned=No roles assigned.
+authz-policy-role-realm-roles.tooltip=Specifies the *realm* roles allowed by this policy.
+authz-policy-role-clients.tooltip=Selects a client in order to filter the client roles that can be applied to this policy.
+authz-policy-role-client-roles.tooltip=Specifies the client roles allowed by this policy.
+# Authz User Policy Detail
+authz-add-user-policy=Add User Policy
+authz-no-users-assigned=No users assigned.
+authz-policy-user-users.tooltip=Specifies which user(s) are allowed by this policy.
+# Authz Client Policy Detail
+authz-add-client-policy=Add Client Policy
+authz-no-clients-assigned=No clients assigned.
+authz-policy-client-clients.tooltip=Specifies which client(s) are allowed by this policy.
+# Authz Time Policy Detail
+authz-add-time-policy=Add Time Policy
+authz-policy-time-not-before.tooltip=Defines the time before which the policy MUST NOT be granted. Only granted if current date/time is after or equal to this value.
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after=Not On or After
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after.tooltip=Defines the time after which the policy MUST NOT be granted. Only granted if current date/time is before or equal to this value.
+authz-policy-time-day-month=Day of Month
+authz-policy-time-day-month.tooltip=Defines the day of month when the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current day of month is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+authz-policy-time-month=Month
+authz-policy-time-month.tooltip=Defines the month which the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current month is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+authz-policy-time-year=Year
+authz-policy-time-year.tooltip=Defines the year when the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current year is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+authz-policy-time-hour=Hour
+authz-policy-time-hour.tooltip=Defines the hour when the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current hour is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+authz-policy-time-minute=Minute
+authz-policy-time-minute.tooltip=Defines the minute when the policy MUST be granted. You can also provide a range by filling the second field. In this case, permission is granted only if current minute is between or equal to the two values you provided.
+# Authz JS Policy Detail
+authz-add-js-policy=Add JavaScript Policy
+authz-policy-js-code=Code
+authz-policy-js-code.tooltip=The JavaScript code providing the conditions for this policy.
+# Authz Aggregated Policy Detail
+authz-aggregated=Aggregated
+authz-add-aggregated-policy=Add Aggregated Policy
+# Authz Group Policy Detail
+authz-add-group-policy=Add Group Policy
+authz-no-groups-assigned=No groups assigned.
+authz-policy-group-claim=Groups Claim
+authz-policy-group-claim.tooltip=If defined, the policy will fetch user's groups from the given claim within an access token or ID token representing the identity asking permissions. If not defined, user's groups are obtained from your realm configuration.
+authz-policy-group-groups.tooltip=Specifies the groups allowed by this policy.
+
+# Authz Permission List
+authz-no-permissions-available=No permissions available.
+
+# Authz Permission Detail
+authz-permission-name.tooltip=The name of this permission.
+authz-permission-description.tooltip=A description for this permission.
+
+# Authz Resource Permission Detail
+authz-add-resource-permission=Add Resource Permission
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type=Apply to Resource Type
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type.tooltip=Specifies if this permission should be applied to all resources with a given type. In this case, this permission will be evaluated for all instances of a given resource type.
+authz-permission-resource-resource.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to a specific resource instance.
+authz-permission-resource-type.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to all resources instances of a given type.
+
+# Authz Scope Permission Detail
+authz-add-scope-permission=Add Scope Permission
+authz-permission-scope-resource.tooltip=Restrict the scopes to those associated with the selected resource. If not selected all scopes would be available.
+authz-permission-scope-scope.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to one or more scopes.
+
+# Authz Evaluation
+authz-evaluation-identity-information=Identity Information
+authz-evaluation-identity-information.tooltip=The available options to configure the identity information that will be used when evaluating policies.
+authz-evaluation-client.tooltip=Select the client making this authorization request. If not provided, authorization requests would be done based on the client you are in.
+authz-evaluation-user.tooltip=Select a user whose identity is going to be used to query permissions from the server.
+authz-evaluation-role.tooltip=Select the roles you want to associate with the selected user.
+authz-evaluation-new=New Evaluation
+authz-evaluation-re-evaluate=Re-Evaluate
+authz-evaluation-previous=Previous Evaluation
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info=Contextual Information
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info.tooltip=The available options to configure any contextual information that will be used when evaluating policies.
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes=Contextual Attributes
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes.tooltip=Any attribute provided by a running environment or execution context.
+authz-evaluation-permissions.tooltip=The available options to configure the permissions to which policies will be applied.
+authz-evaluation-evaluate=Evaluate
+authz-evaluation-any-resource-with-scopes=Any resource with scope(s)
+authz-evaluation-no-result=Could not obtain any result for the given authorization request. Check if the provided resource(s) or scope(s) are associated with any policy.
+authz-evaluation-no-policies-resource=No policies were found for this resource.
+authz-evaluation-result.tooltip=The overall result for this permission request.
+authz-evaluation-scopes.tooltip=The list of allowed scopes.
+authz-evaluation-policies.tooltip=Details about which policies were evaluated and their decisions.
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data=Response
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data.tooltip=Represents a token carrying authorization data as a result of the processing of an authorization request. This representation is basically what Keycloak issues to clients asking for permissions. Check the 'authorization' claim for the permissions that were granted based on the current authorization request.
+authz-show-authorization-data=Show Authorization Data
+
+keys=Keys
+status=Status
+keystore=Keystore
+keystores=Keystores
+add-keystore=Add Keystore
+add-keystore.placeholder=Add keystore...
+view=View
+active=Active
+passive=Passive
+disabled=Disabled
+algorithm=Algorithm
+providerHelpText=Provider description
+
+Sunday=Sunday
+Monday=Monday
+Tuesday=Tuesday
+Wednesday=Wednesday
+Thursday=Thursday
+Friday=Friday
+Saturday=Saturday
+
+user-storage-cache-policy=Cache Settings
+userStorage.cachePolicy=Cache Policy
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.DEFAULT=DEFAULT
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_WEEKLY=EVICT_WEEKLY
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_DAILY=EVICT_DAILY
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.MAX_LIFESPAN=MAX_LIFESPAN
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.NO_CACHE=NO_CACHE
+userStorage.cachePolicy.tooltip=Cache Policy for this storage provider. 'DEFAULT' is whatever the default settings are for the global cache. 'EVICT_DAILY' is a time of day every day that the cache will be invalidated. 'EVICT_WEEKLY' is a day of the week and time the cache will be invalidated. 'MAX-LIFESPAN' is the time in milliseconds that will be the lifespan of a cache entry.
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay=Eviction Day
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay.tooltip=Day of the week the entry will become invalid on
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour=Eviction Hour
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour.tooltip=Hour of day the entry will become invalid on.
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute=Eviction Minute
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute.tooltip=Minute of day the entry will become invalid on.
+userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan=Max Lifespan
+userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan.tooltip=Max lifespan of cache entry in milliseconds.
+user-origin-link=Storage Origin
+user-origin.tooltip=UserStorageProvider the user was loaded from
+user-link.tooltip=UserStorageProvider this locally stored user was imported from.
+client-origin-link=Storage Origin
+client-origin.tooltip=Provider the client was loaded from
+
+client-storage-cache-policy=Cache Settings
+clientStorage.cachePolicy=Cache Policy
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.DEFAULT=DEFAULT
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_WEEKLY=EVICT_WEEKLY
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_DAILY=EVICT_DAILY
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.MAX_LIFESPAN=MAX_LIFESPAN
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.NO_CACHE=NO_CACHE
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.tooltip=Cache Policy for this storage provider. 'DEFAULT' is whatever the default settings are for the global cache. 'EVICT_DAILY' is a time of day every day that the cache will be invalidated. 'EVICT_WEEKLY' is a day of the week and time the cache will be invalidated. 'MAX-LIFESPAN' is the time in milliseconds that will be the lifespan of a cache entry.
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay=Eviction Day
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay.tooltip=Day of the week the entry will become invalid on
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour=Eviction Hour
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour.tooltip=Hour of day the entry will become invalid on.
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute=Eviction Minute
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute.tooltip=Minute of day the entry will become invalid on.
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan=Max Lifespan
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan.tooltip=Max lifespan of cache entry in milliseconds.
+
+client-storage-list-no-entries=Keycloak can federate external client databases. By default, we support Openshift OAuth clients and service accounts. To get started, select a provider from the dropdown below:
+
+
+disable=Disable
+disableable-credential-types=Disableable Types
+credentials.disableable.tooltip=List of credential types that you can disable
+disable-credential-types=Disable Credential Types
+credentials.disable.tooltip=Click button to disable selected credential types
+credential-types=Credential Types
+manage-user-password=Manage Password
+supported-user-storage-credential-types=Supported User Storage Credential Types
+supported-user-storage-credential-types.tooltip=Credential types, which are provided by User Storage Provider and which are configured for this user. Validation and eventually update of the credentials of those types can be delegated to the User Storage Provider based on the configuration and implementation of the particular provider.
+provided-by=Provided By
+manage-credentials=Manage Credentials
+manage-credentials.tooltip=Credentials, which are not provided by the user storage. They are saved in the local database.
+disable-credentials=Disable Credentials
+credential-reset-actions=Credential Reset
+credential-reset-actions-timeout=Expires In
+credential-reset-actions-timeout.tooltip=Maximum time before the action permit expires.
+ldap-mappers=LDAP Mappers
+create-ldap-mapper=Create LDAP mapper
+map-role-mgmt-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can map this role to a user or group
+manage-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can manage all users in the realm
+view-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can view all users in realm
+permissions-enabled-role=Permissions Enabled
+permissions-enabled-role.tooltip=Determines if fine grained permissions are enabled for managing this role. Disabling will delete all current permissions that have been set up.
+manage-permissions-role.tooltip=Fine grained permissions for managing roles. For example, you can define different policies for who is allowed to map a role.
+lookup=Lookup
+manage-permissions-users.tooltip=Fine grained permissions for managing all users in realm. You can define different policies for who is allowed to manage users in the realm.
+permissions-enabled-users=Permissions Enabled
+permissions-enabled-users.tooltip=Determines if fined grain permissions are enabled for managing users. Disabling will delete all current permissions that have been set up.
+manage-permissions-client.tooltip=Fine grained permissions for administrators that want to manage this client or apply roles defined by this client.
+manage-permissions-group.tooltip=Fine grained permissions for administrators that want to manage this group or the members of this group.
+manage-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can manage this group
+view-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can view this group
+view-members-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can manage the members of this group
+token-exchange-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide which clients are allowed exchange tokens for a token that is targeted to this client.
+token-exchange-authz-idp-scope-description=Policies that decide which clients are allowed exchange tokens for an external token minted by this identity provider.
+manage-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can manage this client
+configure-authz-client-scope-description=Reduced management permissions for administrator. Cannot set scope, template, or protocol mappers.
+view-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can view this client
+map-roles-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can map roles defined by this client
+map-roles-client-scope-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can apply roles defined by this client to the client scope of another client
+map-roles-composite-authz-client-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can apply roles defined by this client as a composite to another role
+map-role-authz-role-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can map this role to a user or group
+map-role-client-scope-authz-role-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can apply this role to the client scope of a client
+map-role-composite-authz-role-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can apply this role as a composite to another role
+manage-group-membership-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can manage group membership for all users in the realm. This is used in conjunction with specific group policy
+impersonate-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if administrator can impersonate other users
+map-roles-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide if administrator can map roles for all users
+user-impersonated-authz-users-scope-description=Policies that decide which users can be impersonated. These policies are applied to the user being impersonated.
+manage-membership-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if administrator can add or remove users from this group
+manage-members-authz-group-scope-description=Policies that decide if an administrator can manage the members of this group
+
+# KEYCLOAK-6771 Certificate Bound Token
+# https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-mtls-08#section-3
+advanced-client-settings=Advanced Settings
+advanced-client-settings.tooltip=Expand this section to configure advanced settings of this client
+tls-client-certificate-bound-access-tokens=OAuth 2.0 Mutual TLS Certificate Bound Access Tokens Enabled
+tls-client-certificate-bound-access-tokens.tooltip=This enables support for OAuth 2.0 Mutual TLS Certificate Bound Access Tokens, which means that keycloak bind an access token and a refresh token with a X.509 certificate of a token requesting client exchanged in mutual TLS between keycloak's Token Endpoint and this client. These tokens can be treated as Holder-of-Key tokens instead of bearer tokens.
+subjectdn=Subject DN
+subjectdn-tooltip=A regular expression for validating Subject DN in the Client Certificate. Use "(.*?)(?:$)" to match all kind of expressions.
+
+pkce-code-challenge-method=Proof Key for Code Exchange Code Challenge Method
+pkce-code-challenge-method.tooltip=Choose which code challenge method for PKCE is used. If not specified, keycloak does not applies PKCE to a client unless the client sends an authorization request with appropriate code challenge and code exchange method.
+
+key-not-allowed-here=Key '{{character}}' is not allowed here.
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_es.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_es.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a9245f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_es.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+# Common messages
+enabled=Habilitado
+name=Nombre
+save=Guardar
+cancel=Cancelar
+onText=SI
+offText=NO
+client=Cliente
+clients=Clientes
+clear=Limpiar
+selectOne=Selecciona uno...
+
+true=S\u00ED
+false=No
+
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Los usuarios y clientes solo pueden acceder a un dominio si est\u00E1 habilitado
+registrationAllowed=Registro de usuario
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la p\u00E1gina de registro. Un enlace para el registro se mostrar\u00E1 tambi\u00E9n en la p\u00E1gina de inicio de sesi\u00F3n.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=Email como nombre de usuario
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=Si est\u00E1 habilitado el nombre de usuario queda oculto del formulario de registro y el email se usa como nombre de usuario para los nuevos usuarios.
+editUsernameAllowed=Editar nombre de usuario
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=Si est\u00E1 habilitado, el nombre de usuario es editable, en otro caso es de solo lectura.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Olvido contrase\u00F1a
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Muestra un enlace en la p\u00E1gina de inicio de sesi\u00F3n para que el usuario haga clic cuando ha olvidado sus credenciales.
+rememberMe=Seguir conectado
+rememberMe.tooltip=Muestra la casilla de selecci\u00F3n en la p\u00E1gina de inicio de sesi\u00F3n para permitir al usuario permanecer conectado entre reinicios del navegador hasta que la sesi\u00F3n expire.
+verifyEmail=Verificar email
+verifyEmail.tooltip=Forzar al usuario a verificar su direcci\u00F3n de email la primera vez que inicie sesi\u00F3n.
+sslRequired=Solicitar SSL
+sslRequired.option.all=todas las peticiones
+sslRequired.option.external=peticiones externas
+sslRequired.option.none=ninguna
+sslRequired.tooltip=\u00BFEs HTTP obligatorio? ''ninguna'' significa que HTTPS no es obligatorio para ninguna direcic\u00F3n IP de cliente, ''peticiones externas'' indica que localhost y las direcciones IP privadas pueden acceder sin HTTPS, ''todas las peticiones'' significa que HTTPS es obligatorio para todas las direcciones IP.
+publicKey=Clave p\u00FAblica
+gen-new-keys=Generar nuevas claves
+certificate=Certificado
+host=Host
+smtp-host=Host SMTP
+port=Puerto
+smtp-port=Puerto SMTP (por defecto 25)
+from=De
+sender-email-addr=Email del emisor
+enable-ssl=Habilitar SSL
+enable-start-tls=Habilitar StartTLS
+enable-auth=Habilitar autenticaci\u00F3n
+username=Usuario
+login-username=Usuario
+password=Contrase\u00F1a
+login-password=Contrase\u00F1a
+login-theme=Tema de inicio de sesi\u00F3n
+select-one=Selecciona uno...
+login-theme.tooltip=Selecciona el tema para las p\u00E1ginas de inicio de sesi\u00F3n, OTP, permisos, registro y recordatorio de contrase\u00F1a.
+account-theme=Tema de cuenta
+account-theme.tooltip=Selecciona el tema para las p\u00E1ginas de gesti\u00F3n de la cuenta de usuario.
+admin-console-theme=Tema de consola de administraci\u00F3n
+select-theme-admin-console=Selecciona el tema para la consola de administraci\u00F3n.
+email-theme=Tema de email
+select-theme-email=Selecciona el tema para los emails que son enviados por el servidor.
+i18n-enabled=Internacionalizaci\u00F3n activa
+supported-locales=Idiomas soportados
+supported-locales.placeholder=Indica el idioma y pulsa Intro
+default-locale=Idioma por defecto
+realm-cache-enabled=Cach\u00E9 de dominio habilitada
+realm-cache-enabled.tooltip=Activar/desactivar la cach\u00E9 para el dominio, cliente y datos de roles.
+user-cache-enabled=Cach\u00E9 de usuario habilitada
+user-cache-enabled.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la cach\u00E9 de usuarios y de asignaciones de usuarios a roles.
+revoke-refresh-token=Revocar el token de actualizaci\u00F3n
+revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=Si est\u00E1 activado los tokens de actualizaci\u00F3n solo pueden usarse una vez. En otro caso los tokens de actualizaci\u00F3n no se revocan cuando se utilizan y pueden ser usado m\u00FAltiples veces.
+sso-session-idle=Sesiones SSO inactivas
+seconds=Segundos
+minutes=Minutos
+hours=Horas
+days=D\u00EDas
+sso-session-max=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo sesi\u00F3n SSO
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo que una sesi\u00F3n puede estar inactiva antes de que expire. Los tokens y sesiones de navegador son invalidadas cuando la sesi\u00F3n expira.
+sso-session-max.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo antes de que una sesi\u00F3n expire. Los tokens y sesiones de navegador son invalidados cuando una sesi\u00F3n expira.
+offline-session-idle=Inactividad de sesi\u00F3n sin conexi\u00F3n
+offline-session-idle.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo inactivo de una sesi\u00F3n sin conexi\u00F3n antes de que expire. Necesitas usar un token sin conexi\u00F3n para refrescar al menos una vez dentro de este periodo, en otro caso la sesi\u00F3n sin conexi\u00F3n expirar\u00E1.
+access-token-lifespan=Duraci\u00F3n del token de acceso
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo antes de que un token de acceso expire. Se recomienda que este valor sea corto en relaci\u00F3n al tiempo m\u00E1ximo de SSO
+client-login-timeout=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo de autenticaci\u00F3n
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo que un cliente tiene para finalizar el protocolo de obtenci\u00F3n del token de acceso. Deber\u00EDa ser normalmente del orden de 1 minuto.
+login-timeout=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo de desconexi\u00F3n
+login-timeout.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo que un usuario tiene para completar el inicio de sesi\u00F3n. Se recomienda que sea relativamente alto. 30 minutos o m\u00E1s.
+login-action-timeout=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo de acci\u00F3n en el inicio de sesi\u00F3n
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo que un usuario tiene para completar acciones relacionadas con el inicio de sesi\u00F3n, como la actualizaci\u00F3n de contrase\u00F1a o configuraci\u00F3n de OTP. Es recomendado que sea relativamente alto. 5 minutos o m\u00E1s.
+headers=Cabeceras
+brute-force-detection=Detecci\u00F3n de ataques por fuerza bruta
+x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+click-label-for-info=Haz clic en el enlace de la etiqueta para obtener m\u00E1s informaci\u00F3n. El valor por defecto evita que las p\u00E1ginas sean incluidas desde iframes externos.
+content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+max-login-failures=N\u00FAmero m\u00E1ximo de fallos de inicio de sesi\u00F3n
+max-login-failures.tooltip=Indica cuantos fallos se permiten antes de que se dispare una espera.
+wait-increment=Incremento de espera
+wait-increment.tooltip=Cuando se ha alcanzado el umbral de fallo, \u00BFcuanto tiempo debe estar un usuario bloqueado?
+quick-login-check-millis=Tiempo en milisegundos entre inicios de sesi\u00F3n r\u00E1pidos
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=Si ocurren errores de forma concurrente y muy r\u00E1pida, bloquear al usuario.
+min-quick-login-wait=Tiempo m\u00EDnimo entre fallos de conexi\u00F3n r\u00E1pidos
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=Cuanto tiempo se debe esperar tras un fallo en un intento r\u00E1pido de identificaci\u00F3n
+max-wait=Espera m\u00E1xima
+max-wait.tooltip=Tiempo m\u00E1ximo que un usuario quedar\u00E1 bloqueado.
+failure-reset-time=Reinicio del contador de errores
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=\u00BFCuando se debe reiniciar el contador de errores?
+realm-tab-login=Inicio de sesi\u00F3n
+realm-tab-keys=Claves
+realm-tab-email=Email
+realm-tab-themes=Temas
+realm-tab-cache=Cach\u00E9
+realm-tab-tokens=Tokens
+realm-tab-security-defenses=Defensas de seguridad
+realm-tab-general=General
+add-realm=A\u00F1adir dominio
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Sesiones de dominio
+revocation=Revocaci\u00F3n
+logout-all=Desconectar todo
+active-sessions=Sesiones activas
+sessions=Sesiones
+not-before=No antes de
+not-before.tooltip=Revocar cualquier token emitido antes de esta fecha.
+set-to-now=Fijar a ahora
+push=Push
+push.tooltip=Para cada cliente que tiene una URL de administraci\u00F3n, notificarlos las nuevas pol\u00EDticas de revocaci\u00F3n.
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+usermodel.prop.label=Propiedad
+usermodel.prop.tooltip=Nombre del m\u00E9todo de propiedad en la interfaz UserModel. Por ejemplo, un valor de ''email'' referenciar\u00EDa al m\u00E9todo UserModel.getEmail().
+usermodel.attr.label=Atributo de usuario
+usermodel.attr.tooltip=Nombre del atributo de usuario almacenado que es el nombre del atributo dentro del map UserModel.attribute.
+userSession.modelNote.label=Nota sesi\u00F3n usuario
+userSession.modelNote.tooltip=Nombre de la nota almacenada en la sesi\u00F3n de usuario dentro del mapa UserSessionModel.note
+multivalued.label=Valores m\u00FAltiples
+multivalued.tooltip=Indica si el atributo soporta m\u00FAltiples valores. Si est\u00E1 habilitado, la lista de todos los valores de este atributo se fijar\u00E1 como reclamaci\u00F3n. Si est\u00E1 deshabilitado, solo el primer valor ser\u00E1 fijado como reclamaci\u00F3n.
+selectRole.label=Selecciona rol
+selectRole.tooltip=Introduce el rol en la caja de texto de la izquierda, o haz clic en este bot\u00F3n para navegar y buscar el rol que quieres.
+tokenClaimName.label=Nombre de reclamo del token
+tokenClaimName.tooltip=Nombre del reclamo a insertar en el token. Puede ser un nombre completo como ''address.street''. En este caso, se crear\u00E1 un objeto JSON anidado.
+jsonType.label=Tipo JSON de reclamaci\u00F3n
+jsonType.tooltip=El tipo de JSON que deber\u00EDa ser usado para rellenar la petici\u00F3n de JSON en el token. long, int, boolean y String son valores v\u00E1lidos
+includeInIdToken.label=A\u00F1adir al token de ID
+includeInAccessToken.label=A\u00F1adir al token de acceso
+includeInAccessToken.tooltip=\u00BFDeber\u00EDa a\u00F1adirse la identidad reclamada al token de acceso?
+
+
+# client details
+clients.tooltip=Los clientes son aplicaciones de navegador de confianza y servicios web de un dominio. Estos clientes pueden solicitar un inicio de sesi\u00F3n. Tambi\u00E9n puedes definir roles espec\u00EDficos de cliente.
+search.placeholder=Buscar...
+create=Crear
+import=Importar
+client-id=ID Cliente
+base-url=URL Base
+actions=Acciones
+not-defined=No definido
+edit=Editar
+delete=Borrar
+no-results=Sin resultados
+no-clients-available=No hay clientes disponibles
+add-client=A\u00F1adir Cliente
+select-file=Selecciona archivo
+view-details=Ver detalles
+clear-import=Limpiar importaci\u00F3n
+client-id.tooltip=Indica el identificador (ID) referenciado en URIs y tokens. Por ejemplo ''my-client''
+client.name.tooltip=Indica el nombre visible del cliente. Por ejemplo ''My Client''. Tambi\u00E9n soporta claves para valores localizados. Por ejemplo: ${my_client}
+client.enabled.tooltip=Los clientes deshabilitados no pueden iniciar una identificaci\u00F3n u obtener c\u00F3digos de acceso.
+consent-required=Consentimiento necesario
+consent-required.tooltip=Si est\u00E1 habilitado, los usuarios tienen que consentir el acceso del cliente.
+direct-grants-only=Solo permisos directos
+direct-grants-only.tooltip=Cuando est\u00E1 habilitado, el cliente solo puede obtener permisos de la API REST.
+client-protocol=Protocolo del Cliente
+client-protocol.tooltip=''OpenID connect'' permite a los clientes verificar la identidad del usuario final basado en la autenticaci\u00F3n realizada por un servidor de autorizaci\u00F3n. ''SAML'' habilita la autenticaci\u00F3n y autorizaci\u00F3n de escenarios basados en web incluyendo cross-domain y single sign-on (SSO) y utiliza tokens de seguridad que contienen afirmaciones para pasar informaci\u00F3n.
+access-type=Tipo de acceso
+access-type.tooltip=Los clientes ''Confidential'' necesitan un secreto para iniciar el protocolo de identificaci\u00F3n. Los clientes ''Public'' no requieren un secreto. Los clientes ''Bearer-only'' son servicios web que nunca inician un login.
+service-accounts-enabled=Cuentas de servicio habilitadas
+service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Permitir autenticar este cliente contra Keycloak y recibir un token de acceso dedicado para este cliente.
+include-authnstatement=Incluir AuthnStatement
+include-authnstatement.tooltip=\u00BFDeber\u00EDa incluirse una declaraci\u00F3n especificando el m\u00E9todo y la marca de tiempo en la respuesta de inicio de sesi\u00F3n?
+sign-documents=Firmar documentos
+sign-documents.tooltip=\u00BFDeber\u00EDa el dominio firmar los documentos SAML?
+sign-assertions=Firmar aserciones
+sign-assertions.tooltip=\u00BFDeber\u00EDan firmarse las aserciones en documentos SAML? Este ajuste no es necesario si el documento ya est\u00E1 siendo firmado.
+signature-algorithm=Algoritmo de firma
+signature-algorithm.tooltip=El algoritmo de firma usado para firmar los documentos.
+canonicalization-method=M\u00E9todo de canonicalizaci\u00F3n
+canonicalization-method.tooltip=M\u00E9todo de canonicalizaci\u00F3n para las firmas XML
+encrypt-assertions=Cifrar afirmaciones
+encrypt-assertions.tooltip=\u00BFDeber\u00EDan cifrarse las afirmaciones SAML con la clave p\u00FAblica del cliente usando AES?
+client-signature-required=Firma de Cliente requerida
+client-signature-required.tooltip=\u00BFFirmar\u00E1 el cliente sus peticiones y respuestas SAML? \u00BFY deber\u00EDan ser validadas?
+force-post-binding=Forzar enlaces POST
+force-post-binding.tooltip=Usar siempre POST para las respuestas
+front-channel-logout=Desonexi\u00F3n en primer plano (Front Channel)
+front-channel-logout.tooltip=Cuando est\u00E1 activado, la desconexi\u00F3n require una redirecci\u00F3n del navegador hacia el cliente. Cuando no est\u00E1 activado, el servidor realiza una invovaci\u00F3n de desconexi\u00F3n en segundo plano.
+force-name-id-format=Forzar formato NameID
+force-name-id-format.tooltip=Ignorar la petici\u00F3n de sujeto NameID y usar la configurada en la consola de administraci\u00F3n.
+name-id-format=Formato de NameID
+name-id-format.tooltip=El formato de NameID que se usar\u00E1 para el t\u00EDtulo
+root-url=URL ra\u00EDz
+root-url.tooltip=URL ra\u00EDz a\u00F1adida a las URLs relativas
+valid-redirect-uris=URIs de redirecci\u00F3n v\u00E1lidas
+valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=Patr\u00F3n de URI v\u00E1lida para la cual un navegador puede solicitar la redirecci\u00F3n tras un inicio o cierre de sesi\u00F3n completado. Se permiten comodines simples p.ej. ''http://example.com/*''. Tambi\u00E9n se pueden indicar rutas relativas p.ej. ''/my/relative/path/*''. Las rutas relativas generar\u00E1n una URI de redirecci\u00F3n usando el host y puerto de la petici\u00F3n. Para SAML, se deben fijar patrones de URI v\u00E1lidos si quieres confiar en la URL del servicio del consumidor indicada en la petici\u00F3n de inicio de sesi\u00F3n.
+base-url.tooltip=URL por defecto para usar cuando el servidor de autorizaci\u00F3n necesita redirigir o enviar de vuelta al cliente.
+admin-url=URL de administraci\u00F3n
+admin-url.tooltip=URL a la interfaz de administraci\u00F3n del cliente. Fija este valor si el cliente soporta el adaptador de REST. Esta API REST permite al servidor de autenticaci\u00F3n enviar al cliente pol\u00EDticas de revocaci\u00F3n y otras tareas administrativas. Normalment se fija a la URL base del cliente.
+master-saml-processing-url=URL principal de procesamiento SAML
+master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=Si est\u00E1 configurada, esta URL se usar\u00E1 para cada enlace al proveedor del servicio del consumidor de aserciones y servicios de desconexi\u00F3n \u00FAnicos. Puede ser sobreescrito de forma individual para cada enlace y servicio en el punto final de configuraci\u00F3n fina de SAML.
+idp-sso-url-ref=Nombre de la URL de un SSO iniciado por el IDP
+idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=Nombre del fragmento de la URL para referenciar al cliente cuando quieres un SSO iniciado por el IDP. Dejando esto vac\u00EDo deshabilita los SSO iniciados por el IDP. La URL referenciada desde el navegador ser\u00E1: {server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}
+idp-sso-relay-state=Estado de retransmisi\u00F3n de un SSO iniciado por el IDP
+idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=Estado de retransmisi\u00F3n que quieres enviar con una petici\u00F3n SAML cuando se inicia un SSO iniciado por el IDP
+web-origins=Or\u00EDgenes web
+web-origins.tooltip=Or\u00EDgenes CORS permitidos. Para permitir todos los or\u00EDgenes de URIs de redirecci\u00F3n v\u00E1lidas a\u00F1ade ''+''. Para permitir todos los or\u00EDgenes a\u00F1ade ''*''.
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf=Fine Grain SAML Endpoint Configuration
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Expande esta secci\u00F3n para configurar las URL exactas para Assertion Consumer y Single Logout Service.
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service POST Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=SAML POST Binding URL for the client''s assertion consumer service (login responses). You can leave this blank if you do not have a URL for this binding.
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service Redirect Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=Assertion Consumer Service Redirect Binding URL
+logout-service-post-binding-url=URL de enlace SAML POST para la desconexi\u00F3n
+logout-service-post-binding-url.tooltip=URL de enlace SAML POST para la desconexi\u00F3n \u00FAnica del cliente. Puedes dejar esto en blanco si est\u00E1s usando un enlace distinto.
+logout-service-redir-binding-url=URL de enlace SAML de redirecci\u00F3n para la desconexi\u00F3n
+logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=URL de enlace SAML de redirecci\u00F3n para la desconexi\u00F3n \u00FAnica del cliente. Puedes dejar esto en blanco si est\u00E1s usando un enlace distinto.
+
+# client import
+import-client=Importar Cliente
+format-option=Formato
+select-format=Selecciona un formato
+import-file=Archivo de Importaci\u00F3n
+
+# client tabs
+settings=Ajustes
+credentials=Credenciales
+saml-keys=Claves SAML
+roles=Roles
+mappers=Asignadores
+mappers.tooltip=Los asignadores de protocolos realizan transformaciones en tokens y documentos. Pueden hacer cosas como asignar datos de usuario en peticiones de protocolo, o simplemente transformar cualquier petici\u00F3n entre el cliente y el servidor de autenticaci\u00F3n.
+scope=\u00C1mbito
+scope.tooltip=Las asignaciones de \u00E1mbito te permiten restringir que asignaciones de roles de usuario se incluyen en el token de acceso solicitado por el cliente.
+sessions.tooltip=Ver sesiones activas para este cliente. Permite ver qu\u00E9 usuarios est\u00E1n activos y cuando se identificaron.
+offline-access=Acceso sin conexi\u00F3n
+offline-access.tooltip=Ver sesiones sin conexi\u00F3n para este cliente. Te permite ver que usuarios han solicitado tokens sin conexi\u00F3n y cuando los solicitaron. Para revocar todos los tokens del cliente, accede a la pesta\u00F1a de Revocaci\u00F3n y fija el valor \"No antes de\" a \"now\".
+clustering=Clustering
+installation=Instalaci\u00F3n
+installation.tooltip=Herramienta de ayuda para generar la configuraci\u00F3n de varios formatos de adaptadores de cliente que puedes descargar o copiar y pegar para configurar tus clientes.
+service-account-roles=Roles de cuenta de servicio
+service-account-roles.tooltip=Permitir autenticar asignaciones de rol para la cuenta de servicio dedicada a este cliente.
+
+# client credentials
+client-authenticator=Cliente autenticador
+client-authenticator.tooltip=Cliente autenticador usado para autenticar este cliente contra el servidor Keycloak
+certificate.tooltip=Certificado de clinete para validar los JWT emitidos por este cliente y firmados con la clave privada del cliente de tu almac\u00E9n de claves.
+no-client-certificate-configured=No se ha configurado el certificado de cliente
+gen-new-keys-and-cert=Generar nuevas claves y certificado
+import-certificate=Importar Certificado
+gen-client-private-key=Generar clave privada de cliente
+generate-private-key=Generar clave privada
+archive-format=Formato de Archivo
+archive-format.tooltip=Formato de archivo Java keystore o PKCS12
+key-alias=Alias de clave
+key-alias.tooltip=Alias del archivo de tu clave privada y certificado.
+key-password=Contrase\u00F1a de la clave
+key-password.tooltip=Contrase\u00F1a para acceder a la clave privada contenida en el archivo
+store-password=Contrase\u00F1a del almac\u00E9n
+store-password.tooltip=Contrase\u00F1a para acceder al archivo
+generate-and-download=Generar y descargar
+client-certificate-import=Importaci\u00F3n de certificado de cliente
+import-client-certificate=Importar Certificado de Cliente
+jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=Alias del archivo de tu certificado.
+secret=Secreto
+regenerate-secret=Regenerar secreto
+add-role=A\u00F1adir rol
+role-name=Nombre de rol
+composite=Compuesto
+description=Descripci\u00F3n
+no-client-roles-available=No hay roles de cliente disponibles
+scope-param-required=Par\u00E1metro de \u00E1mbito obligatorio
+scope-param-required.tooltip=Este rol solo ser\u00E1 concedido si el par\u00E1metro de \u00E1mbito con el nombre del rol es usado durante la petici\u00F3n de autorizaci\u00F3n/obtenci\u00F3n de token.
+composite-roles=Roles compuestos
+composite-roles.tooltip=Cuando este rol es asignado/desasignado a un usuario cualquier rol asociado con \u00E9l ser\u00E1 asignado/desasignado de forma impl\u00EDcita.
+realm-roles=Roles de dominio
+available-roles=Roles Disponibles
+add-selected=A\u00F1adir seleccionado
+associated-roles=Roles Asociados
+composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=Roles a nivel de dominio asociados con este rol compuesto.
+composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=Roles a nivel de dominio disponibles en este rol compuesto.
+remove-selected=Borrar seleccionados
+client-roles=Roles de Cliente
+select-client-to-view-roles=Selecciona el cliente para ver sus roles
+available-roles.tooltip=Roles de este cliente que puedes asociar a este rol compuesto.
+client.associated-roles.tooltip=Roles de cliente asociados con este rol compuesto.
+add-builtin=A\u00F1adir Builtin
+category=Categor\u00EDa
+type=Tipo
+no-mappers-available=No hay asignadores disponibles
+add-builtin-protocol-mappers=A\u00F1adir Builtin Protocol Mappers
+add-builtin-protocol-mapper=A\u00F1adir Builtin Protocol Mapper
+scope-mappings=Asignaciones de \u00E1mbito
+full-scope-allowed=Permitir todos los \u00E1mbitos
+full-scope-allowed.tooltip=Permite deshabilitar todas las restricciones.
+scope.available-roles.tooltip=Roles de dominio que pueden ser asignados al \u00E1mbito
+assigned-roles=Roles Asignados
+assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles a nivel de dominio asignados a este \u00E1mbito.
+effective-roles=Roles Efectivos
+realm.effective-roles.tooltip=Roles de dominio asignados que pueden haber sido heredados de un rol compuesto.
+select-client-roles.tooltip=Selecciona el cliente para ver sus roles
+assign.available-roles.tooltip=Roles de clientes disponibles para ser asignados.
+client.assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles de cliente asignados
+client.effective-roles.tooltip=Roles de cliente asignados que pueden haber sido heredados desde un rol compuesto.
+basic-configuration=Configuraci\u00F3n b\u00E1sica
+node-reregistration-timeout=Tiempo de espera de re-registro de nodo
+node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=Indica el m\u00E1ximo intervalo de tiempo para que los nodos del cluster registrados se vuelvan a registrar. Si el nodo del cluster no env\u00EDa una petici\u00F3n de re-registro a Keycloak dentro de este intervalo, ser\u00E1 desregistrado de Keycloak
+registered-cluster-nodes=Registrar nodos de cluster
+register-node-manually=Registrar nodo manualmente
+test-cluster-availability=Probar disponibilidad del cluster
+last-registration=\u00DAltimo registro
+node-host=Host del nodo
+no-registered-cluster-nodes=No hay nodos de cluster registrados disponibles
+cluster-nodes=Nodos de cl\u00FAster
+add-node=A\u00F1adir Nodo
+active-sessions.tooltip=N\u00FAmero total de sesiones activas para este cliente.
+show-sessions=Mostrar sesiones
+show-sessions.tooltip=Advertencia, esta es una operaci\u00F3n potencialmente costosa dependiendo del n\u00FAmero de sesiones activas.
+user=Usuario
+from-ip=Desde IP
+session-start=Inicio de sesi\u00F3n
+first-page=Primera p\u00E1gina
+previous-page=P\u00E1gina Anterior
+next-page=P\u00E1gina siguiente
+client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=Revocar todos los tokens emitidos antes de esta fecha para este cliente.
+client-revoke.push.tooltip=Si la URL de administraci\u00F3n est\u00E1 configurada para este cliente, env\u00EDa esta pol\u00EDtica a este cliente.
+select-a-format=Selecciona un formato
+download=Descargar
+offline-tokens=Tokens sin conexi\u00F3n
+offline-tokens.tooltip=N\u00FAmero total de tokens sin conexi\u00F3n de este cliente.
+show-offline-tokens=Mostrar tokens sin conexi\u00F3n
+show-offline-tokens.tooltip=Advertencia, esta es una operaci\u00F3n potencialmente costosa dependiendo del n\u00FAmero de tokens sin conexi\u00F3n.
+token-issued=Token expedido
+last-access=\u00DAltimo Acceso
+last-refresh=\u00DAltima actualizaci\u00F3n
+key-export=Exportar clave
+key-import=Importar clave
+export-saml-key=Exportar clave SAML
+import-saml-key=Importar clave SAML
+realm-certificate-alias=Alias del certificado del dominio
+realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=El certificado del dominio es almacenado en archivo. Este es el alias al mismo.
+signing-key=Clave de firma
+saml-signing-key=Clave de firma SAML.
+private-key=Clave Privada
+generate-new-keys=Generar nuevas claves
+export=Exportar
+encryption-key=Clave de cifrado
+saml-encryption-key.tooltip=Clave de cifrado de SAML
+service-accounts=Cuentas de servicio
+service-account.available-roles.tooltip=Roles de dominio que pueden ser asignados a la cuenta del servicio.
+service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles de dominio asignados a la cuenta del servicio.
+service-account-is-not-enabled-for=La cuenta del servicio no est\u00E1 habilitada para {{client}}
+create-protocol-mappers=Crear asignadores de protocolo
+create-protocol-mapper=Crear asignador de protocolo
+protocol=Protocolo
+protocol.tooltip=Protocolo.
+id=ID
+mapper.name.tooltip=Nombre del asignador.
+mapper.consent-required.tooltip=Cuando se concede acceso temporal, \u00BFes necesario el consentimiento del usuario para proporcinar estos datos al cliente?
+consent-text=Texto del consentimiento
+consent-text.tooltip=Texto para mostrar en la p\u00E1gina de consentimiento.
+mapper-type=Tipo de asignador
+
+# realm identity providers
+identity-providers=Proveedores de identidad
+table-of-identity-providers=Tabla de proveedores de identidad
+add-provider.placeholder=A\u00F1adir proveedor...
+provider=Proveedor
+gui-order=Orden en la interfaz gr\u00E1fica (GUI)
+redirect-uri=URI de redirecci\u00F3n
+redirect-uri.tooltip=La URI de redirecci\u00F3n usada para configurar el proveedor de identidad.
+alias=Alias
+identity-provider.alias.tooltip=El alias que identifica de forma \u00FAnica un proveedor de identidad, se usa tambi\u00E9n para construir la URI de redirecci\u00F3n.
+identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=Habilita/deshabilita este proveedor de identidad.
+authenticate-by-default=Autenticar por defecto
+identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=Indica si este proveedor deber\u00EDa ser probado por defecto para autenticacaci\u00F3n incluso antes de mostrar la p\u00E1gina de inicio de sesi\u00F3n.
+store-tokens=Almacenar tokens
+identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=Habiltar/deshabilitar si los tokens deben ser almacenados despu\u00E9s de autenticar a los usuarios.
+stored-tokens-readable=Tokens almacenados legibles
+identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar si los nuevos usuarios pueden leer los tokens almacenados. Esto asigna el rol ''broker.read-token''.
+update-profile-on-first-login=Actualizar perfil en el primer inicio de sesi\u00F3n
+on=Activado
+on-missing-info=Si falta informaci\u00F3n
+off=Desactivado
+update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=Define condiciones bajo las cuales un usuario tiene que actualizar su perfil durante el primer inicio de sesi\u00F3n.
+trust-email=Confiar en el email
+trust-email.tooltip=Si est\u00E1 habilitado, el email recibido de este proveedor no se verificar\u00E1 aunque la verificaci\u00F3n est\u00E9 habilitada para el dominio.
+gui-order.tooltip=N\u00FAmero que define el orden del proveedor en la interfaz gr\u00E1fica (GUI) (ej. en la p\u00E1gina de inicio de sesi\u00F3n)
+openid-connect-config=Configuraci\u00F3n de OpenID Connect
+openid-connect-config.tooltip=Configuraci\u00F3n de OIDC SP e IDP externos
+authorization-url=URL de autorizaci\u00F3n
+authorization-url.tooltip=La URL de autorizaci\u00F3n.
+token-url=Token URL
+token-url.tooltip=La URL del token.
+logout-url=URL de desconexi\u00F3n
+identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip=Punto de cierre de sesi\u00F3n para usar en la desconexi\u00F3n de usuarios desde un proveedor de identidad (IDP) externo.
+backchannel-logout=Backchannel Logout
+backchannel-logout.tooltip=Does the external IDP support backchannel logout?
+user-info-url=URL de informaci\u00F3n de usuario
+user-info-url.tooltip=La URL de informaci\u00F3n de usuario. Opcional.
+identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=El cliente o identificador de cliente registrado en el proveedor de identidad.
+client-secret=Secreto de Cliente
+show-secret=Mostrar secreto
+hide-secret=Ocultar secreto
+client-secret.tooltip=El cliente o el secreto de cliente registrado en el proveedor de identidad.
+issuer=Emisor
+issuer.tooltip=El identificador del emisor para el emisor de la respuesta. Si no se indica, no se realizar\u00E1 ninguna validaci\u00F3n.
+default-scopes=\u00C1mbitos por defecto
+identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=Los \u00E1mbitos que se enviar\u00E1n cuando se solicite autorizaci\u00F3n. Puede ser una lista de \u00E1mbitos separados por espacios. El valor por defecto es ''openid''.
+prompt=Prompt
+unspecified.option=no especificado
+none.option=ninguno
+consent.option=consentimiento
+login.option=login
+select-account.option=select_account
+prompt.tooltip=Indica si el servidor de autorizaci\u00F3n solicita al usuario final para reautenticaci\u00F3n y consentimiento.
+validate-signatures=Validar firmas
+identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la validaci\u00F3n de firmas de proveedores de identidad (IDP) externos
+validating-public-key=Validando clave p\u00FAblica
+identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=La clave p\u00FAblica en formato PEM que debe usarse para verificar las firmas de proveedores de identidad (IDP) externos.
+import-external-idp-config=Importar configuraci\u00F3n externa de IDP
+import-external-idp-config.tooltip=Te permite cargar metadatos de un proveedor de identidad (IDP) externo de un archivo de coniguraci\u00F3n o descargarlo desde una URL.
+import-from-url=Importar desde URL
+identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=Importar metadatos desde un descriptor de un proveedor de identidad (IDP) remoto.
+import-from-file=Importar desde archivo
+identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=Importar metadatos desde un descriptor de un proveedor de identidad (IDP) descargado.
+saml-config=Configuraci\u00F3n SAML
+identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=Configuraci\u00F3n de proveedor SAML e IDP externo
+single-signon-service-url=URL de servicio de conexi\u00F3n \u00FAnico (SSO)
+saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=La URL que debe ser usada para enviar peticiones de autenticaci\u00F3n (SAML AuthnRequest).
+single-logout-service-url=URL de servicio de desconexi\u00F3n \u00FAnico
+saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=La URL que debe usarse para enviar peticiones de desconexi\u00F3n.
+nameid-policy-format=Formato de pol\u00EDtica NameID
+nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Indica la referencia a la URI correspondiente a un formato de NameID. El valor por defecto es urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent.
+http-post-binding-response=HTTP-POST enlace de respuesta
+http-post-binding-response.tooltip=Indica si se reponde a las peticiones usando HTTP-POST. Si no est\u00E1 activado, se usa HTTP-REDIRECT.
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request=HTTP-POST para AuthnRequest
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=Indica si AuthnRequest debe ser enviada usando HTTP-POST. Si no est\u00E1 activado se hace HTTP-REDIRECT.
+want-authn-requests-signed=Firmar AuthnRequests
+want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=Indica si el proveedor de identidad espera recibir firmadas las AuthnRequest.
+force-authentication=Forzar autenticaci\u00F3n
+identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=Indica si el proveedor de identidad debe autenticar al presentar directamente las credenciales en lugar de depender de un contexto de seguridad previo.
+validate-signature=Validar firma
+saml.validate-signature.tooltip=Habilitar/deshabilitar la validaci\u00F3n de firma en respuestas SAML.
+validating-x509-certificate=Validando certificado X509
+validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=El certificado en formato PEM que debe usarse para comprobar las firmas.
+saml.import-from-url.tooltip=Importar metadatos desde un descriptor de entidad remoto de un IDP de SAML
+social.client-id.tooltip=El identificador del cliente registrado con el proveedor de identidad.
+social.client-secret.tooltip=El secreto del cliente registrado con el proveedor de identidad.
+social.default-scopes.tooltip=\u00C1mbitos que se enviar\u00E1n cuando se solicite autorizaci\u00F3n. Ver la documentaci\u00F3n para los posibles valores, separador y valor por defecto.
+key=Clave
+stackoverflow.key.tooltip=La clave obtenida en el registro del cliente de Stack Overflow.
+
+realms=Dominios
+realm=Dominio
+
+identity-provider-mappers=Asignadores de proveedores de identidad (IDP)
+create-identity-provider-mapper=Crear asignador de proveedor de identidad (IDP)
+add-identity-provider-mapper=A\u00F1adir asignador de proveedor de identidad
+client.description.tooltip=Indica la descripci\u00F3n del cliente. Por ejemplo ''My Client for TimeSheets''. Tambi\u00E9n soporta claves para valores localizados. Por ejemplo: ${my_client_description}
+content-type-options=
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_fr.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_fr.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ecf49a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_fr.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+consoleTitle=Keycloak Admin Console
+
+# Common messages
+enabled=Actif
+name=Nom
+displayName=Display name
+displayNameHtml=HTML Display name
+save=Sauver
+cancel=Annuler
+onText=Oui
+offText=Non
+client=Client
+clients=Clients
+clear=Effacer
+selectOne=Select One...
+
+manage=G\u00e9rer
+authentication=Authentification
+user-federation=Regroupement Utilisateur
+user-storage=Stockage Utilisateur
+events=\u00c9v\u00e8nements
+realm-settings=Configurations du domaine
+configure=Configurer
+select-realm=Choisir un domaine
+add=Ajouter
+
+true=Vrai
+false=Faux
+
+endpoints=Endpoints
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Les utilisateurs et les clients peuvent acc\u00e9der au domaine si celui-ci est actif
+realm-detail.oidc-endpoints.tooltip=Affiche les configurations de l''endpoint OpenID Connect
+registrationAllowed=Enregistrement d''utilisateur
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Activer/d\u00e9sactiver la page d''enregistrement. Un lien pour l''enregistrement sera visible sur la page de connexion.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=Courriel comme nom d''utilisateur
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=Si actif, le champ du nom de l''utilisateur est cach\u00e9 pendant l''enregistrement ; le courriel est utilis\u00e9 comme nom d''utilisateur.
+editUsernameAllowed=\u00c9ditez le nom de l''utilisateur
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=Si actif, le champ du nom de l''utilisateur est modifiable.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Mot de passe oubli\u00e9
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Affiche un lien sur la page de connexion pour les utilisateurs ayant oubli\u00e9 leurs accr\u00e9ditations.
+rememberMe=Se souvenir de moi
+rememberMe.tooltip=Affiche une case \u00e0 cocher sur la page de connexion pour permettre aux utilisateurs de rester connect\u00e9s entre deux red\u00e9marrages de leur navigateur, jusqu''\u00e0 expiration de la session.
+verifyEmail=V\u00e9rification du courriel
+verifyEmail.tooltip=Force l''utilisateur \u00e0 v\u00e9rifier son courriel lors de la premi\u00e8re connexion.
+loginWithEmailAllowed=Authentification avec courriel
+loginWithEmailAllowed.tooltip=Autorise l''utilisateur \u00e0 s''authentifier avec son adresse de courriel.
+duplicateEmailsAllowed=Doublon courriel
+duplicateEmailsAllowed.tooltip=Autorise plusieurs utilisateurs \u00e0 avoir la m\u00eame adresse de courriel. Changer cette configuration va vider le cache. Il est recommand\u00e9 de mettre \u00e0 jour manuellement les contraintes sur le courriel dans la base de donn\u00e9es apr\u00e8s la d\u00e9sactivation du support des doublons.
+sslRequired=SSL requis
+sslRequired.option.all=toutes les requ\u00eates
+sslRequired.option.external=les requ\u00eates externes
+sslRequired.option.none=aucun
+sslRequired.tooltip=Niveau d''exigence HTTPS \: ''aucun'' signifie que le HTTPS n''est requis pour aucune adresse IP cliente. ''les requ\u00eates externes'' signifie que localhost et les adresses IP priv\u00e9es peuvent acc\u00e9der sans HTTPS. ''toutes les requ\u00eates'' signifie que le protocole HTTPS est obligatoire pour toutes les adresses IP.
+publicKey=Clef publique
+gen-new-keys=Cr\u00e9ation de nouvelle clef
+certificate=Certificat
+host=H\u00f4te
+smtp-host=H\u00f4te SMTP
+port=Port
+smtp-port=Port SMTP (25 par d\u00e9faut)
+from=De
+sender-email-addr=Courriel de l''exp\u00e9diteur
+enable-ssl=Activer SSL/TLS
+enable-start-tls=Activer StartTLS
+enable-auth=Activer l''authentification
+username=Nom de l''utilisateur
+login-username=Connexion de l''utilisateur
+password=Mot de passe
+login-password=Mot de passe
+login-theme=Th\u00e8me de connexion
+select-one=S\u00e9lectionnez-en un...
+login-theme.tooltip=S\u00e9lectionnez le th\u00e8me pour les pages de connexion, de mot de passe \u00e0 usage unique bas\u00e9 sur le temps, des droits, de l''enregistrement, et du mot passe oubli\u00e9.
+account-theme=Th\u00e8me du compte
+account-theme.tooltip=S\u00e9lectionnez le th\u00e8me pour la gestion des comptes.
+admin-console-theme=Th\u00e8me de la console d''administration
+select-theme-admin-console=S\u00e9lectionnez le th\u00e8me de la console d''administration.
+email-theme=Th\u00e8me pour le courriel
+select-theme-email=S\u00e9lectionnez le th\u00e8me pour les courriels envoy\u00e9es par le serveur.
+i18n-enabled=Internationalisation activ\u00e9e
+supported-locales=Locales support\u00e9es
+supported-locales.placeholder=Entrez la locale et validez
+default-locale=Locale par d\u00e9faut
+realm-cache-enabled=Cache du domaine activ\u00e9
+realm-cache-enabled.tooltip=Activer/D\u00e9sactiver le cache pour le domaine, client et donn\u00e9es.
+user-cache-enabled=Cache utilisateur activ\u00e9
+user-cache-enabled.tooltip=Activer/D\u00e9sactiver le cache utilisateur, et le cache de relation entre utilisateurs et r\u00f4les.
+sso-session-idle=Sessions SSO inactives
+seconds=Secondes
+minutes=Minutes
+hours=Heures
+days=Jours
+sso-session-max=Maximum de sessions SSO
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=Temps d''inactivit\u00e9 autoris\u00e9 avant expiration de la session. Les jetons et les sessions navigateurs sont invalid\u00e9es quand la session expire.
+sso-session-max.tooltip=Dur\u00e9e maximale avant que la session n''expire. Les jetons et les sessions navigateurs sont invalid\u00e9es quand la session expire.
+access-token-lifespan=Dur\u00e9e de vie du jeton d''acc\u00e8s
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip=Dur\u00e9e maximale avant que le jeton d''acc\u00e8s n''expire. Cette valeur devrait \u00eatre relativement plus petite que la dur\u00e9e d''inactivit\u00e9 (timeout) du SSO.
+client-login-timeout=Dur\u00e9e d''inactivit\u00e9 de connexion (timeout)
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=Dur\u00e9e maximale qu''a un client pour finir le protocole du jeton d''acc\u00e8s. Devrait \u00eatre de l''ordre de la minute (1 min).
+login-timeout=Dur\u00e9e d''inactivit\u00e9 de connexion
+login-timeout.tooltip=Dur\u00e9e maximale autoris\u00e9e pour finaliser la connexion. Devrait \u00eatre relativement long \: 30 minutes, voire plus.
+login-action-timeout=Dur\u00e9e d''inactivit\u00e9 des actions de connexions
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=Dur\u00e9e maximale qu''a un utilisateur pour finir ses actions concernant la mise \u00e0 jour de son mot de passe ou bien de la configuration du mot de passe \u00e0 usage unique (OTP). Devrait \u00eatre relativement long \: 5 minutes, voire plus.
+headers=En-t\u00eates
+brute-force-detection=D\u00e9tection des attaques par force brute
+x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+click-label-for-info=Cliquer sur le label pour plus d''information. Les valeurs par d\u00e9faut \u00e9vitent que les pages soient incluses dans des iframes \u00e9trang\u00e8res.
+content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+max-login-failures=Nombre maximal d''erreurs de connexion
+max-login-failures.tooltip=Nombre d''erreurs avant de d\u00e9clencher le temps d''attente.
+wait-increment=Temps d''attente
+wait-increment.tooltip=Quand le seuil des erreurs est atteint, combien de temps l''utilisateur est-il bloqu\u00e9 ?
+quick-login-check-millis=Nombre de millisecondes entre deux connexions
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=Si une erreur apparait trop rapidement, bloquer le compte utilisateur.
+min-quick-login-wait=Dur\u00e9e minimale d''attente entre deux connexions
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=Dur\u00e9e d''attente demand\u00e9e apr\u00e8s une erreur entre deux connexions.
+max-wait=Dur\u00e9e maximale d''attente
+max-wait.tooltip=Dur\u00e9e maximale de blocage du compte utilisateur
+failure-reset-time=Dur\u00e9e de remise \u00e0 z\u00e9ro des erreurs
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=Quand les erreurs sont-elles remises \u00e0 z\u00e9ro ?
+realm-tab-login=Connexion
+realm-tab-keys=Clefs
+realm-tab-email=Courriels
+realm-tab-themes=Th\u00e8mes
+realm-tab-cache=Cache
+realm-tab-tokens=Jetons
+realm-tab-security-defenses=Mesures de s\u00e9curit\u00e9
+realm-tab-general=G\u00e9n\u00e9ral
+add-realm=Ajouter un domaine
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Sessions du domaine
+revocation=R\u00e9vocation
+logout-all=D\u00e9connexion globale
+active-sessions=Sessions actives
+sessions=Sessions
+not-before=Pas avant
+not-before.tooltip=R\u00e9voquer tous les jetons demand\u00e9s avant cette date.
+set-to-now=Mettre \u00e0 maintenant
+push=Appuyer
+push.tooltip=Pour tous les clients ayant une URL d''administration, les notifier de la politique de r\u00e9vocation.
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_it.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_it.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_it.properties
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_ja.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_ja.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..642d474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_ja.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,1547 @@
+# encoding: utf-8
+consoleTitle=Keycloak 管理コンソール
+
+# Common messages
+enabled=有効
+hidden=非表示
+link-only-column=リンクのみ
+name=名前
+displayName=表示名
+displayNameHtml=HTML 表示名
+save=保存
+cancel=キャンセル
+next=次へ
+onText=オン
+offText=オフ
+client=クライアント
+clients=クライアント
+clear=クリア
+selectOne=1つ選択...
+
+true=はい
+false=いいえ
+
+endpoints=エンドポイント
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=有効の場合は、ユーザーとクライアントはこのレルムのみアクセス可能になります
+realm-detail.protocol-endpoints.tooltip=プロトコルエンドポイントの設定を表示します。
+realm-detail.protocol-endpoints.oidc=OpenIDエンドポイントの設定
+realm-detail.protocol-endpoints.saml=SAML 2.0アイデンティティー・プロバイダー・メタデータ
+realm-detail.userManagedAccess.tooltip=有効にすると、ユーザーはアカウント管理コンソールを使用してリソースとパーミッションを管理できます。
+userManagedAccess=User-Managed Access
+registrationAllowed=ユーザー登録
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=登録ページの有効/無効。ログインページに登録のリンクも表示されるようになります。
+registrationEmailAsUsername=Eメールをユーザー名とする
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=有効の場合は、登録フォームにおいてユーザー名フィールドが非表示となり、Eメールが新規ユーザーのユーザー名として使われます。
+editUsernameAllowed=ユーザー名の編集
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=有効の場合はユーザー名フィールドが編集可能になり、そうでない場合は読み取り専用になります。
+resetPasswordAllowed=パスワード忘れ
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=パスワードを忘れてしまった場合にクリックするリンクを、ログインページに表示します。
+rememberMe=ログイン状態の保存
+rememberMe.tooltip=セッションの有効期限が切れるまではブラウザーの再起動でもログイン状態を保存するチェックボックスをログインページに表示します。
+loginWithEmailAllowed=Eメールでログイン
+loginWithEmailAllowed.tooltip=ユーザーがEメールアドレスでログインできるようにします。
+duplicateEmailsAllowed=メールの重複
+duplicateEmailsAllowed.tooltip=複数のユーザーが同じEメールアドレスを持つことを許可します。この設定を変更すると、ユーザーのキャッシュもクリアされます。重複するEメールアドレスのサポートを無効にした後で、データベース内の既存ユーザーのEメールの制約を手動で更新することをお勧めします。
+verifyEmail=Eメールの確認
+verifyEmail.tooltip=初回ログイン後またはアドレスの変更が送信された後に、ユーザーに自分の電子メールアドレスを確認するように要求します。
+sslRequired=SSL の要求
+sslRequired.option.all=全てのリクエスト
+sslRequired.option.external=外部リクエスト
+sslRequired.option.none=なし
+sslRequired.tooltip=HTTPS は必須ですか? 「なし」 は HTTPS がどのクライアント IP アドレスにも要求されないことを意味します。 「外部リクエスト」 はローカルホストとプライベート IP アドレスは HTTPS なしでアクセスできることを意味します。 「すべてのリクエスト」 は HTTPS がすべての IP アドレスに要求されることを意味します。
+publicKeys=公開鍵
+publicKey=公開鍵
+privateKey=秘密鍵
+gen-new-keys=新しい鍵を生成する
+certificate=証明書
+host=ホスト
+smtp-host=SMTP ホスト
+port=ポート
+smtp-port=SMTP ポート (デフォルトは25)
+from=差出人
+fromDisplayName=差出人の表示名
+fromDisplayName.tooltip=差出人のアドレスのユーザーフレンドリーな名前です(オプション)。
+replyTo=返信先
+replyToDisplayName=返信先の表示名
+replyToDisplayName.tooltip=返信先のアドレスのユーザーフレンドリーな名前です(オプション)。
+envelopeFrom=Envelope From
+envelopeFrom.tooltip=バウンスに使用されるEメールアドレス(オプション)。
+sender-email-addr=送信者のメールアドレス
+sender-email-addr-display=送信者Eメールアドレスの表示名
+reply-to-email-addr=返信先のメールアドレス
+reply-to-email-addr-display=返信先メールアドレスの表示名
+sender-envelope-email-addr=送信者の Envelope Eメールアドレス
+enable-ssl=SSL の有効
+enable-start-tls=StartTLS の有効
+enable-auth=認証の有効
+username=ユーザー名
+login-username=ログインユーザー名
+password=パスワード
+login-password=ログインパスワード
+login-theme=ログインテーマ
+login-theme.tooltip=ログイン、OTP、グラント、登録、およびパスワード忘れに使用するページのテーマを選択します。
+account-theme=アカウントテーマ
+account-theme.tooltip=ユーザーアカウント管理画面のテーマを選択します。
+admin-console-theme=管理コンソールテーマ
+select-theme-admin-console=管理コンソールのテーマを選択します。
+email-theme=Eメールテーマ
+select-theme-email=サーバーから送信されるEメールのテーマを選択します。
+i18n-enabled=国際化の有効
+supported-locales=サポートされるロケール
+supported-locales.placeholder=ロケールを入力し Enter キーを押してください
+default-locale=デフォルトロケール
+realm-cache-clear=レルムキャッシュ
+realm-cache-clear.tooltip=レルムキャッシュからすべてのエントリをクリアする (すべてのレルムのエントリをクリアします)
+user-cache-clear=ユーザーキャッシュ
+user-cache-clear.tooltip=ユーザーキャッシュからすべてのエントリを削除します (すべてのレルムのエントリをクリアします)
+keys-cache-clear=キーキャッシュ
+keys-cache-clear.tooltip=外部公開鍵のキャッシュからすべてのエントリーを消去します。これらは、外部のクライアントまたはアイデンティティプロバイダーの鍵です(これにより、すべてのレルムのエントリーがクリアされます)。
+default-signature-algorithm=デフォルトの署名アルゴリズム
+default-signature-algorithm.tooltip=このレルムでトークンの署名に使用されるデフォルトのアルゴリズム
+revoke-refresh-token=リフレッシュトークンの無効化
+revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=有効にすると、リフレッシュトークンは「リフレッシュトークンの最大再利用回数」までしか使用できず、別のトークンが使用されると無効化されます。無効の場合、リフレッシュトークンは使用後に無効化されず、複数回使用できます。
+refresh-token-max-reuse=リフレッシュトークンの最大再利用回数
+refresh-token-max-reuse.tooltip=リフレッシュトークンを再利用できる最大回数。別のトークンが使用された場合、即時に無効化されます。
+sso-session-idle=SSO セッションアイドル
+seconds=秒
+minutes=分
+hours=時
+days=日
+sso-session-max=SSO セッション最大
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=セッションの有効期限が切れるまでのアイドル時間です。セッションが有効期限切れの際はトークンとブラウザーセッションは無効化されます。
+sso-session-max.tooltip=セッションの有効期限が切れるまでの最大時間です。セッションが有効期限切れの際はトークンとブラウザーセッションは無効化されます。
+sso-session-idle-remember-me=SSOセッション・アイドル・リメンバー・ミー
+sso-session-idle-remember-me.tooltip=リメンバー・ミー・セッションの有効期限が切れるまでのアイドル時間です。セッションが期限切れになると、トークンおよびブラウザー・セッションは無効になります。設定されていない場合は、標準のSSOセッション・アイドル値が使用されます。
+sso-session-max-remember-me=SSOセッション最大リメンバー・ミー
+sso-session-max-remember-me.tooltip=ユーザーがリメンバー・ミー・オプションを設定したときにセッションが期限切れになるまでの最大時間。セッションが期限切れになると、トークンおよびブラウザー・セッションは無効になります。設定されていない場合は、標準のSSO Session Max値が使用されます。
+offline-session-idle=オフラインセッションアイドル
+offline-session-idle.tooltip=セッションの有効期限が切れるまでのオフライン時間です。この期限内に少なくとも1回はオフライントークンを使用してリフレッシュしないと、オフラインセッションは有効期限切れとなります。
+realm-detail.hostname=ホスト名
+realm-detail.hostname.tooltip=レルムに対してホスト名を設定します。特定のレルムのサーバーホスト名を上書きするために、固定ホスト名プロバイダーと組み合わせて使用​​します。
+
+## KEYCLOAK-7688 Offline Session Max for Offline Token
+offline-session-max-limited=オフラインセッション最大制限
+offline-session-max-limited.tooltip=オフラインセッションの最大時間制限を有効にします。
+offline-session-max=オフラインセッション最大
+offline-session-max.tooltip=アクティビティに関係なく、オフラインセッションが期限切れになるまでの最大時間。
+
+access-token-lifespan=アクセストークン生存期間
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip=アクセストークンが有効期限切れとなる最大時間です。この値は SSO タイムアウトと比べて短くすることをお勧めします。
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow=Implicit Flow におけるアクセストークン生存期間
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow.tooltip=OpenID Connect Implicit Flow で発行されたアクセストークンが有効期限切れとなる最大時間です。この値は SSO タイムアウトより短くすることをお勧めします。 Implicit Flow ではトークンを更新することはありませんので、 「アクセストークン生存期間」 とは異なる別々のタイムアウト設定を設けています。
+action-token-generated-by-admin-lifespan=デフォルトの管理者起動アクションの有効期間
+action-token-generated-by-admin-lifespan.tooltip=管理者によってユーザーに送信されたアクション許可の有効期限が切れるまでの最大時間。この値は、管理者が現在オフラインになっているユーザーに対してEメールを送信できるように、長くすることをお勧めします。デフォルトのタイムアウトは、トークンを発行する直前にオーバーライドすることができます。
+action-token-generated-by-user-lifespan=ユーザー起動アクションの有効期間
+action-token-generated-by-user-lifespan.tooltip=ユーザーが送信したアクション許可(パスワード忘れのEメールなど)の有効期限が切れるまでの最大時間。ユーザーが自分で作成した操作にすばやく反応することが期待されるため、この値は短くすることをお勧めします。
+
+action-token-generated-by-user.execute-actions=アクションの実行
+action-token-generated-by-user.idp-verify-account-via-email=IdPアカウントのEメール検証
+action-token-generated-by-user.reset-credentials=パスワード忘れ
+action-token-generated-by-user.verify-email=Eメールでの確認
+action-token-generated-by-user.tooltip=ユーザーが送信したアクション許可(パスワード忘れなど)が特定の操作で期限切れになるまでの、最大時間のデフォルト設定をオーバーライドします。ユーザーが自分で作成した操作にすばやく反応することが期待されるため、この値は短くすることをお勧めします。
+action-token-generated-by-user.reset=リセット
+action-token-generated-by-user.operation=ユーザーが開始したアクションの有効期限をオーバーライドします
+
+client-login-timeout=クライアントのログインタイムアウト
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=クライアントがアクセストークンプロトコルを終了するまでの最大時間。これは通常1分です。
+login-timeout=ログインタイムアウト
+login-timeout.tooltip=ユーザーがログインを完了するまでの最大時間です。これは30分以上と比較的長くすることをお勧めします。
+login-action-timeout=ログインアクションタイムアウト
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=ユーザーがパスワードの更新や OTP の設定のようなログインに関係するアクションを完了するまでの最大時間です。これは5分以上と比較的長くすることをお勧めします。
+headers=ヘッダー
+brute-force-detection=ブルートフォースの検出
+x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+x-frame-options-tooltip=デフォルト値では別のオリジンの IFrame からの読み込みを防ぎます (詳細はラベルをクリックしてください)
+content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+content-sec-policy-tooltip=デフォルト値では別のオリジンの IFrame からの読み込みを防ぎます (詳細はラベルをクリックしてください)
+content-sec-policy-report-only=Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only
+content-sec-policy-report-only-tooltip=コンテンツセキュリティポリシーのテスト用
+content-type-options=X-Content-Type-Options
+content-type-options-tooltip=デフォルト値では Internet Explorer と Google Chrome に対して、宣言された content-type を避けてレスポンスの MIME-sniffing を行うことを防ぎます (詳細はラベルをクリックしてください)
+robots-tag=X-Robots-Tag
+robots-tag-tooltip=検索エンジンにページが表示されないようにする(詳細については、ラベルをクリックしてください)。
+x-xss-protection=X-XSS-Protection
+x-xss-protection-tooltip=このヘッダーは、ブラウザーにクロスサイトスクリプティング(XSS)フィルターを設定します。デフォルトの動作を使用すると、ブラウザーはXSS攻撃が検出されたときにページのレンダリングを防止します(詳細については、ラベルをクリックしてください)
+strict-transport-security=HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS)
+strict-transport-security-tooltip=Strict-Transport-Security HTTPヘッダーは、常にHTTPSを使用するようにブラウザーに指示します。ブラウザーはこのヘッダーを確認すると、max-ageで指定された期間(1年間)、HTTPS経由でのみサイトにアクセスします(サブドメインを含む)。
+permanent-lockout=永久ロックアウト
+permanent-lockout.tooltip=最大ログイン失敗回数を超えたときに、ユーザーを永久にロックします。
+max-login-failures=最大ログイン失敗回数
+max-login-failures.tooltip=検出するまでの失敗回数です。
+wait-increment=連続失敗時の待機時間
+wait-increment.tooltip=失敗回数が閾値に達した場合、どれくらいの時間ユーザーはロックアウトされるか設定します。
+quick-login-check-millis=クイックログイン試行間のミリ秒数チェック
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=クイックログイン失敗があまりにも頻繁に発生した場合は、ユーザーをロックアウトします。
+min-quick-login-wait=クイックログイン失敗時の最小待機時間
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=クイックログイン失敗後にどれくらいの時間待機するか設定します。
+max-wait=最大待機時間
+max-wait.tooltip=ユーザーがロックアウトされる最大待機時間を設定します。
+failure-reset-time=ログイン失敗回数のリセット時間
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=いつ失敗回数がリセットされるか設定します。
+realm-tab-login=ログイン
+realm-tab-keys=鍵
+realm-tab-email=Eメール
+realm-tab-themes=テーマ
+realm-tab-cache=キャッシュ
+realm-tab-tokens=トークン
+realm-tab-client-registration=クライアント登録
+realm-tab-security-defenses=セキュリティ防御
+realm-tab-general=一般
+add-realm=レルムの追加
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=レルムセッション
+revocation=取り消し
+logout-all=すべてログアウトする
+active-sessions=有効なセッション
+offline-sessions=オフラインセッション
+sessions=セッション
+not-before=この日時より前
+not-before.tooltip=この日時より前に発行されたトークンを取り消します。
+set-to-now=現在日時を設定
+push=プッシュ
+push.tooltip=管理URLを持つすべてのクライアントに対して、新しい取り消しポリシーを通知します。
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+usermodel.prop.label=プロパティ
+usermodel.prop.tooltip=UserModel インタフェースのプロパティメソッドの名前です。例えば、 「email」 の値は UserModel.getEmail() メソッドを参照しています。
+usermodel.attr.label=ユーザー属性
+usermodel.attr.tooltip=格納されるユーザー属性名、UserMode.attribute マップ内の属性名です。
+userSession.modelNote.label=ユーザーセッションノート
+userSession.modelNote.tooltip=UserSessionModel.note マップ内のユーザーセッションノート名です。
+multivalued.label=マルチバリュー
+multivalued.tooltip=属性がマルチバリューをサポートしているかどうかを示します。サポートしている場合は、この属性のすべての値リストがクレームとして設定されます。サポートしていない場合は、最初の値だけがクレームとして設定されます。
+aggregate.attrs.label=属性値の集約
+aggregate.attrs.tooltip=属性値をグループ属性と集約する必要があるかどうかを示します。OpenID Connectマッパーを使用している場合は、すべての値を取得するためにマルチバリューのオプションも有効にする必要があります。重複した値は破棄され、値の順序はこのオプションでは保証されません。
+selectRole.label=ロールの選択
+selectRole.tooltip=左側にあるテキストボックスにロールを入力するか、ブラウズして必要なロールを選択するためにこのボタンをクリックしてください。
+tokenClaimName.label=トークンクレーム名
+tokenClaimName.tooltip=トークン内に挿入するクレームの名前を設定します。 「address.street」 のように完全修飾名で設定します。この場合、ネストされた JSON オブジェクトが作成されます。ネスティングを防ぎ、ドットを文字通りに使用するには、ドットをバックスラッシュ(\\.)でエスケープします。
+jsonType.label=クレーム JSON タイプ
+jsonType.tooltip=トークンへの JSON クレーム の追加で使用される JSON タイプを設定します。 long、int、boolean、String、JSON が有効な値です。
+includeInIdToken.label=ID トークンに追加
+includeInIdToken.tooltip=クレームを ID トークンに追加すべきかどうかを設定します。
+includeInAccessToken.label=アクセストークンに追加
+includeInAccessToken.tooltip=クレームをアクセストークンに追加すべきかどうかを設定します。
+includeInUserInfo.label=UserInfo に追加
+includeInUserInfo.tooltip=クレームを UserInfo に追加すべきかどうかを設定します。
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.label=クライアント ID
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.tooltip=ロールマッピング用のクライアント ID。このクライアントのクライアント・ロールだけがトークンに追加されます。これが設定されていない場合は、すべてのクライアントのクライアント・ロールがトークンに追加されます。
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=クライアントロールのプレフィックス
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=各クライアントロールのプレフィックスを設定します (オプション)。
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.tokenClaimName.tooltip=トークン内に挿入するクレームの名前を設定します。 「address.street」 のように完全修飾名で設定します。この場合、ネストされた JSON オブジェクトが作成されます。ネスティングを防ぎ、ドットを文字通りに使用するには、ドットをバックスラッシュ(\\.)でエスケープします。特別なトークン${client_id}を使うことができ、これは実際のクライアントIDに置き換えられます。使用例は「resource_access.${client_id}.roles」です。これは、すべてのクライアントからロールを追加する場合(特に「Client ID」スイッチが設定されていない場合)や、各クライアントのクライアントロールを別々の場所に配置する場合に、特に便利です。
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=レルムロールのプレフィックス
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=各レルムロールのプレフィックスを設定します (オプション)。
+sectorIdentifierUri.label=Sector Identifier URI
+sectorIdentifierUri.tooltip=pairwise sub 値を使用し、かつ Dynamic Client Registration をサポートするプロバイダーは、sector_identifier_uri パラメータを使用すべきです (SHOULD)。これは、共通の管理下にある Web サイト群に対し、個々のドメイン名とは独立して parwise sub 値の一貫性を保持する方法を提供します。また、クライアントに対し、すべてのユーザーを再登録させることなしに redirect_uri を変更する方法も提供します。
+pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.label=ソルト
+pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.tooltip=pairwise subject identifier を計算する際に使用するソルトを設定します。空白のままにするとソルトは生成されます。
+addressClaim.street.label=その他住所のユーザー属性名
+addressClaim.street.tooltip=「address」トークンクレーム内の「street_address」サブクレームにマップするために使用されるユーザー属性の名前。デフォルトは「street」です。
+addressClaim.locality.label=市区町村のユーザー属性名
+addressClaim.locality.tooltip=「address」トークンクレーム内の「locality」サブクレームにマップするために使用されるユーザー属性の名前。デフォルトは「locality」です。
+addressClaim.region.label=都道府県のユーザー属性名
+addressClaim.region.tooltip=「address」トークンクレーム内の「region」サブクレームにマップするために使用されるユーザー属性の名前。デフォルトは「region」です。
+addressClaim.postal_code.label=郵便番号のユーザー属性名
+addressClaim.postal_code.tooltip=「address」トークンクレーム内の「postal_code」サブクレームにマップするために使用されるユーザー属性の名前。デフォルトは「postal_code」です。
+addressClaim.country.label=国のユーザー属性名
+addressClaim.country.tooltip=「address」トークンクレーム内の「country」サブクレームにマップするために使用されるユーザー属性の名前。デフォルトは「country」です。
+addressClaim.formatted.label=整形された住所のユーザー属性名
+addressClaim.formatted.tooltip=「address」トークンクレーム内の「formatted」サブクレームにマップするために使用されるユーザー属性の名前。デフォルトは「formatted」です。
+included.client.audience.label=含まれるクライアント・オーディエンス
+included.client.audience.tooltip=指定されたオーディエンス・クライアントのクライアントIDが、トークンのオーディエンス(aud)フィールドに含まれます。トークンに既存のオーディエンスが存在する場合は、指定された値が単にそれらに追加されます。既存のオーディエンスを上書きすることはありません。
+included.custom.audience.label=含まれるカスタム・オーディエンス
+included.custom.audience.tooltip=これは「含まれるクライアント・オーディエンス」が入力されていない場合にのみ使用されます。指定された値が、トークンのオーディエンス(aud)フィールドに含まれます。トークンに既存のオーディエンスが存在する場合は、指定された値が単にそれらに追加されます。既存のオーディエンスを上書きすることはありません。
+
+# client details
+clients.tooltip=クライアントとはレルム内の信頼されたブラウザーアプリケーションや Web サービスです。これらのクライアントはログインを要求することができます。また、クライアント固有のロールを定義することができます。
+search.placeholder=検索...
+create=作成
+import=インポート
+client-id=クライアント ID
+base-url=ベース URL
+actions=アクション
+not-defined=未定義
+edit=編集
+delete=削除
+no-results=結果がありません
+no-clients-available=使用可能なクライアントはありません
+add-client=クライアントの追加
+select-file=ファイルを選択
+view-details=詳細を参照
+clear-import=インポートをクリア
+client-id.tooltip=URI とトークンで参照される ID を指定します。例えば 「my-client」 です。 SAML においては 期待される AuthnRequest の Issuer の値になります。
+client.name.tooltip=クライアントの表示名を指定します。例えば、 「My Client」 です。ローカライズ用のキーもサポートしています。例\: ${my_client}
+client.enabled.tooltip=無効なクライアントはログインを開始したり、アクセストークンを取得したりすることはできません。
+consent-required=同意が必要
+consent-required.tooltip=有効の場合は、ユーザーはクライアントアクセスに同意する必要があります。
+client.display-on-consent-screen=同意画面でクライアントを表示
+client.display-on-consent-screen.tooltip=同意する必要がある場合にのみ適用されます。このスイッチがオフの場合、同意画面には設定されたクライアントスコープに対応する同意のみが表示されます。オンの場合、同意画面にこのクライアント自体に関する項目も1つ表示されます。
+client.consent-screen-text=クライアントの同意画面のテキスト
+client.consent-screen-text.tooltip=このクライアントに対して、「同意画面でクライアントを表示」がオンの場合にのみ適用されます。このクライアントに対する特定のアクセス許可について、同意画面に表示するテキストを設定します。
+client-protocol=クライアントプロトコル
+client-protocol.tooltip=「OpenID Connect」 は、認可サーバーによって実行される認証を元にして、エンドユーザーのアイデンティティを確認するクライアントです。 「SAML」 は、クロスドメインのシングルサインオン (SSO) を含むWeb ベースの認証と認可シナリオを可能にし、情報を渡すためにアサーションを含むセキュリティトークンを使用します。
+access-type=アクセスタイプ
+access-type.tooltip=「Confidential」 クライアントはログインプロトコルの開始するためにシークレットを必要とします。 「Public」 クライアントはシークレットを必要としません。 「Bearer-only」 クライアントはログインを開始することはない Web サービスです。
+standard-flow-enabled=Standard Flow の有効
+standard-flow-enabled.tooltip=OpenID Connect の標準的な、認可コードによるリダイレクトベースの認証を有効にします。 OpenID Connect または OAuth2 の仕様における 「Authorization Code Flow」 のサポートを有効にします。
+implicit-flow-enabled=Implicit Flow の有効
+implicit-flow-enabled.tooltip=OpenID Connect の認可コードなしのリダイレクトベース認証のサポートを有効にします。OpenID Connect または OAuth2 の仕様における 「Implicit Flow」 のサポートを有効にします。
+direct-access-grants-enabled=ダイレクトアクセスグラントの有効
+direct-access-grants-enabled.tooltip=ダイレクトアクセスグラントのサポートを有効にします。これは、アクセストークンの取得のために Keycloak サーバーとユーザーのユーザー名/パスワードで直接アクセスを行います。OAuth2 の仕様における 「リソースオーナーパスワードクレデンシャルグラント」 のサポートを有効にします。
+service-accounts-enabled=サービスアカウントの有効
+service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Keycloak にこのクライアントを認証し、このクライアント専用のアクセストークンの取得ができるようになります。OAuth2 の仕様における 「クライアントクレデンシャルグラント」 のサポートを有効にします。
+include-authnstatement=AuthnStatement を含める
+include-authnstatement.tooltip=認証方式とタイムスタンプを含めたステートメントをログインレスポンスに含めるべきか設定します。
+include-onetimeuse-condition=OneTimeUse 条件を含める
+include-onetimeuse-condition.tooltip=OneTimeUse 条件をログインレスポンスに含めるべきか設定します。
+sign-documents=ドキュメントを署名する
+sign-documents.tooltip=SAML ドキュメントをレルムで署名すべきか設定します。
+sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext=REDIRECT 署名鍵検索の最適化
+sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext.tooltip=Keycloak アダプターによって保護された SP の REDIRECT Binding で SAML ドキュメントに署名する際、署名キーの ID を <Extensions> 要素の SAML プロトコルメッセージに含める必要がありますか? これにより、検証のために既知のすべてのキーを試行する代わりに単一のキーを使用するため、署名の検証が最適化されます。
+sign-assertions=アサーションを署名する
+sign-assertions.tooltip=SAML ドキュメント内のアサーションを署名すべきか設定します。もしドキュメントが既に署名済みの場合は、この設定は不要です。
+signature-algorithm=署名アルゴリズム
+signature-algorithm.tooltip=ドキュメントの署名に使用する署名アルゴリズムです。
+canonicalization-method=正規化方式
+canonicalization-method.tooltip=XML署名の正規化方式 (Canonicalization Method) を設定します。
+encrypt-assertions=アサーションを暗号化する
+encrypt-assertions.tooltip=SAML アサーションをクライアントの公開鍵で AES を使い暗号化すべきか設定します。
+client-signature-required=クライアント署名が必須
+client-signature-required.tooltip=クライアントは SAML リクエストとレスポンスを署名しますか? それらを検証すべきか設定します。
+force-post-binding=POST Binding を強制
+force-post-binding.tooltip=レスポンスに常に POST Binding を使用します。
+front-channel-logout=フロントチャンネルログアウト
+front-channel-logout.tooltip=有効の場合は、ログアウトはクライアントへのブラウザーリダイレクトが必要になります。無効の場合は、サーバーはログアウトのバックグラウンド呼び出しを行います。
+force-name-id-format=Name ID フォーマットを強制
+force-name-id-format.tooltip=要求された NameID サブジェクトフォーマットを無視し、管理コンソールで設定された物を使用します。
+name-id-format=Name ID フォーマット
+name-id-format.tooltip=サブジェクトに使用する Name ID フォーマットを設定します。
+root-url=ルート URL
+root-url.tooltip=相対 URL に追加するルート URL を設定します。
+valid-redirect-uris=有効なリダイレクト URI
+valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=ログインまたはログインの成功後にブラウザーがリダイレクト可能とする、有効な URI パターンを設定します。単純なワイルドカード、つまり 「http://example.com/*」 が使用可能です。相対パス、つまり 「/my/relative/path/*」 も指定可能です。相対パスはクライアントのルート URL を基準とします。または、未指定の場合は認証サーバーのルート URL が使用されます。SAML では、ログインリクエストに埋め込まれたコンシューマサービスの URL に依存している場合は、有効な URI パターンを設定する必要があります。
+base-url.tooltip=認証サーバーがクライアントへのリダイレクトまたは戻るリンクを必要とする際に使用するデフォルト URL を設定します。
+admin-url=管理 URL
+admin-url.tooltip=クライアントの管理インタフェースの URL を設定します。クライアントがアダプターの REST API をサポートしている場合に設定してください。この REST API により、認証サーバーは取り消しポリシーや他の管理タスクをプッシュすることができます。通常、クライアントのベース URL を設定します。
+master-saml-processing-url=SAML を処理するマスター URL
+master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=設定された場合は、この URL が SP のアサーションコンシューマおよびシングルログアウトサービスの両方の Binding に使われます。これは、SAML エンドポイントの詳細設定にある各 Binding やサービスの設定にて個別に上書きすることができます。
+idp-sso-url-ref=IDP Initiated SSO の URL Name
+idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=IDP Initiated SSO を行う際にクライアントを参照するための URL フラグメント名を設定します。空にすると IDP Initiated SSO は無効になります。ブラウザーから参照する URL は 「{server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}」 になります。
+idp-sso-url-ref.urlhint=対象の IDP initiated SSO の URL:
+idp-sso-relay-state=IDP Initiated SSO の RelayState
+idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=IDP Initiated SSO を行う際の SAML リクエストで送信したい RelayState を設定します。
+web-origins=Web オリジン
+web-origins.tooltip=許可される CORS オリジンを設定します。有効なリダイレクト URI のすべてのオリジンを許可するには 「+」 を追加してください。すべてのオリジンを許可するには 「*」 を追加してください。
+fine-oidc-endpoint-conf=OpenID Connect の詳細設定
+fine-oidc-endpoint-conf.tooltip=このセクションを展開して、OpenID Connect プロトコルに関連するこのクライアントの高度な設定を行います。
+access-token-signed-response-alg=アクセストークン署名アルゴリズム
+access-token-signed-response-alg.tooltip=アクセストークンの署名に使用されるJWAアルゴリズム。
+id-token-signed-response-alg=IDトークン署名アルゴリズム
+id-token-signed-response-alg.tooltip=IDトークンの署名に使用されるJWAアルゴリズム。
+id-token-encrypted-response-alg=IDトークン暗号化鍵管理アルゴリズム
+id-token-encrypted-response-alg.tooltip=IDトークンの暗号化鍵の管理に使用されるJWAアルゴリズム。このオプションは、暗号化されたIDトークンが必要な場合にのみ必須です。空のままにすると、IDトークンは署名されますが、暗号化されません。
+id-token-encrypted-response-enc=IDトークン暗号化コンテンツの暗号化アルゴリズム
+id-token-encrypted-response-enc.tooltip=id-token-encrypted-response-enc.tooltip=IDトークンの暗号化の際に、コンテンツの暗号化に使用されるJWAアルゴリズム。このオプションは、暗号化されたIDトークンが必要な場合にのみ必須です。空のままにすると、IDトークンは署名されますが、暗号化されません。
+user-info-signed-response-alg=署名付き User Info レスポンスのアルゴリズム
+user-info-signed-response-alg.tooltip=署名付き User Info エンドポイントのレスポンスに使用する JWA アルゴリズムを設定します。「unsigned」 に設定した場合は、User Info レスポンスは署名されず、application/json 形式で返されます。
+request-object-signature-alg=リクエストオブジェクトの署名アルゴリズム
+request-object-signature-alg.tooltip=クライアントが 「request」 または 「request_uri」 パラメータで指定された OIDC リクエストオブジェクトを送信する際に使用する必要がある、JWA アルゴリズムを設定します。「any」 に設定した場合は、リクエストオブジェクトは任意のアルゴリズム (「none」 を含む) で署名されます。
+request-object-required=リクエストオブジェクトが必要
+request-object-required.tooltip=クライアントが認可リクエストとともにリクエストオブジェクトを提供する必要があるかどうか、およびそのためにどの方法を使用できるかを指定します。「not required」に設定されている場合、リクエストオブジェクトの提供はオプションです。それ以外のケースでは、リクエストオブジェクトを提供する必要があります。「request」に設定されている場合、リクエストオブジェクトは値で提供される必要があります。「request_uri」に設定されている場合、リクエストオブジェクトは参照によって提供される必要があります。「requestまたはrequest_uri」に設定されている場合、いずれの方法も使用できます。
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf=SAML エンドポイントの詳細設定
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=アサーションコンシューマおよびシングルログアウトサービスの正確な URL を設定するにはこのセクションを開きます。
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=アサーションコンシューマサービスの POST Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=アサーションコンシューマサービス (ログインレスポンス) の SAML POST Binding URL を設定します。この Binding のための URL がない場合は空でよいです。
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=アサーションコンシューマサービスの Redirect Binding URL
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=アサーションコンシューマサービス (ログインレスポンス) の SAML Redirect Binding URL を設定します。この Binding のための URL がない場合は空でよいです。
+logout-service-post-binding-url=ログアウトサービスの POST Binding URL
+logout-service-post-binding-url.tooltip=シングルログアウトサービスの SAML POST Binding URLを設定します。異なる Binding を使用している場合は空でよいです。
+logout-service-redir-binding-url=ログアウトサービスの Redirect Binding URL
+logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=シングルログアウトサービスの SAML Redirect Binding URLを設定します。異なる Binding を使用している場合は空でよいです。
+saml-signature-keyName-transformer= SAML署名鍵名
+saml-signature-keyName-transformer.tooltip=署名されたSAML文書には、KeyName要素の署名鍵の識別情報が含まれています。Keycloak / RH-SSOカウンターパーティーの場合は、KEY_IDを使用し、MS AD FSの場合はCERT_SUBJECTを使用します。他のオプションが動作しない場合はNONEをチェックして使用します。
+oidc-compatibility-modes= OpenID Connect互換モード
+oidc-compatibility-modes.tooltip=このセクションを展開して、古いOpenID Connect / OAuth2アダプターとの下位互換性の設定を行います。これは、クライアントが古いバージョンのKeycloak / RH-SSOアダプターを使用している場合に特に便利です。
+exclude-session-state-from-auth-response=認証レスポンスからセッション状態を除外
+exclude-session-state-from-auth-response.tooltip=これがオンの場合、パラメーター「session_state」はOpenID Connect認証レスポンスに含まれません。クライアントが「session_state」パラメーターをサポートしていない古いOIDC / OAuth2アダプターを使用している場合に便利です。
+
+# client import
+import-client=クライアントのインポート
+format-option=フォーマットオプション
+select-format=フォーマットを選択
+import-file=ファイルをインポート
+
+# client tabs
+settings=設定
+credentials=クレデンシャル
+saml-keys=SAML 鍵
+roles=ロール
+mappers=マッパー
+mappers.tooltip=プロトコルマッパーはトークンやドキュメントの変換を行います。ユーザーデータをプロトコルのクレームにマッピングしたり、クライアントと認証サーバー間の任意のリクエストを単に変換したりすることができます。
+scope=スコープ
+scope.tooltip=スコープマッピングはクライアントに要求されたアクセストークン内に含まれるユーザーのロールマッピングを制限することができます。
+sessions.tooltip=このクライアントの有効なセッションを参照します。どのユーザーがアクティブでいつログインしたかを見ることができます。
+offline-access=オフラインアクセス
+offline-access.tooltip=このクライアントのオフラインセッションを参照します。オフライントークンをどのユーザーがいつ取得したかを見ることができます。このクライアントのすべてのトークンを取り消すには、取り消しタブを開き、 「この日時より前」 に現在日時を設定してください。
+clustering=クラスタリング
+installation=インストール
+installation.tooltip=様々なクライアントアダプターの設定フォーマットを生成するヘルパーユーティリティです。生成したものをダウンロードまたはカットアンドペーストしてクライアントに設定することができます。
+service-account-roles=サービスアカウントロール
+service-account-roles.tooltip=このクライアント専用のサービスアカウントのロールマッピングを認証できるようにします。
+
+# client credentials
+client-authenticator=クライアント認証
+client-authenticator.tooltip=Keycloak サーバーに対してこのクライアントの認証に使用するクライアント認証方式を設定します。
+certificate.tooltip=クライアントで発行され、キーストアの秘密鍵で署名された JWT を検証するためのクライアント証明書です。
+publicKey.tooltip=クライアントで発行され、秘密鍵で署名された JWT を検証するための公開鍵です。
+no-client-certificate-configured=クライアント証明書が設定されていません
+gen-new-keys-and-cert=新しい鍵と証明書を生成
+import-certificate=証明書をインポート
+gen-client-private-key=クライアントの秘密鍵の生成
+generate-private-key=秘密鍵の生成
+kid=Kid
+kid.tooltip=インポートされた JWKS のクライアントの公開鍵の KID (Key ID) を設定します。
+use-jwks-url=JWKS URL の使用
+use-jwks-url.tooltip=有効とした場合は、クライアントの公開鍵が指定の JWKS URL からダウンロードされます。 これにより、クライアントが新しい鍵ペアを生成した際に、新しい鍵が常に再ダウンロードされるため、柔軟性が向上します。無効とした場合は、Keycloak DB の公開鍵 (または証明書) が使用されるため、クライアントの鍵ペアが変更された際には、常に新しい鍵 (または証明書) を Keycloak DB にもインポートする必要があります。
+jwks-url=JWKS URL
+jwks-url.tooltip=JWK 形式のクライアント鍵が格納されている URL を設定します。詳細は JWK の仕様を参照してください。「jwt」 クレデンシャルを持つ keycloak クライアントアダプターを使用している場合は、アプリケーションに「/k_jwks」という接尾辞を付けた URL を使用することができます。例えば、「http://www.myhost.com/myapp/k_jwks」 です。
+archive-format=アーカイブ形式
+archive-format.tooltip=Java キーストアまたは PKCS12 アーカイブ形式
+key-alias=キーエイリアス
+key-alias.tooltip=秘密鍵と証明書のアーカイブエイリアスです。
+key-password=鍵のパスワード
+key-password.tooltip=アーカイブ内の秘密鍵にアクセスするためのパスワード
+store-password=ストアのパスワード
+store-password.tooltip=アーカイブ自身にアクセスするためのパスワード
+generate-and-download=生成 & ダウンロード
+client-certificate-import=クライアント証明書のインポート
+import-client-certificate=クライアント証明書のインポート
+jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=証明書のアーカイブエイリアスです。
+secret=シークレット
+regenerate-secret=シークレットの再生成
+registrationAccessToken=登録用アクセストークン
+registrationAccessToken.regenerate=登録用アクセストークンの再生成
+registrationAccessToken.tooltip=登録用アクセストークンにより、クライアントはクライアント登録サービスにアクセスできます。
+add-role=ロールの追加
+role-name=ロール名
+composite=複合
+description=説明
+no-client-roles-available=使用可能なクライアントロールはありません。
+composite-roles=複合ロール
+composite-roles.tooltip=このロールがユーザーにアサイン(アサイン解除)された際に、関連するロールが暗黙的にアサイン(アサイン解除)されます。
+realm-roles=レルムロール
+available-roles=使用可能なロール
+add-selected=選択したものを追加
+associated-roles=関連ロール
+composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=この複合ロールに関連付けされているレルムレベルのロールです。
+composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=この複合ロールに関連付け可能なレルムレベルのロールです。
+remove-selected=選択されたものを削除
+client-roles=クライアントロール
+select-client-to-view-roles=ロールを参照するにはクライアントを選択してください
+available-roles.tooltip=この複合ロール関連付け可能なこのクライアントのロールです。
+client.associated-roles.tooltip=この複合ロールに関連付けされているクライアントロールです。
+add-builtin=ビルトインを追加
+category=カテゴリ
+type=タイプ
+priority-order=優先順位
+no-mappers-available=使用可能なマッパーはありません
+add-builtin-protocol-mappers=ビルトインプロトコルマッパーを追加
+add-builtin-protocol-mapper=ビルトインプロトコルマッパーを追加
+scope-mappings=スコープマッピング
+full-scope-allowed=フルスコープを許可
+full-scope-allowed.tooltip=全ての制限の無効を許可します。
+scope.available-roles.tooltip=スコープにアサイン可能なレルムレベルのロールです。
+assigned-roles=アサイン済みロール
+assigned-roles.tooltip=スコープにアサイン済みのレルムレベルのロールです。
+effective-roles=有効なロール
+realm.effective-roles.tooltip=複合ロールの継承も含めたアサイン済みのレルムレベルのロールです。
+select-client-roles.tooltip=ロールを参照するにはクライアントを選択してください
+assign.available-roles.tooltip=アサイン可能なクライアントロールです。
+client.assigned-roles.tooltip=アサイン済みクライアントロールです。
+client.effective-roles.tooltip=複合ロールより引き継いでいるロールも含めたアサイン済みのクライアントロールです。
+basic-configuration=基本設定
+node-reregistration-timeout=ノード再登録のタイムアウト
+node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=登録されたクライアントをクラスターノードへ再登録する際の最大時間間隔を設定します。クラスターノードがこの時間内に Keycloak に再登録リクエストを送信しない場合は、Keycloak から登録解除されます。
+registered-cluster-nodes=登録済みクラスターノード
+register-node-manually=ノードを手動で登録
+test-cluster-availability=クラスターの可用性をテスト
+last-registration=最終登録
+node-host=ノードホスト
+no-registered-cluster-nodes=使用可能な登録済みクラスターノードがありません
+cluster-nodes=クラスターノード
+add-node=ノードを追加
+active-sessions.tooltip=このクライントの有効なユーザーセッションの合計数です。
+show-sessions=セッションを表示
+show-sessions.tooltip=有効なセッション数に応じて高負荷なオペレーションになる恐れがありますので注意してください。
+user=ユーザー
+from-ip=From IP
+session-start=セッション開始
+first-page=最初のページ
+previous-page=前のページ
+next-page=次のページ
+client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=この日時より前に発行されたこのクライアント用のトークンを取り消します。
+client-revoke.push.tooltip=管理 URL がこのクライアントに設定されている場合は、クライアントにポリシーをプッシュします。
+select-a-format=フォーマットを選択
+download=ダウンロード
+offline-tokens=オフライントークン
+offline-tokens.tooltip=このクライアントのオフライントークンの合計数です。
+show-offline-tokens=オフライントークンを表示
+show-offline-tokens.tooltip=オフライントークン数に応じて高負荷なオペレーションになる恐れがありますので注意してください。
+token-issued=発行済みトークン
+last-access=最終アクセス
+last-refresh=最終リフレッシュ
+key-export=鍵をエクスポート
+key-import=鍵をインポート
+export-saml-key=SAML 鍵をエクスポート
+import-saml-key=SAML 鍵をインポート
+realm-certificate-alias=レルム証明書エイリアス
+realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=レルム証明書もアーカイブに格納されます。これはそのエイリアスとなります。
+signing-key=署名鍵
+saml-signing-key=SAML 署名鍵です。
+private-key=秘密鍵
+generate-new-keys=新しい鍵を生成
+export=エクスポート
+encryption-key=暗号化鍵
+saml-encryption-key.tooltip=SAML 暗号化鍵です。
+service-accounts=サービスアカウント
+service-account.available-roles.tooltip=サービスアカウントにアサイン可能なレルムレベルのロールです。
+service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=サービスアカウントにアサイン済みのレルムレベルのロールです。
+service-account-is-not-enabled-for={{client}} のサービスアカウントは有効ではありません
+create-protocol-mappers=プロトコルマッパーを作成
+create-protocol-mapper=プロトコルマッパーを作成
+protocol=プロトコル
+protocol.tooltip=プロトコルです。
+id=ID
+mapper.name.tooltip=マッパーの名前です。
+mapper.consent-required.tooltip=一時的なアクセスを許可する際に、クライアントへの提供データにユーザーの同意を必要とするか設定します。
+consent-text=同意のテキスト
+consent-text.tooltip=同意ページに表示するテキストです。
+mapper-type=マッパータイプ
+mapper-type.tooltip=マッパーのタイプです。
+# realm identity providers
+identity-providers=アイデンティティ プロバイダー
+table-of-identity-providers=アイデンティティ プロバイダーの一覧表
+add-provider.placeholder=プロバイダーを追加...
+provider=プロバイダー
+gui-order=GUI 順序
+first-broker-login-flow=初回ログインフロー
+post-broker-login-flow=ログイン後のフロー
+redirect-uri=リダイレクト URI
+redirect-uri.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダーの設定で使用するリダイレクト URIです。
+alias=エイリアス
+display-name=表示名
+identity-provider.alias.tooltip=エイリアスは一意にアイデンティティ プロバイダーを識別するもので、リダイレクト URI の構築にも使用されます。
+identity-provider.display-name.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダーの分かりやすい名前を設定します。
+identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=このアイデンティティ プロバイダーの有効/無効を設定します。
+authenticate-by-default=デフォルトで認証
+identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=ログイン画面の表示前に、このプロバイダーでデフォルトで認証試行すべきかどうかを示しています。
+store-tokens=トークンの格納
+identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=ユーザー認証後のトークン格納の有効/無効を設定します。
+stored-tokens-readable=読み取り可能なトークンを格納
+identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=新しいユーザーが格納されたトークンを読み取り可能かどうかの有効/無効設定です。broker.read-token ロールをアサインします。
+disableUserInfo=User Info の無効
+identity-provider.disableUserInfo.tooltip=追加のユーザー情報を取得する User Info サービスの使用を無効にしますか? デフォルトではこの OIDC サービスを使用します。
+userIp=userIp パラメータの使用
+identity-provider.google-userIp.tooltip=Googleの User Info サービスの呼び出し時に「userIp」クエリパラメータを設定します。これはユーザーの IP アドレスを使用します。Google が User Info サービスへのアクセスを制限している場合に役立ちます。
+offlineAccess=リフレッシュトークンを要求する
+identity-provider.google-offlineAccess.tooltip=リフレッシュトークンを取得するには、Google認可エンドポイントにリダイレクトするときに「access_type」クエリー・パラメーターを「offline」に設定します。ユーザーがブラウザーを利用していないときに、Google APIにアクセスするためのGoogleトークンを取得するために、トークン交換の使用を計画している場合に便利です。
+hostedDomain=ホストされたドメイン
+identity-provider.google-hostedDomain.tooltip=Googleにログインするときに「hd」クエリー・パラメーターを設定します。Googleはこのドメインのアカウントのみを一覧表示します。Keycloakは、返されたIDトークンにこのドメインに対するクレームがあることを検証します。「*」を入力すると、任意のホストされたアカウントを使用できます。
+sandbox=対象のサンドボックス
+identity-provider.paypal-sandbox.tooltip=対象のPayPalサンドボックス環境
+update-profile-on-first-login=初回ログイン時にプロフィールを更新
+on=オン
+on-missing-info=情報不足の場合
+off=オフ
+update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=初回ログイン時にどのユーザーがプロフィールの更新を必要とするか条件を定義します。
+trust-email=Eメールを信頼
+trust-email.tooltip=有効とした場合は、このレルムでEメールの確認が有効となっている場合でも、このプロバイダーが提供するEメールは確認されなくなります。
+link-only=アカウントのリンクのみ
+link-only.tooltip=trueの場合、ユーザーはこのプロバイダーからログインできません。このプロバイダーにリンクすることのみできます。これは、プロバイダーからのログインを許可したくないが、プロバイダーと統合したい場合に便利です
+hide-on-login-page=ログインページで非表示
+hide-on-login-page.tooltip=非表示の場合、明示的にリクエストされていれば(例えば、'kc_idp_hint'パラメーターを使用していれば)、このプロバイダーによるログインが可能です。
+gui-order.tooltip=GUI (例. ログインページ上) でのプロバイダーの表示順序を決める番号を設定します。
+first-broker-login-flow.tooltip=このアイデンティティ プロバイダーでの初回ログイン後に起動させる認証フローのエイリアスです。 「初回ログイン」 という用語は、認証したアイデンティティ プロバイダーアカウントに関連付けられた Keycloak アカウントがまだ存在しない状態であることを意味します。
+post-broker-login-flow.tooltip=このアイデンティティ プロバイダーでの各ログイン後に起動させる認証フローのエイリアスです。このアイデンティティ プロバイダーで認証された各ユーザーの追加の確認 (例えば OTP) を行いたい場合に便利です。このアイデンティティ プロバイダーによるログイン後に追加の Authenticator の起動を行いたくない場合は、空のままとしてください。また、Authenticator の実装では、ClientSession にはアイデンティティ プロバイダーによりユーザーが既に設定されていることに注意してください。
+openid-connect-config=OpenID Connect の設定
+openid-connect-config.tooltip=OIDC SP と 外部 IDP の設定です。
+authorization-url=認可 URL
+authorization-url.tooltip=認可 URL を設定します。
+token-url=トークン URL
+token-url.tooltip=トークン URL を設定します。
+loginHint=login_hintを渡す
+loginHint.tooltip=アイデンティティプロバイダーにlogin_hintを渡します。
+uiLocales=現在のロケールを渡す
+uiLocales.tooltip=現在のロケールをui_localesパラメーターとしてアイデンティティー・プロバイダーに渡します。
+logout-url=ログアウト URL
+identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip=外部 IDP からユーザーのログアウトに使用するセッション終了エンドポイントを設定します。
+backchannel-logout=バックチャンネルログアウト
+backchannel-logout.tooltip=外部 IDP がバックチャンネルログアウトをサポートするどうかを設定します。
+user-info-url=UserInfo URL
+user-info-url.tooltip=UserInfo の URL を設定します。これはオプションです。
+identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダーで登録されているクライアントまたはクライアント識別子を設定します。
+client-secret=クライアントシークレット
+show-secret=シークレットを表示する
+hide-secret=シークレットを隠す
+client-secret.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダーで登録されているクライアントまたはクライアントシークレットを設定します。
+issuer=発行者 (Issuer)
+issuer.tooltip=レスポンス内の発行者の識別子 (Issuer Identifier) を設定します。未設定の場合は、検証は実行されません。
+default-scopes=デフォルトスコープ
+identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=認可要求の際に送信されるスコープです。スペース区切りでスコープのリストを設定します。デフォルトは 「openid」 です。
+prompt=プロンプト (prompt)
+unspecified.option=未定義
+none.option=none
+consent.option=consent
+login.option=login
+select-account.option=select_account
+prompt.tooltip=認証サーバーは再認証や同意をエンドユーザーに促すかどうかを指定します。
+accepts-prompt-none-forward-from-client=クライアントから転送されるprompt=noneを受け入れる
+accepts-prompt-none-forward-from-client.tooltip=これは、アイデンティティー・プロバイダー・オーセンティケーターとともに使用されるか、またはkc_idp_hintがこのアイデンティティー・プロバイダーを指す場合に使用されます。クライアントがprompt=noneでリクエストを送信し、ユーザーがまだ認証されていない場合、エラーは直接クライアントに返されませんが、prompt=noneのリクエストはこのアイデンティティー・プロバイダーに転送されます。
+validate-signatures=署名検証
+identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=外部 IDP の署名検証の有効/無効を設定します。
+identity-provider.use-jwks-url.tooltip=有効とした場合は、アイデンティティ プロバイダーの公開鍵が指定された JWKS URL からダウンロードされます。アイデンティティ プロバイダーが新しい鍵ペアを生成する際に、新しい鍵が常に再ダウンロードされるため、柔軟性が大幅に向上します。無効とした場合は、Keycloak DB の公開鍵 (または証明書) が使用されるため、アイデンティティ プロバイダーの鍵ペアが変更された際には、常に Keycloak DB に新しい鍵をインポートする必要があります。
+identity-provider.jwks-url.tooltip=JWK 形式のアイデンティティ プロバイダーの鍵が格納されている URL を設定します。詳細は JWK の仕様を参照してください。外部の Keycloak アイデンティティ プロバイダーを使用する場合は、ブローカーの Keycloak が 「http://broker-keycloak:8180」 で実行されておりレルムが 「test」 と仮定すると、「http://broker-keycloak:8180/auth/realms/test/protocol/openid-connect/certs」 のような URL を使用することができます。
+validating-public-key=検証用の公開鍵
+identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=外部 IDP の署名検証に使用する PEM 形式の公開鍵を設定します。
+validating-public-key-id=検証用の公開鍵ID
+identity-provider.validating-public-key-id.tooltip=鍵IDの場合、上記の検証用の公開鍵の明示的なID。外部IDPで指定された鍵IDに関係なく、上記の鍵を常に使用する必要がある場合は空白のままにしてください。鍵を使用する必要がある場合、外部IDPからの鍵IDが一致するかどうかを確認するためにのみ設定します。
+allowed-clock-skew=許容されるクロックスキュー
+identity-provider.allowed-clock-skew.tooltip=アイデンティティプロバイダーのトークンの検証時に許容されるクロックスキュー(秒単位)。デフォルト値は0です。
+forwarded-query-parameters=転送されるクエリー・パラメーター
+identity-provider.forwarded-query-parameters.tooltip=最初のアプリケーションへのリクエストから取得し、外部IDPの認可エンドポイントへ転送されるOpenID Connect/OAuth標準以外のクエリー・パラメーター。複数のパラメーターをカンマ(,)で区切って入力できます。
+import-external-idp-config=外部 IDP 設定のインポート
+import-external-idp-config.tooltip=外部 IDP メタデータを設定ファイルよりロード、または URL よりダウンロードして設定します。
+import-from-url=URL よりインポート
+identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=リモート IDP ディスカバリディスクリプタよりメタデータをインポートします。
+import-from-file=ファイルよりインポート
+identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=ダウンロードした IDP ディスカバリディスクリプタよりメタデータをインポートします。
+saml-config=SAML 設定
+identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=SAML SP と 外部 IDP の設定です。
+single-signon-service-url=シングルサインオンサービスの URL
+saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=認証リクエスト (SAML AuthnRequest) の送信に使用する URL を設定します。
+single-logout-service-url=シングルログアウトサービスの URL
+saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=ログアウトリクエストの送信に使用する URL を設定します。
+nameid-policy-format=Name ID ポリシーフォーマット
+nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Name ID フォーマットに対応する URI リファレンスを指定します。デフォルトは urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent になります。
+http-post-binding-response=HTTP-POST Binding レスポンス
+http-post-binding-response.tooltip=HTTP-POST Binding を使用してリクエストに応答するかどうかを設定します。オフの場合は、HTTP-REDIRECT Binding が使用されます。
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request=AuthnRequest の HTTP-POST Binding
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=HTTP-POST Binding を使用して AuthnRequest を送信するかどうかを設定します。オフの場合は、HTTP-REDIRECT Binding が使用されます。
+http-post-binding-logout=HTTP-POST Binding ログアウト
+http-post-binding-logout.tooltip=HTTP-POST Binding を使用してリクエストに応答するかどうかを設定します。オフの場合、HTTP-REDIRECT Binding が使用されます。
+want-authn-requests-signed=AuthnRequest の署名が必要
+want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=アイデンティティプロバイダーが署名付きAuthnRequestを要求するかどうかを設定します。
+want-assertions-signed=アサーションの署名が必要
+want-assertions-signed.tooltip=このサービスプロバイダーが署名付きアサーションを要求するかどうかを設定します。
+want-assertions-encrypted=アサーションの暗号化が必要
+want-assertions-encrypted.tooltip=このサービスプロバイダーが暗号化されたアサーションを期待するかどうかを設定します。
+force-authentication=認証を強制
+identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダーが以前のセキュリティコンテキストに頼るのではなく、プレゼンターを直接認証すべきかどうかを設定します。
+validate-signature=署名検証
+saml.validate-signature.tooltip=SAML レスポンスの署名検証の有効/無効を設定します。
+validating-x509-certificate=検証用の X509 証明書
+validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=署名の確認に使用する PEM 形式の証明書を設定します。
+saml.import-from-url.tooltip=リモート IDP の SAML エンティティディスクリプタからメタデータをインポートします。
+social.client-id.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダーで登録されているクライアント識別子を設定します。
+social.client-secret.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダーで登録されているクライアントシークレットを設定します。
+social.default-scopes.tooltip=認可要求の際に送信されるスコープを設定します。設定可能な値、区切り文字、デフォルト値はドキュメントを参照してください。
+key=Key
+stackoverflow.key.tooltip=Stack Overflow のクライアント登録で取得した Key を設定します。
+openshift.base-url=ベースURL
+openshift.base-url.tooltip=OpenShift Online APIのベースURL
+openshift4.base-url=ベースURL
+openshift4.base-url.tooltip=OpenShift Online APIのベースURL
+gitlab-application-id=アプリケーションID
+gitlab-application-secret=アプリケーションシークレット
+gitlab.application-id.tooltip=GitLabアプリケーションのアカウントメニューで作成したアプリケーションのアプリケーションID
+gitlab.application-secret.tooltip=GitLabアプリケーションのアカウントメニューで作成したアプリケーションのシークレット
+gitlab.default-scopes.tooltip=ログイン時に要求するスコープ。openidは常に要求されます。何も指定しない場合は、さらにapiを追加します。
+bitbucket-consumer-key=コンシューマーキー
+bitbucket-consumer-secret=コンシューマーシークレット
+bitbucket.key.tooltip=Bitbucket OAuthコンシューマーキー
+bitbucket.secret.tooltip=Bitbucket OAuthコンシューマーシークレット
+bitbucket.default-scopes.tooltip=ログイン時に要求するスコープ。何も指定しなければ、scopeはデフォルトで「email」になります。
+# User federation
+sync-ldap-roles-to-keycloak=LDAP ロールを Keycloak に同期
+sync-keycloak-roles-to-ldap=Keycloak ロールを LDAP に同期
+sync-ldap-groups-to-keycloak=LDAP グループを Keycloak に同期
+sync-keycloak-groups-to-ldap=Keycloak グループを LDAP に同期
+realms=レルム
+realm=レルム
+identity-provider-mappers=アイデンティティ プロバイダー マッパー
+create-identity-provider-mapper=アイデンティティ プロバイダー マッパーを作成
+add-identity-provider-mapper=アイデンティティ プロバイダー マッパーを追加
+client.description.tooltip=クライアントの説明を指定します。例えば 「タイムシート用のクライアント」 です。ローカライズ用のキーもサポートしています。例\: ${my_client_description}
+expires=有効期限
+expiration=有効期限
+expiration.tooltip=トークンの有効期間を指定します。
+count=カウント
+count.tooltip=このトークンを利用してクライアントをいくつ作成可能か指定します。
+remainingCount=残りのカウント
+created=作成日時
+back=戻る
+initial-access-tokens=初期アクセストークン
+add-initial-access-tokens=初期アクセストークンを追加
+initial-access-token=初期アクセストークン
+initial-access.copyPaste.tooltip=このページから移動する前に初期アクセストークンをコピー/ペーストします。後で検索することはできません。
+continue=続ける
+initial-access-token.confirm.title=初期アクセストークンのコピー
+initial-access-token.confirm.text=後からは取得することはできませんので、初期アクセストークンのコピー & ペーストを行ってください
+no-initial-access-available=使用可能な初期アクセストークンはありません
+client-reg-policies=クライアント登録ポリシー
+client-reg-policy.name.tooltip=ポリシーの表示名を設定します。
+anonymous-policies=Anonymous アクセスのポリシー
+anonymous-policies.tooltip=これらのポリシーはクライアント登録サービスが未認証リクエストによって呼び出された際に使用されます。これは、リクエストには初期アクセストークンも Bearer トークンも含まれないことを意味します。
+auth-policies=認証済みアクセスのポリシー
+auth-policies.tooltip=これらのポリシーは認証されたリクエストによってクライアント登録サービスが呼び出された際に使用されます。これは、リクエストに初期アクセストークンまたは Bearer トークンが含まれていることを意味します。
+policy-name=ポリシー名
+no-client-reg-policies-configured=クライアント登録ポリシーはありません。
+trusted-hosts.label=信頼されたホスト
+trusted-hosts.tooltip=信頼され、クライアント登録サービスを呼び出すことが許可されている、および/またはクライアント URI の値として使用されているホストのリストを設定します。ホスト名または IP アドレスを使用して設定します。スター (例えば 「* .example.com」) を使用すると、example.com のドメイン全体が信頼されます。
+host-sending-registration-request-must-match.label=クライアント登録リクエストを送信するホストの一致が必須
+host-sending-registration-request-must-match.tooltip=有効とした場合は、信頼されたホストまたはドメインから送信されたクライアント登録サービスへのリクエストは許可されます。
+client-uris-must-match.label=クライアント URI の一致が必須
+client-uris-must-match.tooltip=有効とした場合は、すべてのクライアント URI (リダイレクト URI など) は、信頼されたホストまたはドメインと一致する場合にのみ許可されます。
+allowed-protocol-mappers.label=許可されたプロトコルマッパー
+allowed-protocol-mappers.tooltip=許可されたプロトコルマッパープロバイダーのホワイトリストを設定します。ホワイトリストに登録されていないプロトコルマッパーを含むクライアントを登録しようとすると、登録リクエストは拒否されます。
+consent-required-for-all-mappers.label=マッパーの同意が必要
+consent-required-for-all-mappers.tooltip=有効とした場合は、新たに登録されたすべてのプロトコルマッパーは自動的に 「同意が必要」 が有効となります。これは、ユーザーが同意画面で承認する必要があることを意味します。注記: 同意画面は、クライアントが 「同意が必要」 を有効にしている場合にのみ表示されます。そのため、通常は同意が必要なポリシーとともに使用します。
+allowed-client-scopes.label=許可されたクライアントスコープ
+allowed-client-scopes.tooltip=クライアントスコープのホワイトリスト。新しく登録されたクライアントで使用できます。 ホワイトリストに登録されていないクライアントスコープをクライアントに登録しようとすると、拒否されます。 デフォルトでは、ホワイトリストは空かレルムのデフォルトのクライアントスコープが含まれているかのいずれかです(「デフォルトスコープの許可」設定プロパティに基づいています)。
+allow-default-scopes.label=許可されたデフォルトスコープ
+allow-default-scopes.tooltip=オンの場合、新規に登録されたクライアントは、レルムのデフォルトのクライアントスコープか、レルムのオプションのクライアントスコープに記述されたクライアントスコープを持つことが許可されます。
+max-clients.label=レルムあたりの最大クライアント数
+max-clients.tooltip=レルム内の既存のクライアントの数が設定された制限と同じかそれ以上の場合は、新しいクライアントを登録することはできません。
+
+client-scopes=クライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.tooltip=クライアントスコープを使用すると、複数のクライアント間で共有されるプロトコルマッパーとロールの共通セットを定義できます
+
+groups=グループ
+
+group.add-selected.tooltip=グループにアサイン可能なレルムロールです。
+group.assigned-roles.tooltip=グループにマッピングされたレルムロールです。
+group.effective-roles.tooltip=マッピングされているすべてのレルムロールです。複合ロールより引き継いでいるロールも含みます。
+group.available-roles.tooltip=このクライアントよりアサイン可能なロールです。
+group.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=マッピングされたこのクライアントのロールです。
+group.effective-roles-client.tooltip=マッピングされたこのクライアントのロールです。複合ロールより引き継いでいるロールも含みます。
+
+default-roles=デフォルトロール
+no-realm-roles-available=使用可能なレルムロールはありません
+
+users=ユーザー
+user.add-selected.tooltip=ユーザーにアサイン可能なレルムロールです。
+user.assigned-roles.tooltip=ユーザーにマッピングされたレルムロールです。
+user.effective-roles.tooltip=マッピングされているすべてのレルムロールです。複合ロールより引き継いでいるロールも含みます。
+user.available-roles.tooltip=このクライアントよりアサイン可能なロールです。
+user.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=マッピングされたこのクライアントのロールです。
+user.effective-roles-client.tooltip=マッピングされたこのクライアントのロールです。複合ロールより引き継いでいるロールも含みます。
+default.available-roles.tooltip=アサイン可能なレルムレベルのロールです。
+realm-default-roles=レルムのデフォルトロール
+realm-default-roles.tooltip=ユーザーにアサインされたレルムレベルのロールです。
+default.available-roles-client.tooltip=デフォルトでアサイン可能なこのクライアントのロールです。
+client-default-roles=クライアントのデフォルトロール
+client-default-roles.tooltip=デフォルトロールとしてアサインされたこのクライアントのロールです。
+composite.available-roles.tooltip=この複合ロールに関連付け可能なレルムレベルのロールです。
+composite.associated-roles.tooltip=この複合ロールに関連付けされているレルムレベルのロールです。
+composite.available-roles-client.tooltip=この複合ロールに関連付け可能なこのクライアントのロールです。
+composite.associated-roles-client.tooltip=この複合ロールに関連付けされているクライアントロールです。
+partial-import=部分インポート
+partial-import.tooltip=部分インポートでは、以前にエクスポートした JSON ファイルよりユーザー、クライアント、およびその他のリソースをインポートすることができます。
+
+file=ファイル
+exported-json-file=エクスポートされた JSON ファイル
+import-from-realm=レルムからインポート
+import-users=ユーザーをインポート
+import-groups=グループをインポート
+import-clients=クライアントをインポート
+import-identity-providers=アイデンティティ プロバイダーをインポート
+import-realm-roles=レルムロールをインポート
+import-client-roles=クライアントロールをインポート
+if-resource-exists=リソースが存在する場合
+fail=失敗
+skip=スキップ
+overwrite=上書き
+if-resource-exists.tooltip=既に存在するリソースをインポートしようとした場合にどうすべきかを指定します。
+
+partial-export=部分エクスポート
+partial-export.tooltip=部分エクスポートでは、レルム設定やその他の関連リソースをjsonファイルにエクスポートできます。
+export-groups-and-roles=グループとロールのエクスポート
+export-clients=クライアントのエクスポート
+
+action=アクション
+role-selector=ロールの選択
+realm-roles.tooltip=選択可能なレルムロールです。
+
+select-a-role=ロールを選択してください
+select-realm-role=レルムロールを選択
+client-roles.tooltip=選択可能なクライアントロールです。
+select-client-role=クライアントロールを選択
+
+client-saml-endpoint=クライアント SAML エンドポイント
+add-client-scope=クライアントスコープの追加
+
+default-client-scopes=デフォルトのクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.tooltip=作成された各クライアントに自動的に追加されるクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.default=デフォルトのクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.default.tooltip=作成された各クライアントにデフォルトスコープとして追加されるクライアントスコープの定義を許可する
+default-client-scopes.default.available=利用可能なクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.default.available.tooltip=レルムのデフォルトまたはオプションのスコープとして割り当てられていないクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.default.assigned=割り当てられたデフォルトのクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.default.assigned.tooltip=作成された各クライアントにデフォルトスコープとして追加されるクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.optional=オプションのクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.optional.tooltip=作成された各クライアントにオプションのスコープとして追加されるクライアントスコープの定義を許可する
+default-client-scopes.optional.available=利用可能なクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.optional.available.tooltip=レルムのデフォルトまたはオプションのスコープとして割り当てられていないクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.optional.assigned=割り当てられたオプションのクライアントスコープ
+default-client-scopes.optional.assigned.tooltip=作成された各クライアントにオプションのスコープとして追加されるクライアントスコープ
+
+client-scopes.setup=セットアップ
+client-scopes.setup.tooltip=このクライアントにリンクされたクライアントスコープを設定できるようにします
+client-scopes.default=デフォルトのクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.default.tooltip=このクライアントにトークンを発行する際に、デフォルトのクライアントスコープが常に適用されます。プロトコルマッパーとロールスコープのマッピングは、OIDC認可リクエストで使用されているスコープパラメーターの値に関係なく常に適用されます
+client-scopes.default.available=利用可能なクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.default.available.tooltip=デフォルトまたはオプションのスコープとして割り当てられていないクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.default.assigned=割り当てられたデフォルトのクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.default.assigned.tooltip=このクライアントのトークンを生成する際に、デフォルトスコープとして使用されるクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.optional=オプションのクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.optional.tooltip=このクライアントのトークンを発行する際に、適用されるオプションのクライアントスコープ。ただし、OIDC認可リクエストのスコープパラメーターによって要求された場合のみ
+client-scopes.optional.available=利用可能なクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.optional.available.tooltip=デフォルトまたはオプションのスコープとして割り当てられていないクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.optional.assigned=割り当てられたオプションのクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.optional.assigned.tooltip=このクライアントのトークンを生成する際に、オプションのスコープとして使用できるクライアントスコープ
+
+client-scopes.evaluate=評価
+client-scopes.evaluate.tooltip=このクライアントに発行されたトークンで使用されるすべてのプロトコルマッパーとロールスコープのマッピングを表示することを許可します。また、提供されたスコープパラメーターに基づいてサンプルアクセストークンを生成することもできます
+scope-parameter=スコープパラメーター
+scope-parameter.tooltip=このスコープパラメーターの値をコピー/ペーストし、このクライアントアダプターから送信された最初のOpenID Connect認証リクエストで使用できます。このクライアントに発行されたトークンを生成するときは、デフォルトのクライアントスコープと選択されたオプションのクライアントスコープが使用されます
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes=クライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.tooltip=このクライアントに発行されたトークンを生成する際に使用されるオプションのクライアントスコープを選択することを許可します
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.available=利用可能なオプションのクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.available.tooltip=これにはオプションのクライアントスコープが含まれています。このスコープは、このクライアントのアクセストークンを発行するときにオプションで使用できます
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.assigned=選択されたオプションのクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.assigned.tooltip=選択されたオプションのクライアントスコープは、このクライアントのアクセストークンを発行するときに使用されます。これらのオプションのクライアントスコープを最初のOpenID Connect認証リクエストがクライアントアダプターから送信されたときに適用する場合、OAuthスコープパラメーターのどの値を使用する必要があるかを上で見ることができます
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.effective=有効なクライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.evaluate.scopes.effective.tooltip=すべてのデフォルトのクライアントスコープと選択されたオプションのスコープが含まれます。クライアントに発行されたアクセストークンを生成するときに、すべてのクライアントスコープのすべてのプロトコルマッパーとロールスコープのマッピングが使用されます
+client-scopes.evaluate.user.tooltip=必要に応じて、サンプルのアクセストークンを生成するユーザーを選択します。ユーザーを選択しないと、評価中にサンプルのアクセストークンは生成されません
+send-evaluation-request=評価
+send-evaluation-request.tooltip=これをクリックすると、このクライアントにアクセストークンを発行するときに使用されるすべてのプロトコルマッパーとロールスコープのマッピングが表示されます。いくつかのユーザーが選択された場合には、オプションでサンプルのアクセストークンも生成されます
+
+evaluated-protocol-mappers=有効なプロトコルマッパー
+evaluated-protocol-mappers.tooltip=このクライアントにトークンを発行する際に使用されるすべての有効なプロトコルマッパーを表示できます。選択されたオプションのクライアントスコープのプロトコルマッパーも含まれます。プロトコルマッパーごとに、どのクライアントスコープから継承されているかを見ることができます
+evaluated-roles=有効なロールスコープマッピング
+evaluated-roles.tooltip=このクライアントにトークンを発行するときに使用されるすべての有効なロールスコープマッピングを表示できます。選択したオプションのクライアントスコープのロールスコープマッピングも含まれます。
+parent-client-scope=親クライアントスコープ
+client-scopes.evaluate.not-granted-roles=許可されていないロール
+client-scopes.evaluate.not-granted-roles.tooltip=クライアントには、これらのロールのスコープマッピングがありません。これらのロールは、認証されたユーザーがそれらのメンバーであっても、このクライアントに発行されるアクセストークンには含まれません
+client-scopes.evaluate.granted-realm-effective-roles=付与された有効なレルムロール
+client-scopes.evaluate.granted-realm-effective-roles.tooltip=クライアントには、これらのロールのスコープマッピングがあります。認証されたユーザーがそれらのメンバーである場合、これらのロールはこのクライアントに発行されるアクセストークンに含まれます
+client-scopes.evaluate.granted-client-effective-roles=付与された有効なクライアントロール
+generated-access-token=生成されたアクセストークン
+generated-access-token.tooltip=選択されたユーザーが認証されると生成され、クライアントに送信されるトークンのサンプルを参照してください。トークンには、有効なプロトコルマッパーとロールスコープのマッピングに基づいて、またユーザー自身に割り当てられたクレーム/ロールに基づいた、クレームとロールが表示されます
+
+manage=管理
+authentication=認証
+user-federation=ユーザーフェデレーション
+user-storage=ユーザーストレージ
+events=イベント
+realm-settings=レルムの設定
+configure=設定
+select-realm=レルムの選択
+add=追加
+
+client-storage=クライアントストレージ
+no-client-storage-providers-configured=クライアントストレージプロバイダーが設定されていません
+client-stores.tooltip=Keycloakは、クライアントとその詳細を外部ストアから取得できます。
+
+client-scope.name.tooltip=クライアントスコープの名前。レルム内でユニークでなければなりません。スコープパラメーターの値として使用されるため、名前には空白文字を含めないでください
+client-scope.description.tooltip=クライアントスコープの説明
+client-scope.protocol.tooltip=このクライアントスコープによって提供されているSSOプロトコル設定がどれか
+client-scope.display-on-consent-screen=同意画面で表示する
+client-scope.display-on-consent-screen.tooltip=オンで、このクライアントスコープが同意が必要なクライアントに追加された場合、「同意画面のテキスト」で指定されたテキストが同意画面に表示されます。オフの場合、このクライアントスコープは同意画面に表示されません
+client-scope.consent-screen-text=同意画面のテキスト
+client-scope.consent-screen-text.tooltip=このクライアントスコープが同意が必要なクライアントに追加された場合に、同意画面に表示されるテキスト。指定しない場合は、デフォルトでクライアントスコープの名前になります
+client-scope.gui-order=GUI順序
+client-scope.gui-order.tooltip=GUI(例:同意ページ)でのプロバイダーの順序をに整数で指定します。
+client-scope.include-in-token-scope=トークンスコープに含める
+client-scope.include-in-token-scope.tooltip=オンの場合、このクライアント・スコープの名前がアクセストークン・プロパティーの「scope」と同様にトークン・イントロスペクション・エンドポイントのレスポンスに追加されます。オフの場合、このクライアント・スコープはトークンとトークン・イントロスペクション・エンドポイントのレスポンスから除外されます。
+
+add-user-federation-provider=ユーザー フェデレーション プロバイダーの追加
+add-user-storage-provider=ユーザー ストレージ プロバイダーの追加
+required-settings=必要な設定
+provider-id=プロバイダー ID
+console-display-name=コンソール表示名
+console-display-name.tooltip=管理コンソール内でのリンク表示名を設定します。
+priority=優先度
+priority.tooltip=ユーザーを検索する際のプロバイダーの優先度を設定します。低い順となります。
+user-storage.enabled.tooltip=プロバイダーが無効になっている場合、クエリーは考慮されず、プロバイダーが再度有効になるまで、インポートされたユーザーは無効かつ読み取り専用になります。
+sync-settings=同期の設定
+periodic-full-sync=定期的なフル同期
+periodic-full-sync.tooltip=プロバイダーユーザーの Keycloak への定期的なフル同期を有効または無効とすべきかを設定します。
+full-sync-period=フル同期の周期
+full-sync-period.tooltip=フル同期の周期を秒で設定します。
+periodic-changed-users-sync=定期的な変更ユーザーの同期
+periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=変更または新規作成されたプロバイダーユーザーの Keycloak への定期的な同期を有効または無効とすべきか設定します。
+changed-users-sync-period=変更ユーザーの同期周期
+changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=変更または新規作成されたプロバイダーユーザーの同期周期を秒で設定します。
+synchronize-changed-users=変更ユーザーを同期
+synchronize-all-users=すべてのユーザーを同期
+remove-imported-users=インポートを削除
+unlink-users=ユーザーのリンクを解除する
+kerberos-realm=Kerberos レルム
+kerberos-realm.tooltip=Kerberos レルムの名前を設定します。例えば、 FOO.ORG です。
+server-principal=サーバープリンシパル
+server-principal.tooltip=サーバー、ドメイン名を含む HTTP サービスのサービスプリンシパルのフルネームを設定します。例えば、 HTTP/host.foo.org@FOO.ORG です。
+keytab=KeyTab
+keytab.tooltip=サーバープリンシパルのクレデンシャルを含む Kerberos の KeyTab ファイルを設定します。例えば、/etc/krb5.keytab です。
+debug=デバッグ
+debug.tooltip=Krb5LoginModule の標準出力へのデバッグロギングの有効/無効を設定します。
+allow-password-authentication=パスワード認証を許可
+allow-password-authentication.tooltip=Kerberos データベースに対するユーザー名/パスワード認証の有効/無効を設定します。
+edit-mode=編集モード
+edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLYは、パスワード更新が許可されず、ユーザーが常にKerberosパスワードで認証されることを意味します。UNSYNCEDは、ユーザーがKeycloakデータベースでパスワードを変更できることを意味し、このパスワードはKerberosパスワードの代わりに使用されます
+ldap.edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLYは、読み取り専用のLDAPストアです。WRITABLEは、必要に応じてデータをLDAPに同期させることを意味します。UNSYNCEDは、ユーザーデータをインポートするが、LDAPに同期しないことを意味します。
+update-profile-first-login=初回ログイン時にプロフィールを更新
+update-profile-first-login.tooltip=初回ログイン時のプロフィール更新の有効/無効を設定します。
+sync-registrations=登録の同期
+ldap.sync-registrations.tooltip=LDAP ストア内に新規作成ユーザーを作成すべきかどうかを設定します。どのプロバイダーが新しいユーザーの同期先に選択されるかは、優先度が影響します。
+import-enabled=ユーザーのインポート
+ldap.import-enabled.tooltip=trueの場合、LDAPユーザーはKeycloak DBにインポートされ、設定された同期ポリシーによって同期されます。
+vendor=ベンダー
+ldap.vendor.tooltip=LDAP ベンダー (プロバイダー)
+username-ldap-attribute=ユーザー名の LDAP 属性
+ldap-attribute-name-for-username=ユーザー名の LDAP 属性名
+username-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Keycloak ユーザー名にマッピングされる LDAP 属性名を設定します。多くの LDAP サーバーベンダーでは 「uid」 となります。Active Directory では 「sAMAccountName」 または 「cn」 となります。LDAP から Keycloak にインポートするすべての LDAP ユーザーのレコードで、属性は入力されているはずです。
+rdn-ldap-attribute=RDN LDAP 属性
+ldap-attribute-name-for-user-rdn=ユーザー RDN の LDAP 属性名
+rdn-ldap-attribute.tooltip=一般的なユーザー DN の RDN (top 属性) として使用される LDAP 属性名を設定します。通常は、ユーザー名の LDAP 属性 と同じですが、必須ではありません。例えば Active Directory では、ユーザー名が 「sAMAccountName」 だと RDN 属性として 「cn」 を使用するのが一般的です。
+uuid-ldap-attribute=UUID LDAP 属性
+ldap-attribute-name-for-uuid=UUID の LDAP 属性名
+uuid-ldap-attribute.tooltip=LDAP 内でオブジェクトのユニークなオブジェクト識別子 (UUID) として使用される LDAP 属性名を設定します。多くの LDAP サーバーベンダーでは 「entryUUID」 となりますが、異なる場合もあります。例えば Active Directory では、 「objectGUID」 となります。お使いの LDAP サーバーが UUID をサポートしていない場合は、ツリー内の LDAP ユーザーの中でユニークとなる他の属性を使用することができます。例えば、 「uid」 や 「entryDN」 です。
+user-object-classes=ユーザーオブジェクトクラス
+ldap-user-object-classes.placeholder=LDAP のユーザーオブジェクトクラス (カンマ区切り)
+ldap-connection-url=LDAP 接続 URL
+ldap-users-dn=LDAP ユーザー DN
+ldap-bind-dn=LDAP Bind DN
+ldap-bind-credentials=LDAP Bind のクレデンシャル
+ldap-filter=LDAP フィルター
+ldap.user-object-classes.tooltip=LDAP ユーザー用の すべての LDAP オブジェクトクラスをカンマ区切りで設定します。例: 「inetOrgPerson, organizationalPerson」 。新規作成された Keycloak ユーザーは、これらすべてのオブジェクトクラスを使用して LDAP に書き込まれます。また、既存の LDAP ユーザーのレコードは、これらすべてのオブジェクトクラスを含む場合だけ発見されます。
+connection-url=接続 URL
+ldap.connection-url.tooltip=お使いの LDAP サーバーへの接続 URL
+test-connection=接続テスト
+users-dn=ユーザー DN
+ldap.users-dn.tooltip=ユーザーがいる LDAP ツリーの完全 DN を設定します。この DN は LDAP ユーザーの親になります。例えば、典型的なユーザーは 「uid=john,ou=users,dc=example,dc=com」 のような DN となりますが、この場合は 「ou=users,dc=example,dc=com」 となります。
+authentication-type=バインドタイプ
+ldap.authentication-type.tooltip=LDAPバインド操作中に使用される認証方式のタイプ。LDAPサーバーに送信されるほとんどのリクエストで使用されます。現時点では「none」(匿名LDAP認証)または「simple」(クレデンシャル・バインド + パスワード・バインドの認証)のメカニズムしか利用できません。
+bind-dn=Bind DN
+ldap.bind-dn.tooltip=Keycloak が LDAP サーバーにアクセスするために使用する LDAP 管理者の DN を設定します。
+bind-credential=Bind のクレデンシャル
+ldap.bind-credential.tooltip=LDAP 管理者のパスワードを設定します。
+test-authentication=認証テスト
+custom-user-ldap-filter=カスタムユーザー LDAP フィルター
+ldap.custom-user-ldap-filter.tooltip=ユーザー検索のフィルタリングを行う LDAP フィルターを設定します。追加のフィルターが必要ない場合は空のままにしてください。設定は、 「(」 から始まり 「)」 で終わることを確認してください。
+search-scope=検索スコープ
+ldap.search-scope.tooltip=One Level では、ユーザー DN で指定された DN 内のユーザーのみを検索します。subtree では、サブツリー全体を検索します。より詳細については LDAP のドキュメントを参照してください。
+use-truststore-spi=トラストストア SPI を使用
+ldap.use-truststore-spi.tooltip=LDAP 接続で、standalone.xml/domain.xml で設定されたトラストストアの トラストストア SPI を使用するかどうかを指定します。 「Always」 は常に使用することを意味します。 「Never」 は使用しないことを意味します。 「Only for ldaps」 は、接続 URL が ldaps の場合に使用することを意味します。standalone.xml/domain.xml で設定されていない場合でも、デフォルトの Java CA 証明書 (cacerts) や 「javax.net.ssl.trustStore」 プロパティで指定された証明書が使用される点に注意してください。
+validate-password-policy=パスワードポリシーの検証
+connection-pooling=接続プーリング
+connection-pooling-settings=接続プーリングの設定
+connection-pooling-authentication=接続プーリング認証
+connection-pooling-authentication-default=none simple
+connection-pooling-debug=接続プールのデバッグレベル
+connection-pooling-debug-default=オフ
+connection-pooling-initsize=接続プールの初期サイズ
+connection-pooling-initsize-default=1
+connection-pooling-maxsize=接続プールの最大サイズ
+connection-pooling-maxsize-default=1000
+connection-pooling-prefsize=接続プールの推奨サイズ
+connection-pooling-prefsize-default=5
+connection-pooling-protocol=接続プールのプロトコル
+connection-pooling-protocol-default=plain
+connection-pooling-timeout=接続プールのタイムアウト
+connection-pooling-timeout-default=300000
+ldap-connection-timeout=接続タイムアウト
+ldap.connection-timeout.tooltip=LDAP接続タイムアウト(ミリ秒単位)
+ldap-read-timeout=読み取りタイムアウト
+ldap.read-timeout.tooltip=LDAP読み取りタイムアウト(ミリ秒単位)。このタイムアウトはLDAP読み取り操作に適用されます
+ldap.validate-password-policy.tooltip=パスワードを更新する前に、Keycloakはパスワードポリシーでパスワードを検証する必要があります
+ldap.connection-pooling.tooltip=Keycloak は LDAP サーバーへのアクセスで接続プールを使用するかどうかを設定します。
+ldap.connection-pooling.authentication.tooltip=プール可能な接続の認証タイプのリスト(スペース区切り)。有効なタイプは「none」、「simple」、「DIGEST-MD5」です。
+ldap.connection-pooling.debug.tooltip=生成するデバッグ出力のレベルを示す文字列。有効な値は、「fine」(接続の作成と削除のトレース)と「all」(すべてのデバッグ情報)です。
+ldap.connection-pooling.initsize.tooltip=アイデンティティ用に最初に接続を作成するときに作成する接続アイデンティティごとの接続数を表す整数の文字列表現。
+ldap.connection-pooling.maxsize.tooltip=接続アイデンティティごとに同時に維持できる接続の最大数を表す整数の文字列表現。
+ldap.connection-pooling.prefsize.tooltip=同時に維持する必要がある接続アイデンティティごとの優先接続数を表す整数の文字列表現。
+ldap.connection-pooling.protocol.tooltip=プール可能な接続のプロトコルタイプのリスト(スペース区切り)。有効なタイプは「plain」と「ssl」です。
+ldap.connection-pooling.timeout.tooltip=アイドル状態の接続がクローズされず、プールからも削除されないままプールに残る時間(ミリ秒)を表す整数の文字列表現。
+ldap.pagination.tooltip=LDAP サーバーはページネーションをサポートするかどうかを設定します。
+ldap.startTls.tooltip=STARTTLSを使用してLDAPへの接続を暗号化します。これにより接続プールが無効になります。
+kerberos-integration=Kerberos と統合
+allow-kerberos-authentication=Kerberos 認証を許可
+ldap.allow-kerberos-authentication.tooltip=SPNEGO/Kerberos のトークンを持つユーザーの HTTP 認証を有効/無効にします。認証されたユーザーに関するデータはこの LDAP サーバーよりプロビジョニングされます。
+use-kerberos-for-password-authentication=パスワード認証に Kerberos を使用
+ldap.use-kerberos-for-password-authentication.tooltip=LDAP サーバーに対してディレクトリサービスの API で認証する代わりに、Kerberos に対して ユーザー名/パスワード認証する Kerberos ログインモジュールを使用します。
+batch-size=バッチサイズ
+ldap.batch-size.tooltip=1トランザクションで LDAP から Keycloak にインポートされる LDAP ユーザー数を設定します。
+ldap.periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Keycloak への LDAP ユーザーの定期的なフル同期を有効/無効にします。
+ldap.periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Keycloak への 変更または新規作成された LDAP ユーザーの定期的な同期を有効/無効にします。
+ldap.changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=変更または新規作成された LDAP ユーザーの同期周期を秒で設定します。
+user-federation-mappers=ユーザーフェデレーションのマッパー
+create-user-federation-mapper=ユーザーフェデレーション マッパーの作成
+add-user-federation-mapper=ユーザーフェデレーション マッパーの追加
+provider-name=プロバイダー名
+no-user-federation-providers-configured=設定されているユーザーフェデレーション プロバイダーはありません
+no-user-storage-providers-configured=設定されているユーザーストレージ プロバイダーはありません
+add-identity-provider=アイデンティティ プロバイダーの登録
+add-identity-provider-link=アイデンティティ プロバイダーのリンク登録
+identity-provider=アイデンティティ プロバイダー
+identity-provider-user-id=アイデンティティ プロバイダーのユーザー ID
+identity-provider-user-id.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダー側のユーザーのユニーク ID です。
+identity-provider-username=アイデンティティ プロバイダーのユーザー名
+identity-provider-username.tooltip=アイデンティティ プロバイダー側のユーザー名です。
+pagination=ページネーション
+browser-flow=ブラウザーフロー
+browser-flow.tooltip=ブラウザー認証で使用したいフローを選択してください。
+registration-flow=登録フロー
+registration-flow.tooltip=登録で使用したいフローを選択してください。
+direct-grant-flow=ダイレクトグラントフロー
+direct-grant-flow.tooltip=ダイレクトグラント認証で使用したいフローを選択してください。
+reset-credentials=クレデンシャルのリセット
+reset-credentials.tooltip=ユーザーがクレデンシャルを忘れた際に使用したいフローを選択してください。
+client-authentication=クライアント認証
+client-authentication.tooltip=クライアント認証で使用したいフローを選択してください。
+docker-auth=Docker認証
+docker-auth.tooltip=Dockerクライアントに対する認証に使用するフローを選択します。
+new=新規作成
+copy=コピー
+add-execution=Execution を追加
+add-flow=フローを追加
+auth-type=認証タイプ
+requirement=必要条件
+config=設定
+no-executions-available=使用可能な Execution がありません
+authentication-flows=認証フロー
+create-authenticator-config=認証設定の作成
+authenticator.alias.tooltip=この設定の名前を設定します。
+otp-type=OTP タイプ
+time-based=タイムベース
+counter-based=カウンターベース
+otp-type.tooltip=OTP はタイムベースのワンタイムパスワードです。 「hotp」 は、サーバーでハッシュに対してカウンターを保持するカウンターベースのワンタイムパスワードです。
+otp-hash-algorithm=OTP ハッシュアルゴリズム
+otp-hash-algorithm.tooltip=OTP を生成するのにどのハッシュアルゴリズムを使用するか設定します。
+number-of-digits=桁数
+otp.number-of-digits.tooltip=OTP の桁数を設定します。
+look-ahead-window=先読みウィンドウ
+otp.look-ahead-window.tooltip=トークンジェネレーターとサーバーが時刻同期またはカウンター同期していないことを考慮してどれくらい先読みを行うか設定します。
+initial-counter=初期カウンター
+otp.initial-counter.tooltip=初期カウンターの値は何とするか設定します。
+otp-token-period=OTP トークンの期間
+otp-token-period.tooltip=OTP トークンは何秒有効とするか設定します。デフォルトは30秒です。
+otp-supported-applications=サポートされるアプリケーション
+otp-supported-applications.tooltip=現在のOTPポリシーで動作することが分かっているアプリケーション
+table-of-password-policies=パスワードポリシーの一覧表
+add-policy.placeholder=ポリシーを追加...
+policy-type=ポリシーのタイプ
+policy-value=ポリシーの値
+admin-events=管理イベント
+admin-events.tooltip=保存されたレルムの管理イベントを表示します。管理イベントは、アカウント管理に関連したイベント、例えばレルムの作成などです。イベントの保存を有効にするには設定へ移動してください。
+login-events=ログインイベント
+filter=フィルター
+update=更新
+reset=リセット
+operation-types=操作タイプ
+resource-types=リソースタイプ
+select-operations.placeholder=操作を選択...
+select-resource-types.placeholder=リソースタイプを選択...
+resource-path=リソースパス
+resource-path.tooltip=リソースパスでフィルタリングします。ワイルドカード'*'をサポートします(例:'users/*')。
+date-(from)=日付 (From)
+date-(to)=日付 (To)
+authentication-details=認証の詳細
+ip-address=IP アドレス
+time=日時
+operation-type=操作タイプ
+resource-type=リソースタイプ
+auth=認証
+representation=Representation
+register=登録
+required-action=Required アクション
+default-action=デフォルトアクション
+auth.default-action.tooltip=有効の場合は、新規ユーザーにはこの Required アクションがアサインされます。
+no-required-actions-configured=設定された Required アクションはありません
+defaults-to-id=ID がデフォルトになります
+flows=フロー
+bindings=バインディング
+client-flow-bindings=認証フローのオーバーライド
+client-flow-bindings.tooltip=レルム認証フローバインディングをオーバーライドします。
+required-actions=Required アクション
+password-policy=パスワードポリシー
+otp-policy=OTP ポリシー
+user-groups=ユーザーグループ
+default-groups=デフォルトグループ
+groups.default-groups.tooltip=新規ユーザーが自動的に参加するグループのセットを設定します。
+cut=カット
+paste=ペースト
+create-group=グループの作成
+create-authenticator-execution=認証 Execution の作成
+create-form-action-execution=フォームアクション Execution の作成
+create-top-level-form=トップレベルフォームの作成
+flow.alias.tooltip=フローの表示名を指定します。
+top-level-flow-type=トップレベルフロータイプ
+flow.generic=generic
+flow.client=client
+top-level-flow-type.tooltip=どの種類のトップレベルフローを作成しますか? 「client」 タイプは、クライアント (アプリケーション) の認証で使用します。 「generic」 はユーザーと他のすべてで使用します。
+create-execution-flow=Execution フローの作成
+flow-type=フロータイプ
+flow.form.type=form
+flow.generic.type=generic
+flow-type.tooltip=どの種類のフォームかを設定します。
+form-provider=フォームプロバイダー
+default-groups.tooltip=新規作成または登録されたユーザーは自動的にこれらのグループに追加されます。
+select-a-type.placeholder=タイプを選択してください
+available-groups=使用可能なグループ
+available-groups.tooltip=デフォルトとして追加したいグループを選択してください。
+value=値
+table-of-group-members=グループメンバーの一覧表
+table-of-role-members=ロールメンバーの一覧表
+last-name=姓
+first-name=名
+email=Eメール
+toggle-navigation=ナビゲーションの切り替え
+manage-account=アカウントの管理
+sign-out=サインアウト
+server-info=サーバー情報
+resource-not-found=リソースが<strong>見つかりません</strong>...
+resource-not-found.instruction=お探しのリソースが見つかりませんでした。入力された URL が正しいかご確認ください。
+go-to-the-home-page=ホームページへ移動 &raquo;
+page-not-found=ページが<strong>見つかりません</strong>...
+page-not-found.instruction=お探しのページが見つかりませんでした。入力された URL が正しいかご確認ください。
+events.tooltip=保存されたレルムのイベントを表示します。イベントは、ユーザーアカウントに関連したイベント、例えばログインなどです。イベントの保存を有効にするには設定へ移動してください。
+select-event-types.placeholder=イベントタイプを選択...
+events-config.tooltip=ユーザーイベントと管理イベントの保存を有効にする設定オプションを表示します。
+select-an-action.placeholder=アクションを選択...
+event-listeners.tooltip=どのリスナーがレルムのイベントを受け取るか設定します。
+login.save-events.tooltip=有効の場合は、ログインイベントがデータベースに保存され、管理コンソールとアカウント管理で使用することができます。
+clear-events.tooltip=データベース内のすべてのイベントを削除します。
+events.expiration.tooltip=イベントの有効期限を設定します。期限切れのイベントはデータベースから定期的に削除されます。
+admin-events-settings=管理イベントの設定
+save-events=イベントの保存
+admin.save-events.tooltip=有効の場合は、管理イベントがデータベースに保存され、管理コンソールで使用可能になります。
+saved-types.tooltip=どのイベントタイプが保存されるかを設定します。
+include-representation=Representation を含める
+include-representation.tooltip=作成または更新リクエストの JSON Representation を含めるかどうかを設定します。
+clear-admin-events.tooltip=データベース内のすべての管理イベントを削除します。
+server-version=サーバーのバージョン
+server-profile=サーバープロファイル
+server-disabled=使用できない機能
+server-disabled.tooltip=現在有効になっていない機能。一部の機能はデフォルトでは有効になっていません。これはすべてのプレビュー機能と実験的機能に適用されます。
+server-preview=プレビュー機能
+server-preview.tooltip=プレビュー機能は本番環境ではサポートされておらず、将来大幅に変更または削除される可能性があります。
+server-experimental=実験的機能
+server-experimental.tooltip=実験的機能は完全に機能しない可能性がある実験的機能です。本番環境では実験的機能を使用しないでください。
+info=情報
+providers=プロバイダー
+server-time=サーバーの時刻
+server-uptime=サーバーの稼働時間
+profile=プロファイル
+memory=メモリー
+total-memory=メモリーの総容量
+free-memory=空きメモリー
+used-memory=使用メモリー
+system=システム
+current-working-directory=現在の作業ディレクトリ
+java-version=Java バージョン
+java-vendor=Java ベンダー
+java-runtime=Java ランタイム
+java-vm=Java VM
+java-vm-version=Java VM バージョン
+java-home=Java ホーム
+user-name=ユーザー名
+user-timezone=ユーザータイムゾーン
+user-locale=ユーザーロケール
+system-encoding=システムエンコーディング
+operating-system=オペレーションシステム
+os-architecture=OS アーキテクチャ
+spi=SPI
+granted-client-scopes=付与されたクライアントスコープ
+additional-grants=追加の許可
+consent-created-date=作成日
+consent-last-updated-date=最終更新日
+revoke=取り消し
+new-password=新しいパスワード
+password-confirmation=新しいパスワード (確認)
+reset-password=パスワードをリセット
+credentials.temporary.tooltip=有効の場合は、ユーザーは次のログイン時にパスワードの変更が必要となります。
+remove-totp=OTPの削除
+credentials.remove-totp.tooltip=ユーザーのワンタイムパスワードジェネレーターを削除します。
+reset-actions=リセットアクション
+credentials.reset-actions.tooltip=ユーザーにリセットアクションEメールを送信するときに実行するアクションのセット。「Verify email」は、Eメールアドレスを確認するためのEメールをユーザーに送信します。「Update profile」は、新しい個人情報を入力する必要があります。「Update password」は、ユーザーが新しいパスワードを入力する必要があります。「Configure OTP」は、モバイルパスワードジェネレーターの設定が必要です。
+reset-actions-email=リセットアクションEメール
+send-email=Eメールを送信
+credentials.reset-actions-email.tooltip=リンクを記載したEメールをユーザーに送信します。リンクをクリックすることで、ユーザーはリセットアクションを実行できます。ユーザーはリセットの前にログインする必要はありません。例えば、 「Update Password」 アクションを設定してこのボタンをクリックすると、ユーザーはログインなしにパスワードの変更が可能になります。
+add-user=ユーザーの追加
+created-at=作成日
+user-enabled=ユーザーの有効
+user-enabled.tooltip=無効なユーザーはログインすることができません。
+user-temporarily-locked=ユーザーの一時的なロック
+user-temporarily-locked.tooltip=ユーザーは何度もログインに失敗してロックされている可能性があります。
+unlock-user=ユーザーをアンロック
+federation-link=フェデレーション リンク
+email-verified=Eメールが確認済み
+email-verified.tooltip=ユーザーのEメールが確認済みかどうかを設定します。
+required-user-actions=必要なユーザーアクション
+required-user-actions.tooltip=ユーザーがログインするときに必要なアクションです。「Verify email」は、Eメールアドレスを確認するためのEメールをユーザーに送信します。「Update profile」は、新しい個人情報を入力する必要があります。「Update password」は、ユーザーが新しいパスワードを入力する必要があります。「Configure OTP」は、モバイルパスワードジェネレーターの設定が必要です。
+locale=ロケール
+select-one.placeholder=1つ選択...
+impersonate=代理ログイン
+impersonate-user=ユーザーの代理
+impersonate-user.tooltip=このユーザーとしてログインします。同じレルム内のユーザーの場合は、このユーザーでログインする前に、現在のログインセッションがログアウトされます。
+identity-provider-alias=アイデンティティ プロバイダーのエイリアス
+provider-user-id=プロバイダーのユーザー ID
+provider-username=プロバイダーのユーザー名
+no-identity-provider-links-available=使用可能なアイデンティティ プロバイダーのリンクはありません
+group-membership=グループメンバーシップ
+leave=外す
+group-membership.tooltip=メンバーであるグループです。グループから外すには、リストのグループを選択して 「外す」 ボタンをクリックしてください。
+membership.available-groups.tooltip=ユーザーが参加可能なグループです。グループを選択して 「参加」 ボタンをクリックしてください。
+table-of-realm-users=レルムユーザーの一覧表
+view-all-users=すべてのユーザーを参照
+view-all-groups=すべてのグループを参照
+unlock-users=ユーザーのアンロック
+no-users-available=使用可能なユーザーはおりません
+users.instruction=検索を入力するか、 「すべてのユーザーを参照」 をクリックしてください
+consents=同意
+started=開始
+logout-all-sessions=すべてのセッションをログアウト
+logout=ログアウト
+new-name=新しい名前
+ok=OK
+attributes=属性
+role-mappings=ロールマッピング
+members=メンバー
+details=詳細
+identity-provider-links=アイデンティティ プロバイダーのリンク
+register-required-action=Required アクションの登録
+gender=性別
+address=住所
+phone=電話番号
+profile-url=プロフィール URL
+picture-url=画像 URL
+website=Web サイト
+import-keys-and-cert=鍵と証明書をインポート
+import-keys-and-cert.tooltip=クライアントの鍵ペアと証明書をアップロードします。
+upload-keys=鍵をアップロード
+download-keys-and-cert=鍵と証明書をダウンロード
+no-value-assigned.placeholder=アサイン済みの値はありません
+remove=削除
+no-group-members=グループメンバーはおりません
+no-role-members=ロールメンバーはおりません
+temporary=一時的
+join=参加
+event-type=イベントタイプ
+events-config=イベント設定
+event-listeners=イベントリスナー
+login-events-settings=ログインイベントの設定
+clear-events=イベントのクリア
+saved-types=保存タイプ
+clear-admin-events=管理イベントのクリア
+clear-changes=変更をクリア
+error=エラー
+# Authz
+# Authz Common
+authz-authorization=認可
+authz-owner=オーナー
+authz-uri=URI
+authz-uris=URI
+authz-scopes=スコープ
+authz-resource=リソース
+authz-resource-type=リソースタイプ
+authz-resources=リソース
+authz-scope=スコープ
+authz-authz-scopes=認可スコープ
+authz-policies=ポリシー
+authz-policy=ポリシー
+authz-permissions=アクセス権
+authz-users=ロールのユーザー
+authz-evaluate=評価
+authz-icon-uri=アイコン URI
+authz-icon-uri.tooltip=アイコンを指す URI を設定します。
+authz-select-scope=スコープを選択
+authz-select-resource=リソースを選択
+authz-associated-policies=関連ポリシー
+authz-any-resource=任意のリソース
+authz-any-scope=任意のスコープ
+authz-any-role=任意のロール
+authz-policy-evaluation=ポリシー評価
+authz-select-client=クライアントを選択
+authz-select-user=ユーザーを選択
+authz-entitlements=エンタイトルメント
+authz-no-resources=リソースはありません
+authz-result=結果
+authz-authorization-services-enabled=認可の有効
+authz-authorization-services-enabled.tooltip=きめ細かい認可のサポートを有効/無効にします。
+authz-required=必須
+authz-show-details=詳細を表示する
+authz-hide-details=詳細を非表示にする
+authz-associated-permissions=関連付けられたアクセス権
+authz-no-permission-associated=アクセス権が関連付けられていません
+# Authz Settings
+authz-import-config.tooltip=リソースサーバーの認可設定を含む JSON ファイルをインポートします。
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode=ポリシー施行モード
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode.tooltip=ポリシー施行モードは、認可リクエストを評価する際に適用される方法を決定します。 「Enforcing」 は、与えられたリソースに関連するポリシーが存在しない場合でも、リクエストはデフォルトで拒否されることを意味します。 「Permissive」 は、与えられたリソースに関連するポリシーが存在しない場合でも、リクエストは許可されることを意味します。 「Disabled」 は、完全にポリシーの評価を無効にし、任意のリソースへのアクセスを許可します。
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-enforcing=実施
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-permissive=許容
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-disabled=無効
+authz-remote-resource-management=リモートリソース管理
+authz-remote-resource-management.tooltip=リソースは、リソースサーバーによりリモートで管理すべきかどうかを設定します。 オフの場合は、リソースはこの管理コンソールだけで管理されます。
+authz-export-settings=エクスポート設定
+authz-export-settings.tooltip=このリソースサーバーのすべての認可設定をエクスポートしダウンロードします。
+authz-server-decision-strategy.tooltip=判定戦略は、パーミッションの評価方法と最終的な判定の取得方法を決定します。「Affirmative」とは、リソースおよびそのスコープへのアクセスを許可するために、少なくとも1つのパーミッションが肯定的な判定に評価される必要があることを意味します。「Unanimous」とは、最終的な判定も肯定的であるために、すべてのパーミッションが肯定的な判定に評価される必要があることを意味します。
+# Authz Resource List
+authz-no-resources-available=使用可能なリソースはありません。
+authz-no-scopes-assigned=アサイン済みのスコープはありません。
+authz-no-type-defined=定義されたタイプはありません。
+authz-no-uri-defined=URIが定義されていません。
+authz-no-permission-assigned=アサイン済みのアクセス権はありません。
+authz-no-policy-assigned=アサイン済みのポリシーはありません。
+authz-create-permission=アクセス権を作成
+# Authz Resource Detail
+authz-add-resource=リソースの追加
+authz-resource-name.tooltip=このリソースの一意な名前。この名前は、リソースを一意に識別するために使用でき、特定のリソースを照会するときに便利です。
+authz-resource-owner.tooltip=このリソースのオーナーです。
+authz-resource-type.tooltip=このリソースのタイプを設定します。異なるリソースインスタンスを同じタイプにグルーピングすることができます。
+authz-resource-uri.tooltip=リソースによって保護されているURIのセット。
+authz-resource-scopes.tooltip=このリソースに関連付けるスコープを設定します。
+authz-resource-attributes=リソース属性
+authz-resource-attributes.tooltip=リソースに関連付けられた属性。
+authz-resource-user-managed-access-enabled=User-Managed Accessの有効
+authz-resource-user-managed-access-enabled.tooltip=これを有効にすると、このリソースへのアクセスをリソースオーナーが管理できます。
+
+# Authz Scope List
+authz-add-scope=スコープの追加
+authz-no-scopes-available=使用可能なスコープはありません。
+# Authz Scope Detail
+authz-scope-name.tooltip=このスコープのユニークな名前を設定します。名前はスコープの一意な識別に使用され、特定のスコープを照会する際に使用することができます。
+# Authz Policy List
+authz-all-types=すべてのタイプ
+authz-create-policy=ポリシーを作成
+authz-no-policies-available=使用可能なポリシーはありません。
+# Authz Policy Detail
+authz-policy-name.tooltip=このポリシーの名前を設定します。
+authz-policy-description.tooltip=このポリシーの説明を設定します。
+authz-policy-logic=ロジック
+authz-policy-logic-positive=Positive
+authz-policy-logic-negative=Negative
+authz-policy-logic.tooltip=ロジックは、ポリシーの判定方法を決定します。 「Positive」 の場合は、このポリシーの評価中に得られた結果 (許可または拒否) が判定の実行に使用されます。 「Negative」 の場合は、結果は反転されます。言い換えれば、許可は拒否とその反対になります。
+authz-policy-apply-policy=ポリシーの適用
+authz-policy-apply-policy.tooltip=このポリシーやアクセス権で定義されたスコープに適用するすべてのポリシーを設定します。
+authz-policy-decision-strategy=判定戦略
+authz-policy-decision-strategy.tooltip=判定戦略は、ポリシーの評価方法と最終的な判定方法を決定します。 「Affirmative」 は、最終判定が positive となるためには、少なくとも1つのポリシーが positive と評価する必要がある、ということを意味します。 「Unanimous」 は、全体の判定が positive となるためには、すべてのポリシーが positive と評価する必要がある、ということを意味します。 「Consensus」 は、positive の数が negative の数より多くなければならないことを意味します。positive と negative の数が同じ場合は、最終的な判定は negative になります。
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-affirmative=Affirmative
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-unanimous=Unanimous
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-consensus=Consensus
+authz-select-a-policy=既存のポリシーを選択する
+authz-no-policies-assigned=ポリシーが割り当てられていません。
+# Authz Role Policy Detail
+authz-add-role-policy=ロールポリシーの追加
+authz-no-roles-assigned=アサイン済みのロールはありません。
+authz-policy-role-realm-roles.tooltip=このポリシーで許可されるレルムロールを指定してください。
+authz-policy-role-clients.tooltip=このポリシーに適用されるクライアントロールをフィルタリングするために、クライアントを選択してください。
+authz-policy-role-client-roles.tooltip=このポリシーで許可されるクライアントロールを指定してください。
+# Authz User Policy Detail
+authz-add-user-policy=ユーザーポリシーの追加
+authz-no-users-assigned=アサイン済みのユーザーはおりません。
+authz-policy-user-users.tooltip=どのユーザーがこのポリシーで許可されるか指定してください。
+# Authz Client Policy Detail
+authz-add-client-policy=クライアントポリシーの追加
+authz-no-clients-assigned=クライアントが割り当てられていません。
+authz-policy-client-clients.tooltip=このポリシーで許可されるクライアントを指定します。
+# Authz Time Policy Detail
+authz-add-time-policy=タイムポリシーの追加
+authz-policy-time-not-before.tooltip=ポリシーを許可しない日時を定義します。現在日時がこの値より後か、等しい場合にのみ許可されます。
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after=この日時より後
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after.tooltip=ポリシーを許可しない日時を定義します。現在日時がこの値より前か、等しい場合にのみ許可されます。
+authz-policy-time-day-month=月の日
+authz-policy-time-day-month.tooltip=ポリシーが許可される月の日を定義します。2番目のフィールドに値を入力して範囲を指定することもできます。この場合、現在の日が指定した2つの値の間にあるか、等しい場合のみ許可されます。
+authz-policy-time-month=月
+authz-policy-time-month.tooltip=ポリシーが許可される月を定義します。2番目のフィールドに値を入力して範囲を指定することもできます。この場合、現在の月が指定した2つの値の間にあるか、等しい場合のみ許可されます。
+authz-policy-time-year=年
+authz-policy-time-year.tooltip=ポリシーが許可される年を定義します。2番目のフィールドに値を入力して範囲を指定することもできます。この場合、現在の年が指定した2つの値の間にあるか、等しい場合のみ許可されます。
+authz-policy-time-hour=時
+authz-policy-time-hour.tooltip=ポリシーが許可される時を定義します。2番目のフィールドに値を入力して範囲を指定することもできます。この場合、現在の時が指定した2つの値の間にあるか、等しい場合のみ許可されます。
+authz-policy-time-minute=分
+authz-policy-time-minute.tooltip=ポリシーが許可される分を定義します。2番目のフィールドに値を入力して範囲を指定することもできます。この場合、現在の分が指定した2つの値の間にあるか、等しい場合のみ許可されます。
+# Authz Aggregated Policy Detail
+authz-aggregated=集約
+authz-add-aggregated-policy=集約ポリシーの追加
+# Authz Group Policy Detail
+authz-add-group-policy=グループポリシーを追加する
+authz-no-groups-assigned=グループが割り当てられていません。
+authz-policy-group-claim=グループクレーム
+authz-policy-group-claim.tooltip=定義されている場合、ポリシーは、パーミッションを要求するアイデンティティーを表すアクセストークンまたはIDトークン内の特定のクレームから、ユーザーのグループを取得します。定義されていない場合、ユーザーのグループはレルム設定から取得されます。
+authz-policy-group-groups.tooltip=このポリシーで許可されるグループを指定します。
+
+# Authz Permission List
+authz-no-permissions-available=使用可能なアクセス権はありません。
+
+# Authz Permission Detail
+authz-permission-name.tooltip=このアクセス権の名前を設定します。
+authz-permission-description.tooltip=このアクセス権の説明を設定します。
+
+# Authz Resource Permission Detail
+authz-add-resource-permission=リソースアクセス権の追加
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type=リソースタイプに適用
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type.tooltip=このアクセス権が、特定タイプの全リソースに適用されるかどうかを指定します。この場合、アクセス権は特定リソースタイプの全インスタンスに対して評価されます。
+authz-permission-resource-resource.tooltip=このアクセス権が適用されるリソースインスタンスを指定します。
+authz-permission-resource-type.tooltip=このアクセス権が適用されるリソースタイプを指定します。
+
+# Authz Scope Permission Detail
+authz-add-scope-permission=スコープアクセス権の追加
+authz-permission-scope-resource.tooltip=選択されたリソースに関連するスコープに制限します。選択されていない場合は、すべてのスコープが使用可能になります。
+authz-permission-scope-scope.tooltip=このアクセス権は1つまたは複数のスコープに適用されるように指定してください。
+
+# Authz Evaluation
+authz-evaluation-identity-information=アイデンティティ情報
+authz-evaluation-identity-information.tooltip=ポリシーの評価の際に使用されるアイデンティティ情報の設定オプションです。
+authz-evaluation-client.tooltip=認可リクエストを作成するクライアントを選択してください。提供されない場合は、認可リクエストは今いるページのクライアントで行われることになります。
+authz-evaluation-user.tooltip=サーバーからパーミッションを検索するためにIDが使用されるユーザーを選択します。
+authz-evaluation-role.tooltip=選択されたユーザーに関連付けたいロールを選択してください。
+authz-evaluation-new=新規に評価
+authz-evaluation-re-evaluate=再評価
+authz-evaluation-previous=前の評価
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info=コンテキスト情報
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info.tooltip=ポリシーの評価の際に使用されるコンテキスト情報の設定オプションです。
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes=コンテキスト属性
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes.tooltip=実行環境や実行コンテキストによって提供される任意の属性を設定します。
+authz-evaluation-permissions.tooltip=ポリシーが適用されるようにアクセス権を設定するオプションです。
+authz-evaluation-evaluate=評価
+authz-evaluation-any-resource-with-scopes=スコープを持つ任意のリソース
+authz-evaluation-no-result=認可リクエストから結果を得ることができませんでした。提供されたリソースまたはスコープが、ポリシーと関連付けられているかどうかを確認してください。
+authz-evaluation-no-policies-resource=このリソースのポリシーが見つかりませんでした。
+authz-evaluation-result.tooltip=このアクセス権のリクエストの全体的な結果です。
+authz-evaluation-scopes.tooltip=許可されたスコープリストです。
+authz-evaluation-policies.tooltip=どのポリシーが評価され判定されたか詳細を表示しています。
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data=レスポンス
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data.tooltip=認可リクエストの処理の結果として送信された認可データのトークンを表示します。これは、許可を求めたクライアントに対して Keycloak が発行する基本的なものです。現在の認可リクエストで付与されたアクセス権については 「authorization」 クレームを確認してください。
+authz-show-authorization-data=認可データを表示
+
+keys=鍵
+status=ステータス
+keystore=キーストア
+keystores=キーストア
+add-keystore=キーストアの追加
+add-keystore.placeholder=キーストアの追加...
+view=ビュー
+active=アクティブ
+passive=受動的
+disabled=無効
+algorithm=アルゴリズム
+providerHelpText=プロバイダーの説明
+
+Sunday=日
+Monday=月
+Tuesday=火
+Wednesday=水
+Thursday=木
+Friday=金
+Saturday=土
+
+user-storage-cache-policy=キャッシュ設定
+userStorage.cachePolicy=キャッシュポリシー
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.DEFAULT=DEFAULT
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_WEEKLY=EVICT_WEEKLY
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_DAILY=EVICT_DAILY
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.MAX_LIFESPAN=MAX_LIFESPAN
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.NO_CACHE=NO_CACHE
+userStorage.cachePolicy.tooltip=このストレージプロバイダーのキャッシュポリシー。「DEFAULT」は、グローバルキャッシュのデフォルト設定です。「EVICT_DAILY」は、キャッシュが無効になる毎日の時刻です。「EVICT_WEEKLY」は曜日であり、キャッシュが無効になる時刻です。「MAX-LIFESPAN」は、キャッシュエントリーの存続期間となるミリ秒単位の時間です。
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay=エビクションの日
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay.tooltip=エントリが無効になる日の曜日を設定します。
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour=エビクションの時
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour.tooltip=エントリが無効になる日の時を設定します。
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute=エビクションの分
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute.tooltip=エントリが無効になる日の分を設定します。
+userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan=最大生存期間
+userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan.tooltip=キャッシュエントリーの最大生存期間(ミリ秒)。
+user-origin-link=ストレージオリジン
+user-origin.tooltip=ユーザーが読み込まれたユーザーストレージプロバイダー
+user-link.tooltip=このローカルに格納されたユーザーがインポートされていたユーザーストレージプロバイダー。
+client-origin-link=ストレージオリジン
+client-origin.tooltip=クライアントがロードされたプロバイダー
+
+client-storage-cache-policy=キャッシュ設定
+clientStorage.cachePolicy=キャッシュポリシー
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.DEFAULT=DEFAULT
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_WEEKLY=EVICT_WEEKLY
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_DAILY=EVICT_DAILY
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.MAX_LIFESPAN=MAX_LIFESPAN
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.option.NO_CACHE=NO_CACHE
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.tooltip=このストレージプロバイダーのキャッシュポリシー。「DEFAULT」は、グローバルキャッシュのデフォルト設定です。「EVICT_DAILY」は、キャッシュが無効になる毎日の時刻です。「EVICT_WEEKLY」は曜日であり、キャッシュが無効になる時刻です。「MAX-LIFESPAN」は、キャッシュエントリーの存続期間となるミリ秒単位の時間です。
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay=エビクションの日
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay.tooltip=エントリが無効になる日の曜日を設定します。
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour=エビクションの時
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour.tooltip=エントリが無効になる日の時を設定します。
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute=エビクションの分
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute.tooltip=エントリが無効になる日の分を設定します。
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan=最大生存期間
+clientStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan.tooltip=キャッシュエントリーの最大生存期間(ミリ秒)。
+
+client-storage-list-no-entries=Keycloakは外部クライアントデータベースを連携できます。即時利用可能なOpenShift OAuthのクライアントとサービスアカウントをサポートしています。開始するには、以下のプルダウンからプロバイダーを選択します。
+
+disable=無効
+disableable-credential-types=無効化可能なタイプ
+credentials.disableable.tooltip=無効にできるクレデンシャルタイプのリストを設定します。
+disable-credential-types=クレデンシャルタイプを無効化
+credentials.disable.tooltip=選択したクレデンシャルタイプを無効にするには、ボタンをクリックします。
+credential-types=クレデンシャルタイプ
+manage-user-password=パスワードの管理
+disable-credentials=クレデンシャルの無効化
+credential-reset-actions=クレデンシャルのリセット
+credential-reset-actions-timeout=有効期限
+credential-reset-actions-timeout.tooltip=アクション許可が失効するまでの最大時間。
+ldap-mappers=LDAP マッパー
+create-ldap-mapper=LDAP マッパーの作成
+map-role-mgmt-scope-description=管理者がこのロールをユーザーまたはグループにマッピングできるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+manage-authz-users-scope-description=管理者がレルム内のすべてのユーザーを管理できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+view-authz-users-scope-description=管理者がレルム内のすべてのユーザーを表示できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+permissions-enabled-role=アクセス権が有効になっています
+permissions-enabled-role.tooltip=このロールを管理するためのきめ細かなアクセス権を有効にするかどうか。無効にすると、現在設定されているすべてのアクセス権が削除されます。
+manage-permissions-role.tooltip=ロールを管理するためのきめ細かなアクセス権。たとえば、ロールの割り当てを許可されているユーザーに対して、さまざまなポリシーを定義できます。
+lookup=ルックアップ
+manage-permissions-users.tooltip=レルム内のすべてのユーザーを管理するきめ細かいアクセス権。レルム内のユーザーを管理できるユーザーには、さまざまなポリシーを定義できます。
+permissions-enabled-users=アクセス権が有効
+permissions-enabled-users.tooltip=ユーザーを管理するためのきめ細かいアクセス権を有効にするかどうか。無効にすると、現在設定されているすべてのアクセス権が削除されます。
+manage-permissions-client.tooltip=このクライアントを管理したり、このクライアントによって定義されたロールを適用したりする管理者のきめ細かいアクセス権です。
+manage-permissions-group.tooltip=このグループまたはこのグループのメンバーを管理したい管理者のきめ細かいアクセス権。
+manage-authz-group-scope-description=管理者がこのグループを管理できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+view-authz-group-scope-description=管理者がこのグループを表示できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+view-members-authz-group-scope-description=管理者がこのグループのメンバーを管理できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+token-exchange-authz-client-scope-description=このクライアントを対象とするトークンのトークン交換を許可するクライアントを決定するポリシー。
+token-exchange-authz-idp-scope-description=このアイデンティティプロバイダーが発行した外部トークンに対して、どのクライアントがトークンを交換できるかを決定するポリシー。
+manage-authz-client-scope-description=管理者がこのクライアントを管理できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+configure-authz-client-scope-description=管理者の管理権限を削減しました。スコープ、テンプレート、またはプロトコルマッパーを設定できません。
+view-authz-client-scope-description=管理者がこのクライアントを表示できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+map-roles-authz-client-scope-description=管理者がこのクライアントによって定義されたロールをマップできるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+map-roles-client-scope-authz-client-scope-description=管理者がこのクライアントによって定義されたロールを別のクライアントのクライアントスコープに適用できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+map-roles-composite-authz-client-scope-description=管理者がこのクライアントによって定義されたロールをコンポジットとして別のロールに適用できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+map-role-authz-role-scope-description=管理者がこのロールをユーザーまたはグループにマップできるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+map-role-client-scope-authz-role-scope-description=管理者がこのロールをクライアントのクライアントスコープに適用できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+map-role-composite-authz-role-scope-description=管理者がこのロールをコンポジットとして別のロールに適用できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+manage-group-membership-authz-users-scope-description=管理者がレルム内のすべてのユーザーのグループメンバーシップを管理できるかどうかを決定するポリシー。これは、特定のグループポリシーと組み合わせて使用​​されます
+impersonate-authz-users-scope-description=管理者が他のユーザーを偽装できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+map-roles-authz-users-scope-description=管理者がすべてのユーザーのロールをマップできるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+user-impersonated-authz-users-scope-description=どのユーザーを偽装するかを決定するポリシー。これらのポリシーは、偽装されているユーザーに適用されます。
+manage-membership-authz-group-scope-description=管理者がこのグループにユーザーを追加または削除できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+manage-members-authz-group-scope-description=管理者がこのグループのメンバーを管理できるかどうかを決定するポリシー
+
+# KEYCLOAK-6771 Certificate Bound Token
+# https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-mtls-08#section-3
+advanced-client-settings=詳細設定
+advanced-client-settings.tooltip=このセクションを展開して、このクライアントの詳細設定を設定します
+tls-client-certificate-bound-access-tokens=OAuth 2.0相互TLS証明書バインドアクセストークンが有効
+tls-client-certificate-bound-access-tokens.tooltip=これにより、OAuth 2.0相互TLS証明書バインドアクセストークンがサポートされます。つまり、Keycloakは、Keycloakのトークンエンドポイントとこのクライアントの間で相互TLSにより交換されるクライアントのX.509証明書と、アクセストークンおよびリフレッシュトークンをバインドします。これらのトークンは、ベアラトークンの代わりにHolder-of-Keyトークンとして扱うことができます。
+subjectdn=サブジェクトDN
+subjectdn-tooltip=クライアント証明書内のサブジェクトDNを検証するための正規表現。あらゆる種類の式に一致させるには、"(.*?)(?:$)"を使用します。
+pkce-code-challenge-method=Proof Key for Code Exchangeのコードチャレンジ方式
+pkce-code-challenge-method.tooltip=PKCEのどのコードチャレンジ方式を使用するかを選択します。指定しない場合、keycloakは、クライアントが適切なコードチャレンジとコード交換の方式で認可リクエストを送信しない限り、クライアントにPKCEを適用しません。 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_lt.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_lt.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e46d56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_lt.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,1207 @@
+# encoding: utf-8
+consoleTitle=Keycloak administravimo konsolė
+
+# Common messages
+enabled=Įgalintas
+name=Pavadinimas
+displayName=Rodomas pavadinimas
+displayNameHtml=Rodomas pavadinimas HTML formatu
+save=Saugoti
+cancel=Atšaukti
+onText=ON
+offText=OFF
+client=Klientas
+clients=Klientai
+clear=Išvalyti
+selectOne=Pasirinkite vieną...
+
+true=Taip
+false=Ne
+
+endpoints=Prieigos adresai
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Naudotojai ir programos prie srities gali prieiti tik tuomet, kai ji įgalinta
+realm-detail.oidc-endpoints.tooltip=Atidaromas langas su OpenID Connect prieigos URL adresais
+registrationAllowed=Naudotojų registracija
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Įgalina naudotojų registravimosi sąsają. Prisijungimo lange rodoma nuoroda į registravimosi puslapį.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=El. paštas kaip naudojo vardas
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=Jei įgalintas tuomet naudotojo vardo laukas registravimosi lange yra slepiamas ir naujai besiregistruojantiems naudotojams el. pašto adresas naudojamas kaip naudotojo vardas.
+editUsernameAllowed=Naudotojo vardo redagavimas
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=Jei įgalintas, tuomet naudotojas gali keisti savo naudotojo vardą.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Slaptažodžio priminimas
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Prisijungimo lange rodoma nuoroda pamiršto slaptažodžio atkūrimui.
+rememberMe=Prisiminti mane
+rememberMe.tooltip=Prisijungimo lange rodyti pasirinkimą leidžiantį naudotojui likti prisijungus netgi tuomet, kai naršyklė yra išjungiama/įjungiama tol, kol nepasibaigia prisijungimo sesija.
+verifyEmail=El. pašto patvirtinimas
+verifyEmail.tooltip=Reikalauti naudotojo patvirtinti el. pašto adresą pirmojo prisijungimo metu.
+sslRequired=Reikalauti SSL
+sslRequired.option.all=visoms užklausoms
+sslRequired.option.external=išorinėms užklausoms
+sslRequired.option.none=niekada
+sslRequired.tooltip=Ar HTTPS privalomas? 'niekada' - HTTPS nereikalaujamas. 'išorinėms užklausoms' - jungiantis iš localhost ar serverio IP adresų galima prieiti ir per HTTP. 'visoms užklausoms' - HTTPS reikalaujamas jungiantis iš visų IP adresų.
+publicKey=Viešas raktas
+privateKey=Privatus raktas
+gen-new-keys=Generuoti naujus raktus
+certificate=Sertifikatas
+host=Serveris
+smtp-host=SMTP serveris
+port=Prievadas
+smtp-port=SMTP prievadas (numatyta reikšmė 25)
+from=Nuo
+sender-email-addr=Siuntėjo el. pašto adresas
+enable-ssl=Įgalinti SSL
+enable-start-tls=Įgalinti StartTLS
+enable-auth=Įgalinti autentifikaciją
+username=Naudotojo vardas
+login-username=Prisijungimui naudojamas naudotojo vardas
+password=Slaptažodis
+login-password=Prisijungimui naudojamas slaptažodis
+login-theme=Prisijungimo lango tema
+login-theme.tooltip=Pasirinkite kaip atrodys Jūsų prisijungimo, OTP, teisių suteikimo, naudotojų registracijos ir slaptažodžių priminimo langai.
+account-theme=Naudotojo profilio tema
+account-theme.tooltip=Pasirinkite kaip atrodys naudotojo profilio valdymo langai.
+admin-console-theme=Administravimo konsolės tema
+select-theme-admin-console=Pasirinkite kaip atrodys administravimo konsolės langai.
+email-theme=El. pašto tema
+select-theme-email=Pasirinkite kaip atrodys siunčiami el. pašto laiškai.
+i18n-enabled=Daugiakalbystės palaikymas
+supported-locales=Palaikomos kalbos
+supported-locales.placeholder=Pasirinkite arba įrašykite kalbos pavadinimą
+default-locale=Numatyta kalba
+realm-cache-clear=Srities podėlis
+realm-cache-clear.tooltip=Iš visų sričių pašalinama visa podėlyje (cache) esanti informacija
+user-cache-clear=Naudotojų podėlis
+user-cache-clear.tooltip=Iš visų sričių pašalinama visa naudotojų podėlyje (cache) esanti informacija
+revoke-refresh-token=Prieigos raktą naudoti tik kartą
+revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=Jei įgalintas, tuomet atnaujinimo raktai (Refresh Token) gali būti naudojami tik vieną kartą. Kitu atveju - atnaujinimo raktai gali būti pernaudojami daugelį kartų.
+sso-session-idle=SSO sesijos neveikimo laikas
+seconds=Sekundės
+minutes=Minutės
+hours=Valandos
+days=Dienos
+sso-session-max=SSO sesijos maksimalus laikas
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=Laikas, po kurio neaktyvi sesija bus užbaigta. Sesijos pasibaigimo metu visi raktai (Tokens) ir naršyklių sesijos sunaikinamos.
+sso-session-max.tooltip=Laikas, po kurio prisijungimo sesija yra sunaikinama. Sesijos pasibaigimo metu visi raktai (Tokens) ir naršyklių sesijos sunaikinamos.
+offline-session-idle=Neprisijungusios sesijos neveikimo laikas
+offline-session-idle.tooltip=Darbo neprisijungus sesijos neveikimo laikas, po kurio neaktyvi sesija bus užbaigta. Darbo neprisijungus metu, prisijungimo raktai turi būti atnaujinami bent kartą per nurodytą periodą. Kitu atveju sesijos galiojmas bus sustabdytas.
+access-token-lifespan=Prisijungimo rakto galiojimo laikas
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip=Laikas, po kurio prisijungimui naudojamas raktas (Access Token) nustoja galioti. Rekomenduojama, kad šios reikšmės galiojimas būtų reliatyviai trumpas palyginus su SSO galiojimo laiku.
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow=Prisijungimo rakto galiojimo laikas (Implicit Flow)
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow.tooltip=Laikas, po kurio prisijungimui naudojamas OpenID Connect Implicit Flow raktas nustoja galioti. Rekomenduojama, kad šios reikšmės galiojimas būtų reliatyviai trumpas palyginus su SSO galiojimo laiku. Šis parametras skiriasi nuo 'Prisijungimo rakto galiojimo laikas', nes nėra galimybės atnaujinti prieigos rakto naudojant OpenID Connect Implicit Flow.
+client-login-timeout=Kliento prisijungimui skirtas laikas
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=Laikas, per kurį klientas turi užbaigti prisijungimo procesą. Normaliu atveju reikšmė turėtų būti 1 minutė.
+login-timeout=Naudotojo prisijungimui skirtas laikas
+login-timeout.tooltip=Laikas, per kurį naudotojas turi užbaigti prisijungimo procesą. Rekomenduojamas pakankamai ilgas laiko tarpas. Pvz. 30 minučių ar daugiau.
+login-action-timeout=Naudotojo prisijungimo veiksmui skirtas laikas
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=Laikas, per kurį naudotojas turi užbaigti su prisijungimu susijusį veiksmą. Pavyzdžiui atnaujinti slaptažodį ar sukonfigūruoti OTP. Rekomenduojamas laikas - 5 minutės ar daugiau.
+headers=Antraštės
+brute-force-detection=Grubios jėgos ataka
+x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+x-frame-options-tooltip=Numatyta reikšmė draudžia puslapius naudoti kitose svetainėse per iframe (paspauskite antraštę norėdami gauti daugiau informacijos)
+content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+content-sec-policy-tooltip=Numatyta reikšmė draudžia puslapius naudoti kitose svetainėse per iframe (paspauskite antraštę norėdami gauti daugiau informacijos)
+content-type-options=X-Content-Type-Options
+content-type-options-tooltip=Numatyta reikšmė draudžia Internet Explorer ir Google Chrome atlikti priimti kitokias MIME reikšmes (MIME-sniffing) nei deklaruotas turinio tipas (content-type) (paspauskite antraštę norėdami gauti daugiau informacijos)
+max-login-failures=Maksimalus bandymų prisijungimų skaičius
+max-login-failures.tooltip=Pasiekus maksimalų nesėkmingų bandymų prisijungti skaičių įjungiamas specialus rėžimas, kuomet laukimo intervalas yra didinamas po kiekvieno sekančio neteisingo bandymo.
+wait-increment=Laukimo laiko didinimas po
+wait-increment.tooltip=Laikas, kurį naudotojo prisijungimai yra draudžiami, kai nėsėkmingų bandymų skaičius pasiekia nustatytą ribą
+quick-login-check-millis=Per greito bandymo prisijungti laikas milisekundėmis
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=Jei nėsėkmingi bandymai prisijungti seka vienas kitą per greitai, tuomet naudotojo paskyra yra užrakinama.
+min-quick-login-wait=Per greito bandymo prisijungti užrakinimo laikas
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=Laikas, kurį naudotojo prisijungimai yra draudžiami, kai nėsėkmingi bandymai prisijungti seka vienas kitą per greitai.
+max-wait=Maksimalus užrakinimo laikas
+max-wait.tooltip=Maksimalus laikas, kuomet naudotojo paskyra yra užrakinama po nesėkmingų bandymų prisijungti.
+failure-reset-time=Pamiršti nepavykusius prisijungimus po
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=Laikas, po kurio nepavykę prisijungimai bus pamiršti
+realm-tab-login=Prisijungimas
+realm-tab-keys=Raktai
+realm-tab-email=El. paštas
+realm-tab-themes=Temos
+realm-tab-cache=Podėlis
+realm-tab-tokens=Raktai
+realm-tab-client-registration=Klientų registracija
+realm-tab-security-defenses=Saugos priemonės
+realm-tab-general=Bendra informacija
+add-realm=Pridėti sritį
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Srities sesijos
+revocation=Atšaukimai
+logout-all=Atjungti visus
+active-sessions=Aktyvios sesijos
+sessions=Sesijos
+not-before=Ne anksčiau
+not-before.tooltip=Atšaukti visus raktus išduotus prieš nurodytą datą.
+set-to-now=Parinkti dabartinę datą
+push=Informuoti apie atšaukimą
+push.tooltip=Visus klientus, kurie turi administravimo URL, informuoti apie naują raktų atšaukimo taisyklę.
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+usermodel.prop.label=Atributas
+usermodel.prop.tooltip=Sąsajos UserModel atributo metodo pavadinimas. Pavyzdžiui reikšmė 'email' atitinka UserMode.getEmail() metodą.
+usermodel.attr.label=Naudotojo atributas
+usermodel.attr.tooltip=Išsaugoto naudotojo atributo pavadinimas kuris naudojamas UserModel.attribute rinkinyje.
+userSession.modelNote.label=Naudotojo sesijos pastaba
+userSession.modelNote.tooltip=Išsaugotos naudotojo sesijos pastaba, kuri saugoma UserSessionModel.note rinkinyje.
+multivalued.label=Daugiareikšmis
+multivalued.tooltip=Nurodo, kad atributas gali turėti daugiau nei vieną reikšmę. Jei pažymėtas, tuomet visos reikšmės nustatomos kaip privalomos. Kitu atveju privaloma tik pirmoji reikšmė.
+selectRole.label=Parinkite rolę
+selectRole.tooltip=Kairėje pusėje esančiame laukelyje įveskite rolės pavadinimą arba paspauskite Rinktis norėdami nurodyti pageidaujamą rolę.
+tokenClaimName.label=Reikalaujamo rakto pavadinimas
+tokenClaimName.tooltip=Į raktą įterpiamas privalomas atributas. Galite nurodyte pilną kelią iki atributo, pavyzdžiui 'address.street'. Pateiktu atveju bus sukuriamas sudėtinis (nested) JSON objektas.
+jsonType.label=Privalomo atributo JSON tipas
+jsonType.tooltip=Naudojamas JSON lauko tipas, kuris turi būti užpildomas rakto privalomoje JSON informacijoje. Galimi tipai: long, int, boolean ir String.
+includeInIdToken.label=Pridėti prie ID rakto
+includeInIdToken.tooltip=Ar privaloma informacija turi būti pridedama prie ID rakto?
+includeInAccessToken.label=Pridėti prie prieigos rakto
+includeInAccessToken.tooltip=Ar privaloma informacija turi būti pridedama prie prieigos rakto?
+includeInUserInfo.label=Pridėti prie naudotojo informacijos
+includeInUserInfo.tooltip=Ar privaloma informacija turi būti pridedama prie naudotojo informacijos?
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.label=Kliento ID
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.tooltip=Kliento ID naudojamas rolių atributų susiejime
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Kliento rolės prefiksas
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=Prefiksas, pridedamas prieš kiekvieną kliento rolę (neprivalomas)
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Srities rolės prefiksas
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=Prefiksas, pridedamas prieš kiekvieną srities rolę (neprivalomas)
+sectorIdentifierUri.label=Sektoriaus identifikatoriaus URI
+sectorIdentifierUri.tooltip=Paslaugų teikėjai, kurie naudoja porines subreikšmes ir palaiko dinaminę klientų registraciją (Dynamic Client Registration) turėtų naudoti sector_identifier_uri parametrą. Teikiamas funkcionalumas leidžia svetainių grupėms, valdomoms centralizuotos administravimo panelės, turėti pastovias porines subreikšmes nepriklausomas nuo domeno vardų. Tokiu būdu klientai gali keisti domenų redirect_uri neperregistruojant visų naudotojų.
+pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.label=Druska
+pairwiseSubAlgorithmSalt.tooltip=Druska naudojama porinio objekto identifikatoriaus skaičiavimo metu. Jei paliekama tuščia reikšmė, tuomet druskos reikšmė bus automatikšai sugeneruota.
+
+# client details
+clients.tooltip=Klientai - tai srities naršyklės programėlės arba tinklinės paslaugos, kuriomis pasitikima. Klientai gali jungtis prie sistemos. Klientams galima nurodyti specifines roles.
+search.placeholder=Ieškoti...
+create=Sukurti
+import=Importuoti
+client-id=Kliento ID
+base-url=Pagrindinis URL
+actions=Veiksmai
+not-defined=Nenurodyta
+edit=Redaguoti
+delete=Trinti
+no-results=Rezultatų nėra
+no-clients-available=Nėra sukonfigūruotų klientų
+add-client=Pridėti klientą
+select-file=Parinkti rinkmeną
+view-details=Peržiūrėti detaliau
+clear-import=Išvalyti importuojamas rinkmenas
+client-id.tooltip=Identifikatorius, naudojamas URI adresuose ir prieigos raktuose. Pavyzdžiui 'my-client'. SAML protokolo atveju, šią reikšmę tikimasi gauti kaip authn užklausos siuntėją
+client.name.tooltip=Reikšmė, kuri rodoma naudotojams. Pavyzdžiui 'My Client'. Galimos lokalizuotos reikšmės - pavyzdžiui\: ${my_client}
+client.enabled.tooltip=Klientai, kurie nėra įgalinti, negali inicijuoti prisijungimo arba gauti prieigos raktus.
+consent-required=Reikalingas patvirtinimas
+consent-required.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet naudotojai privalo patvirtinti, kad pageidauja prisijungti prie kliento (programos).
+client-protocol=Kliento protokolas
+client-protocol.tooltip='OpenID connect' leidžia klientams tikrinti galutinio naudotojo tapatybę remiantis autorizacijos serverio atlikta autentifikacija. 'SAML' įgalina žiniatinklio, įskaitant skirtingų domenų atvejus, vieningos autentifikacijos ir autorizacijos scenarijus perduodant informaciją saugiose žinutėse.
+access-type=Prieigos tipas
+access-type.tooltip='Konfidencialus' klientai norėdami inicijuoti prisijungimo protokolą privalo perduoti slaptą kodą. 'Viešas' klientai neprivalo perduoti slapto kodo. 'Tik nešėjas' klientai - tai tinklinės paslaugos, kurios niekada neinicijuoja prisijungimo.
+standard-flow-enabled=Įgalinta standartinė seka
+standard-flow-enabled.tooltip=Įgalina standartinį OpenID Connect nukreipimą, kuomet autentifikacijos metu yra perduodamas autorizacijos kodas. OpenID Connect arba OAuth2 specifikacijos terminais tai reiškia 'Authorization Code Flow' įgalinimą šiam klientui.
+implicit-flow-enabled=Įgalinta išreikštinė seka
+implicit-flow-enabled.tooltip=Įgalina OpenID Connect nukreipimą, kuomet autentifikacijos metu nėra perduodamas autorizacijos kodas. OpenID Connect arba OAuth2 specifikacijos terminais tai reiškia 'Implicit Flow' įgalinimą šiam klientui.
+direct-access-grants-enabled=Įgalintas tiesioginės prieigos suteikimas
+direct-access-grants-enabled.tooltip=Įgalina tiesioginį prieigos suteikimą, kuomet klientas turi prieigą prie naudotojo vardo ir slaptažodžio ir prieigos raktų gavimui šiais duomenimis gali tiesiogiai apsikeisti su Keycloak serveriu. OAuth2 specifikacijos terminais, šiam klientui įgalinimas 'Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant'.
+service-accounts-enabled=Įgalintas paslaugos naudotojas
+service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Įgalina klientą autentifikuotis su Keycloak serveriu ir gauti dedikuotą prieigos raktą skirtą šiam klientui. OAuth2 specifikacijos terminais, tai reiškia 'Client Credentials Grant' teisę šiam klientui.
+include-authnstatement=Įtraukti AuthnStatement
+include-authnstatement.tooltip=Ar prisijungimo būdas ir laikas šurėtų būti įtraukiami į prisijungimo operacijos atsakymą?
+sign-documents=Pasirašyti dokumentus
+sign-documents.tooltip=Ar SAML dokumentai turi būtį pasirašomi šios srities?
+sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext=Optimizuoti REDIRECT pasirašymo rakto paiešką
+sign-documents-redirect-enable-key-info-ext.tooltip=Ar privalo būti itrauktas pasirašymo rakto ID į SAML protokolo žinutės <Extensions> elementą kuomet pasirašomi Keycloak REDIRECT SP sąsajos dokumentai? Tokiu būdu tikrinančioji pusė optimizuoja tikrinimo proceą naudodama tik vieną raktą vietoj to, kad bandytų visų raktų kombinacijas.
+sign-assertions=Pasirašyti sprendinius
+sign-assertions.tooltip=Ar SAML sprendiniai SAML dokumentuose turi būti pasirašomi? Šis nustatymas nebūtinas, kuomet naudojamas viso dokumento pasirašymas.
+signature-algorithm=Parašo algoritmas
+signature-algorithm.tooltip=Parašo algoritmas naudojamas dokumentų pasirašymui.
+canonicalization-method=Standartizavimo metodas
+canonicalization-method.tooltip=XML parašo metodas.
+encrypt-assertions=Užkoduoti sprendinius
+encrypt-assertions.tooltip=Ar SAML sprendiniai turi būti užkoduojami kliento viešuoju raktu naudojant AES?
+client-signature-required=Privalomas kliento parašas
+client-signature-required.tooltip=Ar kliento siunčiamos SAML užklausos ir atsakymai bus pasirašyti? Jei taip, tuomet ar juos privaloma tikrinti?
+force-post-binding=Priverstinai naudoti POST sąryšį
+force-post-binding.tooltip=Visuomet naudoti POST sąryšį siunčiant atsakymus.
+front-channel-logout=Išregistravimas per naršyklę
+front-channel-logout.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet atsijungimas atliekamas naršyklės nukreipimu į kliento puslapį. Kitu atveju, atsijungimas atliekamas perduodant serveris-serveris užklausą.
+force-name-id-format=Priverstinai naudoti NameID formatą
+force-name-id-format.tooltip=Ignoruoti NameID tapatybės identifikatoriaus formatą, naudojant administratoriaus konsolėje nurodytą formatą.
+name-id-format=NameID formatas
+name-id-format.tooltip=Koks tapatybės identifikatoriaus formatas turi būti naudojamas.
+root-url=Šakninis URL
+root-url.tooltip=Prie reliatyvių nuorodų pridedamas šakninis URL
+valid-redirect-uris=Leidžiamos nukreipimo nuorodos
+valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=Nukreipimo URI šablonas, kuomet naršyklei leidžiama nukreipti naudotoją po sėkmingos autentifikacijos ar atsijungimo metu. Leidžiami pakaitos simboliai, pvz. 'http://pavyzdys.lt/*'. Leidžiami reliatyvūs keliai pvz. /mano/reliatyvus/kelias/*. Reliatyvumas skaičiuojamas nuo kliento šakninio URL (jei nurodyta) arba nuo autentifikacijos serverio šakninio adreso. SAML atveju, kuomet tikimasi gavėjo paslaugos URL įtraukimo į prisijungimo užklausą, privaloma nurodyti teisingus URI šablonus.
+base-url.tooltip=Numatytas URL, kuris turi būti naudojamas naudotojo nukreipimui atgal į klientą.
+admin-url=Administravimo URL
+admin-url.tooltip=Kliento administravimo tinklinės sąsajos URL. Įrašyti tuomet, kai klientas palaiko adapterio REST API. Šis REST API leidžia autentifikacijos serveriui perduoti atšaukimo ir kitas su administravimu susijusias taisykles. Dažniausiai šis URL sutampa su kliento pagrindiniu URL.
+master-saml-processing-url=Šakninis SAML apdorojimo URL
+master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=Kuomet sukonfigūruotas, šis URL bus naudojamas visoms, 'SP Assertion Consumer' ir 'Single Logout Services' užklausoms. Detalioje SAML prieigos adresų konfigūravimo skyriuje šios reikšmės gali būti atskirai pakeistos.
+idp-sso-url-ref=IDP inicijuojamo SSO URL fragmento pavadinimas
+idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=Pavadinimas, kuris IDP inicijuoto SSO prisijungimo metu, perduodamas klientui per URL fragmentą. Palikus tuščią reikšmę IDP inicjuojamą SSO prisijungimo funkcionalumas išjungiamas. Šis fragmentas buv naudojamas formuojant šią nuorodą: {server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}
+idp-sso-relay-state=IDP inicijuotos SSO būsenos perdavimas
+idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=SSO būsenos parametro (RelayState) perdavimas kartu su IDP inicijuota SSO SAML užklausa.
+web-origins=Šakninės nuorodos
+web-origins.tooltip=Leidžiamos CORS nuorodos. Norėdami leisti nukreipimą į teisingas nuorodas, naudokite '+'. Norėdami leisti visas nuorodas, naudokite '*'.
+fine-oidc-endpoint-conf=Detalioji OpenID prisijungimo konfigūracija
+fine-oidc-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Norėdami konfigūruoti kliento sąsajos su OpenID prisijungimo protokolu išplėstines nuostatas, išskleiskite šį skyrių.
+user-info-signed-response-alg=Naudotojo informacijos pasirašyto atsako algoritmas
+user-info-signed-response-alg.tooltip=JWA algoritmas naudojamas pasirašyti naudotojo informacijos prieigos taško atsaką. Jei nustatyta 'unsigned', tuomet naudotojo informacijos atsakas nebus pasirašytas ir bus grąžintas application/json formatu.
+request-object-signature-alg=Užklausos objekto parašo algoritmas
+request-object-signature-alg.tooltip=JWA algoritmas, kurį klientas naudoja siunčiant OIDC užklausos objektą, nusakytą 'request' arba 'request_uri' parameterais. Jei nustatyta 'any', tuomet užklausos objektas gali būti nepasirašytas arba pasirašytas bet kuriuo algoritmu.
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf=Detalioji SAML prieigos taškų konfigūracija
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Norėdami konfigūruoti sprendinių priėmimo ir vieningo atsijungimo paslaugas, išskleiskite šį skyrių.
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=Sprendinių naudotojo paslaugos POST jungties URL
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=Kliento sprendinių priėmimo paslaugos (prisijungimo rezultatų) SAML POST jungties URL. Jei tokių jungčių neturite, tuomet palikite tuščias reikšmes.
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=Sprendinių priėmimo paslaugos nukreipimo jungties URL
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=Kliento sprendinio priėmimo paslaugos SAML nukreipimo jungties URL (prisijungimo atsakymams). Jei tokių jungčių neturite, tuomet palikite tuščias reikšmes.
+logout-service-binding-post-url=Atsijungimo paslaugos POST jungties URL
+logout-service-binding-post-url.tooltip=Kliento vieningo atsijungimo SAML POST jungties URL. Jei naudojate kitas jungtis, tuomet šias reikšmes galite palikti neužpildytas.
+logout-service-redir-binding-url=Atsijungimo paslaugos nukreipimo jungties URL
+logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=Kliento vieningo atsijungimo paslaugos SAML nukreipimo jungties. Jei naudojate kitas jungtis, tuomet šias reikšmes galite palikti neužpildytas.
+
+# client import
+import-client=Įdiegti programos nustatymus
+format-option=Formato pasirinkimas
+select-format=Pasirinkite formatą
+import-file=Importuoti rinkmeną
+
+# client tabs
+settings=Nustatymai
+credentials=Prisijungimo duomenys
+saml-keys=SAML raktai
+roles=Rolės
+mappers=Atributų atitikmenys
+mappers.tooltip=Protokolo atributų susiejimas atlieka raktų ir dokumentų transformacijas. Naudotojo duomenys gali būti verčiami į protokolo teiginius, arba tiesiog transformuoti bet kurias užklausas perduodamas tarp kliento ir autentifikacijos serverio.
+scope=Apimtis
+scope.tooltip=Apimties atitikmenų parinkimas leidžia apriboti, kurios naudotojo rolės kartu su raktu bus perduodamos klientui.
+sessions.tooltip=Peržiūrėti šio kliento aktyvias sesijas. Matysite šiuo metu prisijungusius naudotojus bei jų prisijungimo laikus.
+offline-access=Darbas neprisijungus
+offline-access.tooltip=Peržiūrėti šio kliento darbo neprisijungus rėžimo aktyvias sesijas. Matysite naudotojus, kuriems yra išduoti darbo neprisijungus raktai bei jų išdavimo laikus. Norėdami atšaukti visus šiam klientui išduotus raktus, eikite į atšaukimų kortelę ir pasirinkite 'Parinkti dabartinę datą'
+clustering=Klasteriai
+installation=Diegimas
+installation.tooltip=Klientų konfigūravimo pagalbinė priemonė, padedanti sugeneruoti klientų adapterių konfigūracijas, kurias galima atsisiųsti, kopijuoti ar įkelti iš iškarpinės
+service-account-roles=Paslaugos paskyros rolės
+service-account-roles.tooltip=Dedikuotų rolių priskyrimas šios paslaugos naudotojui
+
+# client credentials
+client-authenticator=Kliento autentifikavimo priemonės
+client-authenticator.tooltip=Kliento autentifikavimo priemonės naudojamos kliento autentifikavimuisi į Keycloak serverį
+certificate.tooltip=Kliento sertifikatas naudojamas kliento išduotų ir privačiu raktu pasirašytų JWT prieigos raktų tikrinimui.
+publicKey.tooltip=Kliento išduotas viešasis raktas pasirašytas kliento privačiu raktu ir skirtas JWT tikrinimui.
+no-client-certificate-configured=Nesukonfigūruotas nei vienas kliento sertifikatas
+gen-new-keys-and-cert=Naujų raktų ir sertifikatų generavimas
+import-certificate=Importuoti sertifikatą
+gen-client-private-key=Generuoti kliento privatų raktą
+generate-private-key=Generuoti privatų raktą
+kid=Kid
+kid.tooltip=Kliento viešojo rakto identifikatorius (Key ID) importuotas iš JWKS.
+use-jwks-url=Naudoti JWKS URL
+use-jwks-url.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet kliento viešasis raktas atsiunčiamas iš pateiktos JWKS URL. Įgalinimas suteikia lankstumo, nes klientui pergeneravus raktus jie automatiškai atsiunčiami. Jei ši nuostata išjungta, tuomet naudojamas Keycloak DB saugomas viešasis raktas (arba sertifikatas) ir klientui sugeneravus naujus raktus juos rankiniu būdu reikės importuoti į Keycloak DB.
+jwks-url=JWKS URL
+jwks-url.tooltip=URL, kuriuo pasiekiami kliento JWK formatu saugomi raktai. Žiūrėkite JWK specifikaciją detalesnei informacijai. Jei naudojamas kliento adapteris su "jwt" kredencialais, tuomet galite naudoti jūsų programos URL su '/k_jwks' sufiksu. Pavyzdžiui 'http://www.myhost.com/myapp/k_jwks' .
+archive-format=Archyvo formatas
+archive-format.tooltip=Java raktų saugykla (keystore) arba PKCS12 formato rinkmena.
+key-alias=Rakto pseudonimas
+key-alias.tooltip=Privataus rakto ir sertifikato rinkmenos pseudonimas.
+key-password=Rakto slaptažodis
+key-password.tooltip=Slaptažodžių saugykloje esančio privataus rakto slaptažodis
+store-password=Saugyklos slaptažodis
+store-password.tooltip=Slaptažodis, reikalingas norint atidaryti slaptažodžių saugyklą
+generate-and-download=Generuoti ir atsisiųsti
+client-certificate-import=Kliento sertifikato importavimas
+import-client-certificate=Importuoti kliento sertifikatus
+jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=Slaptažodžių saugyklos pseudonimas
+secret=Slaptas kodas
+regenerate-secret=Pergeneruoti slaptą kodą
+registrationAccessToken=Registracijos prieigos raktas
+registrationAccessToken.regenerate=Pergeneruoti registracijos prieigos raktą
+registrationAccessToken.tooltip=Registracijos prieigos raktas klientams suteikia prieigą prie klientų registracijos paslaugos
+add-role=Pridėti rolę
+role-name=Rolės pavadinimas
+composite=Sudėtinis
+description=Aprašymas
+no-client-roles-available=Kliento rolės nesukonfigūruotos
+scope-param-required=Privalomas taikymo srities parametras
+scope-param-required.tooltip=Ši rolė suteikiama tik tuo atveju, kai taikymo srities parametras su rolės vardu panaudotas autorizacijos užklausoje ar rakte.
+composite-roles=Sudėtinės rolės
+composite-roles.tooltip=Visos susietos rolės bus automatiškai priskiriamos naudotojui prisikiriant šią sudėtinę rolę.
+realm-roles=Srities rolės
+available-roles=Galimos rolės
+add-selected=Pridėti pažymėtas
+associated-roles=Priskirtos rolės
+composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=Srities apmities rolės susietos su šia sudėtine role.
+composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=Srities apmities rolės, kurias galima susieti su šia sudėtine role.
+remove-selected=Pašalinti pažymėtas
+client-roles=Kliento rolės
+select-client-to-view-roles=Norėdami pamatyti priskirtas roles pažymėkite klientą
+available-roles.tooltip=Šio kliento rolės, kurios gali būti priskiritos šiai kompozicinei rolei.
+client.associated-roles.tooltip=Su šiuo klientu susietos sudėtinės rolės.
+add-builtin=Pridėti numatytuosius
+category=Kategorija
+type=Tipas
+no-mappers-available=Nėra susietų atributų
+add-builtin-protocol-mappers=Pridėti numatytuosius protokolo atributų susiejimus
+add-builtin-protocol-mapper=Pridėti numatytuosius protokolo atributų susiejimus
+scope-mappings=atributų susiejimo taikymo sritis
+full-scope-allowed=Taikymas pilna apimtimi
+full-scope-allowed.tooltip=Įgalinimo atveju visi apribojimai išjungiami
+scope.available-roles.tooltip=Srities lygio rolės, kurios gali būti priskiriamos šiai taikymo sričiai.
+assigned-roles=Priskirtos rolės
+assigned-roles.tooltip=Srities lygio rolės, kurios yra priskirtos šiai taikymo sričiai.
+effective-roles=Aktyvios rolės
+realm.effective-roles.tooltip=Priskirtos srities lygio rolės, kurios gali gali būti paveldėtos iš sudėtinių rolių.
+select-client-roles.tooltip=Norėdami pamatyti visas roles pažymėkite klientą
+assign.available-roles.tooltip=Kliento rolės, kurias galima priskirti.
+client.assigned-roles.tooltip=Priskirtos kliento rolės.
+client.effective-roles.tooltip=Priskirtos kliento rolės, kurios gali gali būti paveldėtos iš sudėtinių rolių.
+basic-configuration=Pagrindinė konfigūracija
+node-reregistration-timeout=Mazgo persiregistravimui skirtas laikas
+node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=Nurodykite maksimalų laiko intervalą, per kurį mazgai privalo iš naujo prisiregistruoti. Jei mazgas neatsiųs persiregistravimo užklausos per nurodytą laiką, tuomet šis mazgas bus išregistruojamas iš Keycloak
+registered-cluster-nodes=Registruoti klasterio mazgus
+register-node-manually=Registruoti mazgą rankiniu būdu
+test-cluster-availability=Tikrinti ar mazgas prieinamas
+last-registration=Vėliausia registracija
+node-host=Mazgo serveris
+no-registered-cluster-nodes=Nepriregistuotas nei vienas klasterio mazgas
+cluster-nodes=Klasterio mazgai
+add-node=Pridėti mazgą
+active-sessions.tooltip=Šio kliento aktyvių naudotojų sesijų skaičius.
+show-sessions=Rodyti sesijas
+show-sessions.tooltip=Dėmesio, šis veiksmas gali ilgai užtrukti priklausomai nuo aktyvių sesijų skaičiaus.
+user=Naudotojas
+from-ip=Prisijungimo IP
+session-start=Sesijos pradžios laikas
+first-page=Pirmas puslapis
+previous-page=Atgalinis puslapis
+next-page=Sekantis puslapis
+client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=Atšaukti visus šio kliento raktus išduotus prieš nurodytą datą.
+client-revoke.push.tooltip=Kuomet nurodytas administravimo URL, taisyklė perduodama klientui.
+select-a-format=Formato parinkimas
+download=Atsisiųsti
+offline-tokens=Darbo neprisijungus raktai
+offline-tokens.tooltip=Raktų skaičius, kurie naudojami darbui neprisijungus
+show-offline-tokens=Rodyti raktus
+show-offline-tokens.tooltip=Dėmesio, šis veiksmas gali ilgai užtrukti priklausomai nuo aktyvių darbo neprisijungus sesijų skaičiaus.
+token-issued=Rakto išdavimo laikas
+last-access=Vėliausios prieigos laikas
+last-refresh=Vėliausio atnaujinimo laikas
+key-export=Eksportuoti raktą
+key-import=Importuoti raktą
+export-saml-key=Eksportuoti SAML raktą
+import-saml-key=Importuoti SAML raktą
+realm-certificate-alias=Srities sertifikato pseudonimas
+realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=Srities sertifikato, kuris taip pat saugomas saugykloje, pseudonimas.
+signing-key=Pasirašymo raktas
+saml-signing-key=SAML pasirašymo raktas.
+private-key=Privatus raktas
+generate-new-keys=Generuoti naujus raktus
+export=Eksportuoti
+encryption-key=Užkodavimo raktas
+saml-encryption-key.tooltip=SAML užkodavimo raktas.
+service-accounts=Paslaugos naudotojo profiliai
+service-account.available-roles.tooltip=Šios paslaugos paskyrai galimos priskirti srities rolės
+service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=Paslaugos paskyrai priskirtos srities rolės.
+service-account-is-not-enabled-for=Kliento {{client}} paslaugos paskyra neįgalinta
+create-protocol-mappers=Protokolo atitkmenų susiejimas
+create-protocol-mapper=Protokolo atitkmenens susiejimas
+protocol=Protokolas
+protocol.tooltip=Protokolas...
+id=ID
+mapper.name.tooltip=Atitikmens susiejimo vardas.
+mapper.consent-required.tooltip=Ar teikiant laikiną prieigą naudotojas privalo pateikti sutikimą dėl duomenų perdavimo?
+consent-text=Sutikimo tekstas
+consent-text.tooltip=Tekstas, kuris rodomas naudotojo sutikimo puslapyje.
+mapper-type=Atitikmens tipas
+mapper-type.tooltip=Atitikmens tipas
+# realm identity providers
+identity-providers=Tapatybės teikėjai
+table-of-identity-providers=Tapatybės teikėjų sąrašas
+add-provider.placeholder=Pridėti teikėją...
+provider=Teikėjas
+gui-order=GUI eiliškumas
+first-broker-login-flow=Pirmojo prisijungimo eiga
+post-broker-login-flow=Sekančių prisijungimų eiga
+redirect-uri=Nukreipimo URI
+redirect-uri.tooltip=Tapatybės teikėjo konfigūravimo nuoroda.
+alias=Pseudonimas
+display-name=Rodomas vardas
+identity-provider.alias.tooltip=Pseudonimas, kuris vienareikšmiškai identifikuoja tapatybės teikėją ir yra naudojamas konstruojant nukreipimo nuorodą.
+identity-provider.display-name.tooltip=Žmogui suprantamas, draugiškas tapatybės teikėjo pavadinimas.
+identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=Įgalinti šį tapatybės teikėją.
+authenticate-by-default=Autentifikuoti iš karto
+identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet bus bandoma autentifikuoti naudotoją prieš parodant prisijungimo langą.
+store-tokens=Saugoti raktus
+identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet po naudotojų prisijungimo, prieigos raktai bus išsaugoti.
+stored-tokens-readable=Saugoti raktus skaitomame formate
+identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet naudotojai gali peržiūrėti išsaugotus prieigos raktus. Įgalinama broker.read-token rolė.
+disableUserInfo=Uždrausti naudotojo informacijos prieigą
+identity-provider.disableUserInfo.tooltip=Ar uždrausti prieigą prie papildomos naudotojo profilio informacijos per User Info paslaugą? Numatyta reikšmė - naudoti šią OIDC paslaugą.
+userIp=Naudoti userIp parametrą
+identity-provider.google-userIp.tooltip=Ar kviečiant Google naudotojo informacijos paslaugą naudoti 'userIp' užklausos parametrą? Nustačius bus naudojamas naudotojo IP adresas. Nustatymas naudingas tuo atveju, jei Google ribotų užklausų kiekš iš vieno IP adreso.
+update-profile-on-first-login=Profilio duomenų atnaujinimas pirmojo prisijungimo metu
+on=On
+off=Off
+on-missing-info=Kuomet trūksta informacijos
+update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=Nurodykite sąlygas, kuomet naudotojas privalo atnaujinti savo profilį pirmojo prisijungimo metu.
+trust-email=El. paštas patikimas
+trust-email.tooltip=Jei įgalintas, tuomet šio tapatybės teikėjo pateiktas el. pašto adresas laikomas patikimu ir, nepaisant bendrųjų srities nustatymų, nėra papildomai tikrinamas.
+gui-order.tooltip=Eiliškumą GUI lange (pvz. Prisijungimo langas) nurodantis skaičius
+first-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Autentifikacijos eigos pseudonimas, kuris bus sužadintas šio tapatybės teikėjo naudotojui prisijungus pirmą kartą. Terminas 'pirmas kartas' reiškia, kad Keycloak sistemoje nebuvo saugomas naudotojo profilis susietas su autentifikuotu šio tapatybės teikėjo naudotoju.
+post-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Autentifikacijos eigos pseudonimas, kuris bus sužadintas po kiekvieno prisijungimo naudojant šį tapatybės teikėją. Naudingas tuomet, kai atlikti papildomus tikrinimus (pvz. OTP). Palikite tuščią reikšmę jei nenorite sužadinti papildomų tikrinimų autentifikatoriumi jungiantis per šį tapatybės teikėją. Turėkite omenyje, kad autentifikatoriaus realizacijos turi daryti prielaidą, kad ClientSession naudotojas yra tapatybės teikėjo nustatytas.
+openid-connect-config=OpenID prisijungimo konfigūracija
+openid-connect-config.tooltip=OIDC SP ir išorinio IDP konfigūracija.
+authorization-url=Autorizacijos URL
+authorization-url.tooltip=Autorizacijos URL adresas.
+token-url=Prieigos raktų URL
+token-url.tooltip=Prieigos raktų URL.
+logout-url=Atsijungimo URL
+identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip=Adresas, kuris turi būti naudojamas norint atjungti naudotoją nuo išorinio tapatybės teikėjo.
+backchannel-logout=Foninis atjungimas
+backchannel-logout.tooltip=Ar išorinis tapatybės teikėjas palaiko serveris-serveris naudotojo atjungimo būdą?
+user-info-url=Naudotojo informacijos URL
+user-info-url.tooltip=Naudotojo informacijos URL. Neprivalomas.
+identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=Kliento identifikatorius užregistruotas tapatybės teikėjo sistemoje.
+client-secret=Kliento slaptas kodas
+show-secret=Rodysi slaptą kodą
+hide-secret=Slėpti slaptą kodą
+client-secret.tooltip=Kliento slaptas kodas užregistruotas tapatybės teikėjo sistemoje.
+issuer=Išdavėjas
+issuer.tooltip=Išdavėjo identifikatorius perduodamas išdavėjo atsakyme. Tikrinimas nebus atliekamas jei reikšmė tuščia.
+default-scopes=Numatytosios taikymo sritys
+identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=Taikymos sritys, kurios siunčiamos autorizavimo užklausoje. Reikšmės turi būti atskirtos tarpo simboliu. Numatyta reikšmė - 'openid'.
+prompt=Raginimas
+unspecified.option=nenurodyta
+none.option=jokio
+consent.option=sutikimo tekstas
+login.option=prisijungimas
+select-account.option=paskyros pasirinkimas
+prompt.tooltip=Nurodo, ar autorizacijos serveris galutinių naudotojų reikalauja pakartotinai patvirtinti sutikimą ar prisijungti.
+validate-signatures=Parašo tikrinimas
+identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=Įgalinamas išorinių IDP parašų tikrinimas.
+identity-provider.use-jwks-url.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet tapatybės teikėjo viešasis raktas atsiunčiamas iš pateiktos JWKS URL. Įgalinimas suteikia lankstumo, nes tapatybės teikėjui pergeneravus raktus jie automatiškai atsiunčiami. Jei ši nuostata išjungta, tuomet naudojamas Keycloak DB saugomas viešasis raktas (arba sertifikatas) ir klientui sugeneravus naujus raktus juos rankiniu būdu reikės importuoti į Keycloak DB.
+identity-provider.jwks-url.tooltip=URL, kuriuo pasiekiami tapatybės teikėjo JWK formatu saugomi raktai. Žiūrėkite JWK specifikaciją detalesnei informacijai. Jei naudojamas išorinis Keycloak tapatybės teikėjas, tuomet galite naudoti 'http://broker-keycloak:8180/auth/realms/test/protocol/openid-connect/certs' URL (pavyzdyje darome prielaida, kad Keycloak veikia 'http://broker-keycloak:8180' adresu ir naudojama 'test' sritis)
+validating-public-key=Viešas raktas parašo tikrinimui
+identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=PEM formato viešasis raktas, kuris turi būti naudojamas išorinio IDP paraštų tikrinimui.
+import-external-idp-config=Importuoti išorinio IDP konfigūraciją
+import-external-idp-config.tooltip=Leidžia įkelti konfigūracinę rinkmeną arba nurodyti atsisiuntimo URL su išorinio IDP metaduomenimis.
+import-from-url=Importuoti iš URL
+identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=Importuoti metaduomenis iš nutolusio IDP aptikimo aprašo (IDP discovery descriptor).
+import-from-file=Importuoti iš rinkmenos
+identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=Importuoti metaduomenis iš rinkmenos, kurią atsisiuntėte iš IDP aptikimo aprašo (IDP discovery descriptor).
+saml-config=SAML konfigūracija
+identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=SAML SP ir išoriniu IDP konfigūracija.
+single-signon-service-url=Vieningo prisijungimo paslaugos URL
+saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=Adresas, kuriuo turi būti siunčiamos autentifikacijos užklausos (SAML AuthnRequest).
+single-logout-service-url=Vieningo atsijungimo paslaugos URL
+saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=Adresas, kuriuo turi būti siunčiamos naudotojo atjungimo užklausos.
+nameid-policy-format=NameID taisyklių formatas
+nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Nurodykite URI nuorodą atitinkančią vardo identifikatoriaus formatą. Numatyta reikšmė urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent.
+http-post-binding-response=Siųsti atsakymus HTTP-POST
+http-post-binding-response.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet atsakymai siunčiami HTTP-POST saistymu. Kitu atveju bus naudojamas HTTP-REDIRECT.
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request=Siųsti AuthnRequest HTTP-POST
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet AuthnRequest siunčiami HTTP-POST saistymu. Kitu atveju bus naudojamas HTTP-REDIRECT.
+want-authn-requests-signed=Reikalaujami pasirašytų AuthnRequests
+want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=Nurodykite, ar tapatybės teikėjas tikisi pasirašytų AuthnRequest užklausų.
+force-authentication=Priverstinė autentifikacija
+identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet tapatybės teikėjas privalo autentifikuoti naudotoją iš naujo nepasitikint ankstesniu prisijungimu.
+validate-signature=Parašo tikrinimas
+saml.validate-signature.tooltip=Įjungti/išjungti SAML atsakymų parašo tikrinimą.
+validating-x509-certificate=X509 sertifikatai tikrinimui
+validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=PEM formato sertifikatai, kurie turi būti naudojami parašų tikrinimui. Reikšmės skiriamos kableliais (,).
+saml.import-from-url.tooltip=Importuoti metaduomenis iš nutolusio IDP SAML subjekto aprašo.
+social.client-id.tooltip=Kliento identifikatorius užregistruotas tapatybės teikėjo sistemoje.
+social.client-secret.tooltip=Kliento saugos kodas užregistruotas tapatybės teikėjo sistemoje.
+social.default-scopes.tooltip=Autorizacijos metu siunčiamos taikymo sritys. Galimų reikšmių sąrašo, skirtuko ir numatytos reikšmės ieškokite tapatybės teikėjo sistemos dokumentacijoje..
+key=Raktas
+stackoverflow.key.tooltip=Stack Overflow kliento registracijos metu gautas raktas.
+
+# User federation
+sync-ldap-roles-to-keycloak=Sinchronizuoti LDAP roles į Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-roles-to-ldap=Sinchronizuoti Keycloak roles į LDAP
+sync-ldap-groups-to-keycloak=Sinchronizuoti LDAP grupes į Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-groups-to-ldap=Sinchronizuoti Keycloak grupes į LDAP
+
+realms=Sritys
+realm=Sritis
+
+identity-provider-mappers=Tapatybės teikėjo atitikmenų susiejimai
+create-identity-provider-mapper=Sukurti tapatybės teikėjo atitikmens susiejimą
+add-identity-provider-mapper=Pridėti tapatybės teikėjo atitikmens susiejimą
+client.description.tooltip=Nurodomas kliento aprašas. Pavyzdžiui 'Mano laiko lentelių klientas'. Palaikomos lokalizuotos reikšmės. Pavyzdžiui\: ${my_client_description}
+
+expires=Galioja iki
+expiration=Galiojimas
+expiration.tooltip=Nurodykite kiek laiko galios prieigos raktas
+count=Kiekis
+count.tooltip=Nurodykite kiek klientų gali būti sukurti naudojant prieigos raktą
+remainingCount=Likęs kiekis
+created=Sukurta
+back=Atgal
+initial-access-tokens=Pradiniai prieigos raktai
+initial-access-tokens.tooltip=Pradiniai prieigos raktai naudojami klientų registracijoms dinaminiu būdu. Užklausos su šiais raktais gali būti siunčiami iš bet kurio serverio.
+add-initial-access-tokens=Pridėti pradinį prieigos raktą
+initial-access-token=Pradinis prieigos raktas
+initial-access.copyPaste.tooltip=Nukopijuokite ir įklijuokite prieigos raktą prieš išeidami iš šio puslapio. Vėliau negalėsite kopijuoti šių prieigos raktų.
+continue=Tęsti
+initial-access-token.confirm.title=Kopijuoti pradinius prieigos raktus
+initial-access-token.confirm.text=Prašome įsitikinti, kad nusikopijavote pradinius prieigos raktus nes vėliau prie raktų nebegalėsite prieiti
+no-initial-access-available=Nėra galimų pradinių prieigos rakšų
+
+client-reg-policies=Klientų registravimo taisyklės
+client-reg-policy.name.tooltip=Taisyklės rodomas pavadinimas
+anonymous-policies=Anoniminės prieigos taisyklės
+anonymous-policies.tooltip=Šios taisyklės naudojamos tuomet, kai klientų registravimo paslauga iškviečiama neautentifikuota užklausa. T.y. užklausa neturi nei pradinių prieigos raktų (Initial Access Token) nei prieigos raktų (Bearer Token).
+auth-policies=Autentifikuotos prieigos taisyklės
+auth-policies.tooltip=Šios taisyklės naudojamos tuomet, kai klientų registravimo paslauga iškviečiama autentifikuota užklausa. T.y. užklausa turi pradinių prieigos raktų (Initial Access Token) arba prieigos raktų (Bearer Token).
+policy-name=Taisyklės pavadinimas
+no-client-reg-policies-configured=Nėra klientų registravimo taisyklių
+trusted-hosts.label=Patikimi serveriai
+trusted-hosts.tooltip=Serverių sąrašas, kuriems suteikiama teisė kviesti klientų registravimo paslaugą (Client Registration Service) ir/arba naudototi šias reikšmes klientų URI parametre (Client URI). Galima naudoti serverių vardus arba IP adresus. Jei kaip pirmas simbolis naudojamas išplečiantis simbolis (pvz '*.example.com') tuomet visas domenas 'example.com' bus patikimas.
+host-sending-registration-request-must-match.label=Klientų registracijos paslaugos naudotojo serverio vardas turi sutapti
+host-sending-registration-request-must-match.tooltip=Jei šgalinta, tuomet visos klientų registravimo užklausos leidžiamos tik tuo atveju, jei jos buvo išsiųstos iš to pačio patikimo serverio ar domeno.
+client-uris-must-match.label=Klientų URI turi sutapti
+client-uris-must-match.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet visos klientų nuorodos (nukreipimo nuorodos ir kitos) leidžiamos tik tuo atveju, jei jos sutampa su patikimu serverio vardu arba domenu.
+allowed-protocol-mappers.label=Leidžiami protokolo atitikmenų parinkėjai
+allowed-protocol-mappers.tooltip=Nurodykite visus leidžiamus protokolo atitikmenų parinkėjus. Jei bandoma registruoti klientą, kuris turi protokolo atitikmenų parinkėją neštrauktą š leidžiamų sąrašą, tuomet visa registracijos užklausa bus atmesta.
+consent-required-for-all-mappers.label=Privalomas visų atitikmenų parinkėjų pritarimas
+consent-required-for-all-mappers.label=Consent Required For Mappers
+consent-required-for-all-mappers.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet visi naujai užregistruotiems protokolo parinkėjams automatiškai įgalinama consentRequired opcija. Tai reiškia, kad naudotojas privalo pateikti patvirtinimą. PASTABA: Patvirtinimo ekranas rodomas tik tiems klientams, kuriems įjungtas consentRequired nustatymas. Dažniausiai geriausia nustatyti šią nuostatą kartu su consent-required taisykle.
+allowed-client-templates.label=Leidžiami klientų šablonai
+allowed-client-templates.tooltip=Leidžiamų kliento šablonų sąrašas, kuriuos galima naudoti naujai registruojamiems klientams. Bandant registruoti klientą naudojant kliento šabloną, kurio nėra sąraše bus atmestas. Pradinė reikšmė - tuščias sąrašas, t.y. neleidžiamas nei vienas kliento šablonas.
+max-clients.label=Mksimalus srities klientų skaičius
+max-clients.tooltip=Naujų klientų registracija draudžiama, jei užregistruotų klientų skaičius yra toks pats arba didesnis nei nustatytas limitas.
+
+client-scopes=Klientų šablonai
+client-scopes.tooltip=Klientų šablonai leidžia nurodyti bendrą visų klientų konfigūraciją
+
+groups=Grupės
+
+group.add-selected.tooltip=Grupei galimos priskirti srities rolės.
+group.assigned-roles.tooltip=Su šia grupe susietos srities roles
+group.effective-roles.tooltip=Visos srities susietos rolės. Šiame sąraše taip pat rodomos visos rolės, kurios priskirtos sudėtinėms rolėms.
+group.available-roles.tooltip=Šio kliento galimos susieti rolės.
+group.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Susietos šio kliento rolės.
+group.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Visos šio kliento susietos rolės. Šiame sąraše taip pat rodomos visos rolės, kurios priskirtos sudėtinėms rolėms.
+
+default-roles=Numatytosios rolės
+no-realm-roles-available=Sritis neturi rolių
+
+users=Naudotojai
+user.add-selected.tooltip=Naudotojui galimos priskirti srities rolės.
+user.assigned-roles.tooltip=Su šiuo naudotoju susietos srities rolės
+user.effective-roles.tooltip=Visos srities susietos rolės. Šiame sąraše taip pat rodomos visos rolės, kurios priskirtos sudėtinėms rolėms.
+user.available-roles.tooltip=Šio kliento galimos susieti rolės.
+user.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Susietos šio kliento rolės.
+user.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Visos šio kliento susietos rolės. Šiame sąraše taip pat rodomos visos rolės, kurios priskirtos sudėtinėms rolėms.
+default.available-roles.tooltip=Galimos priskirti srities rolės.
+realm-default-roles=Numatytosios srities rolės
+realm-default-roles.tooltip=Srities rolės, kurios automatiškai priskiriamos naujiems naudotojams.
+default.available-roles-client.tooltip=Šio kliento rolės, kurios automatiškai gali būti priskiriamos naudotojams.
+client-default-roles=Numatytosios kliento rolės
+client-default-roles.tooltip=Kliento rolės, kurios automatiškai priskiriamos naujiems naudotojams.
+composite.available-roles.tooltip=Srities rolės, kurias galima susieti su šia sudėtine role.
+composite.associated-roles.tooltip=Srities rolės, kurios susietos su šia sudėtine role.
+composite.available-roles-client.tooltip=Kliento rolės, kurias galima susieti su šia sudėtine role.
+composite.associated-roles-client.tooltip=Kliento rolės, kurios susietos su šia sudėtine role.
+partial-import=Dalinis duomenų importavimas
+partial-import.tooltip=Dalinis duomenų importavimas leidžia įkelti prieš tai eksportuotą JSON rinkmeną su naudotojais, klientais ir kitais resursais.
+
+file=Rinkmena
+exported-json-file=Eksportuota JSON rinkmena
+import-from-realm=Įkelti iš srities
+import-users=Įkelti naudotojus
+import-groups=Įkelti grupes
+import-clients=Įkelti klientus
+import-identity-providers=Įkelti tapatybės teikėjus
+import-realm-roles=Įkelti srities roles
+import-client-roles=Įkelti klientų roles
+if-resource-exists=Jei resursas egzistuoja
+fail=Nevykdyti
+skip=Praleisti
+overwrite=Perrašyti
+if-resource-exists.tooltip=Nurodykite ką daryti kuomet bandoma įkelti jau egzistuojantį resursą.
+
+action=Veiksmas
+role-selector=Rolių parinkimas
+realm-roles.tooltip=Srities rolės, kurias galima pasirinkti.
+
+select-a-role=Pasirinkti rolę
+select-realm-role=Pasirinkti srities rolę
+client-roles.tooltip=Kliento rolės, kurias galite pažymėti.
+select-client-role=Pasirinkti kliento rolę
+
+client-template=Kliento šablonas
+client-template.tooltip=Kliento šablonas, iš kurio paveldima konfigūracija
+client-saml-endpoint=Kliento SAML adresas
+add-client-scope=Kliento šablono kūrimas
+
+manage=Valdyti
+authentication=Autentifikavimas
+user-federation=Naudotojų federavimas
+user-storage=Naudotojų saugykla
+events=Įvykiai
+realm-settings=Srities nustatymai
+configure=Konfigūruoti
+select-realm=Pasirinkite sritį
+add=Pridėti
+
+client-scope.name.tooltip=Kliento šablono pavadinimas. Privalo būti unikalus šioje srityje
+client-scope.description.tooltip=Kliento šablono aprašymas
+client-scope.protocol.tooltip=Kurio SSO protokolo konfigūracija teikia šis šablonas
+
+add-user-federation-provider=Pridėti naudotojų federacijos teikėja
+required-settings=Privalomi nustatymai
+provider-id=Teikėjo ID
+console-display-name=Konsolėje rodomas pavadinimas
+console-display-name.tooltip=Administravimo konsolėje rodomas teikėjo pavadinimas.
+priority=Prioritetas
+priority.tooltip=Skaičius nurodantis naudotojo paieškos šiame federacijos teikėjuje prioritetą. Pirmiausia imama su mažesniu skaičiumi.
+sync-settings=Sinchronizuoti nustatymus
+periodic-full-sync=Pilnas periodinis sinchronizavimas
+periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Ar turi būti atliekamas periodinis pilnas teikėjo naudotojų sinchronizavimas į Keycloak?
+full-sync-period=Pilno sinchronizavimo intervalas
+full-sync-period.tooltip=Laikas sekundėmis, kas kurį atliekamas pilnas naudotojų sinchronizavimas į Keycloak sistemą
+periodic-changed-users-sync=Periodinis pakeitimų sinchronizavimas
+periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Ar turi būti atliekamas naujai užregistruotų naudotojų ar naudotojų su redaguotais profilio duomenimis periodinis sinchronizavimas į Keycloak?
+changed-users-sync-period=Periodinis sinchronizavimo intervalas
+changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Laikas sekundėmis, kas kurį atliekamas naujai užregistruotų naudotojų ar naudotojų su redaguotais profilio duomenimis sinchronizavimas į Keycloak
+synchronize-changed-users=Sinchronizuoti naudotojų pakeitimus
+synchronize-all-users=Sinchronizuoti visus naudotojus
+kerberos-realm=Kerberos sritis
+kerberos-realm.tooltip=Kerberos srities pavadinimas. Pavyzdžiui FOO.ORG
+server-principal=Pagrindinis serveris
+server-principal.tooltip=Pilnas HTTP paslaugai skirtas pagrindinio serverio su domenu pavadinimas. Pavyzdžiui HTTP/host.foo.org@FOO.ORG
+keytab=KeyTab
+keytab.tooltip=Kelias iki Kerberos KeyTab rinkmenos talpinančios prisijungimo prie pagrindinio serverio duomenis. Pavyzdžiui /etc/krb5.keytab
+debug=Derinti
+debug.tooltip=Ar įgalinti Krb5LoginModule veikimo pranešimų rašymą į standarinę išvestį derinimo rėžimu?
+allow-password-authentication=Leisti autentifikaciją naudojant slaptažodį
+allow-password-authentication.tooltip=Ar suteikti galimybę naudotojui prisijungti prie Kerberos naudojant naudotojo vardą ir slaptažodį?
+edit-mode=Pakeitimų rėžimas
+edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY reiškia, kad naudotojui neleidžiama keisti slaptažodžio ir autentifikacija visuomet bus atliekama Kerberos. UNSYNCED reiškia, kad naudotojui leidžiama keisti slaptažodį saugomą Keycloak duomenų bazėje ir kuris bus naudojamas autentifikacijos metu vietoj Kerberos slaptažodžio.
+ldap.edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY reiškia, kad LDAP saugykla bus naudojama vien tik skaitymo rėžimu. WRITABLE reiškia, kad duomenys sinchronizuojami atgal į LDAP pagal poreikį. UNSYNCED reiškia, kad naudotojų duomenys bus importuoti, tačiau niekuomet nesinchronizuojami atgal į LDAP.
+update-profile-first-login=Pirmojo prisijungimo metu atnaujinti duomenis
+update-profile-first-login.tooltip=Pirmojo prisijungimo metu atnaujinti naudotojo profilio duomenis
+sync-registrations=Sinchronizuoti registracijas
+ldap.sync-registrations.tooltip=Ar naujai užsiregistravę naudotojai turėtų būti sinchonizuojami į LDAP saugyklą? Federavimo teikėjas, į kurį sinchronizuojami nauji naudotojai, parenkamas pagal prioritetą. Pirmiausia imami su mažiausiu skaičiumi.
+vendor=Gamintojas
+ldap.vendor.tooltip=LDAP gamintojas (teikėjas)
+username-ldap-attribute=Prisijungimo vardo LDAP atributas
+ldap-attribute-name-for-username=LDAP atributo pavadinimas, kuriame saugomas naudotojo prisijungimo vardas
+username-ldap-attribute.tooltip=LDAP atributas, kuris turi būti susietas su Keycloak naudotojo prisijungimo vardu. Su daugeliu LDAP serverių gali būti naudojamas 'uid' atributas. ActiveDirectory gali būti 'sAMAccountName' arba 'cn'. Reikalaujama, kad nurodytas LDAP atributas būtų užpildytas visiems naudotojams kurie importuojami iš LDAP į Keycloak.
+rdn-ldap-attribute=RDN LDAP atributas
+ldap-attribute-name-for-user-rdn=LDAP atributo pavadinimas, kuriame saugomas naudotojo RDN
+rdn-ldap-attribute.tooltip=LDAP atributas, kuris naudojamas kaip RDN (Relative Distinguished Name) vietoj tipinio naudotojo DN (Distinguished Name). Dažniausiai reikšmė sutampa su prisijungimo vardo LDAP atributu, tačiau pastarasis nėra privalomas. Pavyzdžiui ActiveDirectory dažniausiai kaip RDN atributas naudojamas 'cn' nors prisijungimo vardo atributas būna 'sAMAccountName'.
+uuid-ldap-attribute=UUID LDAP atributas
+ldap-attribute-name-for-uuid=LDAP atributo pavadinimas, kuriame saugomas UUID
+uuid-ldap-attribute.tooltip=LDAP atributas, kuris naudojamas kaip unikalus LDAP objektų identifikatorius (UUID). Daugelis LDAP serverių naudoja 'entryUUID', tačiau pasitaiko ir išimčių. Pavyzdžiui ActiveDirectory naudojamas 'objectGUID' atributas. Jei jūsų LDAP serveris nepalaiko UUID atributų, tuomet galite naudoti bet kurį kitą atributą kuris užtikrina LDAP naudotojų unikalumą. Pavyzdžiui 'uid' arba 'entryDN'.
+user-object-classes=Naudotojų objektų klasės
+ldap-user-object-classes.placeholder=LDAP naudotojų objektų klasės (skiriamos kableliu)
+ldap.user-object-classes.tooltip=LDAP atributo objectClass atskirtos kableliu reikšmės skirtos LDAP naudotojo objektui. Pavyzdžiui: 'inetOrgPerson, organizationalPerson' . Naujai registruoti Keycloak naudotojai bus įrašyti š LDAP su visomis nurodytomis objektų klasėmis. Egzistuojantys LDAP naudotojų objektai randami tik tuomet, kai jie turi visas šias nurodytas objekto klases.
+
+ldap-connection-url=LDAP jungties URL
+ldap-users-dn=LDAP naudotojų DN
+ldap-bind-dn=LDAP prisijungimo DN
+ldap-bind-credentials=LDAP prisijungimo slaptažodis
+ldap-filter=LDAP filtras
+
+connection-url=Jungties URL
+ldap.connection-url.tooltip=Jungties į LDAP serverį URL
+test-connection=Tikrinti jungtį
+users-dn=Naudotojų DN
+ldap.users-dn.tooltip=Šakninė LDAP medžio DN (Distinguished Name) kuriame saugomi naudotojai. Jei pavyzdžiui tipinio naudotojo DN yra 'uid=john,ou=users,dc=example,dc=com' tuomet šio atributo reikšmė turėtų būti 'ou=users,dc=example,dc=com'
+authentication-type=Autentifikacijos tipas
+ldap.authentication-type.tooltip=LDAP autentifikacijos tipas. Galimi 'none' (anoniminė LDAP prieiga) arba 'simple' (Prisijungimo DN + slaptažodis autentifikacijai) autentifikacijos būdai
+bind-dn=Prisijungimo DN
+ldap.bind-dn.tooltip=LDAP administratoriaus DN (Distinguished Name), kuris turi būti naudojamas Keycloak prieiti prie LDAP serverio
+bind-credential=Prisijungimo slaptažodis
+ldap.bind-credential.tooltip=LDAP administratoriaus slaptažodis
+test-authentication=Tikrinti autentifikaciją
+custom-user-ldap-filter=Papildomas naudotojų LDAP filtras
+ldap.custom-user-ldap-filter.tooltip=Papildomas LDAP filtras, kuris turi būti naudojamas surastų naudotojų nufiltravimui. Palikite tuščią lauką jei papildomas filtravimas nereikalingas. Įsitikinkite, kad filtras prasideda '(' ir baigiasi ')' simboliais
+search-scope=Paieškos apimtis
+ldap.search-scope.tooltip=Jei pasirinkta vieno lygio paieška, tuomet naudotojų ieškoma vien tik nurodytame naudotojų DN. Kai pasirinkta paieška medyje, tuomet naudotojų ieškoma visose medžio šakose. Išsamesnės informacijos ieškokite LDAP dokumentaciją
+use-truststore-spi=Naudoti raktų saugyklos SPI
+ldap.use-truststore-spi.tooltip=Nurodykite, kuomet LDAP jungtis naudos standalone.xml/domain.xml sukonfigūruotą patikimų liudijimų/raktų saugyklos SPI. 'Visada' reiškia, kad bus naudojama visada. 'Niekada' reiškia, kad sukonfigūruota liudijimų saugykla nebus naudojama. 'Tik LDAP' reiškia, kad saugykla bus naudojama tik su LDAP jungtimis. Pastaba: jei standalone.xml/domain.xml nesukonfigūruotas, tuomet bus naudojama standartinė Java cacerts arba 'javax.net.ssl.trustStore' parametre nurodyta liudijimų saugykla.
+connection-pooling=Jungčių buferizavimas
+ldap.connection-pooling.tooltip=Ar Keycloak turėtų naudoti jungčių telkinį jungiantis prie LDAP serverio?
+ldap.pagination.tooltip=Ar LDAP serveris palaiko puslapiavimą?
+kerberos-integration=Kerberos intergacija
+allow-kerberos-authentication=Leisti Kerberos autentifikaciją
+ldap.allow-kerberos-authentication.tooltip=Įgalina HTTP naudotojų autentifikaciją naudojant SPNEGO/Kerberos raktus. Duomenys apie prisijungusį naudotoją bus teikiama šio LDAP serverio
+use-kerberos-for-password-authentication=Naudoti Kerberos autentifikacijai su slaptažodžiu
+ldap.use-kerberos-for-password-authentication.tooltip=Ar jungiantis su naudotojo vardu ir slaptažodžiu naudoti Kerberos serverį vietoj LDAP serverio Directory Service API
+batch-size=Paketo dydis
+ldap.batch-size.tooltip=Vienos tranzacijos metu į Keycloak importuojamų LDAP naudotojų skaičius.
+ldap.periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Ar įgalinti periodinę pilną LDAP naudotojų sinchronizaciją į Keycloak?
+ldap.periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Ar įgalinti periodinę naujai registruotų arba su pakeistais duomenimis LDAP naudotojų sinchronizaciją į Keycloak?
+ldap.changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Intervalas sekundėmis, kas kurį atliekamas periodinis naujai registruotų arba su pakeistais duomenimis LDAP naudotojų sinchronizavimas į Keycloak
+user-federation-mappers=Federuoto naudotojo atributų atitikmenys
+create-user-federation-mapper=Sukurti federuoto naudotojo atributo atitikmenį
+add-user-federation-mapper=Pridėti federuoto naudotojo atributo atitikmenį
+provider-name=Teikėjo pavadinimas
+no-user-federation-providers-configured=Nesukonfigūruotas nei vienas naudotojų federacijos teikėjas
+no-user-storage-providers-configured=Nesukonfigūruota nei viena naudotojų saugykla
+add-identity-provider=Pridėti tapatybės teikėją
+add-identity-provider-link=Pridėti sąsają su tapatybės teikėju
+identity-provider=Tapatybės teikėjas
+identity-provider-user-id=Tapatybės teikėjo naudotojo ID
+identity-provider-user-id.tooltip=Unikalus, tapatybės teikėjo saugomas, naudotojo ID
+identity-provider-username=Tapatybės teikėjo naudotojo vardas
+identity-provider-username.tooltip=Tapatybės teikėjo sistemoje saugomas naudotojo vardas
+pagination=Puslapiavimas
+
+browser-flow=Autentifikacijos seka
+browser-flow.tooltip=Pasirinkite autentifikacijos naršyklėje seką
+registration-flow=Registracijos seka
+registration-flow.tooltip=Pasirinkite registracijos naršyklėje seką.
+direct-grant-flow=Tiesioginių teisių seka
+direct-grant-flow.tooltip=Pasirinkite tiesioginių teisių seką (direct grant authentication).
+reset-credentials=Prisijungimo duomenų atkūrimo seka
+reset-credentials.tooltip=Pasirinkite prisijungimo duomenų priminimo naršyklėje seką
+client-authentication=Klientų autentifikacijos seka
+client-authentication.tooltip=Pasirinkite klientų autentifikacijos seką.
+new=Naujas
+copy=Kopijuoti
+add-execution=Pridėti išimtį
+add-flow=Pridėti seką
+auth-type=Autentifikacijos tipas
+requirement=Privalomumas
+config=Konfigūruoti
+no-executions-available=Nėra sukonfigūruotų išimčių
+authentication-flows=Autentifikacijos sekos
+create-authenticator-config=Sukurti autentifikatoriaus konfigūraciją
+authenticator.alias.tooltip=Konfigūracijos pavadinimas
+otp-type=OTP tipas
+time-based=Paremtas laiku
+counter-based=Paremtas skaitliuku
+otp-type.tooltip='totp' paremtas ribotą laiką galiojančiu vienkartiniu slaptažodžiu. 'hotp' - ribotą kartų galiojančiu vienkartiniu slaptažodžiu.
+otp-hash-algorithm=OTP maišos algoritmas
+otp-hash-algorithm.tooltip=Kuris maišos algoritmas turi būti naudojamas OTP generavimui.
+number-of-digits=Skaitmenų skaičius
+otp.number-of-digits.tooltip=Kiek OTP turėtų turėti skaitmenų?
+look-ahead-window=Neatitikimo langas
+otp.look-ahead-window.tooltip=Koks intervalas yra leidžiamas tuo atveju, kai prieigos raktų generatoriaus ir serverio laikai arba skaitliukai nesutampa.
+initial-counter=Pradinė skaitliuko reikšmė
+otp.initial-counter.tooltip=Kokia turi būti pradinė skaitliuko reikšmė?
+otp-token-period=OTP rakto galiojimo intervalas
+otp-token-period.tooltip=Kiek sekundžiu galios OTP prieigos raktas? Numatyta reikšmė 30 sekundžių.
+table-of-password-policies=Slaptažodžio taisyklių lentelė
+add-policy.placeholder=Pridėti taisyklę...
+policy-type=Taisyklės tipas
+policy-value=Taisyklės reikšmė
+admin-events=Administravimo įvykiai
+admin-events.tooltip=Rodomi srities administravimo įvykiai susiję su administratoriaus paskyra, pvz. srities kūrimas. Pasirinkite konfigūravimo skiltį norėdami kad įvykiai būtų saugomi.
+login-events=Prisijungimo įvykiai
+filter=Filtruoti
+update=Atnaujinti
+reset=Išvalyti
+resource-types=Resurso tipas
+operation-types=Veiksmas
+select-operations.placeholder=Pasirinkite veiksmus...
+resource-path=Resurso kelias
+resource-path.tooltip=Filtravimas pagal resurso kelią. Palaikomas pakaitos simbolis '*' atitinkantis vieną kelio elementą ir '**' daugiau nei vieną elementą. Pavyzdžiui 'realms/*/clients/asbc' visose sritise randa klientą su identifikatoriumi 'asbc'. Kitas pavyzdys 'realms/master/**' randa visus veiksmus 'master' srityje.
+date-(from)=Data (Nuo)
+date-(to)=Data (Iki)
+authentication-details=Autentifikacijos informacija
+ip-address=IP adresas
+time=Laikas
+operation-type=Veiksmo tipas
+auth=Autentifikacijos informacija
+representation=Reprezentacija
+register=Registracijos
+required-action=Privalomi veiksmai
+default-action=Numatytas veiksmas
+auth.default-action.tooltip=Jei įgalintas, tuomet visi nauji naudotojai privalės atlikti pažymėtus veiksmus.
+no-required-actions-configured=Nėra nei vieno sukonfigūruoto privalomo veiksmo
+defaults-to-id=Nenurodžius bus naudojamas identifikatorius
+flows=Sekos
+bindings=Sąryšiai
+required-actions=Privalomi veiksmai
+password-policy=Slaptažodžių taisyklės
+otp-policy=OTP taisyklės
+user-groups=Naudotojų grupės
+default-groups=Numatytos grupės
+groups.default-groups.tooltip=Nurodykite grupes, į kurias automatiškai įtraukiami nauji naudotojai.
+cut=Iškirpti
+paste=Įklijuoti
+
+create-group=Sukurti grupę
+create-authenticator-execution=Sukurti autentifikatoriaus veiksmo vykdymą
+create-form-action-execution=Sukurti formos veiksmo vykdymą
+create-top-level-form=Sukurti aukščiausio lygio formą
+flow.alias.tooltip=Įrašykite sekos rodomą pavadinimą.
+top-level-flow-type=Aukščiausio lygio sekos tipas
+flow.generic=generic
+flow.client=client
+top-level-flow-type.tooltip=Kokio tipo ši aukščiausio lygio sritis? 'client' tipas naudojamas klientų (programų) autentifikacijai. 'generic' naudojamas visais kitais atvejais.
+create-execution-flow=Sukurti vykdymo seką
+flow-type=Sekos tipas
+flow.form.type=form
+flow-type.tooltip=Kokios rūšies ši forma?
+form-provider=Formos teikėjas
+default-groups.tooltip=Naujai sukurti ar užregistruoti naudotojai automatiškai priskiriami šioms grupėms
+select-a-type.placeholder=pasirinkite tipą
+available-groups=Galimos grupės
+available-groups.tooltip=Nurodykite grupę, kuri bus numatytoji.
+value=Reikšmė
+table-of-group-members=Grupės narių lentelė
+last-name=Pavardė
+first-name=Vardas
+email=El. paštas
+toggle-navigation=Perjungti navigaciją
+manage-account=Valdyti paskyrą
+sign-out=Atsijungti
+server-info=Serverio informacija
+resource-not-found=Resuras <strong>nerastas</strong>...
+resource-not-found.instruction=Negalime rasti jūsų ieškomo resurso. Įsitikinkite, kad įvedėte teisingą URL.
+go-to-the-home-page=Eiti į pradinį puslapį &raquo;
+page-not-found=Puslapis <strong>nerastas</strong>...
+page-not-found.instruction=Negalime rasti jūsų ieškomo puslapio. Įsitikinkite, kad įvedėte teisingą URL.
+events.tooltip=Rodomi srities išsaugoti įvykiai. Rodomi įvykiai susiję su naudotojų paskyromis, pavyzdžiui naudotojo prisijungimas. Norėdami keisti nustatymus pasirinkite 'Konfigūruoti'
+select-event-types.placeholder=Pasirinkite įvykiu tipus...
+events-config.tooltip=Rodoma naudotojų ir administravimo įvykių konfigūracija.
+select-an-action.placeholder=Pasirinkite veiksmą...
+event-listeners.tooltip=Nurodykite srities įvykių gavėjus.
+login.save-events.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet su prisijungimu susiję veiksmai saugomi duomenų bazėje ir tampa prieinami per administravimo bei naudotojo paskyros valdymo skydus.
+clear-events.tooltip=Ištrinti visus įvykius iš duomenų bazės.
+events.expiration.tooltip=Nustato įvykių galiojimo laiką. Nebegaliojantys įvykiai periodiškai ištrinami iš duomenų bazės.
+admin-events-settings=Administravimo veiksmų nustatymai
+save-events=Saugoti įvykius
+admin.save-events.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet administravimo veiksmai saugomi duomenų bazėje ir tampa prieinami per administravimo valdymo skydą.
+saved-types.tooltip=Nurodykite veiksmų tipus, kurie turėtų būti išsaugoti.
+include-representation=Išsaugoti reprezentaciją
+include-representation.tooltip=Išsaugoti kurūmo ir redagavimo užklausų JSON reprezentaciją.
+clear-admin-events.tooltip=Ištrina visus su administravimu susijusius veiksmus iš duomenų bazės.
+server-version=Serverio versija
+server-profile=Serverio profilis
+info=Informacija
+providers=Teikėjai
+server-time=Serverio laikas
+server-uptime=Serverio veikimo laikas
+memory=Atmintis
+total-memory=Viso atminties
+free-memory=Laisva atmintis
+used-memory=Naudojama atmintis
+system=Sistema
+current-working-directory=Darbinis katalogas
+java-version=Java Version
+java-vendor=Java Vendor
+java-runtime=Java Runtime
+java-vm=Java VM
+java-vm-version=Java VM Version
+java-home=Java Home
+user-name=User Name
+user-timezone=User Timezone
+user-locale=User Locale
+system-encoding=System Encoding
+operating-system=Operating System
+os-architecture=OS Architecture
+spi=SPI
+granted-roles=Suteiktos rolės
+granted-protocol-mappers=Suteiktos protokolo atitikmenų sąsajos
+additional-grants=Papildomai suteikta
+consent-created-date=Sukurta
+consent-last-updated-date=Pask. kartą atnaujinta
+revoke=Atšaukti
+new-password=Naujas slaptažodis
+password-confirmation=Pakartotas slaptažodis
+reset-password=Pakeisti slaptažodį
+credentials.temporary.tooltip=Jei įgalinta, tuomet naudotojas privalės pasikeisti slaptažodį sekančio prisijungimo metu
+remove-totp=Šalinti OTP
+credentials.remove-totp.tooltip=Šalinti vienkartinį naudotojo slaptažodžių generatorių.
+reset-actions=Atkurti veiksmus
+credentials.reset-actions.tooltip=Nurodykite naudotojui el. paštu siunčiamus privalomus atlikti veiksmus. 'Patvirtinti el. pašto adresą' į naudotojo el. pašto adresą siunčia patvirtinimo nuorodą. 'Atnaujinti profilio informaciją' reikalauja naudotojo peržiūrėti ir atnaujinti profilio informaciją. 'Atnaujinti slaptažodį' reikalauja naudotojo pasikeisti slaptažodį. 'Konfigūruoti OTP' reikalauja atnaujinti mobilaus slaptažodžių generatoriaus konfigūraciją.
+reset-actions-email=Atkūrimo veiksmų siuntimas
+send-email=Siųsti el. pašto laišką
+credentials.reset-actions-email.tooltip=Naudotojui siunčiamas el. pašto laiškas su nuorodomis leidžiančiomis atlikti pasirinktus veiksmus. Naudotojas atidaręs siunčiamą nuorodą galės atlikti atkūrimo veiksmus. Veismų atlikimui naudotojų nebus reikalaujama prisijungti. Pavyzdžiui parinkus slaptažodžio atkūrimo veiksmą, naudotojas galės neprisijungęs nurodyti naują slaptaždį.
+add-user=Pridėti naudotoją
+created-at=Sukūrimo data
+user-enabled=Naudotojas įgalintas
+user-enabled.tooltip=Neįgalintam naudotojai neleidžiama prisijungti prie sistemos.
+user-temporarily-locked=Naudotojas laikinai užrakintas
+user-temporarily-locked.tooltip=Naudotojas laikintai užrakintas, nes per daug klydo prisijungiant prie sistemos.
+unlock-user=Atrakinti naudotoją
+federation-link=Federacijos sąsaja
+email-verified=El. paštas patvirtintas
+email-verified.tooltip=Ar naudotojo el. pašto adresas yra patvirtintas?
+required-user-actions=Privalomi veiksmai naudotojui
+required-user-actions.tooltip=Nurodykite kuriuos veiksmus po prisijungimo naudotojas privalo atlikti. 'Patvirtinti el. pašto adresą' į naudotojo el. pašto adresą siunčia patvirtinimo nuorodą. 'Atnaujinti profilio informaciją' reikalauja naudotojo peržiūrėti ir atnaujinti profilio informaciją. 'Atnaujinti slaptažodį' reikalauja naudotojo pasikeisti slaptažodį. 'Konfigūruoti OTP' reikalauja atnaujinti mobilaus slaptažodžių generatoriaus konfigūraciją.
+locale=Lokalė
+select-one.placeholder=Pasirinkite...
+impersonate=Įkūnyti
+impersonate-user=Įkūnyti naudotoją
+impersonate-user.tooltip=Prisijungti kaip šis naudotojas. Jei jūsų sritis sutampa su naudotojo sritimi, tuomet jūsų sesija bus baigta prieš prisijungiant šiuo naudotoju.
+identity-provider-alias=Tapatybės teikėjo pseudonimas
+provider-user-id=Teikėjo naudotojo ID
+provider-username=Teikėjo naudotojo vardas
+no-identity-provider-links-available=Nėra nei vienos tapatybės teikėjo sąsajos
+group-membership=Narystė grupėse
+group-membership.tooltip=Visos grupės, kurių narys yra šis naudotojas. Pažymėkite grupę ir paspauskite 'Palikti' norėdami pašalinti naudotoją iš grupės.
+leave=Palikti
+membership.available-groups.tooltip=Grupės, į kurias galima įtraukti naudotoją. Pažymėkite grupę ir paspauskite įtraukti.
+table-of-realm-users=Srities naudotojų sąrašas
+view-all-users=Rodyti visus naudotojus
+unlock-users=Atrakinti naudotojus
+no-users-available=Naudotojų nėra
+users.instruction=Įveskite paieškos kriterijų arba paspauskite rodyti visus naudotojus
+consents=Sutikimai
+started=Pradėta
+logout-all-sessions=Atjungti visas sesijas
+logout=Seanso pabaiga
+new-name=Naujas pavadinimas
+ok=Gerai
+attributes=Atributai
+role-mappings=Rolių susiejimas
+members=Nariai
+details=Detaliau
+identity-provider-links=Sąsajos su tapatybės teikėjais
+register-required-action=Registruoti privalomą atlikti veiksmą
+gender=Lytis
+address=Adresas
+phone=Telefonas
+profile-url=Profilio URL
+picture-url=Nuotraukos URL
+website=Internetinė svetainė
+import-keys-and-cert=Importuoti raktus ir sertifikatus
+import-keys-and-cert.tooltip=Įkelti kliento raktų porą ir sertifikatą.
+upload-keys=Įkelti raktus
+download-keys-and-cert=Atsisiųsti raktus ir sertifikatą
+no-value-assigned.placeholder=Nėra priskirtos reikšmės
+remove=Šalinti
+no-group-members=Grupė neturi narių
+temporary=Laikinas
+join=Prijungti
+event-type=Įvykio tipas
+events-config=Įvykių konfigūracija
+event-listeners=Įvykių gavėjai
+login-events-settings=Prisijungimo įvykių nustatymai
+clear-events=Išvalyti įvykius
+saved-types=Saugomi tipai
+clear-admin-events=Išvalyti administravimo įvykius
+clear-changes=Išvalyti pasikeitimus
+error=Klaida
+
+# Authz
+# Authz Common
+authz-authorization=Autorizacija
+authz-owner=Savininkas
+authz-uri=URI
+authz-scopes=Taikymo sritys
+authz-resource=Resursas
+authz-resource-type=Resurso tipas
+authz-resources=Resursai
+authz-scope=Taikymo sritis
+authz-authz-scopes=Autorizacijos taikymo sritys
+authz-policies=Taisyklės
+authz-permissions=Leidimai
+authz-evaluate=Išbandyti
+authz-icon-uri=Ikonos URI
+authz-icon-uri.tooltip=Ikonos paveiksliuko URI.
+authz-select-scope=Parinkite taikymo sritį
+authz-select-resource=Parinkite resursą
+authz-associated-policies=Susietos taisyklės
+authz-any-resource=Bet kuris resursas
+authz-any-scope=Bet kuri taikymo sritis
+authz-any-role=Bet kuri rolė
+authz-policy-evaluation=Išbandyti taisyklę
+authz-select-client=Parinkite klientą
+authz-select-user=Parinkite naudotoją
+authz-entitlements=Teisės
+authz-no-resources=Resursų nėra
+authz-result=Rezultatas
+authz-authorization-services-enabled=Įgalinti autorizaciją
+authz-authorization-services-enabled.tooltip=Įgalinti detalų kliento autorizacijos palaikymą
+authz-required=Privalomas
+
+# Authz Settings
+authz-import-config.tooltip=Importuoti šio resursų serverio autorizacijos nustatymų JSON rinkmeną.
+
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode=Taisyklių vykdymo rėžimas
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode.tooltip=Taisyklių vykdymo rėžimas nusako kaip turi būti tenkinamos autorizacijos užklausų taisyklės. 'Taikyti' reiškia, kad tuo atveju kai nėra sukonfigūruota nei viena su resursu susijusi taisyklė, prieiga draudžiama. 'Liberalus' reiškia, kad tuo atveju kai nėra sukonfigūruota nei viena su resursu susijusi taisyklė, prieiga leidžiama. 'Išjungta' reiškia, kad neatliekamas taisyklių tikrinimas ir prieiga leidžiama prie visų resursų.
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-enforcing=Taikyti
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-permissive=Liberalus
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-disabled=Išjungta
+
+authz-remote-resource-management=Nuotolinis resursų valdymas
+authz-remote-resource-management.tooltip=Ar leidžiama nuotoliniu būdu resursų serveriui valdyti resursus? Jei neįgalinta, tuomet resursai gali būti valdomi tik per šią administravimo konsolę.
+
+authz-export-settings=Eksportuoti nustatymus
+authz-export-settings.tooltip=Eksportuoti ir atsisiųsti visus šio resursų serverio autorazacijos nustatymus.
+
+# Authz Resource List
+authz-no-resources-available=Nėra galimų resursų.
+authz-no-scopes-assigned=Nėra susietų taikymo sričių.
+authz-no-type-defined=Nėra nurodytų tipų.
+authz-no-permission-assigned=Nera susietų leidimų.
+authz-no-policy-assigned=Nėra susietų taisyklių.
+authz-create-permission=Sukurti leidimą
+
+# Authz Resource Detail
+authz-add-resource=Pridėti resursą
+authz-resource-name.tooltip=Unikalus resurso vardas. Vardas turi unikaliai identifikuoti resursą. Naudingas, kuomet ieškoma specifinių resursų.
+authz-resource-owner.tooltip=Šio resurso savininkas.
+authz-resource-type.tooltip=Šio resurso tipas. Reikšmė leidžia sugrupuoti skirtingus resursus turinčius tą patį tipą.
+authz-resource-uri.tooltip=URI kuris taip pat gali būti naudojamas vienareikšmiškam resurso identifikavimui.
+authz-resource-scopes.tooltip=Su šiuo resursu susietos taikymo sritys.
+
+# Authz Scope List
+authz-add-scope=Priėti taikymo sritį
+authz-no-scopes-available=Nėra galimų taikymo sričių.
+
+# Authz Scope Detail
+authz-scope-name.tooltip=Unikalus taikymo srities pavadinimas. Šis pavadinimas gali vienareikšmiškai identifikuoti taikymo sritį. Naudingas kuomet ieškoma šios tam tikros srities.
+
+# Authz Policy List
+authz-all-types=Visi tipai
+authz-create-policy=Sukurti taisyklę
+authz-no-policies-available=Nėra galimų taisyklių.
+
+# Authz Policy Detail
+authz-policy-name.tooltip=Šios taisyklės pavadinimas.
+authz-policy-description.tooltip=Šios taisyklės aprašymas.
+authz-policy-logic=Logika
+authz-policy-logic-positive=Teigiama
+authz-policy-logic-negative=Neigiama
+authz-policy-logic.tooltip=Logika nurodo kaip turi būti tenkinama taisyklė. Jei nurodyta 'Teigiama', tuomet šios taisyklės vykdymo metu gautas rezultatas (leisti arba drausti) bus naudojamas sprendinio priėmimui. Jei nurodyta 'Neigiama', tuomet šios taisyklės vykdymo rezultatas bus paneigtas, t.y. leidžiama taps draudžiama ir atvirkščiai.
+authz-policy-apply-policy=Pritaikyti taisyklę
+authz-policy-apply-policy.tooltip=Nurodo visas taisykles, kurios turi būti įvertintos šios taisyklės ar leidimo taikymo sričiai.
+authz-policy-decision-strategy=Sprendimo strategija
+authz-policy-decision-strategy.tooltip=Sprendimo strategija nurodo kaip priimamas galutinis sprendimas, kuomet yra vykdomos visos šio leidimo taisyklės. 'Pozityvi' reiškia, kad galutiniam teigiamam sprendimui turi būti tenkinama bent viena taisyklė. 'Vienbalsė' reiškia, kad galutiniam teigiamam sprendimui visos taisyklės turi būti teigiamos. 'Daugumos' reiškia, kad galutinis teigiamas sprendimas bus priimtas tuomet, kai teigiamų taisyklių bus daugiau nei neigiamų. Jei teigiamų ir neigiamų taisyklių skaičius yra vienodas, tuomet galutinis rezultatas bus neigiamas.
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-affirmative=Pozityvi
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-unanimous=Vienbalsė
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-consensus=Daugumos
+authz-select-a-policy=Parinkite taisyklę
+
+# Authz Role Policy Detail
+authz-add-role-policy=Pridėti rolės taisyklę
+authz-no-roles-assigned=Nėra susietų rolių.
+authz-policy-role-realm-roles.tooltip=Nurodo kurios *srities* rolė(s) tenkina šią taisyklę.
+authz-policy-role-clients.tooltip=Parinkite klieną norėdami rodyti tik šio kliento roles.
+authz-policy-role-client-roles.tooltip=Nurodo *kliento* rolė(įs) kurios tenkina šią taisyklę.
+
+# Authz User Policy Detail
+authz-add-user-policy=Pridėti naudotojo taisyklę
+authz-no-users-assigned=Nėra susietų naudotojų.
+authz-policy-user-users.tooltip=Nurodo kurie naudotojai tenkina šią taisyklę.
+
+# Authz Time Policy Detail
+authz-add-time-policy=Pridėti laiko taisyklę
+authz-policy-time-not-before.tooltip=Nurodykite laiką iki kurio ši taisyklė NETENKINAMA. Teigiamas rezultatas duodamas tik tuo atveju, kuomet dabartinė data ir laikas yra vėlesnė arba lygi šiai reikšmei.
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after=Ne vėliau
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after.tooltip=Nurodykite laiką po kurio ši taisyklė NETENKINAMA. Teigiamas rezultatas duodamas tik tuo atveju, kuomet dabartinė data ir laikas yra ankstesni arba lygi šiai reikšmei.
+authz-policy-time-day-month=Mėnesio diena
+authz-policy-time-day-month.tooltip=Nurodykite mėnesio dieną iki kurios ši taisyklė TENKINAMA. Užpildžius antrąjį laukelį, taisyklė bus TENKINAMA jei diena patenka į nurodytą intervalą. Reikšmės nurodomos imtinai.
+authz-policy-time-month=Mėnesis
+authz-policy-time-month.tooltip=Nurodykite mėnesį iki kurio ši taisyklė TENKINAMA. Užpildžius antrąjį laukelį, taisyklė bus TENKINAMA jei mėnesis patenka į nurodytą intervalą. Reikšmės nurodomos imtinai.
+authz-policy-time-year=Metai
+authz-policy-time-year.tooltip=Nurodykite metus iki kurių ši taisyklė TENKINAMA. Užpildžius antrąjį laukelį, taisyklė bus TENKINAMA jei metai patenka į nurodytą intervalą. Reikšmės nurodomos imtinai.
+authz-policy-time-hour=Valanda
+authz-policy-time-hour.tooltip=Nurodykite valandą iki kurios ši taisyklė TENKINAMA. Užpildžius antrąjį laukelį, taisyklė bus TENKINAMA jei valanda patenka į nurodytą intervalą. Reikšmės nurodomos imtinai.
+authz-policy-time-minute=Minutė
+authz-policy-time-minute.tooltip=Nurodykite minutę iki kurios ši taisyklė TENKINAMA. Užpildžius antrąjį laukelį, taisyklė bus TENKINAMA jei minutė patenka į nurodytą intervalą. Reikšmės nurodomos imtinai.
+
+# Authz JS Policy Detail
+authz-add-js-policy=Pridėti JavaScript taisyklę
+authz-policy-js-code=Programinis kodas
+authz-policy-js-code.tooltip=JavaScript kodas kuriame aprašytos šios taisyklės sąlygos.
+
+
+# Authz Aggregated Policy Detail
+authz-aggregated=Agreguota
+authz-add-aggregated-policy=Pridėti agreguotą taisyklę
+
+# Authz Permission List
+authz-no-permissions-available=Nėra galimų leidimų.
+
+# Authz Permission Detail
+authz-permission-name.tooltip=Šio leidimo pavadinimas.
+authz-permission-description.tooltip=Šio leidimo aprašymas.
+
+# Authz Resource Permission Detail
+authz-add-resource-permission=Pridėti resurso leidimą
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type=Pritaikyti resurso tipui
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type.tooltip=Nurodykite ar šis leidimas turi būti pritaikomas visiems šio tipo resursams. Jei įgalinta, tuomet leidimo tikrinimas bus atliekamas visiems nurodyto tipo resursams.
+authz-permission-resource-resource.tooltip=Nurodykite, kad šis leidimas turi būti taikomas tik tam tikriems resursams.
+authz-permission-resource-type.tooltip=Nurodykite, kad ši taisyklė turi būti taikoma visiems šio tipo resursams.
+
+# Authz Scope Permission Detail
+authz-add-scope-permission=Pridėti taikymo srities leidimą
+authz-permission-scope-resource.tooltip=Pasirinkdami resurą apribosite taikymo sričių sąrašą. Jei nepasirinkta, tuomet matysite visas galimas taikymo sritis.
+authz-permission-scope-scope.tooltip=Nurodo, kad šis leidimas turi būti pritaikytas vienai ar daugiau taikymo sričių.
+
+# Authz Evaluation
+authz-evaluation-identity-information=Tapatybės informacija
+authz-evaluation-identity-information.tooltip=Nurodykite tapatybės informaciją, kuri bus naudojama taisyklių vertinime.
+authz-evaluation-client.tooltip=Nurodykite klientą, kuris atlieka autorizacijos užklausas. Nei nenurodyta, tuomet autorizacijos užklausa bus vertinama naudojant dabartinį klientą.
+authz-evaluation-user.tooltip=Nurodykite naudotoją, kurio vardu atliekamas teisių serveryje filtravimas.
+authz-evaluation-role.tooltip=Nurodykite pasirinkto naudotojo roles.
+authz-evaluation-new=Papildyti užklausą
+authz-evaluation-re-evaluate=Vertinti pakartotinai
+authz-evaluation-previous=Prieš tai buvęs bandymas
+
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info=Kontekstinė informacija
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info.tooltip=Nurodykite kontekstinę informaciją, kuri bus naudojama taisyklių vertinime.
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes=Kontekstiniai atributai
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes.tooltip=Galite pateikti vykdymo aplinkos arba vykdymo konteksto atributus.
+authz-evaluation-permissions.tooltip=Nurodykite leidimus, kuriems bus taikomos taisyklės.
+authz-evaluation-evaluate=Vertinti
+authz-evaluation-any-resource-with-scopes=Bet kuris resursas su šia taikymo sritimi (sritimis)
+authz-evaluation-no-result=Vertinant autorizacijos užklausą rezultatų nerasta. Patikrinkite ar egzistuoja resursai ar taikymo sritys susietos su taisyklėmis.
+authz-evaluation-no-policies-resource=Šiam resursui taisyklės nerastos.
+authz-evaluation-result.tooltip=Leidimų užklausos bendras rezultatas.
+authz-evaluation-scopes.tooltip=Leidžiamų taikymo sričių sąrašas.
+authz-evaluation-policies.tooltip=Informacija apie vertinime dalyvavusias taisykles ir sprendimus.
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data=Atsakymas
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data.tooltip=Autorizavimo užklausos apdorojimo rezultatas su autorizacijos duomenimis. Rezultatas parodo ką Keycloak grąžina klientui prašančiam leidimo. Peržiūrėkite 'authorization' teiginį su leidimais, kurie buvo suteikti šiai autorizacijos užklausai.
+authz-show-authorization-data=Rodyti autorizacijos duomenis
+
+kid=KID
+keys=Raktai
+all=Visi
+status=Būsena
+keystore=Raktų saugykla
+keystores=Raktų saugyklos
+add-keystore=Pridėti raktų saugyklą
+add-keystore.placeholder=Pridėti raktų saugyklą...
+view=Žiūrėti
+active=Aktyvus
+
+Sunday=Sekmadienis
+Monday=Pirmadienis
+Tuesday=Antradienis
+Wednesday=Trečiadienis
+Thursday=Ketvirtadienis
+Friday=Penktadienis
+Saturday=Šeštadienis
+
+user-storage-cache-policy=Podėlio nustatymai
+userStorage.cachePolicy=Podėlio taisyklės
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.DEFAULT=DEFAULT
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_WEEKLY=EVICT_WEEKLY
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.EVICT_DAILY=EVICT_DAILY
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.MAX_LIFESPAN=MAX_LIFESPAN
+userStorage.cachePolicy.option.NO_CACHE=NO_CACHE
+userStorage.cachePolicy.tooltip=Saugyklos teikėjo podėlio nustatymai. 'DEFAULT' naudojami numatytieji globalaus naudotojo podėlio nustatymai. 'EVICT_DAILY' naudotojų podėlis išvalomas kiekvieną dieną numatytuoju laiku. 'EVICT_WEEKLY' naudotojų podėlis išvalomas kartą į savaitę numatytą dieną. 'MAX-LIFESPAN' maksimalus podėlio įrašo galiojimo laikas milisekundėmis.
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay=Išvalymo diena
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionDay.tooltip=Savaitės diena, kuomet podėlio įrašai taps nebeaktualūs
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour=Išvalymo valanda
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionHour.tooltip=Valanda, kuomet podėlio įrašai taps nebeaktualūs.
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute=Išvalymo minutė
+userStorage.cachePolicy.evictionMinute.tooltip=Minutė, kuomet podėlio įrašai taps nebeaktualūs.
+userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan=Maksimalus galiojimo laikas
+userStorage.cachePolicy.maxLifespan.tooltip=Maksimalus galiojimo laikas milisekundėmis po kurio podėlio įrašai taps nebeaktualūs.
+user-origin-link=Saugojimo kilmė
+
+disable=Išjungti
+disableable-credential-types=Išjungiami tipai
+credentials.disableable.tooltip=Galimų išjungti prisijungimo duomenų tipų sąrašas
+disable-credential-types=Išjungti prisijungimo duomenų tipus
+credentials.disable.tooltip=Paspauskite mygtuką norėdami išjungti pažymėtus prisijungimo duomenų tipus
+credential-types=Prisijungimo duomenų tipai
+manage-user-password=Tvarkyti slaptažodžius
+disable-credentials=Išjungti prisijungimo duomenis
+credential-reset-actions=Prisijungimo duomenų atkūrimas
+ldap-mappers=LDAP atitikmenų parinkėjai
+create-ldap-mapper=Sukurti LDAP atitikmenų parinkėją \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_nl.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_nl.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_nl.properties
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_no.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_no.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2f1530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_no.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,1115 @@
+consoleTitle=Keycloak administrasjonskonsoll
+
+# Common messages
+enabled=Aktivert
+name=Navn
+displayName=Vis navn
+displayNameHtml=HTML vis navn
+save=Lagre
+cancel=Avbryt
+onText=P\u00C5
+offText=AV
+client=Klient
+clients=Klienter
+clear=T\u00F8m
+selectOne=Velg en...
+
+true=True
+false=False
+
+endpoints=Endepunkter
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Brukere og klienter har kun tilgang til et sikkerhetsdomene hvis det er aktivert
+realm-detail.oidc-endpoints.tooltip=Viser konfigurasjonen av endepunkter for OpenID Connect
+registrationAllowed=Registrering av bruker
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver registreringssiden. En lenke for registrering vil v\u00E6re synlig p\u00E5 innloggingssiden.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=E-postadresse som brukernavn
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=Dersom registreringssiden er aktivert, vil feltet for brukernavn v\u00E6re skjult fra registreringsskjema og e-postadresse vil bli brukt som brukernavn for nye brukere.
+editUsernameAllowed=Rediger brukernavn
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=Dersom aktivert, er feltet for brukernavn redigerbart, ellers kun lesbart.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Glemt passord
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Vis en lenke p\u00E5 innloggingssiden som brukere kan klikke p\u00E5 om de har glemt sine innloggingsdetaljer.
+rememberMe=Husk meg
+rememberMe.tooltip=Vis en avkryssingsboks p\u00E5 innloggingssiden som lar brukere forbli innlogget mellom omstart av nettleser og inntil sesjonen utl\u00F8per.
+verifyEmail=Bekreft e-postadresse
+verifyEmail.tooltip=Krev at bruker verifiserer sin e-postadresse f\u00F8rste gang de logger inn.
+sslRequired=Krev SSL
+sslRequired.option.all=Alle foresp\u00F8rsler
+sslRequired.option.external=Eksterne foresp\u00F8rsler
+sslRequired.option.none=Ingen
+sslRequired.tooltip=Kreves HTTPS? 'Ingen' betyr at HTTPS ikke kreves for noen klienters IP-adresse. 'Ekstern foresp\u00F8rsel' betyr at localhost og private IP-adresser kan f\u00E5 tilgang uten HTTPS. 'Alle foresp\u00F8rsler' betyr at HTTPS kreves for alle IP-adresser.
+publicKey=Offentlig n\u00F8kkel
+privateKey=Privat n\u00F8kkel
+gen-new-keys=Generer nye n\u00F8kler
+certificate=Sertifikat
+host=Vert
+smtp-host=SMTP Vert
+port=Port
+smtp-port=SMTP Port (standard er 25)
+from=Fra
+sender-email-addr=Senders e-postadresse
+enable-ssl=Aktiver SSL
+enable-start-tls=Aktiver StartTLS
+enable-auth=Aktiver autentisering
+username=Brukernavn
+login-username=Innloggingsbrukernavn
+password=Passord
+login-password=Innloggingspassord
+login-theme=Innloggingstema
+login-theme.tooltip=Velg tema for sidene: innlogging, OTP, rettigheter, registrering, glemt passord.
+account-theme=Kontotema
+account-theme.tooltip=Velg tema for brukerkontoadministrasjonssider.
+admin-console-theme=Administrasjonskonsolltema
+select-theme-admin-console=Velg et tema for administrasjonskonsollen.
+email-theme=E-posttema
+select-theme-email=Velg tema for e-post sendt av server.
+i18n-enabled=Internasjonalisering aktivert
+supported-locales=St\u00F8ttede lokaliteter
+supported-locales.placeholder=Skriv inn en lokalitet og klikk enter
+default-locale=Standard lokalitet
+realm-cache-clear=Cache for sikkerhetsdomenet
+realm-cache-clear.tooltip=T\u00F8m sikkerhetsdomenecache (Dette vil fjerne oppf\u00F8ringer for alle sikkerhetsdomener)
+user-cache-clear=Brukercache
+user-cache-clear.tooltip=T\u00F8m brukercache (Dette vil fjerne oppf\u00F8ringer for alle sikkerhetsdomener)
+revoke-refresh-token=Fjern refresh token
+revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=Hvis aktivert kan refresh token kun bli brukt en gang. Ellers vil refresh tokens kunne bli brukt flere ganger.
+sso-session-idle=Inaktiv SSO sesjon
+seconds=Sekunder
+minutes=Minutter
+hours=Timer
+days=Dager
+sso-session-max=Maksimum SSO sesjon
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=Tiden en sesjon er tillatt \u00E5 v\u00E6re inaktiv f\u00F8r den utl\u00F8per. Tokens og nettlesersesjoner vil bli ugyldig n\u00E5r en sesjon utl\u00F8per.
+sso-session-max.tooltip=Maksimum tid f\u00F8r en sesjon utl\u00F8per. Tokens og nettlesersesjoner vil bli ugyldig n\u00E5r en sesjon utl\u00F8per.
+offline-session-idle=Inaktiv sesjon i frakoblet modus
+offline-session-idle.tooltip=Tiden en sesjon i frakoblet modus er tillatt \u00E5 v\u00E6re inaktiv f\u00F8r den utl\u00F8per. Du m\u00E5 bruke tokens for frakoblet modus for \u00E5 oppdatere sesjonen minst en gang i denne perioden, ellers vil sesjonen utl\u00F8pe.
+access-token-lifespan=Levetid for access token
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip= Maksimum tid f\u00F8r et access token utl\u00F8per. Det anbefales at denne verdien er kort i forhold til SSO timeout.
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow=Access token-levetid for implicit flow
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow.tooltip=Maksimum tid f\u00F8r et access token utstedt under OpenID Connect implicit flow utl\u00F8per. Det anbefales at denne er kortere enn SSO timeout. Det er ingen mulighet til \u00E5 oppdatere tokenet i l\u00F8pet av en implicit flow, derfor er det satt en separat timeout som er forskjellig fra 'Levetid for Access Token'.
+client-login-timeout=Timeout av klientinnlogging
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=Maksimum tid en klient har for \u00E5 fullf\u00F8re access token protokollen. Dette burde normalt v\u00E6re 1 minutt.
+login-timeout=Timeout for innlogging
+login-timeout.tooltip=Maksimum tid en bruker har til \u00E5 fullf\u00F8re en innlogging. Det anbefales at denne er relativt lang. 30 minutter eller mer.
+login-action-timeout=Timeout for innloggingshandling.
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=Maksimum tid en bruker har til \u00E5 fullf\u00F8re handlinger relatert til innlogging, som \u00E5 oppdatere passord eller konfigurere OTP. Det anbefales at denne er relativt lang. 5 minutter eller mer.
+headers=Headere
+brute-force-detection=Deteksjon av Brute Force
+x-frame-options=Alternativer for X-Frame
+x-frame-options-tooltip=Standardverdi hindrer sider fra \u00E5 bli inkludert via non-origin iframes. (Klikk p\u00E5 etikett for mer informasjon)
+content-sec-policy=Sikkerhetspolicy for innhold
+content-sec-policy-tooltip=Standardverdi hindrer sider fra \u00E5 bli inkludert via non-origin iframes. (Klikk p\u00E5 etikett for mer informasjon)
+content-sec-policy-report-only=Rapporterende sikkerhetspolicy for innhold
+content-sec-policy-report-only-tooltip=Verdi for Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header. Til bruk for testing av ny sikkerhetspolicy.
+content-type-options=Alternativer for X-innholdstyper
+content-type-options-tooltip=Standardverdi som forhindrer Internet Explorer og Google Chrome fra \u00E5 MIME-sniffe et svar vekk fra den deklarerte innholdstypen (content-type) (Klikk p\u00E5 etikett for mer informasjon)
+max-login-failures=Maksimum antall innloggingsfeil
+max-login-failures.tooltip=Hvor mange feil f\u00F8r ventetid blir aktivert.
+wait-increment=\u00F8kning av ventetid
+wait-increment.tooltip=N\u00E5r terskelen for feil er n\u00E5dd, hvor lenge skal brukeren stenges ute?
+quick-login-check-millis=Hurtig innlogging - kontroll av millisekunder
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=Hvis en feil skjer for raskt samtidig, steng brukeren ute.
+min-quick-login-wait=Minimum ventetid for hurtig innlogging
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=Ventetid etter en hurtig innloggingsfeil.
+max-wait=Maksimum ventetid
+max-wait.tooltip=Maksimum tid en bruker vil v\u00E6re stengt ute.
+failure-reset-time=Tid for tilbakestilling av feil.
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=N\u00E5r vil teller for feil nullstilles?
+realm-tab-login=Innlogging
+realm-tab-keys=N\u00F8kler
+realm-tab-email=E-post
+realm-tab-themes=Tema
+realm-tab-cache=Cache
+realm-tab-tokens=Tokens
+realm-tab-client-initial-access=F\u00F8rste access token
+realm-tab-security-defenses=Sikkerhetsmekanismer
+realm-tab-general=Generelt
+add-realm=Legg til sikkerhetsdomene
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Sikkerhetsdomenesesjoner
+revocation=Oppheving
+logout-all=Logg ut alle
+active-sessions=Aktive sesjoner
+sessions=Sesjoner
+not-before=Ikke f\u00F8r
+not-before.tooltip=Opphev alle tokens utstedt f\u00F8r denne datoen.
+set-to-now=Sett til n\u00E5
+push=Send
+push.tooltip=For enhver klient som har en administratorURL, send dem beskjed om den nye opphevingspolicyen.
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+usermodel.prop.label=Egenskap
+usermodel.prop.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 egenskapsmetoden i UserModel-grensesnittet. For eksempel, en verdi av 'e-post' vil referere til metoden UserModel.getEmail().
+usermodel.attr.label=Brukerattributt
+usermodel.attr.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 lagret brukerattributt som er navnet p\u00E5 en attributt innenfor UserModel.attribute map.
+userSession.modelNote.label=Brukersesjonsmerknad
+userSession.modelNote.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 lagret brukersesjonsmerknad innenfor UserSessionModel.note map.
+multivalued.label=Flere verdier
+multivalued.tooltip=Angir om en attributt st\u00F8tter flere verdier. Hvis true, vil listen med alle verdier for dette attributtet bli satt som claims. Hvis false, vil bare den f\u00F8rste verdien bli satt som claim.
+selectRole.label=Velg rolle
+selectRole.tooltip=Skriv inn rolle i tekstboksen til venstre, eller klikk p\u00E5 denne knappen for \u00E5 bla gjennom og velge rollen du \u00F8nsker.
+tokenClaimName.label=Navn p\u00E5 token claim
+tokenClaimName.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 claim som skal legges inn i token. Denne kan v\u00E6re et fullt kvalifisert navn som 'address.street'. I dette tilfellet vil et nestet jsonobjekt bli laget.
+jsonType.label=JSON-type for claims
+jsonType.tooltip=JSON-type som burde bli brukt for \u00E5 fylle json claimet i tokenet. long, int, boolean og String er gyldige verdier.
+includeInIdToken.label=Legg til i ID token
+includeInIdToken.tooltip=Burde claim bli lagt til i ID token?
+includeInAccessToken.label=Legg til i access token
+includeInAccessToken.tooltip=Burde claim bli lagt til i access token?
+includeInUserInfo.label=Legg til i brukerinfo
+includeInUserInfo.tooltip=Burde claim bli lagt til i brukerinfo?
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.label=Klient-ID
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.tooltip=Klient-ID for \u00E5 mappe roller
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Prefiks for klientrolle
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=Prefiks for hver klientrolle (valgfri).
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Prefiks for sikkerhetsdomenerolle
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=Prefiks for hver sikkerhetsdomenerolle (valgfri).
+
+# client details
+clients.tooltip=Klienter er betrodde nettleserapplikasjoner og web-tjenester i et sikkerhetsdomene. Disse klientene kan be om en innlogging. Du kan ogs\u00E5 definere klientspesifikke roller.
+search.placeholder=S\u00F8k...
+create=Opprett
+import=Importer
+client-id=Klient-ID
+base-url=Base URL
+actions=Handlinger
+not-defined=Ikke definert
+edit=Rediger
+delete=Slett
+no-results=Ingen resultater
+no-clients-available=Ingen klienter er tilgjengelige
+add-client=Legg til klient
+select-file=Velg fil
+view-details=Se detaljer
+clear-import=T\u00F8m import
+client-id.tooltip=Angir ID referert i URI og tokens. For eksempel 'min-klient'. For SAML er dette ogs\u00E5 forventet utgiververdi fra authn-foresp\u00F8rsler
+client.name.tooltip=Angir klientnavnet som blir vist. For eksempel, 'Min klient'. St\u00F8tter n\u00F8kler for lokaliserte verdier. For eksempel\: ${my_client}
+client.enabled.tooltip=Deaktiverte klienter kan ikke initiere en innlogging eller motta access tokens.
+consent-required=Samtykke p\u00E5krevd
+consent-required.tooltip=Hvis aktivert m\u00E5 brukere gi samtykke for at klienten skal f\u00E5 tilgang.
+client-protocol=Klientprotokoll
+client-protocol.tooltip='OpenID connect' tillater klienter \u00E5 verifisere identiteten til sluttbrukeren basert p\u00E5 autentisering utf\u00F8rt av en autorisasjonsserver. 'SAML' aktiverer en web-basert autentisering og autoriseringsscenarier som inkluderer cross-domain single sign-on (SSO) og som bruker security tokens som inneholder assertions for \u00E5 dele informasjon videre.
+access-type=Tilgangstype
+access-type.tooltip='Confidential' klienter krever en secret for \u00E5 initiere innloggingsprotokoll. 'Public' klienter krever ikke en secret. 'Bearer-only' klienter er webtjenester som aldri initierer en innlogging.
+standard-flow-enabled=Standard flow aktivert
+standard-flow-enabled.tooltip=Dette aktiverer standard OpenID Connect redirect-basert autentisering med autorisasjonskode. I forhold til OpenID Connect eller OAuth2 spesifikasjoner aktiverer dette st\u00F8tte for 'Authorization Code Flow' for denne klienten.
+implicit-flow-enabled=Implicit flow aktivert
+implicit-flow-enabled.tooltip=Dette aktiverer st\u00F8tte for OpenID Connect redirect-basert autentisering uten autorisasjonskode. I forhold til OpenID Connect eller OAuth2 spesifikasjoner aktiverer dette st\u00F8tte for 'Implicit Flow' for denne klienten.
+direct-access-grants-enabled=Direct access grants aktivert
+direct-access-grants-enabled.tooltip=Dette gir st\u00F8tte for Direct Access Grants, som betyr at klienten har tilgang til brukerens brukernavn/passord og kan bytte dette direkte med Keycloak-serveren for access token. I f\u00F8lge OAuth2 spesifikasjonen, aktiverer dette st\u00F8tte for 'Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant' for denne klienten.
+service-accounts-enabled=Tjenestekonto aktivert
+service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Lar deg autentisere denne klienten til Keycloak og hente access token dedikert til denne klienten. I f\u00F8lge OAuth2 spesifikasjonen, aktiverer dette st\u00F8tte for 'Client Credentials Grant' for denne klienten.
+include-authnstatement=Inkluder AuthnStatement
+include-authnstatement.tooltip=Skal et statement som spesifiserer metoden for tidsstempel inng\u00E5 i innloggingssvaret?
+sign-documents=Signer dokumenter
+sign-documents.tooltip=Skal SAML dokumenter bli signert av sikkerhetsdomenet?
+sign-assertions=Signer assertions
+sign-assertions.tooltip=Skal assertions i SAML dokumenter bli signert? Denne innstillingen er ikke n\u00F8dvendig hvis et dokument allerede har blitt signert.
+signature-algorithm=Signaturalgoritme
+signature-algorithm.tooltip=Signaturalgoritmen som brukes for \u00E5 signere et dokument.
+canonicalization-method=Kanoniseringsmetode
+canonicalization-method.tooltip=Kanoniseringsmetode for XML signaturer.
+encrypt-assertions=Krypter assertions
+encrypt-assertions.tooltip=Skal SAML assertions bli kryptert med klientens offentlige n\u00F8kkel ved \u00E5 bruke AES?
+client-signature-required=Klientens signatur er p\u00E5krevd
+client-signature-required.tooltip=Skal klienten signere sine SAML foresp\u00F8rsler og svar? Og skal de valideres?
+force-post-binding=Force POST binding
+force-post-binding.tooltip=Bruk alltid POST binding for svar.
+front-channel-logout=Front channel utlogging
+front-channel-logout.tooltip=Hvis satt til true, krever utlogging en redirect i nettleser til klient. Hvis satt til false, vil server utf\u00F8re en bakgrunnskall for utlogging.
+force-name-id-format=Force navn-ID format
+force-name-id-format.tooltip=Ignorer forespurt format p\u00E5 Navn-ID emnet og bruk den som er konfigurert i administrasjonskonsollen.
+name-id-format=Navn-ID format
+name-id-format.tooltip=Navn-ID formatet som skal brukes for emnet.
+root-url=Root URL
+root-url.tooltip=Root URL lagt til relative URLer
+valid-redirect-uris=Gyldig redirect URIer
+valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=Gyldig URI m\u00F8nster som en nettleser kan redirecte til etter en vellykket innlogging eller utlogging. Enkle jokertegn er tillatt, for eksempel 'http://example.com/*'. Relativ sti kan ogs\u00E5 spesifiseres, for eksempel /my/relative/path/*. Relative stier er relative til klientens root URL, eller hvis ingen er spesifisert brukes root URL for autorisasjonsserveren. For SAML m\u00E5 du sette et gyldig URI m\u00F8nster hvis du er avhengig av at URL for forbrukertjenesten er integrert med foresp\u00F8rselen for p\u00E5logging.
+base-url.tooltip=Standard URL som kan brukes n\u00E5r autorisasjonsserveren trenger \u00E5 redirecte eller lenke tilbake til klienten.
+admin-url=Admin URL
+admin-url.tooltip=URL til administratorgrensesnitt for klienten. Sett denne hvis klienten st\u00F8tter adapter REST API. Dette REST APIet tillater autorisasjonsserveren til \u00E5 sende tilbakekallingsregler og andre administrative oppgaver. Vanligvis er dette satt til klientens base URL.
+master-saml-processing-url=Master SAML prosesserings URL
+master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=Hvis konfigurert vil denne URLen bli brukt for hver binding til b\u00E5de SPs Assertion Consumer og Single Logout-tjenester. Denne kan bli individuelt overstyrt for hver binding og tjenester i konfigurasjonen for finkornet SAML endepunkt.
+idp-sso-url-ref=IDP initiert SSO URL navn
+idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 URL-fragment som refererer til klienten n\u00E5r du vil gj\u00F8re en IDP initiert SSO. La denne st\u00E5 tom om du \u00F8nsker \u00E5 deaktivere IDP initiert SSO. URLen vil v\u00E6re: {server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}
+idp-sso-relay-state=IDP initiert SSO relay state
+idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=Relay state du \u00F8nsker \u00E5 sende med SAML foresp\u00F8rselen n\u00E5r du vil utf\u00F8re en IDP initiert SSO.
+web-origins=Web origins
+web-origins.tooltip=Tillat CORS origins. For \u00E5 tillate alle origins med gyldig Redirect URIer legg til '+'. For \u00E5 tillate alle origins legg til '*'.
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf=Finkornet SAML endepunktskonfigurasjon
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Utvid denne delen til \u00E5 konfigurere n\u00F8yaktige URLer for Assertion Consumer og Single Logout-tjeneste.
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=Assertion consumer service POST binding URL
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=SAML POST binding URL for klientens assertion customer service (innloggingsrespons). Du kan la denne st\u00E5 tom om du ikke \u00F8nsker en URL for denne bindingen.
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=Assertion Consumer Service redirect binding URL
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=SAML redirect for klientens assertion consumer service (innloggingsrespons). Du kan la denne st\u00E5 tom om du ikke \u00F8nsker en URL for denne bindingen.
+logout-service-binding-post-url=logout-tjeneste POST binding URL
+logout-service-binding-post-url.tooltip=SAML POST binding URL for klientens single logout-tjeneste. Du kan la dette st\u00E5 tomt om du bruker en annen binding.
+logout-service-redir-binding-url=Logout-tjeneste redirect binding URL
+logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=SAML redirect binding URL for klientens single logout-tjeneste. Du kan la dette st\u00E5 tomt om du bruker en annen binding.
+
+# client import
+import-client=Importer klient
+format-option=Formatalternativer
+select-format=Velg et format
+import-file=Importer fil
+
+# client tabs
+settings=Innstillinger
+credentials=Innloggingsdetaljer
+saml-keys=SAML n\u00F8kler
+roles=Roller
+mappers=Mappere
+mappers.tooltip=Protokollmappere som utf\u00F8rer endringer av tokens og dokumenter. De kan utf\u00F8re handlinger som \u00E5 mappe brukerdata til protokollclaims, eller bare endre foresp\u00F8rsler som blir sendt mellom klienten og autorisasjonsserver.
+scope=Scope
+scope.tooltip=Mapping av scope lar deg begrense hvilke rollemappinger som er inkludert i access token som klienten har bedt om.
+sessions.tooltip=Viser aktive sesjoner for denne klienten. Tillater deg \u00E5 se hvilke brukere som er aktive og n\u00E5r de logget inn.
+offline-access=Frakoblet tilgang
+offline-access.tooltip=Viser frakoblede sesjoner for denne klienten. Tillater deg \u00E5 se hvilke brukere som henter tokens for frakoblet modus og n\u00E5r de henter den. For \u00E5 tilbakekalle alle tokens for klienten, g\u00E5 til fanen Opphev og sett verdien for Ikke f\u00F8r til n\u00E5.
+clustering=Clustering
+installation=Installasjon
+installation.tooltip=Verkt\u00F8y for \u00E5 generere ulike konfigurasjonsformater for klientadapter som du kan laste ned eller klippe og lime inn for \u00E5 konfigurere klientene dine.
+service-account-roles=Tjenestekonto-roller
+service-account-roles.tooltip=Tillater deg \u00E5 autentisere rollemappinger for tjenestekontoen som er dedikert til denne klienten.
+
+# client credentials
+client-authenticator=Klientautentikator
+client-authenticator.tooltip=Klientautentikator som blir brukt for \u00E5 autentisere denne klienten mot keycloak-server
+certificate.tooltip=Klientsertifikat for \u00E5 validere JWT utstedt av klienten og signert av privatn\u00F8kkel til klient fra din keystore.
+publicKey.tooltip=Offentlig n\u00F8kkel for \u00E5 validere JWT utstedt av klient og signert av klientens privatn\u00F8kkel.
+no-client-certificate-configured=Ingen klientsertifikat er konfigurert
+gen-new-keys-and-cert=Generer nye n\u00F8kler og sertifikater
+import-certificate=Importer sertifikat
+gen-client-private-key=Generer privatn\u00F8kkel for klient
+generate-private-key=Generer privatn\u00F8kkel
+archive-format=Arkivformat
+archive-format.tooltip=Java keystore eller PKCS12 arkivformat.
+key-alias=N\u00F8kkelalias
+key-alias.tooltip=Arkiv-alias for din privatn\u00F8kkel og sertifikater.
+key-password=N\u00F8kkelpassord
+key-password.tooltip=Passord for \u00E5 f\u00E5 tilgang til privatn\u00F8kler i arkivet
+store-password=Lagre passord
+store-password.tooltip=Passord for \u00E5 f\u00E5 tilgang til arkivet
+generate-and-download=Generer og Last ned
+client-certificate-import=Import av klientsertifikat
+import-client-certificate=Importer klientsertifikat
+jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=Arkiv-alias for sertifikatet ditt.
+secret=Secret
+regenerate-secret=Regenere secret
+registrationAccessToken=Access token for registrering
+registrationAccessToken.regenerate=Regenerer access token for registrering
+registrationAccessToken.tooltip=Access token for registrering gir klienter tilgang til registreringstjenesten for klienter.
+add-role=Legg til rolle
+role-name=Rollenavn
+composite=Sammensatt
+description=Beskrivelse
+no-client-roles-available=Ingen klientroller er tilgjengelig
+scope-param-required=Scope parameter p\u00E5krevd
+scope-param-required.tooltip=Denne rollen vil kun bli gitt hvis parameter for scope med rollenavn blir brukt under foresp\u00F8rsel av autorisasjon/token.
+composite-roles=Sammensatte roller
+composite-roles.tooltip=N\u00E5r denne rollen er tildelt/ikke tildelt til en bruker, vil hvilken som helst rolle assosiert med denne bli implisitt tildelt/ikke tildelt.
+realm-roles=Sikkerhetsdomeneroller
+available-roles=Tilgjengelig roller
+add-selected=Legg til valgte
+associated-roles=Assosierte roller
+composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-rolle knyttet til denne sammensatte rollen.
+composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-roller knyttet til denne sammensatte rollen.
+remove-selected=Fjern valgte
+client-roles=Klientroller
+select-client-to-view-roles=Velg klient for \u00E5 se roller for klient
+available-roles.tooltip=Roller fra denne klienten som du kan knytte til denne sammensatte rollen.
+client.associated-roles.tooltip=Klientrolle assosiert med denne sammensatte rollen.
+add-builtin=Legg til Builtin
+category=Kategori
+type=Type
+no-mappers-available=Ingen mappere er tilgjengelig
+add-builtin-protocol-mappers=Legg til Builtin protokollmappere
+add-builtin-protocol-mapper=Legg til Builtin protokollmapper
+scope-mappings=Scopemapping
+full-scope-allowed=Tillatt med fullt scope
+full-scope-allowed.tooltip=Lar deg \u00E5 deaktivere alle restriksjoner.
+scope.available-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-roller som kan bli tildelt til scope.
+assigned-roles=Tildelte roller
+assigned-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-roller tildelt til scope.
+effective-roles=Effektive roller
+realm.effective-roles.tooltip=Tildelte sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-roller som kan ha blitt arvet fra en sammensatt rolle.
+select-client-roles.tooltip=Velg en klient for \u00E5 se roller for klient
+assign.available-roles.tooltip=Klientroller som er tilgjengelige til \u00E5 bli tildelt.
+client.assigned-roles.tooltip=Tildelte klientroller.
+client.effective-roles.tooltip=Tildelte klientroller som kan ha blitt arvet fra en sammensatt rolle.
+basic-configuration=Basiskonfigurasjon
+node-reregistration-timeout=Timeout for re-registrering av node
+node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=Intervall for \u00E5 angi maksimum tid for registrerte klienters clusternoder for \u00E5 re-registreres. Hvis en clusternode ikke sender re-regisreringsforesp\u00F8rsel til Keycloak innen dette intervallet, vil den bli uregistrert fra Keycloak.
+registered-cluster-nodes=Registrerte clusternoder
+register-node-manually=Register node manuelt
+test-cluster-availability=Test cluster tilgjengelighet
+last-registration=Siste registrering
+node-host=Nodevert
+no-registered-cluster-nodes=Ingen registrerte clusternoder tilgjengelig
+cluster-nodes=Clusternoder
+add-node=Legg til node
+active-sessions.tooltip=Totalt antall aktive brukersesjoner for denne klienten.
+show-sessions=Vis sesjoner
+show-sessions.tooltip=Advarsel, dette er en potensielt kostbar operasjon avhengig av antall aktive sesjoner.
+user=Bruker
+from-ip=Fra IP
+session-start=Start av sesjon
+first-page=F\u00F8rste side
+previous-page=Forrige side
+next-page=Neste side
+client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=Opphev alle token utstedt f\u00F8r denne datoen for denne klienten.
+client-revoke.push.tooltip=Hvis administrator URL er konfigurert for denne klienten, dytt denne policyen p\u00E5 denne klienten.
+select-a-format=Velg et format
+download=Last ned
+offline-tokens=Offline tokens
+offline-tokens.tooltip=Totalt antall offline tokens for denne klienten.
+show-offline-tokens=Vis offline tokens
+show-offline-tokens.tooltip=Advarsel, dette er en potensielt kostbar operasjon avhengig av antall offline tokens.
+token-issued=Utgitt token
+last-access=Sist aksessert
+last-refresh=Siste refresh
+key-export=Eksporter n\u00F8kkel
+key-import=Importer n\u00F8kkel
+export-saml-key=Eksporter SAML n\u00F8kkel
+import-saml-key=Importer SAML n\u00F8kkel
+realm-certificate-alias=Alias for sikkerhetsdomenesertifikat
+realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=Sertifikat for sikkerhetsdomenet er ogs\u00E5 lagret i arkivet. Dette er aliaset.
+signing-key=Signeringsn\u00F8kkel
+saml-signing-key=SAML signeringsn\u00F8kkel
+private-key=Privatn\u00F8kkel
+generate-new-keys=Generer nye n\u00F8kler
+export=Eksporter
+encryption-key=Krypteringsn\u00F8kkel
+saml-encryption-key.tooltip=SAML krypteringsn\u00F8kkel.
+service-accounts=Tjenestekonto-konto
+service-account.available-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-roller som kan bli tildelt til tjeneste-konto.
+service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-roller tildelt service-konto.
+service-account-is-not-enabled-for=Tjeneste-konto er ikke aktivert for {{client}}
+create-protocol-mappers=Opprett protokollmappere
+create-protocol-mapper=Opprett protokollmapper
+protocol=Protokoll
+protocol.tooltip=Protokoll...
+id=ID
+mapper.name.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 mapper.
+mapper.consent-required.tooltip=Ved tildeling av midlertidig tilgang m\u00E5 brukeren samtykke til \u00E5 gi denne informasjonen til klienten?
+consent-text=Samtykketekst
+consent-text.tooltip=Tekst som blir vist p\u00E5 side for samtykke.
+mapper-type=Mappertype
+mapper-type.tooltip=Type mapper
+# realm identity providers
+identity-providers=Identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+table-of-identity-providers=Liste over identitetsleverand\u00F8rer
+add-provider.placeholder=Legg til leverand\u00F8r...
+provider=Leverand\u00F8r
+gui-order=Rekkef\u00F8lge for brukergrensesnitt
+first-broker-login-flow=Flyt for f\u00F8rste innlogging
+post-broker-login-flow=Post-p\u00E5loggingsflyt
+redirect-uri=Redirect URI
+redirect-uri.tooltip=Redirect URI som skal brukes n\u00E5r du konfigurerer identitetsleverand\u00F8ren.
+alias=Alias
+identity-provider.alias.tooltip=Aliaset identifiserer en identitetsleverand\u00F8r og kan brukes for \u00E5 bygge en redirect uri.
+identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver denne identitetsleverand\u00F8ren.
+authenticate-by-default=Autentiser som standard
+identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=Indikerer om en leverand\u00F8r burde fors\u00F8kes \u00E5 brukes om standard for autentisering selv om innloggingssiden enda ikke har blitt vist.
+store-tokens=Lagre Tokens
+identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver hvis tokens m\u00E5 bli lagret etter at brukere har blitt autentisert.
+stored-tokens-readable=Lagrede lesbare tokens
+identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver hvis nye brukere kan lese lagrede tokens. Dette tildeles broker.read-token rollen.
+update-profile-on-first-login=Oppdater profil ved f\u00F8rste innlogging
+on=P\u00E5
+on-missing-info=Ved manglende informasjon
+off=Av
+update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=Definer vilk\u00E5rene en bruker m\u00E5 oppfylle for \u00E5 oppdatere sin profil ved f\u00F8rste innlogging.
+trust-email=Stol p\u00E5 e-post
+trust-email.tooltip=Hvis aktivert vil ikke e-post levert av denne leverand\u00F8ren bli verifisert selv om verifisering er aktivert for sikkerhetsdomenet.
+gui-order.tooltip=Antall som angir rekkef\u00F8lgen av leverand\u00F8rer i brukergrensesnittet (For eksempel p\u00E5 innloggingssiden).
+first-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias for autentiseringsflyt, som trigges etter f\u00F8rste innlogging med denne identitetsleverand\u00F8ren. Begrepet 'F\u00F8rste innlogging' betyr at det enn\u00E5 ikke eksisterer en Keycloak-konto koblet til den autentiserte kontoen til identitetsleverand\u00F8ren.
+post-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias for autentiseringsflyt, som trigges etter hver innlogging med denne identitetsleverand\u00F8ren. Nyttig om man \u00F8nsker tilleggsverifikasjon av hver bruker autentisert med denne identitetsleverand\u00F8ren (for eksempel med engangskode/engangspassord). La denne st\u00E5 tom om du ikke \u00F8nsker at tilleggautentisering skal bli trigget etter en innlogging med denne identitetsleverand\u00F8ren. Merk ogs\u00E5 at implementasjonen av denne autentikatoren m\u00E5 anta at bruker allerede er satt i ClientSession ettersom identitetsleverand\u00F8ren allerede setter det.
+openid-connect-config=OpenID Connect konfigurasjon
+openid-connect-config.tooltip=OIDC SP og ekstern IDP-konfigurasjon.
+authorization-url=Autorisasjons URL
+authorization-url.tooltip=Autorisasjons URLen.
+token-url=Token URL
+token-url.tooltip=Token URLen.
+logout-url=Utloggings URL
+identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip=Endepunkt for avsluttende sesjon som brukes for \u00E5 logge ut bruker fra ekstern IDP.
+backchannel-logout=Backchannel utlogging
+backchannel-logout.tooltip=St\u00F8tter ekstern IDP backchannel utlogging?
+user-info-url=Brukerinfo URL
+user-info-url.tooltip=Brukerinfo URLen. Denne er valgfri.
+identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=Klienten eller klientidentifikator registrert hos identitetsleverand\u00F8ren.
+client-secret=Klient secret
+show-secret=Vis secret
+hide-secret=Skjul secret
+client-secret.tooltip=Klienten eller klient secret registrert hos identitetsleverand\u00F8ren.
+issuer=Utgiver
+issuer.tooltip=Identifikator for utgiver av foresp\u00F8rselen. Hvis dette ikke er oppgitt vil ingen validering utf\u00F8res.
+default-scopes=Standard Scopes
+identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=Scopes som sendes n\u00E5r du ber om autorisasjon. Dette kan v\u00E6re en liste med scopes separert med mellomrom. Standard er satt til 'openid'.
+prompt=Prompt
+unspecified.option=uspesifisert
+none.option=Ingen
+consent.option=samtykke
+login.option=Innlogging
+select-account.option=velg_konto (select_account)
+prompt.tooltip=Spesifiserer om autorisasjonsserver skal be sluttbruker om re-autentisering og samtykke.
+validate-signatures=Valider signaturer
+identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver signaturvalidering av eksterne IDP signaturer.
+validating-public-key=Valider offentlig n\u00F8kkel
+identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=PEM format for offentlig n\u00F8kkel som m\u00E5 brukes for \u00E5 kontrollere eksterne IDP signaturer.
+import-external-idp-config=Importer ekstern IDP konfigurasjon
+import-external-idp-config.tooltip=Lar deg laste inn ekstern IDP metadata fra en konfigurasjonsfil eller ved \u00E5 laste det ned fra en URL.
+import-from-url=Importer fra URL
+identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=Importer metadata fra et eksternt IDP discovery descriptor.
+import-from-file=Importer fra fil
+identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=Importer metadata fra en nedlastet IDP discovery descriptor.
+saml-config=SAML konfigurasjon
+identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=SAML SP og ekstern IDP konfigurasjon.
+single-signon-service-url=Single sign-on service URL
+saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=URL som m\u00E5 brukes for \u00E5 sende autentiseringsforesp\u00F8rsler (SAML AuthnRequest).
+single-logout-service-url=Single utloggingstjeneste URL
+saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=URL som m\u00E5 brukes for \u00E5 sende utloggingsforesp\u00F8rsler.
+nameid-policy-format=Policy for nameid-format
+nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Angir URI-referanse som tilsvarer et format for identifikator-navn. Standard er satt til urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent.
+http-post-binding-response=HTTP-POST binding svar
+http-post-binding-response.tooltip=Indikerer om man skal svare p\u00E5 foresp\u00F8rsler som bruker HTTP-POST binding eller ikke. Hvis satt til false, vil HTTP-REDIRECT binding bli brukt.
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request=HTTP-POST binding for AuthnRequest
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=Indikerer om AuthnRequests m\u00E5 bli sendt ved \u00E5 bruke en HTTP-POST binding. Hvis satt til false, vil HTTP-REDIRECT binding bli brukt.
+want-authn-requests-signed=Vil ha AuthnRequests signert
+want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=Indikerer om identitetsleverand\u00F8r forventer en signert AuthnRequest.
+force-authentication=Force autentisering
+identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=Indikerer om identitetsleverand\u00F8r m\u00E5 autentisere presentat\u00F8ren direkte i stedet for \u00E5 stole p\u00E5 en tidligere sikkerhetskontekst.
+validate-signature=Valider signatur
+saml.validate-signature.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver signaturvalidering av SAML svar.
+validating-x509-certificate=Validerer X509 sertifikat
+validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=Sertifikatet i PEM format som m\u00E5 brukes for \u00E5 se etter signaturer.
+saml.import-from-url.tooltip=Importer metadata fra et eksternt IDP SAML entity descriptor.
+social.client-id.tooltip=Identifikator for klient registrert hos identitetsleverand\u00F8r.
+social.client-secret.tooltip=Klient secret registrert hos identitetsleverand\u00F8r.
+social.default-scopes.tooltip=Scopes som sendes n\u00E5r tillatelse for autorisasjon blir etterspurt. Se dokumentasjon for mulige verdier, separator og standardverdi.
+key=N\u00F8kkel
+stackoverflow.key.tooltip=N\u00F8kkelen er hentet fra klientregistrering p\u00E5 Stack Overflow.
+
+# User federation
+sync-ldap-roles-to-keycloak=Synkroniser LDAP-roller til Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-roles-to-ldap=Synkroniser Keycloak-roller til LDAP
+sync-ldap-groups-to-keycloak=Synkroniser LDAP-grupper til Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-groups-to-ldap=Synkroniser Keycloak-grupper til LDAP
+
+realms=Sikkerhetsdomener
+realm=Sikkerhetsdomene
+
+identity-provider-mappers=Identitetsleverand\u00F8rmappere
+create-identity-provider-mapper=Opprett identitetsleverand\u00F8rmappere
+add-identity-provider-mapper=Legg til identitetsleverand\u00F8rmappere
+client.description.tooltip=Angir beskrivelse av klienten. For eksempel\: 'Min klient for timelister'. St\u00F8tter n\u00F8kler for lokaliserte verdier. For eksempel\: ${my_client_description}
+
+expires=Utl\u00F8per
+expiration=Holdbarhet
+expiration.tooltip=Angir hvor lenge et token skal v\u00E6re gyldig
+count=Teller
+count.tooltip=Angir hvor mange klienter som kan bli opprettet ved \u00E5 bruke token.
+remainingCount=Resterende antall
+created=Opprettet
+back=Tilbake
+initial-access-tokens=F\u00F8rste access tokens
+initial-access-tokens.tooltip=F\u00F8rste access tokens for dynamisk registrering av klienter. Foresp\u00F8rsler med disse tokens kan bli sent fra alle verter.
+add-initial-access-tokens=Legg til f\u00F8rste access token
+initial-access-token=F\u00F8rste access token
+initial-access.copyPaste.tooltip=Kopier/lim inn f\u00F8rste access token f\u00F8r du navigerer vekk fra denne siden ettersom det ikke er mulig \u00E5 hente den senere.
+continue=Fortsett
+initial-access-token.confirm.title=Kopier f\u00F8rste access token
+initial-access-token.confirm.text=Vennligst kopier og lim inn f\u00F8rste access token f\u00F8r du bekrefter ettersom den ikke kan hentes senere
+no-initial-access-available=F\u00F8rste access token er ikke tilgjengelig
+
+trusted-hosts-legend=Betrodde verter for klientregistrering
+trusted-hosts-legend.tooltip=Verter, som er betrodd for klientregistrering. klientregistreringsforesp\u00F8rsler fra disse vertene kan bli sent selv uten f\u00F8rste access token. Antall klientregistreringer fra denne spesifikke verten kan bli begrenset til et spesifisert antall.
+no-client-trusted-hosts-available=Ingen betrodde verter er tilgjengelig
+add-client-reg-trusted-host=Legg til betrodd vert
+hostname=Vertsnavn
+client-reg-hostname.tooltip=Vertsnavn eller IP-adresse. Klientregistreringsforesp\u00F8rsler fra denne verten/adressen vil bli betrodd og tillat til \u00E5 registrere en ny klient.
+client-reg-count.tooltip=Tillat antall klientregistreringsforesp\u00F8rsler fra en spesifikk vert. Du m\u00E5 restarte denne n\u00E5r grensen er n\u00E5dd.
+client-reg-remainingCount.tooltip=Gjenv\u00E6rende antall klientregistreringsforesp\u00F8rsler fra denne verten. Du m\u00E5 restarte denne n\u00E5r grensen er n\u00E5dd.
+reset-remaining-count=Tilbakestill gjenst\u00E5ende antall
+
+client-scopes=Klientmaler
+client-scopes.tooltip=Klientmaler tillater deg \u00E5 definere felles konfigurasjon som er delt av flere klienter.
+
+groups=Grupper
+
+group.add-selected.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomene-roller som kan bli tildelt gruppen.
+group.assigned-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomene-roller mappet til gruppen.
+group.effective-roles.tooltip=Alle sikkerhetsdomene-rollemappinger. Noen roller kan ha blitt arvet fra en sammensatt rolle.
+group.available-roles.tooltip=Roller som kan tildeles fra denne klienten.
+group.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Rollemapping for denne klienten.
+group.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Rollemapping for denne klienten. Noen roller kan ha blitt arvet fra en mappet sammensatt rolle.
+
+default-roles=Standardroller
+no-realm-roles-available=Ingen sikkerhetsdomener er tilgjengelig
+
+users=Brukere
+user.add-selected.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomene-roller som kan bli tildelt bruker.
+user.assigned-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomene-roller mappet til bruker
+user.effective-roles.tooltip=Alle sikkerhetsdomene-rollemappinger. Noen roller kan ha blitt arvet fra en sammensatt rolle.
+user.available-roles.tooltip=Roller som kan tildeles fra denne klienten.
+user.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Rollemapping for denne klienten.
+user.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Rollemapping for denne klienten. Noen roller kan ha blitt arvet fra en mappet sammensatt rolle.
+default.available-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomene-roller som kan tildeles.
+realm-default-roles=Standardroller for sikkerhetsdomene
+realm-default-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomene-roller tildelt nye brukere.
+default.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roller fra denne klienten som blir tildelt som standard.
+client-default-roles=Standard klientroller
+client-default-roles.tooltip=Roller fra denne klienten blir tildelt som standardrolle.
+composite.available-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomene-roller knyttet til denne sammensatte rollen.
+composite.associated-roles.tooltip=Sikkerhetsdomeneniv\u00E5-roller knyttet til denne sammensatte rollen.
+composite.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roller fra denne klienten kan du assosiere med denne sammensatte rollen.
+composite.associated-roles-client.tooltip=Klientroller knyttet til denne sammensatte rollen.
+partial-import=Delvis import
+partial-import.tooltip=Delvis import lar deg importere brukere, klienter og andre ressurser fra en tidligere eksportert json-fil.
+
+file=File
+exported-json-file=Eksporter json-fil
+import-from-realm=Importer fra sikkerhetsdomene
+import-users=Importer brukere
+import-groups=Importer grupper
+import-clients=Importer klienter
+import-identity-providers=Importer identitetsleverand\u00F8rer
+import-realm-roles=Importer roller for sikkerhetsdomene
+import-client-roles=Importer klientroller
+if-resource-exists=Hvis en ressurs eksisterer
+fail=Mislykkes
+skip=Hopp over
+overwrite=Skriv over
+if-resource-exists.tooltip=Spesifiser hva som skal gj\u00F8res om du fors\u00F8ker \u00E5 importere en ressurs som allerede eksisterer.
+
+action=Handling
+role-selector=Rollevelger
+realm-roles.tooltip=Rolle for sikkerhetsdomene som kan velges.
+
+select-a-role=Velg en rolle
+select-realm-role=Velg en rolle for sikkerhetsdomenet
+client-roles.tooltip=Klientroller som kan velges.
+select-client-role=Velg klientrolle
+
+client-template=Klientmal
+client-template.tooltip=Klientmal som denne klienten arver konfigurasjonen fra
+client-saml-endpoint=Endepunkt for klient-SAML
+add-client-scope=Legg til klientmal
+
+manage=H\u00E5ndter
+authentication=Autentisering
+user-storage=Brukerlagring
+user-federation=Brukerfederering
+events=Hendelser
+realm-settings=Innstillinger for sikkerhetsdomene
+configure=Konfigurer
+select-realm=Velg sikkerhetsdomene
+add=Legg til
+
+client-scope.name.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 klientmal. M\u00E5 v\u00E6re unik i sikkerhetsdomenet.
+client-scope.description.tooltip=Beskrivelse av klientmal
+client-scope.protocol.tooltip=Hvilken SSO protokoll-konfigurasjon som blir levert av denne klientmalen
+
+add-user-federation-provider=Legg til leverand\u00F8r for brukerfederering
+add-user-storage-provider=Legg til brukerlagringsleverand\u00F8r
+required-settings=P\u00E5krevde innstillinger
+provider-id=Leverand\u00F8r-ID
+console-display-name=Konsoll vis navn
+console-display-name.tooltip=Viser navn p\u00E5 leverand\u00F8r n\u00E5r den er lenket i administratorkonsollen.
+priority=Prioritet
+priority.tooltip=Prioritet av leverand\u00F8r n\u00E5r et oppslag av bruker utf\u00F8res. Lavest f\u00F8rst.
+sync-settings=Innstillinger for synkronisering
+periodic-full-sync=Fullstendig periodisk synkronisering
+periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Skal fullstendig periodisk synkronisering av leverand\u00F8r-brukere til Keycloak v\u00E6re aktivert eller deaktivert
+full-sync-period=Fullstendig synkroniseringsperiode
+full-sync-period.tooltip=Periode for fullstendig synkronisering i sekunder
+periodic-changed-users-sync=Periodisk synkronisering av endrede brukere
+periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Skal periodisk synkronisering av endrede eller nylig opprettede leverand\u00F8r-brukere til Keycloak v\u00E6re aktivert eller deaktivert
+changed-users-sync-period=Synkroniseringsperiode for endrede brukere
+changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Periode for synkronisering av endrede eller nylig opprettede leverand\u00F8r-brukere i sekunder.
+synchronize-changed-users=Synkroniser endrede brukere
+synchronize-all-users=Synkroniser alle brukere
+kerberos-realm=Sikkerhetsdomene for Kerberos
+kerberos-realm.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 kerberos-sikkerhetsdomene. For eksempel FOO.ORG
+server-principal=Server principal
+server-principal.tooltip=Fullstendig navn p\u00E5 server principal for HTTP-service som inkluderer server og domenenavn. For eksempel HTTP/host.foo.org@FOO.ORG
+keytab=KeyTab
+keytab.tooltip=Plassering av Kerberos-keytab fil som inneholder legitimasjonsdetaljer for server principal. For eksempel /etc/krb5.keytab
+debug=Feils\u00F8king
+debug.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver logging av feils\u00F8king til standard output for Krb5LoginModule.
+allow-password-authentication=Tillat autentisering med passord
+allow-password-authentication.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktivert muligheten for autentisering med brukernavn/passord mot databasen til Kerberos
+edit-mode=Redigeringsmodus
+edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY betyr at passordoppdateringer ikke er tillatt, og at bruker alltid autentiseres med et Kerberos-passord. UNSYNCED betyr at bruker kan endre sitt passord i databasen til Keycloak og at denne vil bli brukt i stedet for Kerberos-passordet.
+ldap.edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY er et skrivebeskyttet LDAP-lager. WRITABLE betyr at data vil bli synkronisert tilbake til LDAP p\u00E5 foresp\u00F8rsel. UNSYNCED betyr at brukerdata vil bli importert, men vil ikke bli synkronisert tilbake til LDAP.
+update-profile-first-login=Oppdater profil ved f\u00F8rste innlogging
+update-profile-first-login.tooltip=Oppdater profil ved f\u00F8rste innlogging
+sync-registrations=Synkroniser registreringer
+ldap.sync-registrations.tooltip=Skal nylig opprettede brukere bli opprettet innenfor et LDAP-lager? Prioritet p\u00E5virker hvilken leverand\u00F8r som er valgt for \u00E5 synkronisere den nye brukeren.
+vendor=Leverand\u00F8r
+ldap.vendor.tooltip=LDAP leverand\u00F8r (provider)
+username-ldap-attribute=Brukernavn LDAP-attributt
+ldap-attribute-name-for-username=LDAP-attributtnavn for brukernavn
+username-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 LDAP-attributt, som er kartlagt som et Keycloak-brukernavn. For mange LDAP-serverleverand\u00F8rer kan dette v\u00E6re 'uid'. For Active directory kan dette v\u00E6re 'sAMAccountName' eller 'cn'. Attributtet burde v\u00E6re fylt for alle LDAP-brukeroppf\u00F8ringer om du vil importere fra LDAP til Keycloak.
+rdn-ldap-attribute=RDN LDAP-attributt
+ldap-attribute-name-for-user-rdn=LDAP-attributtnavn for RDN-bruker
+rdn-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 LDAP-attributt, som brukes som RDN (topp-attributt) for en typisk DN-bruker. Vanligvis er dette det samme som LDAP-attributtet for brukernavn, men det er ikke p\u00E5krevd. For eksempel for Active directory er det vanlig \u00E5 bruke cn' som RDN-attributt n\u00E5r attributtet for brukernavn kan v\u00E6re 'sAMAccountName'.
+uuid-ldap-attribute=UUID LDAP-attributt
+ldap-attribute-name-for-uuid=LDAP-attributtnavn for UUID.
+uuid-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 LDAP-attributtet, som brukes som en unik objekt-identifikator (UUID) for objekter i LDAP. For mange LDAP-serverleverand\u00F8rer er det 'entryUUID', men noen er annerledes. For eksempel for Active directory b\u00F8r det v\u00E6re 'objectGUID'. Hvis din LDAP-server ikke st\u00F8tter UUID, kan du bruke hvilket som helst annet attributt, som er ment \u00E5 v\u00E6re unikt blant LDAP-brukere i treet. For eksempel 'uid' eller 'entryDN'.
+user-object-classes=Brukerobjektklasser
+ldap-user-object-classes.placeholder=Objektklasser for LDAP-bruker (separert med komma)
+
+ldap-connection-url=LDAP tilkoblings URL
+ldap-users-dn=LDAP brukere DN
+ldap-bind-dn=LDAP bind DN
+ldap-bind-credentials=LDAP bind innloggingsdetaljer
+ldap-filter=LDAP filter
+ldap.user-object-classes.tooltip=Alle verdier av LDAP objectClass-attributtet for brukere i LDAP er separert med komma. For eksempel, 'inetOrgPerson, organizationalPerson'. Nylig opprettede Keycloak-brukere vil bli skrevet til LDAP med alle disse objektklassene og eksisterende LDAP-brukeroppf\u00F8ringer vil bli funnet om de inneholder de samme objektklassene.
+
+connection-url=Tilkoblings URL
+ldap.connection-url.tooltip=Tilkoblings URL din til LDAP-server
+test-connection=Testkobling
+users-dn=DN-brukere
+ldap.users-dn.tooltip=Fullstendig DN av LDAP-tre hvor dine brukere befinner seg. Denne spesifikke DN er forelder til LDAP-brukere. Den kan for eksempel v\u00E6re 'ou=users,dc=example,dc=com' hvis din typiske bruker vil ha en DN som 'uid=john,ou=users,dc=example,dc=com'
+authentication-type=Autentiseringstype
+ldap.authentication-type.tooltip=LDAP Autentiseringstype. For \u00F8yeblikket er kun mekanismene 'ingen' (anonym LDAP autentisering) eller 'enkel' (bind innloggingsdetaljer) tilgjengelig.
+bind-dn=Bind DN
+ldap.bind-dn.tooltip=DN av LDAP-administrator, som kan brukes av Keycloak for \u00E5 aksessere LDAP-server
+bind-credential=Bind innloggingsdetaljer
+ldap.bind-credential.tooltip=Passord for LDAP administrator
+test-authentication=Testautentisering
+custom-user-ldap-filter=Egendefinert filter for LDAP-bruker
+ldap.custom-user-ldap-filter.tooltip=TilleggsLDAP-filter for \u00E5 filtrere s\u00F8kte brukere. La filteret v\u00E6re tomt om du ikke trenger et ekstra filter. Pass p\u00E5 at den starter med '(' og slutter med ')'
+search-scope=Scope for s\u00F8k
+ldap.search-scope.tooltip=For et niv\u00E5 s\u00F8ker vi etter brukere kun i DNser spesifisert av bruker-DNser. For subtre s\u00F8ker vi i hele subtreet. Se LDAP dokumentasjon for mer informasjon.
+use-truststore-spi=Bruk Truststore SPI
+ldap.use-truststore-spi.tooltip=Spesifiserer om LDAP-koblingen vil bruke truststore SPI med truststore konfigurert i keycloak-server.json. 'Alltid' betyr at den alltid vil brukes. 'Aldri' betyr at den ikke brukes. 'Kun for ldaps' betyr at den vil brukes hvis din koblings URL bruker ldaps. Merk at selv om keycloak-server.json ikke er konfigurert, vil default Java cacerts eller sertifikat spesifisert i 'javax.net.ssl.trustStore' bli brukt.
+connection-pooling=Connection Pooling
+ldap.connection-pooling.tooltip=Burde Keycloak bruke connection pooling for \u00E5 aksessere LDAP-serveren?
+ldap.pagination.tooltip=St\u00F8tter LDAP-serveren paginering?
+kerberos-integration=Kerberos Integrasjon
+allow-kerberos-authentication=Tillat autentisering med Kerberos
+ldap.allow-kerberos-authentication.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver HTTP autentisering av brukere med SPNEGO/Kerberos tokens. Informasjonen om autentiserte brukere vil bli klargjort fra denne LDAP-serveren.
+use-kerberos-for-password-authentication=Bruk Kerberos for autentisering av passord
+ldap.use-kerberos-for-password-authentication.tooltip=Bruk Kerberos-innloggingsmodul for \u00E5 autentisere brukernavn/passord mot Kerberos-server i stedet for autentisering mot LDAP-server med Directory Service API
+batch-size=Batch st\u00F8rrelse
+ldap.batch-size.tooltip=Antall LDAP-brukere som vil bli importert fra LDAP til Keycloak innen en enkelt transaksjon.
+ldap.periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Om fullstendig periodisk synkronisering av LDAP-brukere til Keycloak vil v\u00E6re aktivert eller deaktivert.
+ldap.periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Om periodisk synkronisering av endret eller nylig opprettede LDAP-brukere til Keycloak vil v\u00E6re aktivert eller deaktivert.
+ldap.changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Tidsperiode for synkronisering av endrede eller nylig opprettede LDAP-brukere i sekunder.
+user-federation-mappers=Mappere for brukerfederering
+create-user-federation-mapper=Opprett mapper for brukerfederering
+add-user-federation-mapper=Legg til mapper for brukerfederering
+provider-name=Leverand\u00F8rnavn
+no-user-federation-providers-configured=Ingen leverand\u00F8r for brukerfederering er konfigurert
+no-user-storage-providers-configured=Ingen leverand\u00F8r for brukerlagring er konfigurert
+add-identity-provider=Legg til identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+add-identity-provider-link=Legg til lenke til identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+identity-provider=Identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+identity-provider-user-id=Bruker-ID for identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+identity-provider-user-id.tooltip=Unik ID for brukeren p\u00E5 identitetsleverand\u00F8rens side
+identity-provider-username=Brukernavn til identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+identity-provider-username.tooltip=Brukernavn p\u00E5 identitetsleverand\u00F8rens side
+pagination=Paginering
+
+browser-flow=Nettleserflyt
+browser-flow.tooltip=Velg flyten du \u00F8nsker \u00E5 bruke for nettleser-autentisering.
+registration-flow=Registreringsflyt
+registration-flow.tooltip=Velg flyten du \u00F8nsker for registrering.
+direct-grant-flow=Direct Grant Flyt
+direct-grant-flow.tooltip=Velg flyten du \u00F8nsker \u00E5 bruke for direct grant autentisering.
+reset-credentials=Tilbakestill innloggingsdetaljer
+reset-credentials.tooltip=Velg flyten du \u00F8nsker \u00E5 bruke n\u00E5r brukeren har glemt sine p\u00E5loggingsdetaljer.
+client-authentication=Autentisering av klient
+client-authentication.tooltip=Velg flyten du \u00F8nsker \u00E5 bruke for autentisering av klienter.
+new=Ny
+copy=Kopi
+add-execution=Legg til eksekvering
+add-flow=Legg til flyt
+auth-type=Type auth
+requirement=Krav
+config=Konfig
+no-executions-available=Ingen tilgjengelig eksekvering
+authentication-flows=Autentiseringsflyt
+create-authenticator-config=Opprett konfig for autentikator
+authenticator.alias.tooltip=Navn p\u00E5 konfigurasjonen
+otp-type=Type engangskode
+time-based=Tidsbasert
+counter-based=Tellerbasert
+otp-type.tooltip=Totp er et tidsbasert engangspassord. 'hotp' er et teller basert engangspassord hvor serveren f\u00F8lger med p\u00E5 en teller som den kan hashe mot.
+otp-hash-algorithm=OTP hash-algoritme
+otp-hash-algorithm.tooltip=Hva slags hashing algoritme skal brukes for \u00E5 generere OTP.
+number-of-digits=Antall siffer
+otp.number-of-digits.tooltip=Hvor mange sifre skal OTP ha?
+look-ahead-window=Look Ahead Window
+otp.look-ahead-window.tooltip=Hvor langt frem b\u00F8r serveren se i tilfelle token generator og server er ute av tidssynkronisering eller tellersynkronisering?
+initial-counter=Initiell teller
+otp.initial-counter.tooltip=Hva b\u00F8r den initielle tellerverdien v\u00E6re?
+otp-token-period=Engangskode token
+otp-token-period.tooltip=Hvor mange sekunder burde et engangskode token v\u00E6re gyldig? Standard er satt til 30 sekunder.
+table-of-password-policies=Liste over policy for passord
+add-policy.placeholder=Legg til policy...
+policy-type=Type policy
+policy-value=Verdi for policy
+admin-events=administratorhendelser
+admin-events.tooltip=Viser lagrede administratorhendelser for sikkerhetsdomenet. Hendelser relaterer til administratorkontoen, for eksempel opprettelse av et sikkerhetsdomene. For \u00E5 aktivere persistente hendelser g\u00E5 til konfig.
+login-events=innloggingshendelser
+filter=Filtrer
+update=Oppdater
+reset=Tilbakestill
+operation-types=Operasjonstyper
+resource-types=Ressurstyper
+select-operations.placeholder=Velg operasjoner...
+select-resource-types.placeholder=Velg ressursyper...
+resource-path=Filsti for ressurs
+resource-path.tooltip=Sorter etter filsti for ressurs. St\u00F8tter jokertegn '*' for \u00E5 sjekke om den er lik en del av stien, og '**' for \u00E5 sjekke flere deler. For eksempel 'realms/*/clients/asbc' vil v\u00E6re lik klient-ID asbc i alle sikkerhetsdomener, mens 'realms/master/**' er lik alt i mastersikkerhetsdomenet.
+date-(from)=Dato (Fra)
+date-(to)=Dato (Til)
+authentication-details=Autentiseringsdetaljer
+ip-address=IP-adresse
+time=Tid
+operation-type=Operasjonstype
+resource-type=Ressurstype
+auth=Auth
+representation=Representasjon
+register=Registrer
+required-action=P\u00E5krevd handling
+default-action=Standard handling
+auth.default-action.tooltip=Hvis aktivert, vil enhver ny bruker bli tilordnet denne p\u00E5krevde handlingen.
+no-required-actions-configured=Ingen p\u00E5krevde handlinger er konfigurert
+defaults-to-id=Standardverdi er id
+flows=Flyt
+bindings=Bindinger
+required-actions=P\u00E5krevde handlinger
+password-policy=Passordpolicy
+otp-policy=Policy for engangskode
+user-groups=Brukergruppe
+default-groups=Standardgrupper
+groups.default-groups.tooltip=Sett med grupper som nye brukere automatisk vil bli medlem av.
+cut=Klipp
+paste=Lim inn
+
+create-group=Opprett gruppe
+create-authenticator-execution=Opprett autentiseringsutf\u00F8relse
+create-form-action-execution=Opprett skjema for handlingsutf\u00F8relse
+create-top-level-form=Opprett skjema for toppniv\u00E5
+flow.alias.tooltip=Spesifiserer visningsnavn for flyten.
+top-level-flow-type=Flytstype for toppniv\u00E5
+flow.generic=generisk
+flow.client=klient
+top-level-flow-type.tooltip=Hvilken type toppniv\u00E5 flyt er det? Type 'klient' brukes for autentisering av klienter (applikasjoner) n\u00E5r generisk brukes for brukere og alt annet
+create-execution-flow=Opprett eksekveringsflyt
+flow-type=Type av flyt
+flow.form.type=skjema
+flow-type.tooltip=Hva slags skjema det er
+form-provider=Skjemaleverand\u00F8r
+default-groups.tooltip=Nyopprettede eller registrerte brukere vil automatisk bli lagt til disse gruppene
+select-a-type.placeholder=velg en type
+available-groups=Tilgjengelige grupper
+available-groups.tooltip=Velg en gruppe du \u00F8nsker \u00E5 legge til som standard.
+value=Verdi
+table-of-group-members=Liste over gruppemedlemmer
+last-name=Etternavn
+first-name=Fornavn
+email=E-postadresse
+toggle-navigation=Toggle navigasjon
+manage-account=Administrer konto
+sign-out=Logg ut
+server-info=Serverinformasjon
+resource-not-found=Ressurs <strong>ikke funnet</strong>...
+resource-not-found.instruction=Vi kunne ikke finne ressursen du leter etter. Vennligst kontroller at nettadressen du oppga er riktig.
+go-to-the-home-page=G\u00E5 til hjemmeside &raquo;
+page-not-found=Side <strong>ikke funnet</strong>...
+page-not-found.instruction=Vi kunne ikke finne siden du ser etter. Vennligst kontroller at nettadressen du skrev inn er riktig.
+events.tooltip=Viser lagrede hendelser for sikkerhetsdomenet. Hendelser er relatert til brukerkontoer, for eksempel innlogging av bruker. For \u00E5 aktivere persistente hendelser g\u00E5 til konfig.
+select-event-types.placeholder=Velg hendelsestyper...
+events-config.tooltip=Viser konfigurasjonsalternativer for \u00E5 muliggj\u00F8re persistente bruker- og administratorhendelser.
+select-an-action.placeholder=Velg en handling...
+event-listeners.tooltip=Konfigurer hvilke lyttere som skal motta eventer fra sikkerhetsdomenet.
+login.save-events.tooltip=Hvis aktivert vil innloggingshendelser bli lagret i databasen, noe som gj\u00F8r hendelsene tilgjengelige for administrator og kontoadministrasjonskonsoll.
+clear-events.tooltip=Sletter alle hendelser fra databasen.
+events.expiration.tooltip=Setter utl\u00F8pstid for hendelser. Utl\u00F8pte hendelser vil med jevne mellomrom bli slettet fra databasen.
+admin-events-settings=Innstillinger for administratorhendelser
+save-events=Lagre hendelser
+admin.save-events.tooltip=Hvis aktivert vil administratorhendelser bli lagret i databasen, som vil gj\u00F8re hendelsene tilgjengelige i administrasjonskonsollen.
+saved-types.tooltip=Konfigurer hvilke eventtyper som lagres.
+include-representation=Inkluder representasjon
+include-representation.tooltip=Inkluder JSON-representasjon for \u00E5 skape og oppdatere foresp\u00F8rsler.
+clear-admin-events.tooltip=Sletter alle administratorhendelser i databasen.
+server-version=Serverversjon
+info=Info
+providers=Leverand\u00F8rer
+server-time=Servertid
+server-uptime=Oppetid for server
+memory=Minne
+total-memory=Totalt minne
+free-memory=Ledig minne
+used-memory=Brukt minne
+system=System
+current-working-directory=Gjeldende arbeidskatalog
+java-version=Java versjon
+java-vendor=Java leverand\u00F8r
+java-runtime=Java Runtime
+java-vm=Java VM
+java-vm-version=Java VM versjon
+java-home=Java hjem
+user-name=Brukers navn
+user-timezone=Tidssone for bruker
+user-locale=Lokalitet for bruker
+system-encoding=Systemenkoding
+operating-system=Operativsystem (OS)
+os-architecture=OS arkitektur
+spi=SPI
+granted-roles=Tildelte roller
+granted-protocol-mappers=Innvilgede protokollmappere
+additional-grants=Tillegsrettigheter
+consent-created-date=Opprettet
+consent-last-updated-date=Sist oppdatert
+revoke=Opphev
+new-password=Nytt passord
+password-confirmation=Passord bekreftelse
+reset-password=Tilbakestill passord
+credentials.temporary.tooltip=Hvis aktivert, er brukeren p\u00E5krevd til \u00E5 endre passordet ved neste innlogging
+remove-totp=Fjern OTP
+credentials.remove-totp.tooltip=Fjern generator for engangspassord for bruker.
+reset-actions=Tilbakestill handlinger
+credentials.reset-actions.tooltip=Sett med handlinger som kan utf\u00F8res ved \u00E5 sende en bruker en Tilbakestillingshandling for E-post. 'Verifiser e-post' sender en e-post til brukeren for \u00E5 verifisere e-postadresse. 'Oppdater profil' krever at bruker legger inn personlig informasjon. 'Oppdater passord' krever at bruker skriver inn et nytt passord. 'Konfigurer OTP' krever installasjon av en passordgenerator for mobil.
+reset-actions-email=Tilbakestillingshandling for E-post.
+send-email=Send e-post
+credentials.reset-actions-email.tooltip=Sender en e-post til en bruker med en lenke. Ved \u00E5 klikke p\u00E5 denne lenken vil brukeren f\u00E5 lov til \u00E5 utf\u00F8re tilbakestillingshandlinger. Brukeren trenger ikke logge inn f\u00F8r dette. For eksempel, sett handlingen for \u00E5 oppdatere passord, klikk p\u00E5 denne knappen, og brukeren vil kunne endre deres passord uten \u00E5 logge inn.
+add-user=Legg til bruker
+created-at=Opprettet ved
+user-enabled=Bruker aktivert
+user-enabled.tooltip=En deaktivert bruker kan ikke logge inn.
+user-temporarily-locked=Bruker er midlertidig l\u00E5st.
+user-temporarily-locked.tooltip=Brukeren kan ha blitt l\u00E5st p\u00E5 grunn av at innloggingsfors\u00F8k har feilet for mange ganger.
+unlock-user=L\u00E5s opp bruker
+federation-link=Federeringslenke
+email-verified=E-post verifisert
+email-verified.tooltip=Har brukerens e-post blitt verifisert?
+required-user-actions=P\u00E5krevde brukerhandlinger
+required-user-actions.tooltip=Krev en handling n\u00E5r brukeren logger inn. 'Verifiser e-post' sender en e-post til brukeren for \u00E5 verifisere deres e-postadresse. 'Oppdater profil' krever at bruker legger inn personlig informasjon. 'Oppdater passord' krever at bruker skriver inn et nytt passord. 'Konfigurer OTP' krever installasjon av en passordgenerator for mobil.
+locale=Lokalitet
+select-one.placeholder=Velg en...
+impersonate=Utgi deg for \u00E5 v\u00E6re bruker
+impersonate-user=Utgi deg for \u00E5 v\u00E6re bruker
+impersonate-user.tooltip=Logg inn som denne brukeren. Hvis bruker er i samme sikkerhetsdomene som deg, vil din n\u00E5v\u00E6rende innloggede sesjon bli logget ut f\u00F8r du blir logget inn som denne brukeren.
+identity-provider-alias=Alias for identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+provider-user-id=Bruker-ID for leverand\u00F8r
+provider-username=Brukernavn for leverand\u00F8r
+no-identity-provider-links-available=Ingen lenker for identitetsleverand\u00F8r er tilgjengelig
+group-membership=Gruppemedlemskap
+leave=Forlat
+group-membership.tooltip=Gruppen som brukeren er medlem av. Velg en gruppe p\u00E5 listen og klikk p\u00E5 'Forlat' for \u00E5 forlate gruppen.
+membership.available-groups.tooltip=Grupper som brukere kan bli medlem av. Velg en gruppe og klikk p\u00E5 'Bli med' knappen.
+table-of-realm-users=Liste over sikkerhetsdomenebrukere
+view-all-users=Se alle brukere
+unlock-users=L\u00E5s opp brukere
+no-users-available=Ingen brukere tilgjengelig
+users.instruction=Vennligst skriv inn et s\u00F8k, eller klikk p\u00E5 Se alle brukere
+consents=Samtykke
+started=Startet
+logout-all-sessions=Logg ut av alle sesjoner
+logout=Logg ut
+new-name=Nytt navn
+ok=Ok
+attributes=Attributter
+role-mappings=Mapping av roller
+members=Medlemmer
+details=Detaljer
+identity-provider-links=Lenker til identitetsleverand\u00F8r
+register-required-action=Registrer p\u00E5krevd handling
+gender=Kj\u00F8nn
+address=Adresse
+phone=Telefon
+profile-url=Profil URL
+picture-url=Bilde URL
+website=Nettsted
+import-keys-and-cert=Importer n\u00F8kler og sertifikat
+import-keys-and-cert.tooltip=Last opp klientens n\u00F8kkelpar og sertifikat.
+upload-keys=Last opp n\u00F8kler
+download-keys-and-cert=Last ned n\u00F8kler og sertifikat
+no-value-assigned.placeholder=Ingen tilordnet verdi
+remove=Fjern
+no-group-members=Ingen gruppemedlemmer
+temporary=Midlertidig
+join=Bli med
+event-type=Hendelsestype
+events-config=Hendelseskonfigurasjon
+event-listeners=Hendelseslyttere
+login-events-settings=Innstillinger for innloggingshendelser
+clear-events=Fjern hendelser
+saved-types=Lagrede typer
+clear-admin-events=Fjern administratorhendelser
+clear-changes=Fjern endringer
+error=Feil
+
+# Authz
+ # Authz Common
+authz-authorization=Autorisasjon
+authz-owner=Eier
+authz-uri=URI
+authz-scopes=Scope
+authz-resource=Ressurs
+authz-resource-type=Ressurstype
+authz-resources=Ressurser
+authz-scope=Scope
+authz-authz-scopes=Autorisasjonsscopes
+authz-policies=Policier
+authz-permissions=Tillatelser
+authz-evaluate=Evaluer
+authz-icon-uri=Ikon URI
+authz-icon-uri.tooltip=En URI som peker til et ikon.
+authz-select-scope=Velg et scope
+authz-select-resource=Velg en ressurs
+authz-associated-policies=Assosierte policier
+authz-any-resource=Enhver ressurs
+authz-any-scope=Ethvert scope
+authz-any-role=Enhver rolle
+authz-policy-evaluation=Evaluering av policy
+authz-select-client=Velg en klient
+authz-select-user=Velg en bruker
+authz-entitlements=Rettigheter
+authz-no-resources=Ingen ressurser
+authz-result=Resultat
+authz-authorization-services-enabled=Autorisasjon aktivert
+authz-authorization-services-enabled.tooltip=Aktiver/deaktiver finkornet autorisasjonssupport for en klient
+authz-required=P\u00E5krevd
+
+# Authz Settings
+authz-import-config.tooltip=Importer en JSON-fil som inneholder innstillinger for autorisasjon for denne ressursserveren.
+
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode=Modus for h\u00E5ndhevelse av policy
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode.tooltip=Modus for h\u00E5ndhevelse av policy dikterer hvordan policier blir h\u00E5ndhevet n\u00E5r autorisasjonsforesp\u00F8rsler blir evaluert. 'H\u00E5ndhevende' betyr at foresp\u00F8rsler blir nektet som standard selv om det ikke er en policy knyttet til en gitt ressurs. 'Ettergivende' betyr at foresp\u00F8rsler blir tillatt selv om det ikke er en policy knyttet til en gitt ressurs. 'Deaktivert' deaktiverer fullstendig evalueringen av policier og tillater tilgang til enhver ressurs.
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-enforcing=H\u00E5ndhevende
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-permissive=Ettergivende
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-disabled=Deaktivert
+
+authz-remote-resource-management=H\u00E5ndtering av ekstern ressurs
+authz-remote-resource-management.tooltip=Skal ressursene bli h\u00E5ndtert eksternt av ressursserveren? Hvis satt til false kan ressursene kun bli h\u00E5ndtert fra denne administratorkonsollen.
+
+authz-export-settings=Eksporter innstillinger
+authz-export-settings.tooltip=Eksporter og last ned alle innstillinger for autorisasjon for denne ressursserveren.
+
+ # Authz Resource List
+authz-no-resources-available=Ingen tilgjengelige ressurser.
+authz-no-scopes-assigned=Ingen tildelte scopes.
+authz-no-type-defined=Ingen definert type.
+authz-no-permission-assigned=Ingen tillatelse er tildelt.
+authz-no-policy-assigned=Ingen tildelt policy.
+authz-create-permission=Opprett tillatelse
+
+ # Authz Resource Detail
+authz-add-resource=Legg til ressurs
+authz-resource-name.tooltip=Et unikt navn for denne ressursen. Navnet kan bli brukt til \u00E5 identifisere en ressurs og er nyttig i sp\u00F8rringer for en bestemt ressurs.
+authz-resource-owner.tooltip=Eieren av denne ressursen.
+authz-resource-type.tooltip=Ressurstype. Den kan brukes til \u00E5 gruppere ulike ressursinstanser av samme type.
+authz-resource-uri.tooltip=En URI som ogs\u00E5 kan brukes for \u00E5 identifisere denne ressursen.
+authz-resource-scopes.tooltip=Scopes assosiert med denne ressursen.
+
+ # Authz Scope List
+authz-add-scope=Legg til scope
+authz-no-scopes-available=Ingen tilgjengelige scopes.
+
+ # Authz Scope Detail
+authz-scope-name.tooltip=Et unikt navn for dette scopet. Navnet kan bli brukt for \u00E5 identifisere et scope, og er nyttig i sp\u00F8rringer for en bestemt ressurs.
+
+ # Authz Policy List
+authz-all-types=Alle typer
+authz-create-policy=Opprett policy
+authz-no-policies-available=Ingen tilgjengelige policier.
+
+ # Authz Policy Detail
+authz-policy-name.tooltip=Navnet p\u00E5 denne policien.
+authz-policy-description.tooltip=En beskrivelse av denne policien.
+authz-policy-logic=Logikk
+authz-policy-logic-positive=Positiv
+authz-policy-logic-negative=Negativ
+authz-policy-logic.tooltip=Logikken som dikterer hvordan beslutningspolicien skal utf\u00F8rres. Hvis 'Positiv', vil resulterende effekt (tillate eller nekte) oppn\u00E5dd under evalueringen av denne policien bli brukt for \u00E5 ta en beslutning. Hvis 'Negativ', vil resulterende effekt bli opphevet, med andre ord blir en tillatelse til et avslag og motsatt.
+authz-policy-apply-policy=Anvend policy
+authz-policy-apply-policy.tooltip=Spesifiserer alle policies som m\u00E5 bli anvendt for scopes definert av denne policien eller tillatelsen.
+authz-policy-decision-strategy=Beslutningsstrategi
+authz-policy-decision-strategy.tooltip=Beslutningsstrategi som dikterer hvordan policies knyttet til en gitt policy blir evaluert og hvordan endelig avgj\u00F8relse oppn\u00E5s. 'Bekreftende' betyr at minst en policy m\u00E5 evalueres til en positiv beslutning for at den samlede avgj\u00F8relsen kan bli positiv. 'Enstemmig' betyr at alle policies m\u00E5 evalueres til en positiv beslutning for at den samlede avgj\u00F8relsen kan bli positiv. 'Konsensus' betyr at antall positive beslutninger m\u00E5 v\u00E6re h\u00F8yere enn antall negative beslutninger. Hvis antallet av positive og negative er likt, blir den samlede avgj\u00F8relsen negativ.
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-affirmative=Bekreftende
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-unanimous=Enstemmig
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-consensus=Konsensus
+authz-select-a-policy=Velg en policy
+
+ # Authz Role Policy Detail
+authz-add-role-policy=Legg til policy for rolle
+authz-no-roles-assigned=Ingen tildelte roller.
+authz-policy-role-roles.tooltip=Spesifiser sikkerhetsdomenerolle(r) som tillates av denne policien.
+authz-policy-role-clients.tooltip=Velger en klient for \u00E5 filtrere klientroller som kan bli tatt i bruk av denne policien.
+authz-policy-role-client-roles.tooltip=Spesifiserer klientroller tillatt av denne policien.
+
+ # Authz User Policy Detail
+authz-add-user-policy=Legg til policy for bruker
+authz-no-users-assigned=Ingen tildelte brukere.
+authz-policy-user-users.tooltip=Spesifiser bruker(e) som tillates av denne policien.
+
+ # Authz Client Policy Detail
+authz-add-client-policy=Legg til policy for klient
+authz-no-clients-assigned=Ingen tildelte klienter.
+authz-policy-client-clients.tooltip=Spesifiser klient(er) som tillates av denne policien.
+
+ # Authz Time Policy Detail
+authz-add-time-policy=Legg til policy for tid
+authz-policy-time-not-before.tooltip=Definerer tiden f\u00F8r policien M\u00C5 IKKE innvilges. Denne innvilges kun om gjeldende dato/tid er f\u00F8r eller lik denne verdien.
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after=Ikke p\u00E5 eller etter
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after.tooltip=Definerer tiden etter en policy M\u00C5 IKKE innvilges. Denne innvilges kun om gjeldende dato/tid er f\u00F8r eller lik denne verdien.
+
+ # Authz JS Policy Detail
+authz-add-js-policy=Legg til policy for JavaScript
+authz-policy-js-code=Kode
+authz-policy-js-code.tooltip=JavaScript-koden angir betingelsene for denne politikken.
+
+
+ # Authz Aggregated Policy Detail
+authz-aggregated=Aggregert
+authz-add-aggregated-policy=Legg til policy for aggregering.
+
+ # Authz Permission List
+authz-no-permissions-available=Ingen tilgjengelige tillatelser.
+
+ # Authz Permission Detail
+authz-permission-name.tooltip=Navnet p\u00E5 denne tillatelsen.
+authz-permission-description.tooltip=En beskrivelse av denne tillatelsen.
+
+ # Authz Resource Permission Detail
+authz-add-resource-permission=Legg til tillatelse for ressurs.
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type=Bruk p\u00E5 ressurstype
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type.tooltip=Spesifiserer om denne tillatelsen skal gjelde for alle ressurser med en gitt type. I dette tilfellet vil tillatelsen bli evaluert for alle instanser av gitt ressurstype.
+authz-permission-resource-resource.tooltip=Spesifiserer at denne tillatelsen m\u00E5 bli brukt for en spesifikk ressursinstans.
+authz-permission-resource-type.tooltip=Spesifiserer at denne tillatelsen m\u00E5 bli anvendt for alle ressursinstanser for en gitt type.
+
+ # Authz Scope Permission Detail
+authz-add-scope-permission=Legg til tillatelse for scope
+authz-permission-scope-resource.tooltip=Begrens scopes til de som er tilknyttet den valgte ressursen. Hvis dette ikke er valgt vil alle scopes v\u00E6re tilgjengelige.
+authz-permission-scope-scope.tooltip=Spesifiserer at denne tillatelse m\u00E5 anvendes p\u00E5 en eller flere scopes.
+
+ # Authz Evaluation
+authz-evaluation-identity-information=Identitetsinformasjon
+authz-evaluation-identity-information.tooltip=De tilgjengelige alternativene for \u00E5 konfigurere identitesinformasjon som vil bli brukt ved evaluering av policier.
+authz-evaluation-client.tooltip=Velg klienten som vil utf\u00F8re denne autorisasjonsforesp\u00F8rselen.
+authz-evaluation-user.tooltip=Velg en bruker hvis identitet vil bli brukt for \u00E5 s\u00F8ke tillatelser fra serveren.
+authz-evaluation-role.tooltip=Velg en rolle som du vil knytte til den valgte brukeren.
+authz-evaluation-new=Ny evaluering
+authz-evaluation-re-evaluate=Re-evaluering
+authz-evaluation-previous=Forrige evaluering
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info=Kontekstuell informasjon
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info.tooltip=Tilgjengelige valg for \u00E5 konfigurere enhver kontekstuell informasjon som vil bli brukt ved evaluering av policier.
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes=Kontekstuelle attributter
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes.tooltip=Ethvert attributt gitt av et kj\u00F8rende milj\u00F8 eller ved utf\u00F8relseskontekst.
+authz-evaluation-permissions.tooltip=De tilgjengelige alternativene for \u00E5 konfigurere tillatelsene for hvilke policies som skal anvendes.
+authz-evaluation-evaluate=Evaluer
+authz-evaluation-any-resource-with-scopes=Enhver ressurs med scope(s)
+authz-evaluation-no-result=Kunne ikke f\u00E5 et resultat for den gitte autorisasjonsforesp\u00F8rselen. Sjekk om de tilgjengelige ressursene er tilknyttet en policy.
+authz-evaluation-no-policies-resource=Ingen policies ble funnet for denne ressursen.
+authz-evaluation-result.tooltip=Det samlede resultatet for denne foresp\u00F8rselen for tillatelse.
+authz-evaluation-scopes.tooltip=Liste over tillatte scopes.
+authz-evaluation-policies.tooltip=Detaljer om hvilke policies som ble evaluert og deres avgj\u00F8relser.
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data=Respons
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data.tooltip=Representerer et token som b\u00E6rer autorisasjonsdata som et resultat av prosesseringen av en autorisasjonsforesp\u00F8rsel. Denne representasjonen er hva Keycloak sender ut til klienter som ettersp\u00F8r tillatelser. Sjekk autorisasjonsclaim for tillatelsene som ble gitt basert p\u00E5 n\u00E5v\u00E6rende autorisasjonsforesp\u00F8rsel.
+authz-show-authorization-data=Vis autorisasjonsdata
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_pl.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_pl.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd55d69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_pl.properties
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# encoding: UTF-8
diff --git a/admin/messages/admin-messages_pt_BR.properties b/admin/messages/admin-messages_pt_BR.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebdada8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/admin/messages/admin-messages_pt_BR.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@
+#encoding: utf-8
+consoleTitle=Console de Administração do Keycloak
+
+# Common messages
+enabled=Habilitado
+name=Nome
+displayName=Nome de exibição
+displayNameHtml=Nome de exibição HTML
+save=Salvar
+cancel=Cancelar
+onText=Sim
+offText=Não
+client=Cliente
+clients=Clientes
+clear=Limpar
+selectOne=Selecione Um...
+
+true=Sim
+false=Não
+
+endpoints=Endpoints
+
+# Realm settings
+realm-detail.enabled.tooltip=Usuários e clientes somente podem acessar um Realm se ele estiver habilitado
+realm-detail.oidc-endpoints.tooltip=Exibe a configuração dos endpoints do OpenID Connect
+registrationAllowed=Cadastro de usuário
+registrationAllowed.tooltip=Habilita/desabilita a página de cadastro. Um link para a página de cadastro também será exibido na tela de login.
+registrationEmailAsUsername=Email como nome de usuário
+registrationEmailAsUsername.tooltip=Se habilitado o campo 'nome de usuário' será ocultado no formulário de cadastro e o e-mail será usado como nome de usuário para o novo cadastro.
+editUsernameAllowed=Editar nome de usuário
+editUsernameAllowed.tooltip=Se habilitado, o campo nome de usuário é editável, senão será apenas leitura.
+resetPasswordAllowed=Esqueci a senha
+resetPasswordAllowed.tooltip=Exibe um link na página de login para o usuário clicar quando houver esquecido suas credenciais.
+rememberMe=Lembrar me
+rememberMe.tooltip=Exibe um checkbox na página de login para permitir ao usuário continuar logado entre restarts do browser até que a sessão expire.
+verifyEmail=Verificar e-mail
+verifyEmail.tooltip=Requer que o usuário verifique seu endereço de e-mail na primeira vez que efetuar login.
+sslRequired=SSL requerido
+sslRequired.option.all=todas requisições
+sslRequired.option.external=requisições externas
+sslRequired.option.none=nunca
+sslRequired.tooltip=É necessário SSL? 'Nunca' significa que HTTPS não é requerido para nenhum endereço IP cliente. 'Requisições externas' significa que localhost e IPs privados podem acessar sem HTTPS. 'Todas requisições' significa que HTTPS é requerido para todos os endereços IPs.
+publicKey=Chave pública
+privateKey=Chave privada
+gen-new-keys=Gerar novas chaves
+certificate=Certificado
+host=Host
+smtp-host=Host SMTP
+port=Porta
+smtp-port=Porta SMTP (valor padrão: 25)
+from=Remetente
+sender-email-addr=Endereço de e-mail do remetente
+enable-ssl=Habilitar SSL
+enable-start-tls=Habilitar StartTLS
+enable-auth=Habilitar autenticação
+username=Usuário
+login-username=Nome de usuário para login
+password=Senha
+login-password=Senha para login
+login-theme=Tema de login
+login-theme.tooltip=Selecione o tema para páginas de login, OTP, grant, cadastro e recuperar senha.
+account-theme=Tema para conta
+account-theme.tooltip=Selecione o tema para as páginas de administração de conta do usuário.
+admin-console-theme=Tema para console de administração
+select-theme-admin-console=Selecione o tema para o console de administração.
+email-theme=Tema de e-mail
+select-theme-email=Selecione o tema para os e-mail que são enviados pelo servidor.
+i18n-enabled=Habilitar internacionalização
+supported-locales=Locais disponíveis
+supported-locales.placeholder=Digite um local e pressione Enter
+default-locale=Local padrão
+realm-cache-clear=Realm Cache
+realm-cache-clear.tooltip=Remove todas as entradas do cache de realm (isto irá remover as entradas para todos os realms)
+user-cache-clear=Cache de usuário
+user-cache-clear.tooltip=Remove todas as entradas do cache de usuário (isto irá remover as entradas de todos os realms)
+revoke-refresh-token=Revogar Token de Atualização
+revoke-refresh-token.tooltip=Se habilitado os tokens de atualização podem ser utilizados somente uma vez. Caso contrário os tokens de atualização não são revogados quando utilizados e podem ser utilizados várias vezes.
+sso-session-idle=Sessão SSO inativa
+sso-session-idle.tooltip=Tempo que uma sessão pode ficar inativa antes de expirar. Tokens e sessões de navegador são invalidados quando uma sessão é expirada.
+seconds=Segundos
+minutes=Minutos
+hours=Horas
+days=Dias
+sso-session-max=Sessão SSO Máxima
+sso-session-max.tooltip=Tempo máximo antes que uma sessão seja expirada. Tokens e sessões de navegador são invalidados quando uma sessão é expirada.
+offline-session-idle=Sessão Offline Inativa
+offline-session-idle.tooltip=Tempo que uma sessão offline pode ficar inativa antes de expirar. Você precisa utilizar um token de atualização offline pelo menos uma vez neste período, caso contrário a sessão offline será expirada.
+access-token-lifespan=Duração do Token de Acesso
+access-token-lifespan.tooltip=Tempo máximo antes que um token de acesso expire. Recomenda-se que este valor seja menor em relação ao tempo de inativação do inativação do SSO.
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow=Duração do token de acesso para fluxos Implícitos
+access-token-lifespan-for-implicit-flow.tooltip=Tempo máximo antes que um token de acesso emitido durante o Fluxo Implícito do OpenID Connect expire. Recomenda-se que este valor seja menor em relação ao tempo de inativação do SSO. Não há posibilidade de atualizar este token durante o fluxo implícito, sendo este o motivo de existir um tempo limite diferente para a 'Duração do Token de Acesso'.
+client-login-timeout=Tempo limite para login do Cliente
+client-login-timeout.tooltip=Tempo máximo que um cliente tem para finalizar o procolo do token de acesso. Normalmente deve ser 1 minuto.
+login-timeout=Tempo máximo do Login
+login-timeout.tooltip=Tempo máximo que um usuário tempo para completar o login. É recomendado que seja relativamente longo - 30 minutos ou mais.
+login-action-timeout=Tempo limite da ação de Login
+login-action-timeout.tooltip=Tempo máximo que um usuário tem para completar as ações relacionadas ao login como atualizar senhas ou configurar totp. É recomendado que seja relativamente longo - 5 minutos ou mais.
+headers=Cabeçalhos
+brute-force-detection=Detecção de ataque de Força Bruta
+x-frame-options=X-Frame-Options
+x-frame-options-tooltip=O valor padrão impede páginas de serem incluídas via non-origin iframes (clique no label para mais informações)
+content-sec-policy=Content-Security-Policy
+content-sec-policy-tooltip=O valor padrão impede páginas de serem incluídas via non-origin iframes (clique no label para mais informações)
+content-type-options=X-Content-Type-Options
+content-type-options-tooltip=O valor padrão impede Internet Explorer and Google Chrome de realizarem MIME-sniffing em uma resposta diferente do content-type declarado (clique no label para mais informações)
+max-login-failures=Falhas de login
+max-login-failures.tooltip=Quantas falhas de login antes que a espera seja habilitada.
+wait-increment=Incremento de Espera
+wait-increment.tooltip=Quando a quantidade de falhas for alcançada, quanto tempo o usuário deve aguardar antes de tentar novamente?
+quick-login-check-millis=Verificação de Quick Login em Milli Seconds
+quick-login-check-millis.tooltip=Se uma falha ocorre concorrentemente neste período, travar a conta do usuário.
+min-quick-login-wait=Espera mínima após Quick Login
+min-quick-login-wait.tooltip=Quanto tempo aguardar após uma falha de quick login.
+max-wait=Espera máxima
+max-wait.tooltip=Tempo máximo que um usuário deverá aguardar após uma falha de quick login.
+failure-reset-time=Tempo para zerar falhas
+failure-reset-time.tooltip=Quando o contador de falhas será resetado?
+realm-tab-login=Login
+realm-tab-keys=Chaves
+realm-tab-email=E-mail
+realm-tab-themes=Temas
+realm-tab-cache=Cache
+realm-tab-tokens=Tokens
+realm-tab-client-initial-access=Tokens de Acesso inicial
+realm-tab-security-defenses=Defesas
+realm-tab-general=Geral
+add-realm=Adicionar realm
+
+#Session settings
+realm-sessions=Sessões do Realm
+revocation=Revogação
+logout-all=Deslogar todos
+active-sessions=Sessões Ativas
+sessions=Sessões
+not-before=Não antes de
+not-before.tooltip=Revogar qualquer token emitido antes desta data.
+set-to-now=Definir como agora
+push=Enviar
+push.tooltip=Para cada cliente que possui uma URL de administrador, notificá-los da nova política de revogação.
+
+#Protocol Mapper
+usermodel.prop.label=Propriedade
+usermodel.attr.label=Atributo do usuário
+userSession.modelNote.label=Nota da sessão de usuário
+multivalued.label=Múltiplos valores
+selectRole.label=Selecione o Role
+tokenClaimName.label=Nome do Token Claim
+jsonType.label=Tipo JSON do Claim
+includeInIdToken.label=Adicionar ao token de ID
+includeInAccessToken.label=Adicionar ao token de acesso
+includeInUserInfo.label=Adicionar à informação do usuário
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.label=ID do cliente
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Prefixo para o role de Cliente
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.label=Prefixo do Realm Role
+
+# client details
+search.placeholder=Pesquisar...
+create=Criar
+import=Importar
+client-id=ID do cliente
+base-url=URL Base
+actions=Ações
+not-defined=Não definido
+edit=Editar
+delete=Excluir
+no-results=Sem resultados
+no-clients-available=Nenhum cliente disponível
+add-client=Adicionar cliente
+select-file=Selecionar arquivo
+view-details=Ver detalhes
+clear-import=Cancelar importação
+client-id.tooltip=Especifica o ID referenciado em URI e tokens. Por exemplo 'meu-cliente'. Para SAML também representa o valor do emissor esperado dos authn requests
+client.name.tooltip=Especifica o nome de exibição do cliente. Por exemplo 'Meu Cliente'. Também aceita chaves para valores localizados. Por exemplo: ${meu_cliente}
+client.description.tooltip=Especifica a descrição do cliente. Por exemplo 'Meu cliente para TimeSheets'. Também aceita chaves para valores localizados. Por exemplo: ${meu_cliente_descricao}
+client.enabled.tooltip=Clientes desabilitados não podem realizar login ou obter tokens de acesso.
+consent-required=Consentimento exigido
+consent-required.tooltip=Se habilitado os usuários devem consentir com o acesso ao cliente.
+client-protocol=Protocolo cliente
+client-protocol.tooltip='OpenID connect' permite aos Clientes verificarem a identidade do usuário final baseado na autenticação realizada por um servidor de Autorização. 'SAML' permite cenários de autenticação e autorização web-based incluindo cross-domain single sign-on (SSO) e utiliza tokens de segurança contendo assertions para trafegar informações.
+access-type=Tipo de acesso
+access-type.tooltip=Clientes 'Confidential' requerem um secret para iniciar o protocolo de login. Clientes 'Public' não necessitam de secret. Clientes 'Bearer-only' são web services que nunca iniciam um login.
+standard-flow-enabled=Fluxo padrão habilitado
+standard-flow-enabled.tooltip=Isto habilita a autenticação baseada em redirecionamento com código de autorização padrão do OpenID Connect. Em termos de especificações OpenID Connect ou OAuth2, isto habilita suporte ao 'Fluxo de Código de Autorização' para este cliente.
+implicit-flow-enabled=Fluxo implícito habilitado
+implicit-flow-enabled.tooltip=Isto habilita suporte a autenticação baseada em redirecionamento sem código de autorização. Em tempos de especificações OpenID Connect ou OAuth2, isto habilita suporte do 'Fluxo Implícito' para este cliente.
+direct-access-grants-enabled=Grants de Acesso direto habilitado
+service-accounts-enabled=Contas de serviço habilitadas
+include-authnstatement=Incluir AuthnStatement
+sign-documents=Assinar documentos
+sign-assertions=Assinar assertions
+signature-algorithm=Algoritmo de assinatura
+canonicalization-method=Método de Canonicalization
+encrypt-assertions=Encriptar Assertions
+client-signature-required=Assinatura do cliente requerida
+force-post-binding=Forçar Binding via POST
+front-channel-logout=Front Channel Logout
+force-name-id-format=Forçar formato do NameID
+name-id-format=Formato do NameID
+valid-redirect-uris=URIs de redirecionamento válidas
+admin-url=URL do administrador
+master-saml-processing-url=URL de processamento SAML principal
+idp-sso-url-ref=Nome de URL para SSO iniciado via IDP
+idp-sso-relay-state=Estado de relay para SSO iniciado via IDP
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf=Configuração de endpoint para configuração fina do SAML
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url=URL para conexão post para o serviço consumidor de Assertions
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url=URL para conexão de redirecionamento do serviço consumidor de Assertions
+logout-service-post-binding-url=URL de conexão POST para o serviço de logout
+logout-service-post-binding-url.tooltip=URL de conexão POST para o serviço de logout
+logout-service-redir-binding-url=URL de conexão para o redirecionamento do serviço de logout
+
+# client import
+import-client=Importar cliente
+format-option=Formato
+import-file=Importar arquivo
+
+# client tabs
+settings=Configurações
+credentials=Credenciais
+saml-keys=Chaves SAML
+roles=Roles
+mappers=Mapeamentos
+scope=Escopo
+offline-access=Acesso offline
+installation=Instalação
+service-account-roles=Roles de contas de serviço
+
+# client credentials
+client-authenticator=Autenticador do cliente
+no-client-certificate-configured=Nenhum certificado cliente configurado
+gen-new-keys-and-cert=Gerar novas chaves e certificados
+import-certificate=Importar certificado
+gen-client-private-key=Gerar chave privada do cliente
+generate-private-key=Gerar chave privada
+archive-format=Formato do arquivo
+key-alias=Alias da chave
+key-password=Senha da chave
+store-password=Salvar senha
+generate-and-download=Gerar e fazer download
+client-certificate-import=Importar certificado do cliente
+import-client-certificate=Importar certificado do cliente
+secret=Segredo
+regenerate-secret=Recriar segredo
+registrationAccessToken=Token de acesso para registro
+registrationAccessToken.regenerate=Regerar token de acesso para registro
+add-role=Adicionar Role
+role-name=Nome do Role
+composite=Composto
+description=Descrição
+no-client-roles-available=Nenhum role de cliente disponível
+scope-param-required=Parâmetro de escopo requerido
+composite-roles=Roles compostos
+realm-roles=Roles do Realm
+available-roles=Roles disponíveis
+add-selected=Adicionar selecionados
+associated-roles=Roles associados
+remove-selected=Remover selecionados
+client-roles=Roles de clientes
+select-client-to-view-roles=Selecione o cliente para ver os roles do cliente
+add-builtin=Adicionar Builtin
+category=Categoria
+type=Tipo
+no-mappers-available=Nenhum mapeamento disponível
+add-builtin-protocol-mappers=Adicionar mapeamentos de protocolo Builtin
+add-builtin-protocol-mapper=Adicionar mapeamentos de protocolo Builtin
+
+scope-mappings=Mapeamentos do Escopo
+full-scope-allowed=Permitir Escopo completo
+assigned-roles=Roles associados
+effective-roles=Roles efetivos
+basic-configuration=Configuração básica
+node-reregistration-timeout=Tempo limite para re-registro de nó
+registered-cluster-nodes=Nós de cluster registrados
+register-node-manually=Registrar nó manualmente
+test-cluster-availability=Testar disponibilidade do cluster
+last-registration=Último registro
+node-host=Host
+no-registered-cluster-nodes=Nenhum nó registrado disponível
+cluster-nodes=Nós do cluster
+add-node=Adicionar nó
+show-sessions=Exibir sessões
+user=Usuário
+from-ip=Do IP
+session-start=Início da sessão
+first-page=Primeira página
+previous-page=Página anterior
+next-page=Próxima página
+select-a-format=Selecione um formato
+download=Download
+offline-tokens=Tokens offline
+show-offline-tokens=Exibir tokens offline
+token-issued=Token emitido
+last-access=Último acesso
+last-refresh=Último refresh
+key-export=Exportar chave
+key-import=Importar chave
+export-saml-key=Exportar chave SAML
+import-saml-key=Importar chave SAML
+realm-certificate-alias=Alias do certificado do Realm
+signing-key=Chave de assinatura
+saml-signing-key=Chave de assinatura SAML
+private-key=Chave privada
+generate-new-keys=Gerar novas chaves
+export=Exportar
+encryption-key=Chave de encriptação
+service-accounts=Contas de serviço
+service-account-is-not-enabled-for=Contas de serviço não estão habilitadas para {{client}}
+create-protocol-mappers=Criar mapeamentos de protocolo
+create-protocol-mapper=Criar mapeamento de protocolo
+protocol=Protocolo
+protocol.tooltip=Protocolo...
+id=ID
+mapper.name.tooltip=Nome do mapeamento
+consent-text=Texto para consentimento
+mapper-type=Tipo de mapeamento
+# realm identity providers
+identity-providers=Provedores de identificação
+table-of-identity-providers=Tabela de provedores de identidade
+add-provider.placeholder=Adicionar provedor...
+provider=Provedor
+first-broker-login-flow=Fluxo do primeiro login
+post-broker-login-flow=Fluxo pós login
+redirect-uri=URI de redirecionamento
+alias=Alias
+authenticate-by-default=Autenticar por padrão
+store-tokens=Salvar Tokens
+stored-tokens-readable=Leitura de tokens salvos
+trust-email=Confiar no e-mail recebido
+gui-order=Ordem na tela
+gui-order.tooltip=Número definindo a ordem do provedor na GUI (ex na página de Login).
+openid-connect-config=Configuração OpenID Connect
+authorization-url=URL de autorização
+token-url=URL do Token
+logout-url=URL de logout
+backchannel-logout=Backchannel Logout
+user-info-url=URL de informações do usuário
+client-secret=Secret do Cliente
+show-secret=Exibir secret
+hide-secret=Esconder secret
+issuer=Emissor
+default-scopes=Escopos padrão
+prompt=Prompt
+unspecified.option=Não especificado
+none.option=Nenhum
+consent.option=Consentimento
+login.option=Login
+select-account.option=select_account
+validate-signatures=Validar assinaturas
+validating-public-key=Chave pública para validação
+import-external-idp-config=Importar configuração de IDP externo
+import-from-url=Importar de URL
+import-from-file=Importar de arquivo
+saml-config=Configuração SAML
+single-signon-service-url=URL de serviço do Single Sign On
+single-logout-service-url=URL de serviço de Single Logout
+nameid-policy-format=Política de formato NameID
+http-post-binding-response=Responder com HTTP-POST
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request=Utilizar HTTP-POST binding para AuthnRequest
+want-authn-requests-signed=Esperar AuthnRequests assinados
+force-authentication=Forçar autenticação
+validate-signature=Validar assinatura
+validating-x509-certificate=Validar certificados X509
+key=Chave
+
+# User federation
+sync-ldap-roles-to-keycloak=Sincronizar os roles do LDAP para o Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-roles-to-ldap=Sincronizar os roles do Keycloak para o LDAP
+sync-ldap-groups-to-keycloak=Sincronizar os grupos do LDAP para o Keycloak
+sync-keycloak-groups-to-ldap=Sincronizar os grupos do Keycloak para o LDAP
+
+realms=Realms
+realm=Realm
+
+identity-provider-mappers=Mapeamentos de provedores de identificação
+create-identity-provider-mapper=Criar mapeamento de provedores de identificação
+add-identity-provider-mapper=Adicionar mapeamento de provedor de identificação
+
+expires=Expira em
+expiration=Duração
+expiration.tooltip=Especifica por quanto tempo o token deve ser válido
+count=Quantidade
+count.tooltip=Especifica quantos clientes podem ser criados usando o token
+remainingCount=Quantidade restante
+created=Criado em
+back=Voltar
+initial-access-tokens=Tokens de acesso inicial
+add-initial-access-tokens=Adicionar token de acesso inicial
+initial-access-token=Token de acesso inicial
+initial-access.copyPaste.tooltip=Copie/cole o token de acesso inicial antes de sair desta página pois não é possível recuperá-lo depois
+continue=Continuar
+initial-access-token.confirm.title=Copiar o token de acesso inicial
+initial-access-token.confirm.text=Por favor copie e cole o token de acesso inicial antes de confirmar pois não é possível recuperá-lo depois
+
+client-scopes=Modelos de cliente
+
+groups=Grupos
+
+default-roles=Roles padrão
+no-realm-roles-available=Nenhum role de realm disponível
+
+users=Usuários
+realm-default-roles=Roles padrão do Realm
+client-default-roles=Roles padrão do Cliente
+partial-import=Importação parcial
+
+file=Arquivo
+exported-json-file=Arquivo json exportado
+import-from-realm=Importar de realm
+import-users=Importar usuários
+import-groups=Importar grupos
+import-clients=Importar clientes
+import-identity-providers=Importar provedores de identificação
+import-realm-roles=Importar roles do realm
+import-client-roles=Importar roles de cliente
+if-resource-exists=Se um recurso já existir
+fail=Falhar
+skip=Pular
+overwrite=Sobrescrever
+
+action=Ações
+role-selector=Seletor de roles
+
+select-a-role=Selecione um role
+select-realm-role=Selecione um role de realm
+select-client-role=Selecione um role de cliente
+
+client-template=Modelos de Cliente
+client-saml-endpoint=Cliente SAML Endpoint
+add-client-scope=Adicionar modelo de cliente
+
+manage=Administração
+authentication=Autenticação
+user-federation=Federação de usuários
+events=Eventos
+realm-settings=Configurações do Realm
+configure=Configuração
+select-realm=Selecione um realm
+add=Adicionar
+
+
+add-user-federation-provider=Adicionar provedor de federação de usuários
+required-settings=Configurações obrigatórias
+provider-id=ID do provedor
+console-display-name=Nome de exibição no console
+priority=Prioridade
+sync-settings=Configurações de sincronização
+periodic-full-sync=Syncronização completa periódica
+full-sync-period=Período
+periodic-changed-users-sync=Sincronização periódica de usuários alterados
+changed-users-sync-period=Período
+synchronize-changed-users=Sincronizar usuários alterados
+synchronize-all-users=Sincronizar todos os usuários
+kerberos-realm=Realm do Kerberos
+server-principal=Principal do servidor
+keytab=KeyTab
+debug=Debug
+allow-password-authentication=Permitir autenticação via senha
+edit-mode=Modo de edição
+update-profile-first-login=Atualizar Profile no primeiro login
+sync-registrations=Sincronizar contas
+vendor=Vendor
+username-ldap-attribute=Atributo LDAP para Username
+ldap-attribute-name-for-username=Atributo LDAP para Username
+rdn-ldap-attribute=Atributo LDAP para RDN
+ldap-attribute-name-for-user-rdn=Atributo LDAP para RDN
+uuid-ldap-attribute=Atributo LDAP para UUID
+ldap-attribute-name-for-uuid=Atributo LDAP para UUID
+user-object-classes=Classes do objeto User
+
+ldap-connection-url=URL de conexão ao LDAP
+ldap-users-dn=DN dos usuários no LDAP
+ldap-bind-dn=DN para bind no LDAP
+ldap-bind-credentials=Credenciais para conectar ao LDAP
+ldap-filter=Filtro do LDAP
+
+connection-url=URL de conexão
+test-connection=Testar conexão
+users-dn=Users DN
+authentication-type=Tipo de autenticação
+bind-dn=Bind DN
+bind-credential=Senha para conexão
+test-authentication=Testar autenticação
+custom-user-ldap-filter=Filtro de usuários LDAP customizado
+search-scope=Escopo de pesquisa
+use-truststore-spi=Utilizar Truststore SPI
+connection-pooling=Pooling de conexões
+kerberos-integration=Integração com Kerberos
+allow-kerberos-authentication=Permitir autenticação Kerberos
+use-kerberos-for-password-authentication=Utilizar Kerberos para autenticação via senha
+batch-size=Tamanho do lote
+user-federation-mappers=Mapeamentos de federação de usuário
+create-user-federation-mapper=Criar mapeamento de federação de usuário
+add-user-federation-mapper=Adicionar mapeamento de federação de usuário
+provider-name=Nome do provedor
+no-user-federation-providers-configured=Nenhum federação de usuários configurada.
+add-identity-provider=Adicionar provedor de identificação
+add-identity-provider-link=adicionar link para provedor de identificação
+identity-provider=Provedor de identificação
+identity-provider-user-id=ID de usuário do provedor de identificação
+identity-provider-username=Nome de usuário do provedor de identificação
+pagination=Paginação
+
+browser-flow=Fluxo de browser
+registration-flow=Fluxo de registro
+direct-grant-flow=Fluxo de Direct Grant
+reset-credentials=Reiniciar credenciais
+client-authentication=Autenticação do cliente
+new=Novo
+copy=Copiar
+add-execution=Adicionar execução
+add-flow=Adicionar fluxo
+auth-type=Tipo
+requirement=Condição
+config=Configuração
+no-executions-available=Nenhuma execução disponível
+authentication-flows=Fluxos de autenticação
+create-authenticator-config=Criar configuração de autenticação
+otp-type=Tipo OTP
+time-based=Baseado em tempo
+counter-based=Baseado em contador
+otp-hash-algorithm=Algoritmo de hash OTP
+number-of-digits=Quantidade de dígitos
+look-ahead-window=Look Ahead Window
+initial-counter=Contador inicial
+otp-token-period=Período de token OTP
+table-of-password-policies=Tabela de política de senhas
+add-policy.placeholder=Adicionar política...
+policy-type=Tipo da política
+policy-value=Valor da política
+admin-events=Eventos de adminstração
+login-events=Eventos de login
+filter=Filtro
+update=Atualizar
+reset=Reiniciar
+operation-types=Tipos de operações
+select-operations.placeholder=Selecionar operações...
+resource-path=Path do recurso
+date-(from)=Data (De)
+date-(to)=Data (Até)
+authentication-details=Detalhes para autenticação
+ip-address=Endereço IP
+time=Tempo
+operation-type=Tipo de operação
+auth=Autenticação
+representation=Representação
+register=Registro
+required-action=Ação requerida
+default-action=Ação padrão
+no-required-actions-configured=Nenhuma ação requerida configurada
+defaults-to-id=ID é o padrão
+flows=Fluxos
+bindings=Ligações
+required-actions=Ações requeridas
+password-policy=Política de senha
+otp-policy=Política OTP
+user-groups=Grupos de usuário
+default-groups=Grupos Padrão
+cut=Recortar
+paste=Colar
+
+create-group=Criar grupo
+create-authenticator-execution=Criar execução de autenticação
+create-form-action-execution=Criar execução de ação de formulário
+create-top-level-form=Criar formulário de nível superior
+top-level-flow-type=Tipo do fluxo de nível superior
+flow.generic=genérico
+flow.client=cliente
+create-execution-flow=Criar fluxo de execução
+flow-type=Flow Type
+flow.form.type=formulário
+flow.generic.type=genérico
+form-provider=Provedor de formulário
+select-a-type.placeholder=selecione um tipo
+available-groups=Grupos disponíveis
+value=Valor
+table-of-group-members=Tabela de membros do grupo
+table-of-role-members=Tabela de membros do role
+last-name=Sobrenome
+first-name=Primeiro nome
+email=E-mail
+toggle-navigation=Alternar navegação
+manage-account=Administrar a conta
+sign-out=Sign Out
+server-info=Informação do servidor
+resource-not-found=Recurso <strong>não encontrado</strong>...
+resource-not-found.instruction=Não foi possível encontrar o recurso solicitado. Por favor verifique se a URL solicitada está correta.
+go-to-the-home-page=Ir para a página inicial &raquo;
+page-not-found=Página <strong>não encontrada</strong>...
+page-not-found.instruction=Não foi possível encontrar a página solicitada. Por favor verifique se a URL solicitada está correta.
+select-event-types.placeholder=Selecione os tipos de eventos...
+select-an-action.placeholder=Selecione uma ação...
+admin-events-settings=Configuração de eventos de administração
+save-events=Salvar eventos
+include-representation=Incluir representação
+server-version=Versão do servidor
+info=Informações
+providers=Provedores
+server-time=Hora do servidor
+server-uptime=Uptime do servidor
+memory=Memória
+total-memory=Memória total
+free-memory=Memória livre
+used-memory=Memória utilizada
+system=Sistema
+current-working-directory=Diretório de trabalho atual
+java-version=Versão do Java
+java-vendor=Java Vendor
+java-runtime=Java Runtime
+java-vm=Java VM
+java-vm-version=Versão da Java VM
+java-home=Java Home
+user-name=Usuário
+user-timezone=Zona horária do usuário
+user-locale=Locale do usuário
+system-encoding=Enconding do sistema
+operating-system=Sistema operacional
+os-architecture=Arquitetura do OS
+spi=SPI
+granted-roles=Roles concedidos
+granted-protocol-mappers=Protocol Mappers concedidos
+additional-grants=Concessões adicionais
+revoke=Revogar
+new-password=Nova senha
+password-confirmation=Confirmação de senha
+reset-password=Reiniciar senha
+remove-totp=Remover OTP
+reset-actions=Ações para reiniciar
+reset-actions-email=Ações para reiniciar e-mail
+send-email=Enviar e-mail
+add-user=Adicionar usuário
+created-at=Criado em
+user-enabled=Usuário ativo
+user-temporarily-locked=Usuário temporariamente desativado
+unlock-user=Liberar usuário
+federation-link=Link para federação
+email-verified=E-mail verificado
+required-user-actions=Ações necessárias do usuário
+locale=Locale
+select-one.placeholder=Selecione um...
+impersonate=Personificar
+impersonate-user=Personificar usuário
+identity-provider-alias=Alias do Provedor de Identificação
+provider-user-id=Provider User ID
+provider-username=Provider Username
+no-identity-provider-links-available=Nenhum link para provedor de identificação disponível
+group-membership=Grupos associados
+leave=Sair
+table-of-realm-users=Tabela de usuários do Realm
+view-all-users=Exibir todos os usuários
+unlock-users=Liberar usuários
+no-users-available=Nenhum usuário disponível
+users.instruction=Por favor faça uma pesquisa, ou clique em Exibir todos os usuários
+consents=Consentimentos
+started=Iniciado
+logout-all-sessions=Logout todas as sessões
+logout=Logout
+new-name=Novo nome
+ok=Ok
+attributes=Atributos
+role-mappings=Mapeamento de roles
+members=Membros
+details=Detalhes
+identity-provider-links=Links de provedores de identificação.
+register-required-action=Registrar ação necessária
+gender=Gênero
+address=Endereço
+phone=Telefone
+profile-url=URL do perfil
+picture-url=URL da foto
+website=Website
+import-keys-and-cert=Importar chave e certificado
+upload-keys=Carregar chaves
+download-keys-and-cert=Download chave e certificado
+no-value-assigned.placeholder=Nenhum valor associado
+remove=Remover
+no-group-members=Nenhum membro
+no-role-members=Nenhum membro no role
+temporary=Temporária
+join=Participar
+event-type=Tipo de evento
+events-config=Configurar eventos
+event-listeners=Listeners de eventos
+login-events-settings=Configuração de eventos de login
+clear-events=Limpar eventos
+saved-types=Tipos salvos
+clear-admin-events=Limpar eventos administrativos
+clear-changes=Cancelar mudanças
+error=Erro
+
+# Authz
+# Authz Common
+authz-authorization=Autorização
+authz-owner=Proprietário
+authz-uri=URI
+authz-scopes=Escopos
+authz-resource=Recurso
+authz-resource-type=Tipo de recurso
+authz-resources=Recursos
+authz-scope=Escopo
+authz-authz-scopes=Autorização de escopos
+authz-policies=Políticas
+authz-permissions=Permissões
+authz-users=Usuários no role
+authz-evaluate=Avaliar
+authz-icon-uri=URI do ícone
+authz-select-scope=Selecione um escopo
+authz-select-resource=Selecione um recurso
+authz-associated-policies=Políticas associadas
+authz-any-resource=Qualquer recurso
+authz-any-scope=Qualquer escopo
+authz-any-role=Qualquer role
+authz-policy-evaluation=Avaliação da política
+authz-select-client=Selecione um cliente
+authz-select-user=Selecione um usuário
+authz-entitlements=Direitos
+authz-no-resources=Nenhum recurso
+authz-result=Resultado
+authz-authorization-services-enabled=Autorização habilitada
+authz-required=Obrigatório
+
+# Authz Settings
+
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode=Modo de execução da política
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-enforcing=Restritiva
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-permissive=Permissiva
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode-disabled=Desabilitada
+
+authz-remote-resource-management=Administração remota de recursos
+
+authz-export-settings=Exportar configurações
+
+# Authz Resource List
+authz-no-resources-available=Nenhum recurso disponível.
+authz-no-scopes-assigned=Nenhum escopo associado.
+authz-no-type-defined=Nenhum tipo definido.
+authz-no-permission-assigned=Nenhuma permissão associada.
+authz-no-policy-assigned=Nenhuma política associada.
+authz-create-permission=Criar permissão
+
+# Authz Resource Detail
+authz-add-resource=Adicionar recurso
+
+# Authz Scope List
+authz-add-scope=Adicionar escopo
+authz-no-scopes-available=Nenhum escopo disponível.
+
+# Authz Scope Detail
+
+# Authz Policy List
+authz-all-types=Todos os tipos
+authz-create-policy=Criar política
+authz-no-policies-available=Nenhuma política disponível
+
+# Authz Policy Detail
+authz-policy-logic=Lógica
+authz-policy-logic-positive=Positiva
+authz-policy-logic-negative=Negativa
+authz-policy-apply-policy=Aplicar política
+authz-policy-decision-strategy=Estratégia de decisão
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-affirmative=Afirmativa
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-unanimous=Unânime
+authz-policy-decision-strategy-consensus=Consensual
+authz-select-a-policy=Selecionar uma política
+
+# Authz Role Policy Detail
+authz-add-role-policy=Adicionar política de Role
+authz-no-roles-assigned=Nenhum role associado
+
+# Authz User Policy Detail
+authz-add-user-policy=Adicionar política de usuário
+authz-no-users-assigned=Nenhum usuário associado
+
+# Authz Time Policy Detail
+authz-add-time-policy=Adicionar política de tempo
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after=Não em ou depois
+
+# Authz JS Policy Detail
+authz-add-js-policy=Adicionar política Javascript
+authz-policy-js-code=Código
+
+
+# Authz Aggregated Policy Detail
+authz-aggregated=Agregado
+authz-add-aggregated-policy=Adicionar política agregada
+
+# Authz Permission List
+authz-no-permissions-available=Nenhuma permissão disponível
+
+# Authz Permission Detail
+
+# Authz Resource Permission Detail
+authz-add-resource-permission=Adicionar permissão para recurso
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type=Aplicar ao tipo de recurso
+
+# Authz Scope Permission Detail
+authz-add-scope-permission=Adicionar permissão de escopo
+
+# Authz Evaluation
+authz-evaluation-identity-information=Informação de identidade
+authz-evaluation-new=Nova avaliação
+authz-evaluation-re-evaluate=Re-avaliar
+authz-evaluation-previous=Avaliação anterior
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info=Informação contextual
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes=Atributos contextuais
+authz-evaluation-evaluate=Avaliar
+authz-evaluation-any-resource-with-scopes=Qualquer recurso com escopo(s)
+authz-evaluation-no-result=Não foi possível obter nenhum resultado para o pedido de autorização provida. Verifique os recurso(s) ou escopo(s) providos estão associados com alguma política.
+authz-evaluation-no-policies-resource=Nenhma política foi encontrada para este recurso.
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data=Resposta
+authz-show-authorization-data=Exibir dados da autorização
+
+usermodel.prop.tooltip=Nome do método da propriedade na interface UserModel. Por exemplo, o valor 'email' iria referenciar o método UserModel.getEmail() .
+usermodel.attr.tooltip=Nome do atributo do usuário que é uma chave de atributo no mapa UserModel.attribute.
+userSession.modelNote.tooltip=Nome da nota de sessão do usuário salva no mapa UserSessionModel.note.
+multivalued.tooltip=Indica se um atributo suporta múltiplos valores. Se verdadeiro, então a lista de todos os valores desse atributo será definida como o claim. Se falso, então apenas o primeiro valor será utilizado.
+selectRole.tooltip=Entre com o role na caixa à esquerda, ou clique neste botão para navegar e selecionar o role desejado.
+tokenClaimName.tooltip=Nome do claim para inserir no token. Pode ser um nome completo (fully qualified) como 'address.street'. Neste caso, um objeto json aninhado será criado.
+jsonType.tooltip=Tipo JSON que deve ser utilizado para popular o claim json no token. Os valores válidos são Long, int boolean e String.
+includeInIdToken.tooltip=O claim deve ser adicionado ao token de ID?
+includeInAccessToken.tooltip=O claim deve ser adicionado ao token de acesso?
+includeInUserInfo.tooltip=O claim deve ser adicionado à informação do usuário?
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.clientId.tooltip=ID do cliente para mapeamentos de roles
+usermodel.clientRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=Um prefixo para cada role do cliente (opcional)
+usermodel.realmRoleMapping.rolePrefix.tooltip=Um prefixo para cada Realm Role (opcional).
+clients.tooltip=Os clientes são aplicativos de browser e serviços web confiáveis em um realm. Esses clientes podem solicitar login. Você também pode definir roles específicos do cliente.
+authz-policy-role-clients.tooltip= Selecione um cliente a fim de filtrar os roles de cliente que podem ser aplicados a esta política.
+direct-access-grants-enabled.tooltip=Habilita o suporte para concessões de acesso direto (Direct Access Grants), o que significa que o cliente tem acesso ao nome de usuário/senha e negocia diretamente com o servidor Keycloak pelo token de acesso. Em termos de especificações OAuth2, habilita suporte de "Resource Owner Password Credentials Grant" para este cliente.
+service-accounts-enabled.tooltip=Permite autenticar este cliente no Keycloak e recuperar tokens de acesso dedicados para este cliente. Em termos da especificações OAuth2, habilita suporte para 'Client Credentials Grants' para este cliente.
+include-authnstatement.tooltip=Deve ser adicionado um statement especificando o método e timestamp nas respostas de login?
+sign-documents.tooltip=Devem os documentos SAML serem assinados pelo realm?
+sign-assertions.tooltip=Devem as asserções dentro dos documentos SAML serem assinadas? Esta configuração não é necessária se o documento já está sendo assinado.
+signature-algorithm.tooltip=O algoritmo de assinatura a ser utilizado para assinar documentos.
+canonicalization-method.tooltip=Canonicalization Method para assinaturas XML.
+encrypt-assertions.tooltip=Devem as asserções SAML serem encriptadas com a chave pública do cliente usando AES?
+client-signature-required.tooltip=O cliente irá assinar os pedidos e respostas saml? E eles devem ser validados?
+force-post-binding.tooltip=Sempre utilizar POST para respostas.
+front-channel-logout.tooltip=Quando marcado, o logout requer um redirecionamento do browser para o cliente. Caso contrário o servidor executo uma invocação em background para o logout.
+force-name-id-format.tooltip=Ignora o NameID de assunto solicitado e utiliza o configurado no console de administração.
+name-id-format.tooltip=O formato de Name ID para utilizar como assunto.
+root-url.tooltip=URL raiz adicionada à URLs relativas
+valid-redirect-uris.tooltip=Padrão de URI válido para onde um navegador pode redirecionar depois de um login bem-sucedido ou sair. Wildcards simples são permitidos, por exemplo 'http://example.com/*'. Caminhos relativos podem ser especificados também, ex: /my/relative/path/*. Caminhos relativos são relativos à URL raiz do cliente, ou se nenhum for especificado a URL raiz do servidor é usado. Para SAML, é necessário definir padrões de URI válidos se você está contando com a URL do serviço consumidor incorporada com a solicitação de login.
+base-url.tooltip=URL padrão para utilizar quando o servidor de autenticação necessita redirecionar ou linkar para o cliente.
+admin-url.tooltip=URL para a inteface administrativa do cliente. Defina este valor se o cliente suporta a API do adaptador REST. Esta API rest permite que o servidor de autenticação envie políticas de revogação e outras tarefas administrativas. Geralmente este valor é definido apontando para a URL base do cliente.
+master-saml-processing-url.tooltip=Se configurado, esta URL será utilizada para todos os bindings do "SP's Assertion Consumer" e "Single Logout Services". Ela pode ser sobreescriva idnvidualmente para cada ligação e serviço na Configuração Detalhada do Endpoint SAML.
+idp-sso-url-ref.tooltip=Nome do fragmento URL para referenciar o cliente quando você deseja um SSO iniciado por IDP. Deixar este campo vazio irá desabilitar SSO iniciado por IDP. A URL que você irá referenciar do seu browser será: {server-root}/realms/{realm}/protocol/saml/clients/{client-url-name}
+idp-sso-relay-state.tooltip=O estado de Relay que você deseja enviar com um pedido SAML quando você deseja realizar SSO iniciado por IDP.
+web-origins.tooltip=Permitir origens CORS. Para permitir todas as URIs de redirecionamento de origem válidas adicionar '+'. Para permitir todas as origens adicionar '*'.
+fine-saml-endpoint-conf.tooltip=Expanda esta sessão para configurar URLs específics para 'Assertion Consumer' e 'Single Logout Service'.
+assertion-consumer-post-binding-url.tooltip=URL de ligação SAML via post para as asserções de consumidor de serviços do cliente (respostas de login). Você pode deixar este campo em branco se você não tiver uma URL para esta ligação.
+assertion-consumer-redirect-binding-url.tooltip=URL de ligação SAML de redirecionamento para as asserções de consumidor de serviços do cliente (respostas de login). Você pode deixar este campo em branco se você não tiver uma URL para esta ligação.
+logout-service-binding-post-url.tooltip=URL de ligação SAML via post para o serviço de logout único do cliente. Voce pode deixar este campo em branco se estiver usando uma ligação diferente.
+logout-service-redir-binding-url.tooltip=URL de ligação SAML de redirecionamento para o serviço de logout único do cliente. Voce pode deixar este campo em branco s e estiver usando uma ligação diferente.
+mappers.tooltip=Mapeamentos de protocolo executam transformações em tokens e documentos. Eles podem realizar coisas como mapear dados de usuários para claims de protocolo, ou apenas transformar qualquer solicitação entre o cliente e o servidor de autenticação.
+scope.tooltip=Escopos de mapeamento permitem que você restrinja quais mapeamentos de roles de usuário são inclusos nos tokens de acesso solicitado pelo cliente.
+ldap.search-scope.tooltip=Para um nível nós pesquisamos somente os usuários nos DNs especificados pelo campo User DNs. Para subtree, nós pesquisamos na sub-árvore completa. Verifique a documentação do LDAP para mais detalhes.
+authz-permission-scope-scope.tooltip=Define que esta permissões deve ser aplicada para um ou mais escopos.
+sessions.tooltip=Exibir as sessões ativas para este cliente. Permite que você veja quais usuários estão ativos e quando eles logaram.
+active-sessions.tooltip=Total de sessões de usuário ativas para este cliente.
+show-sessions.tooltip=Atenção, esta é uma operação potencialmente cara dependendo do número de sessões ativas.
+offline-access.tooltip=Exibe as sessões offline para este cliente. Permite que você veja quantos usuários obtém tokens offline e quando eles os obtiveram. PAra revogar todos os tokens do cliente, vá para a aba Revogações e defina o valor do campo 'não antes de' para 'agora'.
+installation.tooltip=Ferramenta de auxílio para gerar vários formatos de adaptadores de cliente que você poderá fazer download depois ou copiar e colar para configurar seus cliente.
+service-account-roles.tooltip=Permite que você autentique mapeamentos de roles para as contas de serviço dedicadas à este cliente.
+client-authenticator.tooltip=Autenticador de Cliente usado para autenticar este cliente ao servidor Keycloak
+certificate.tooltip=Certificado do cliente para validar JWT emitidos pelo cliente e assinados pela chave privada do cliente da sua keystore.
+validating-x509-certificate.tooltip=O certificado em formato PEM que deve ser usado para verificar assinaturas.
+archive-format.tooltip=Keystore Java ou arquivo em formato PKCS12.
+key-alias.tooltip=Alias do arquivo para sua chave privada e certificado.
+key-password.tooltip=Senha para acessar a chave privada no certificado.
+store-password.tooltip=Senha para acessar o arquivo em si.
+jwt-import.key-alias.tooltip=Alias do arquivo para o seu certificado.
+registrationAccessToken.tooltip=O token de acesso para registro provê acesso aos cliente para o serviço de registro cliente.
+scope-param-required.tooltip=Este role somente será concedido se os parâmetros de escopo com os nomes dos roles forem utilizados durante a autorização/solicitação de token.
+composite-roles.tooltip=Quando este role é associado/removido de um usuário, qualquer role associado com ele também será adicionado/removido implicitamente.
+composite.associated-realm-roles.tooltip=Roles de nível de realm associados com este role composto.
+composite.available-realm-roles.tooltip=Roles de nível de realm disponíveis para este role composto.
+available-roles.tooltip=Roles para este cliente que você pode associar a este role composto.
+scope.available-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm que podem ser associados a este escopo.
+service-account.available-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm que podem ser associados a contas de serviço.
+client.associated-roles.tooltip=Roles do Cliente associados a este role composto.
+full-scope-allowed.tooltip=Permite a você desabilitar todas as restrições.
+assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm associados ao escopo.
+service-account.assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm associados a conta de serviço.
+group.assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm mapeados ao grupo.
+realm.effective-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm associados que podem ter sido herdados de um role composto.
+select-client-roles.tooltip=Selecione o cliente para visualizar os roles de cliente.
+assign.available-roles.tooltip=Roles de Cliente disponíveis para associação.
+client.assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles de Cliente associados.
+client.effective-roles.tooltip=Roles de cliente associados que podem ter sido herdados de um role composto.
+node-reregistration-timeout.tooltip=Intervalo para especificar o tempo máximo para nós clientes de cluster registrados se re-registrarem. Se os nós do cluster não enviarem solicitações de re-registro dentro deste intervalo eles serão deregistrados do Keycloak.
+client-revoke.not-before.tooltip=Revocar qualquer token emitido antes desta data para este cliente.
+client-revoke.push.tooltip=Se a URL de administração estiver configurada para este cliente, envie esta política para este cliente.
+offline-tokens.tooltip=Número total de tokens offline para este cliente.
+show-offline-tokens.tooltip=Atenção, esta é uma operação potencialmente cara dependendo do número de tokens offline.
+realm-certificate-alias.tooltip=O certificado do Realm também é guardado em arquivo. Este é o alias para ele.
+saml-encryption-key.tooltip=Chave de encriptação SAML.
+mapper.consent-required.tooltip=Ao conceder acesso temporário, deve o usuário consentir em prover esta informação para o cliente?
+consent-text.tooltip=Texto para exibir na página de consentimento
+mapper-type.tooltip=Tipo do mapeamento
+redirect-uri.tooltip=A url de redirecionamento para usar quando da configuração do provedor de identidade.
+identity-provider.alias.tooltip=O alias é o identificador único de um provedor de identidade e também é utilizado para construir a uri de redirecionamento.
+identity-provider.enabled.tooltip=Habilita/Desabilita este provedor de identidade.
+identity-provider.authenticate-by-default.tooltip=Indica se este provedor deve ser tentado por padrão para a autenticação mesmo ante de exibir a tela de login.
+identity-provider.store-tokens.tooltip=Habilita/desabilita se os tokens deve ser guardados depois de autenticar os usuários.
+identity-provider.stored-tokens-readable.tooltip=Habilita/desabilita se novos usuários podem ler quaisquer tokens salvo. Isto irá adicionar o role broker.read-token.
+update-profile-on-first-login.tooltip=Define condições onde um usuário precisa atualizar o seu perfil durante o primeiro login.
+trust-email.tooltip=Se habilitado então o e-mail provido por este provedor não será verificado mesmo que a verificação esteja habilitada para este realm.
+first-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias do fluxo de autenticação que será invocado depois do primeiro login com este provedor de identificação. O termo 'Primeiro Login' significa que ainda não existe uma conta no Keycloak ligada a esta conta autenticada neste provedor.
+post-broker-login-flow.tooltip=Alias do fluxo de autenticação que será invocado depois de cada login com esse provedor de identificação. É útil se você pretende adicionar verificações adicionais de cada usuário autenticado com este provedor (por exemplo OTP). Deixa vazio se você não deseja que nenhum autenticador adicionar seja invocado depois do login com este provedor de identificação. Note também que as implementações de autenticação devem assumir que o usuários já está definido na ClientSessioncom e com o provedor de identidade já definido.
+openid-connect-config.tooltip=OIDC SP e configuração externa IDP.
+authorization-url.tooltip=A URL de autorização.
+token-url.tooltip=A URL do Token.
+identity-provider.logout-url.tooltip='End session endpoint' para utilizar para realizar logour dos usuários do IDP externo.
+backchannel-logout.tooltip=O IDP externo suporta logou via backchannel?
+user-info-url.tooltip=A Url de informações de usuário. Opcional.
+identity-provider.client-id.tooltip=O cliente ou identificador do cliente registrado junto ao provedor de identificação.
+client-secret.tooltip=O cliente ou senha do cliente registrado junto ao provedor de identificação.
+social.client-secret.tooltip=A senha do cliente registrado junto ao provedor de identificação.
+issuer.tooltip=O identificador de emissor para o emissor da resposta. Se não for provido nenhuma validação será realizada.
+identity-provider.default-scopes.tooltip=Os escopos que serão enviados ao solicitar autorização. Pode ser uma lista de escopos separadas por espaço. Valor padrão é 'openid'.
+prompt.tooltip=Especifica se o Servidor de Autorização solicita ao Usuário Final reautenticação e consentimento.
+identity-provider.validate-signatures.tooltip=Habilita/Desabilita a validação de assinatura de IDP externo.
+identity-provider.validating-public-key.tooltip=A chave pública em formato PEM que deve ser usada para verificar assinaturas de IDP externos.
+import-external-idp-config.tooltip=Permite que vocÊ carregue metadata de IDP externos de um arquivo de configuração ou baixando a partir de uma URL.
+identity-provider.import-from-url.tooltip=Importar metadata de um descritor de descoberta remoto do IDP.
+identity-provider.import-from-file.tooltip=Importar metadata fr um descritor de descoberta baixado do IDP.
+identity-provider.saml-config.tooltip=SAML SP e configuração de IDP externo.
+saml.single-signon-service-url.tooltip=A Url que deve ser utilizada para enviar solicitações de autenticação (SAML AuthnRequest).
+saml.single-logout-service-url.tooltip=A Url que deve ser utilizada para enviar solicitações de logout.
+nameid-policy-format.tooltip=Especifica a referência de URI correspondente a um formato de nome identificador. O padrão é urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent.
+http-post-binding-response.tooltip=Indica se deve se responder a solicitações utilizando HTTP-POST. Se falso, HTTP-REDIRECT será utilizado.
+http-post-binding-for-authn-request.tooltip=Indica se o AuthnRequest deve ser enviado utilizando HTTP-POST. Se falso, HTTP-REDIRECT será utilizado.
+want-authn-requests-signed.tooltip=Indicate se um provedor de identificação deve experar um AuthnRequest assinado.
+identity-provider.force-authentication.tooltip=Indica se um provedor de identificação deve autenticar o apresentador diretamente ao invés de confiar em um contexto de segurança anterior.
+saml.validate-signature.tooltip=Habilita/Desabilita validação de assinaturas de respostas SAML.
+saml.import-from-url.tooltip=Importar metadata de um descritor de entidade IDP SAML remoto.
+social.client-id.tooltip=O identificador do cliente registrado com o provedor de identificação.
+social.default-scopes.tooltip=Os escopos que serão enviados ao solicitar autorização. Veja a documentação para valores possíveis, separador e valores padrão.
+stackoverflow.key.tooltip=A chave de cliente obtida do registro no Stack Overflow.
+client-scopes.tooltip=Modelos de cliente permitem que você defina configurações comuns que serão compartilhadas entre múltiplos clientes.
+group.add-selected.tooltip=Roles do Realm que serão associadas ao grupo.
+group.effective-roles.tooltip=Todos os mapeamentos de roles do Realm. Alguns roles exibidos podem ter sido herdados de um role composto mapeado.
+group.available-roles.tooltip=Roles associáveis deste cliente.
+group.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Mapeamentos de roles para este cliente.
+group.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Mapeamentos de roles para este cliente. Alguns roles exibidos podem ter sido herdados de um role composto mapeado.
+user.add-selected.tooltip=Roles do Realm que podem ser associados ao usuário.
+user.assigned-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm mapeados para o usuário.
+user.effective-roles.tooltip=Todos os mapeamentos de roles do Realm. Alguns roles exibidos podem ter sido herdados de um role composto mapeado.
+user.available-roles.tooltip=Roles associáveis deste cliente.
+user.assigned-roles-client.tooltip=Mapeamentos de roles para este cliente.
+user.effective-roles-client.tooltip=Mapeamentos de Role para este cliente. Alguns roles exibidos podem ter sido herdados de um role composto mapeado.
+default.available-roles.tooltip=Roles do nível de Realm que podem ser associados.
+realm-default-roles.tooltip=Roles do nível de Realm associados a novos usuários.
+default.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roles para este cliente que são associáveis por padrão.
+client-default-roles.tooltip=Roles para este cliente que são associados como roles padrão.
+composite.available-roles.tooltip=Roles do nível de Realm associáveis com este role composto.
+composite.associated-roles.tooltip=Roles do nível de Realm associados com este role composto.
+composite.available-roles-client.tooltip=Roles para este cliente que podem ser associados com este role composto.
+composite.associated-roles-client.tooltip=Roles do cliente associados com este role composto.
+partial-import.tooltip=Importação parcial permite que você importe usuários, clientes, e outros recursos de um arquivo json previamente exportado.
+if-resource-exists.tooltip=Especifica o que deve ser feito se você tentar importar um recurso já existente.
+realm-roles.tooltip=Roles do Realm que podem ser selecionados.
+authz-policy-role-realm-roles.tooltip=Especifica quais role(s) de *realm* são permitidos por esta política.
+client-roles.tooltip=Roles do cliente que podem ser selecionados.
+authz-policy-role-client-roles.tooltip=Especifica quais role(s) do *cliente* são permitidos por esta política.
+client-scope.tooltip=Modelo de cliente do qual ete cliente herda as configurações.
+client-scope.name.tooltip=Nome do modelo de cliente. Deve ser único neste Realm.
+client-scope.description.tooltip=Descrição do modelo de cliente.
+client-scope.protocol.tooltip=Qual configuração de protocolo SSO será provida por este modelo de cliente.
+console-display-name.tooltip=Nome de exibição do provedor quando linkado no console de administração.
+priority.tooltip=Prioridade do provedor quando da busca de usuários. Valores mais baixos são utilizados primeiro.
+periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Habilitar ou não a sincronização completa periódica dos usuários deste provedor.
+ldap.periodic-full-sync.tooltip=Habilitar ou não a sincronização completa dos usuários do LDAP para o Keycloak.
+full-sync-period.tooltip=Intervalo para a sincronização completa em segundos.
+periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Habilitar ou não a sincronização de usuários novos ou alterados do provedor para o Keycloak.
+ldap.periodic-changed-users-sync.tooltip=Habilitar ou não a sincronização de usuários novos ou alterados do LDAP para o Keycloak.
+changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Intervalo para sincronização dos usuários alterados ou novos do provedor em segundos.
+ldap.changed-users-sync-period.tooltip=Intervalo para sincronização dos usuários alterados ou novos do LDAP em segundos.
+kerberos-realm.tooltip=Nome do realm kerberos. Por exemplo FOO.ORG
+server-principal.tooltip=Nome completo do principal do servidor para o serviço HTTP incluindo o servidor e nome do domínio. Por exemplo HTTP/host.foo.org@FOO.ORG
+keytab.tooltip=Localização do arquivo KeyTab do Kerberos contendo as credenciais do principal do servidor. Por exemplo /etc/krb5.keytab
+debug.tooltip=Habilita/Desabilita log de nível debug para a saída padrão para Krb5LoginModule.
+allow-password-authentication.tooltip=Habilita/Desabilita a possibilidade de autenticação via usuário/senha contra o banco Kerberos
+edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY significa que atualizações de senhas não são permitidas e o usuário sempre autenticará com a senha do Kerberos. UNSYNCED significa que o usuário pode alterar a senha no banco do Keycloak e essa senha será utilizda ao invés da senha do Kerberos.
+ldap.edit-mode.tooltip=READ_ONLY é um LDAP somente leitura. WRITABLE significa que os dados serão sicronizados de volta para o LDAP on demand. UNSYNCED significa que os dados do usuário serão importados, mas não sicronizados de volta para o LDAP.
+update-profile-first-login.tooltip=Atualizar o perfil no primeiro login
+ldap.sync-registrations.tooltip=Os novos usuários criados devem ser criados no LDAP? A prioridade afeta qual provedor é utilizado para sincronizar o novo usuário.
+ldap.vendor.tooltip=LDAP vendor (provedor)
+username-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Nome do atributo do LDAP que será mapeado como nome do usuário no Keycloak. Para muitos servidores LDAP este valor deve ser 'uid'. Para o Active Directory pode ser 'sAMAccountName' ou 'cn'. O atributo deve ser preenchido para todos os registros de usuários do LDAP que você deseja importar do LDAP para o Keycloak.
+rdn-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Nome do atributo LDAP que é utilizado como RDN (atributo topo) do DN do usuário típico. Geralmente é o mesmo que o atributo do nome do usuário, mas isto não é obrigatório. Por exemplo para o Active Directory é comum utilizar 'cn' como atributo RDN quando o atributo do nome de usuário pode ser 'sAMAccountName',
+uuid-ldap-attribute.tooltip=Nome do atributo LDAP que é utilizado como identificador único do objeto(UUID) para objetos no LDAP. Para muitos servidores LDAP o valor é 'entryUUID', porém alguns são diferentes. Por exemplo para o Active Directory este valor para objetos no LDAP deve ser 'objectGUID'. Se o seu servidor LDAP realmente não suporta a noção de UUID, vocÊ pode usar qualquer outro atributo que seja único na árvore de usuários do LDAP. Por exemplo 'uid' ou 'entryDN'.
+ldap.user-object-classes.tooltip=Todos os valores de objectClass para usuários no LDAP separados por vírgula. Por exemplo: 'inetOrgPerson, organizationalPerson'. Usuários criados no Keycloak serão enviados para o LDAP com todas essas classes de objetos associadas e dados de usuários do LDAP somente serão localizados se ele contiverem todas estas classes de objeto.
+ldap.connection-url.tooltip=Conexão URL para o seu servidor LDAP
+ldap.users-dn.tooltip=DN completo da árvore LDAP onde os usuários estão. Este DN é o pai dos usuários do LDAP. Por exemplo pode ser 'ou=users,dc=example,dc=com' entendendo que o usuário típico irá ter um DN como 'uid=john,ou=users,dc=example,dc=com'.
+ldap.authentication-type.tooltip=Tipo de autenticação no LDAP. No momento apenas os mecanismos 'none' (anonymous LDAP authentication) ou 'simple' (Credencial de bind + senha para bind) estão disponíveis.
+ldap.bind-dn.tooltip=DN do administrador do LDAP, que será utilizado pelo Keycloak para acessar o servidor LDAP.
+ldap.bind-credential.tooltip=Senha do administrador do LDAP
+ldap.custom-user-ldap-filter.tooltip=Additional LDAP Filter for filtering searched users. Leave this empty if you don't need additional filter. Make sure that it starts with '(' and ends with ')'
+ldap.use-truststore-spi.tooltip=Specifies whether LDAP connection will use the truststore SPI with the truststore configured in keycloak-server.json. 'Always' means that it will always use it. 'Never' means that it won't use it. 'Only for ldaps' means that it will use if your connection URL use ldaps. Note even if keycloak-server.json is not configured, the default Java cacerts or certificate specified by 'javax.net.ssl.trustStore' property will be used.
+ldap.connection-pooling.tooltip=Does Keycloak should use connection pooling for accessing LDAP server
+ldap.pagination.tooltip=Does the LDAP server support pagination.
+ldap.allow-kerberos-authentication.tooltip=Enable/disable HTTP authentication of users with SPNEGO/Kerberos tokens. The data about authenticated users will be provisioned from this LDAP server
+ldap.use-kerberos-for-password-authentication.tooltip=Use Kerberos login module for authenticate username/password against Kerberos server instead of authenticating against LDAP server with Directory Service API
+ldap.batch-size.tooltip=Count of LDAP users to be imported from LDAP to Keycloak within single transaction.
+identity-provider-user-id.tooltip=Unique ID of the user on the Identity Provider side
+identity-provider-username.tooltip=Username on the Identity Provider side
+browser-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for browser authentication.
+registration-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for registration.
+direct-grant-flow.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for direct grant authentication.
+reset-credentials.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use when the user has forgotten their credentials.
+client-authentication.tooltip=Select the flow you want to use for authentication of clients.
+authenticator.alias.tooltip=Name of the configuration
+otp-type.tooltip=totp is Time-Based One Time Password. 'hotp' is a counter base one time password in which the server keeps a counter to hash against.
+otp-hash-algorithm.tooltip=What hashing algorithm should be used to generate the OTP.
+otp.number-of-digits.tooltip=How many digits should the OTP have?
+otp.look-ahead-window.tooltip=How far ahead should the server look just in case the token generator and server are out of time sync or counter sync?
+otp.initial-counter.tooltip=What should the initial counter value be?
+otp-token-period.tooltip=How many seconds should an OTP token be valid? Defaults to 30 seconds.
+admin-events.tooltip=Displays saved admin events for the realm. Events are related to admin account, for example a realm creation. To enable persisted events go to config.
+clear-admin-events.tooltip=Deletes all admin events in the database.
+resource-path.tooltip=Filter by resource path. Supports wildcards '*' to match a single part of the path and '**' matches multiple parts. For example 'realms/*/clients/asbc' matches client with id asbc in any realm, while or 'realms/master/**' matches anything in the master realm.
+auth.default-action.tooltip=If enabled, any new user will have this required action assigned to it.
+groups.default-groups.tooltip=Set of groups that new users will automatically join.
+flow.alias.tooltip=Specifies display name for the flow.
+top-level-flow-type.tooltip=What kind of top level flow is it? Type 'client' is used for authentication of clients (applications) when generic is for users and everything else
+flow-type.tooltip=What kind of form is it
+default-groups.tooltip=Newly created or registered users will automatically be added to these groups
+available-groups.tooltip=Select a group you want to add as a default.
+membership.available-groups.tooltip=Groups a user can join. Select a group and click the join button.
+events.tooltip=Displays saved events for the realm. Events are related to user accounts, for example a user login. To enable persisted events go to config.
+login.save-events.tooltip=If enabled login events are saved to the database which makes events available to the admin and account management consoles.
+admin.save-events.tooltip=If enabled admin events are saved to the database which makes events available to the admin console.
+events-config.tooltip=Displays configuration options to enable persistence of user and admin events.
+event-listeners.tooltip=Configure what listeners receive events for the realm.
+clear-events.tooltip=Deletes all events in the database.
+events.expiration.tooltip=Sets the expiration for events. Expired events are periodically deleted from the database.
+saved-types.tooltip=Configure what event types are saved.
+include-representation.tooltip=Include JSON representation for create and update requests.
+credentials.temporary.tooltip=If enabled user is required to change password on next login
+credentials.remove-totp.tooltip=Remove one time password generator for user.
+credentials.reset-actions.tooltip=Set of actions to execute when sending the user a Reset Actions Email. 'Verify email' sends an email to the user to verify their email address. 'Update profile' requires user to enter in new personal information. 'Update password' requires user to enter in a new password. 'Configure OTP' requires setup of a mobile password generator.
+credentials.reset-actions-email.tooltip=Sends an email to user with an embedded link. Clicking on link will allow the user to execute the reset actions. They will not have to login prior to this. For example, set the action to update password, click this button, and the user will be able to change their password without logging in.
+user-enabled.tooltip=A disabled user cannot login.
+user-temporarily-locked.tooltip=The user may have been locked due to failing to login too many times.
+email-verified.tooltip=Has the user's email been verified?
+required-user-actions.tooltip=Require an action when the user logs in. 'Verify email' sends an email to the user to verify their email address. 'Update profile' requires user to enter in new personal information. 'Update password' requires user to enter in a new password. 'Configure OTP' requires setup of a mobile password generator.
+impersonate-user.tooltip=Login as this user. If user is in same realm as you, your current login session will be logged out before you are logged in as this user.
+group-membership.tooltip=Groups user is a member of. Select a listed group and click the Leave button to leave the group.
+import-keys-and-cert.tooltip=Upload the client's key pair and cert.
+authz-icon-uri.tooltip=An URI pointing to an icon.
+authz-authorization-services-enabled.tooltip=Enable/Disable fine-grained authorization support for a client
+authz-import-config.tooltip=Import a JSON file containing authorization settings for this resource server.
+authz-policy-enforcement-mode.tooltip=The policy enforcement mode dictates how policies are enforced when evaluating authorization requests. 'Enforcing' means requests are denied by default even when there is no policy associated with a given resource. 'Permissive' means requests are allowed even when there is no policy associated with a given resource. 'Disabled' completely disables the evaluation of policies and allow access to any resource.
+authz-remote-resource-management.tooltip=Should resources be managed remotely by the resource server? If false, resources can only be managed from this admin console.
+authz-export-settings.tooltip=Export and download all authorization settings for this resource server.
+authz-resource-name.tooltip=An unique name for this resource. The name can be used to uniquely identify a resource, useful when querying for a specific resource.
+authz-resource-owner.tooltip=The owner of this resource.
+authz-resource-type.tooltip=The type of this resource. It can be used to group different resource instances with the same type.
+authz-resource-uri.tooltip=An URI that can also be used to uniquely identify this resource.
+authz-resource-scopes.tooltip=The scopes associated with this resource.
+authz-scope-name.tooltip=An unique name for this scope. The name can be used to uniquely identify a scope, useful when querying for a specific scope.
+authz-policy-name.tooltip=The name of this policy.
+authz-policy-description.tooltip=A description for this policy.
+authz-policy-logic.tooltip=The logic dictates how the policy decision should be made. If 'Positive', the resulting effect (permit or deny) obtained during the evaluation of this policy will be used to perform a decision. If 'Negative', the resulting effect will be negated, in other words, a permit becomes a deny and vice-versa.
+authz-policy-apply-policy.tooltip=Specifies all the policies that must be applied to the scopes defined by this policy or permission.
+authz-policy-decision-strategy.tooltip=The decision strategy dictates how the policies associated with a given policy are evaluated and how a final decision is obtained. 'Affirmative' means that at least one policy must evaluate to a positive decision in order to the overall decision be also positive. 'Unanimous' means that all policies must evaluate to a positive decision in order to the overall decision be also positive. 'Consensus' means that the number of positive decisions must be greater than the number of negative decisions. If the number of positive and negative is the same, the final decision will be negative.
+authz-policy-user-users.tooltip=Specifies which user(s) are allowed by this policy.
+authz-policy-time-not-before.tooltip=Defines the time before which the policy MUST NOT be granted. Only granted if current date/time is after or equal to this value.
+authz-policy-time-not-on-after.tooltip=Defines the time after which the policy MUST NOT be granted. Only granted if current date/time is before or equal to this value.
+authz-policy-js-code.tooltip=The JavaScript code providing the conditions for this policy.
+authz-permission-name.tooltip=The name of this permission.
+authz-permission-description.tooltip=A description for this permission.
+authz-permission-resource-apply-to-resource-type.tooltip=Specifies if this permission would be applied to all resources with a given type. In this case, this permission will be evaluated for all instances of a given resource type.
+authz-permission-resource-resource.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to a specific resource instance.
+authz-permission-resource-type.tooltip=Specifies that this permission must be applied to all resources instances of a given type.
+authz-permission-scope-resource.tooltip=Restrict the scopes to those associated with the selected resource. If not selected all scopes would be available.
+authz-evaluation-identity-information.tooltip=The available options to configure the identity information that will be used when evaluating policies.
+authz-evaluation-client.tooltip=Select the client making this authorization request. If not provided, authorization requests would be done based on the client you are in.
+authz-evaluation-user.tooltip=Select an user whose identity is going to be used to query permissions from the server.
+authz-evaluation-role.tooltip=Select the roles you want to associate with the selected user.
+authz-evaluation-contextual-info.tooltip=The available options to configure any contextual information that will be used when evaluating policies.
+authz-evaluation-contextual-attributes.tooltip=Any attribute provided by a running environment or execution context.
+authz-evaluation-permissions.tooltip=The available options to configure the permissions to which policies will be applied.
+authz-evaluation-result.tooltip=The overall result for this permission request.
+authz-evaluation-scopes.tooltip=The list of allowed scopes.
+authz-evaluation-policies.tooltip=Details about which policies were evaluated and their decisions.
+authz-evaluation-authorization-data.tooltip=Represents a token carrying authorization data as a result of the processing of an authorization request. This representation is basically what